S²lakkhandhavagga-aµµhakath± : 1 - 559

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato samm±sambuddhassa

D²ghanik±ye

S²lakkhandhavaggaµµhakath±

Ganth±rambhakath±

Karuº±s²talahadaya½ (1.0001), paññ±pajjotavihatamohatama½;

sanar±maralokagaru½, vande sugata½ gativimutta½.
Buddhopi buddhabh±va½, bh±vetv± ceva sacchikatv± ca;
ya½ upagato gatamala½, vande tamanuttara½ dhamma½.
Sugatassa oras±na½, putt±na½ m±rasenamathan±na½;
aµµhannampi sam³ha½, siras± vande ariyasaªgha½.
Iti me pasannamatino, ratanattayavandan±maya½ puñña½;
ya½ suvihatantar±yo, hutv± tass±nubh±vena.
D²ghassa d²ghasuttaªkitassa, nipuºassa ±gamavarassa.
buddh±nubuddhasa½vaººitassa, saddh±vahaguºassa.
Atthappak±sanattha½, aµµhakath± ±dito vasisatehi;
pañcahi y± saªg²t±, anusaªg²t± ca pacch±pi.
S²ha¼ad²pa½ pana ±bhat±tha, vasin± mah±mahindena;
µhapit± s²ha¼abh±s±ya, d²pav±s²namatth±ya.
Apanetv±na (1.0002) tatoha½, s²ha¼abh±sa½ manorama½ bh±sa½;
tantinay±nucchavika½, ±ropento vigatadosa½.
Samaya½ avilomento, ther±na½ therava½sapad²p±na½;
sunipuºavinicchay±na½, mah±vih±re niv±s²na½.
Hitv± punappun±gatamattha½, attha½ pak±sayiss±mi;
sujanassa ca tuµµhattha½, ciraµµhitatthañca dhammassa.
S²lakath± dhutadhamm±, kammaµµh±n±ni ceva sabb±ni;
cariy±vidh±nasahito, jh±nasam±pattivitth±ro.
Sabb± ca abhiññ±yo, paññ±saªkalananicchayo ceva;
khandhadh±t±yatanindriy±ni, ariy±ni ceva catt±ri.
Sacc±ni paccay±k±radesan±, suparisuddhanipuºanay±;
avimuttatantimagg±, vipassan± bh±van± ceva.
Iti pana sabba½ yasm±, visuddhimagge may± suparisuddha½.
vutta½ tasm± bhiyyo, na ta½ idha vic±rayiss±mi.
“Majjhe visuddhimaggo, esa catunnampi ±gam±nañhi.
 µhatv± pak±sayissati, tattha yath± bh±sita½ attha½”.
Icceva kato tasm±, tampi gahetv±na saddhimet±ya;
aµµhakath±ya vij±natha, d²gh±gamanissita½ atthanti.

Nid±nakath±

Tattha d²gh±gamo n±ma s²lakkhandhavaggo, mah±vaggo, p±thikavaggoti

vaggato tivaggo hoti; suttato catutti½sasuttasaªgaho. Tassa vaggesu s²lakkhandha-
vaggo ±di, suttesu brahmaj±la½. Brahmaj±lass±pi “eva½ (1.0003) me sutan”ti-±-
dika½ ±yasmat± ±nandena paµhamamah±saªg²tik±le vutta½ nid±nam±di.

Paµhamamah±saªg²tikath±

Paµhamamah±saªg²ti n±ma ces± kiñc±pi vinayapiµake tantim±r³¼h±, nid±nakosa-

llattha½ pana idh±pi eva½ veditabb±. Dhammacakkappavattanañhi ±di½ katv±
y±va subhaddaparibb±jakavinayan± katabuddhakicce, kusin±r±ya½ upavattane
mall±na½ s±lavane yamakas±l±namantare vis±khapuººamadivase pacc³sasa-
maye anup±dises±ya nibb±nadh±tuy± parinibbute bhagavati lokan±the, bhaga-
vato dh±tubh±janadivase sannipatit±na½ sattanna½ bhikkhusatasahass±na½
saªghatthero ±yasm± mah±kassapo satt±haparinibbute bhagavati subhaddena
vu¹¹hapabbajitena– “ala½, ±vuso, m± socittha, m± paridevittha, sumutt± maya½
tena mah±samaºena, upaddut± ca homa– ‘ida½ vo kappati, ida½ vo na kappat²’ti,
id±ni pana maya½ ya½ icchiss±ma, ta½ kariss±ma, ya½ na icchiss±ma na ta½
kariss±m±”ti (c³¼ava. 437) vuttavacanamanussaranto, ²disassa ca saªghasannip±-
tassa puna dullabhabh±va½ maññam±no, “µh±na½ kho paneta½ vijjati, ya½ p±pa-
bhikkh³ ‘at²tasatthuka½ p±vacanan’ti maññam±n± pakkha½ labhitv± nacirasseva
saddhamma½ antaradh±peyyu½, y±va ca dhammavinayo tiµµhati, t±va anat²tasa-
tthukameva p±vacana½ hoti. Vuttañheta½ bhagavat±–
‘Yo vo, ±nanda, may± dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamacca-
yena satth±’ti (d². ni. 2.216).
‘Ya½n³n±ha½ dhammañca vinayañca saªg±yeyya½, yathayida½ s±sana½
addhaniya½ assa ciraµµhitika½’.
Yañc±ha½ bhagavat±–
‘Dh±ressasi pana me tva½, kassapa, s±º±ni pa½suk³l±ni nibbasan±n²’ti (sa½.
ni. 2.154) vatv± c²vare s±dh±raºaparibhogena.
‘Aha½, bhikkhave, y±vadeva ±kaªkh±mi vivicceva k±mehi vivicca akusalehi
dhammehi savitakka½ savic±ra½ vivekaja½ p²tisukha½ paµhama½ (1.0004)
jh±na½ upasampajja vihar±mi; kassapopi, bhikkhave, y±vadeva, ±kaªkhati vivi-
cceva k±mehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakka½ savic±ra½ vivekaja½
p²tisukha½ paµhama½ jh±na½ upasampajja viharat²’ti (sa½. ni. 2.152).
Evam±din± nayena nav±nupubbavih±racha¼abhiññ±ppabhede uttarimanussa-
dhamme attan± samasamaµµhapanena ca anuggahito, tath± ±k±se p±ºi½ c±letv±
alaggacittat±ya ceva candopamapaµipad±ya ca pasa½sito, tassa kimañña½
±ºaºya½ bhavissati. Nanu ma½ bhagav± r±j± viya sakakavaca-issariy±nuppad±-
nena attano kulava½sappatiµµh±paka½ putta½ ‘saddhammava½sappatiµµh±pako
me aya½ bhavissat²’ti, mantv± imin± as±dh±raºena anuggahena anuggahesi,
im±ya ca u¼±r±ya pasa½s±ya pasa½s²ti cintayanto dhammavinayasaªg±ya-
nattha½ bhikkh³na½ uss±ha½ janesi. Yath±ha–
“Atha kho ±yasm± mah±kassapo bhikkh³ ±mantesi– ‘ekamid±ha½, ±vuso,
samaya½ p±v±ya kusin±ra½ addh±namaggappaµipanno mahat± bhikkhusa-
ªghena saddhi½ pañcamattehi bhikkhusateh²”ti (c³¼ava. 437) sabba½ subhadda-
kaº¹a½ vitth±rato veditabba½. Attha½ panassa mah±parinibb±n±vas±ne ±gata-
µµh±neyeva kathayiss±ma.
Tato para½ ±ha–
“Handa maya½, ±vuso, dhammañca vinayañca saªg±y±ma, pure adhammo
dippati, dhammo paµib±hiyyati; pure avinayo dippati, vinayo paµib±hiyyati; pure
adhammav±dino balavanto honti, dhammav±dino dubbal± honti, pure avinaya-
v±dino balavanto honti, vinayav±dino dubbal± hont²”ti (c³¼ava. 437).
Bhikkh³ ±ha½su– “tena hi, bhante, thero bhikkh³ uccinat³”ti. Thero pana saka-
lanavaªgasatthus±sanapariyattidhare puthujjanasot±pannasakad±g±mi-an±g±mi
sukkhavipassaka kh²º±savabhikkh³ anekasate, anekasahasse ca (1.0005)
vajjetv± tipiµakasabbapariyattippabhedadhare paµisambhid±ppatte mah±nubh±ve
yebhuyyena bhagavato etadagga½ ±ropite tevijj±dibhede kh²º±savabhikkh³yeva
ek³napañcasate pariggahesi. Ye sandh±ya ida½ vutta½– “atha kho ±yasm± mah±-
kassapo eken³n±ni pañca arahantasat±ni uccin²”ti (c³¼ava. 437).
Kissa pana thero eken³namak±s²ti? ¾yasmato ±nandattherassa ok±sakara-
ºattha½. Tenah±yasmat± sah±pi, vin±pi, na sakk± dhammasaªg²ti½ k±tu½. So
h±yasm± sekkho sakaraº²yo, tasm± sah±pi na sakk±. Yasm± panassa kiñci dasa-
baladesita½ suttageyy±dika½ appaccakkha½ n±ma natthi. Yath±ha–
“Dv±s²ti buddhato gaºhi½, dve sahass±ni bhikkhuto;
catur±s²ti sahass±ni, ye me dhamm± pavattino”ti. (therag±. 1027);
Tasm± vin±pi na sakk±.
Yadi eva½ sekkhopi sam±no dhammasaªg²tiy± bahuk±ratt± therena uccini-
tabbo assa, atha kasm± na uccinitoti? Par³pav±davivajjanato. Thero hi ±ya-
smante ±nande ativiya vissattho ahosi, tath± hi na½ sirasmi½ palitesu j±tesupi ‘na
v±ya½ kum±rako mattamaññ±s²’ti, (sa½. ni. 2.154) kum±rakav±dena ovadati.
Sakyakulappasuto c±yasm± tath±gatassa bh±t± c³¼apituputto. Tattha keci
bhikkh³ chand±gamana½ viya maññam±n±– “bah³ asekkhapaµisambhid±ppatte
bhikkh³ µhapetv± ±nanda½ sekkhapaµisambhid±ppatta½ thero uccin²”ti upava-
deyyu½. Ta½ par³pav±da½ parivajjento, ‘±nanda½ vin± dhammasaªg²ti½ na
sakk± k±tu½, bhikkh³na½yeva na½ anumatiy± gahess±m²’ti na uccini.
Atha sayameva bhikkh³ ±nandassatth±ya thera½ y±ci½su. Yath±ha–
“Bhikkh³ ±yasmanta½ mah±kassapa½ etadavocu½– ‘aya½, bhante, ±yasm±
±nando kiñc±pi sekkho abhabbo chand± dos± moh± bhay± agati½ gantu½,
 bahu c±nena bhagavato santike dhammo ca vinayo ca pariyatto, tena hi, bhante,
thero ±yasmantampi (1.0006) ±nanda½ uccinat³’ti. Atha kho ±yasm± mah±ka-
ssapo ±yasmantampi ±nanda½ uccin²”ti (c³¼ava. 437).
Eva½ bhikkh³na½ anumatiy± uccinitena ten±yasmat± saddhi½ pañcatherasa-
t±ni ahesu½.
Atha kho ther±na½ bhikkh³na½ etadahosi– “kattha nu kho maya½ dhammañca
vinayañca saªg±yeyy±m±”ti? Atha kho ther±na½ bhikkh³na½ etadahosi– “r±ja-
gaha½ kho mah±gocara½ pah³tasen±sana½, ya½n³na maya½ r±jagahe vassa½
vasant± dhammañca vinayañca saªg±yeyy±ma, na aññe bhikkh³ r±jagahe
vassa½ upagaccheyyun”ti (c³¼ava. 437).
visabh±gapuggalo saªghamajjha½ pavisitv± ukkoµeyy±”ti. Ath±yasm± mah±ka-
ssapo ñattidutiyena kammena s±vesi–
“Suº±tu me, ±vuso saªgho, yadi saªghassa pattakalla½ saªgho im±ni pañca
bhikkhusat±ni sammanneyya r±jagahe vassa½ vasant±ni dhammañca vina-
yañca saªg±yitu½, na aññehi bhikkh³hi r±jagahe vassa½ vasitabban”ti. Es±
ñatti.
“Suº±tu me, ±vuso saªgho, saªgho im±ni pañcabhikkhusat±ni sammanna”ti
‘r±jagahe vassa½ vasant±ni dhammañca vinayañca saªg±yitu½, na aññehi
bhikkh³hi r±jagahe vassa½ vasitabbanti. Yass±yasmato khamati imesa½
pañcanna½ bhikkhusat±na½ sammuti’ r±jagahe vassa½ vasant±na½
dhammañca vinayañca saªg±yitu½, na aññehi bhikkh³hi r±jagahe vassa½
vasitabbanti, so tuºhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bh±seyya.
“Sammat±ni saªghena im±ni pañcabhikkhusat±ni r±jagahe vassa½ vasa-
nt±ni dhammañca vinayañca saªg±yitu½, na aññehi bhikkh³hi r±jagahe vassa½
vasitabbanti, khamati saªghassa, tasm± tuºh², evameta½ dh±ray±m²”ti (c³¼ava.
438).
Aya½ (1.0007) pana kammav±c± tath±gatassa parinibb±nato ekav²satime
divase kat±. Bhagav± hi vis±khapuººam±ya½ pacc³sasamaye parinibbuto,
athassa satt±ha½ suvaººavaººa½ sar²ra½ gandham±l±d²hi p³jayi½su. Eva½
satt±ha½ s±dhuk²¼anadivas± n±ma ahesu½. Tato satt±ha½ citak±ya aggin± jh±yi,
satt±ha½ sattipañjara½ katv± sandh±g±ras±l±ya½ dh±tup³ja½ kari½s³ti, ekav²-
sati divas± gat±. Jeµµham³lasukkapakkhapañcamiya½yeva dh±tuyo bh±jayi½su.
Etasmi½ dh±tubh±janadivase sannipatitassa mah±bhikkhusaªghassa subha-
ddena vu¹¹hapabbajitena kata½ an±c±ra½ ±rocetv± vuttanayeneva ca bhikkh³
uccinitv± aya½ kammav±c± kat±.
Imañca pana kammav±ca½ katv± thero bhikkh³ ±mantesi– “±vuso, id±ni
tumh±ka½ catt±l²sa divas± ok±so kato, tato para½ ‘aya½ n±ma no palibodho atth²’-
ti, vattu½ na labbh±, tasm± etthantare yassa rogapalibodho v± ±cariyupajjh±yapa-
libodho v± m±t±pitupalibodho v± atthi, patta½ v± pana pacitabba½, c²vara½ v±
k±tabba½, so ta½ palibodha½ chinditv± ta½ karaº²ya½ karot³”ti.
Evañca pana vatv± thero attano pañcasat±ya paris±ya parivuto r±jagaha½ gato.
Aññepi mah±ther± attano attano pariv±re gahetv± sokasallasamappita½ mah±-
jana½ ass±setuk±m± ta½ ta½ disa½ pakkant±. Puººatthero pana sattasatabhi-
kkhupariv±ro ‘tath±gatassa parinibb±naµµh±na½ ±gat±gata½ mah±jana½ ass±se-
ss±m²’ti kusin±r±ya½yeva aµµh±si.
¾yasm± ±nando yath± pubbe aparinibbutassa, eva½ parinibbutass±pi bhaga-
vato sayameva pattac²varam±d±ya pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhi½ yena s±vatthi
tena c±rika½ pakk±mi. Gacchato gacchato panassa pariv±r± bhikkh³ gaºana-
patha½ v²tivatt±. Ten±yasmat± gatagataµµh±ne mah±paridevo ahosi. Anupubbena
pana s±vatthimanuppatte there s±vatthiv±sino manuss± “thero kira ±gato”ti sutv±
gandham±l±dihatth± paccuggantv±– “bhante, ±nanda, pubbe bhagavat± saddhi½
±gacchatha, ajja kuhi½ bhagavanta½ (1.0008) µhapetv± ±gatatth±”ti-±d²ni vada-
m±n± parodi½su. Buddhassa bhagavato parinibb±nadivase viya mah±paridevo
ahosi.
Tatra suda½ ±yasm± ±nando aniccat±dipaµisa½yutt±ya dhammiy±kath±ya ta½
mah±jana½ saññ±petv± jetavana½ pavisitv± dasabalena vasitagandhakuµi½
vanditv± dv±ra½ vivaritv± mañcap²µha½ n²haritv± papphoµetv± gandhakuµi½
sammajjitv± mil±tam±l±kacavara½ cha¹¹etv± mañcap²µha½ atiharitv± puna yath±-
µh±ne µhapetv± bhagavato µhitak±le karaº²ya½ vatta½ sabbamak±si. Kurum±no
ca nh±nakoµµhakasammajjana-udakupaµµh±pan±dik±lesu gandhakuµi½ vanditv±–
“nanu bhagav±, aya½ tumh±ka½ nh±nak±lo, aya½ dhammadesan±k±lo, aya½
bhikkh³na½ ov±dad±nak±lo, aya½ s²haseyyakappanak±lo, aya½ mukhadhovana-
k±lo”ti-±din± nayena paridevam±nova ak±si, yath± ta½ bhagavato guºagaº±mata-
rasaññut±ya patiµµhitapemo ceva akh²º±savo ca anekesu ca j±tisatasahassesu
aññamaññass³pak±rasañjanitacittamaddavo. Tamena½ aññatar± devat±–
“bhante, ±nanda, tumhe eva½ paridevam±n± katha½ aññe ass±sessath±”ti
sa½vejesi. So tass± vacanena sa½viggahadayo santhambhitv± tath±gatassa
parinibb±nato pabhuti µh±nanisajjabahulatt± ussannadh±tuka½ k±ya½ samass±-
setu½ dutiyadivase kh²ravirecana½ pivitv± vih±reyeva nis²di. Ya½ sandh±ya
subhena m±ºavena pahita½ m±ºavaka½ etadavoca–
“Ak±lo, kho m±ºavaka, atthi me ajja bhesajjamatt± p²t±, appeva n±ma svepi
upasaªkameyy±m±”ti (d². ni. 1.447).
Dutiyadivase cetakattherena pacch±samaºena gantv± subhena m±ºavena
puµµho imasmi½ d²ghanik±ye subhasutta½ n±ma dasama½ sutta½ abh±si.
Atha ±nandatthero jetavanamah±vih±re khaº¹aphullappaµisaªkharaºa½ k±r±-
petv± upakaµµh±ya vass³pan±yik±ya bhikkhusaªgha½ oh±ya r±jagaha½ gato (1.000
tath± aññepi dhammasaªg±hak± bhikkh³ti. Evañhi gate, te sandh±ya ca ida½
vutta½– “atha kho ther± bhikkh³ r±jagaha½ agama½su, dhammañca vinayañca
saªg±yitun”ti (c³¼ava. 438). Te ±sa¼h²puººam±ya½ uposatha½ katv± p±µipadadi-
vase sannipatitv± vassa½ upagacchi½su.
Tena kho pana samayena r±jagaha½ pariv±retv± aµµh±rasa mah±vih±r± honti,
te sabbepi cha¹¹itapatita-ukl±p± ahesu½. Bhagavato hi parinibb±ne sabbepi
bhikkh³ attano attano pattac²varam±d±ya vih±re ca pariveºe ca cha¹¹etv± aga-
ma½su. Tattha katikavatta½ kurum±n± ther± bhagavato vacanap³janattha½ titthi-
yav±daparimocanatthañca– ‘paµhama½ m±sa½ khaº¹aphullappaµisaªkharaºa½
karom±’ti cintesu½. Titthiy± hi eva½ vadeyyu½– “samaºassa gotamassa s±vak±
satthari µhiteyeva vih±re paµijaggi½su, parinibbute cha¹¹esu½, kul±na½ mah±dha-
naparicc±go vinassat²”ti. Tesañca v±daparimocanattha½ cintesunti vutta½ hoti.
Eva½ cintayitv± ca pana katikavatta½ kari½su. Ya½ sandh±ya vutta½–
“Atha kho ther±na½ bhikkh³na½ etadahosi– bhagavat±, kho ±vuso, khaº¹a-
phullappaµisaªkharaºa½ vaººita½, handa maya½, ±vuso, paµhama½ m±sa½
khaº¹aphullappaµisaªkharaºa½ karoma, majjhima½ m±sa½ sannipatitv±
dhammañca vinayañca saªg±yiss±m±”ti (c³¼ava. 438).
 Te dutiyadivase gantv± r±jadv±re aµµha½su. R±j± ±gantv± vanditv±– “ki½
bhante, ±gatatth±”ti attan± kattabbakicca½ pucchi. Ther± aµµh±rasa mah±vih±ra-
paµisaªkharaºatth±ya hatthakamma½ paµivedesu½. R±j± hatthakammak±rake
manusse ad±si. Ther± paµhama½ m±sa½ sabbavih±re paµisaªkhar±petv± rañño
±rocesu½– “niµµhita½, mah±r±ja, vih±rapaµisaªkharaºa½, id±ni dhammavinayasa-
ªgaha½ karom±”ti. “S±dhu bhante visaµµh± karotha, mayha½ ±º±cakka½, tumh±-
kañca dhammacakka½ hotu, ±º±petha, bhante, ki½ karom²”ti. “Saªgaha½ karo-
nt±na½ bhikkh³na½ sannisajjaµµh±na½ mah±r±j±”ti. “Kattha karomi, bhante”ti?
“Vebh±rapabbatapasse sattapaººi guh±dv±re k±tu½ yutta½ mah±r±j±”ti. “S±dhu,
bhante”ti kho r±j± aj±tasattu vissakammun± (1.0010) nimmitasadisa½ suvibhatta-
bhittithambhasop±na½, n±n±vidham±l±kammalat±kammavicitta½, abhibhavanta-
miva r±jabhavanavibh³ti½, avahasantamiva devavim±nasiri½, siriy± niketana-
miva ekanip±tatitthamiva ca devamanussanayanaviha½g±na½, lokar±maºeyyaka-
miva sampiº¹ita½ daµµhabbas±ramaº¹a½ maº¹apa½ k±r±petv± vividhakusuma-
d±molambakaviniggalantac±ruvit±na½ n±n±ratanavicittamaºikoµµimatalamiva ca,
na½ n±n±pupph³pah±ravicittasupariniµµhitabh³mikamma½ brahmavim±nasa-
disa½ alaªkaritv±, tasmi½ mah±maº¹ape pañcasat±na½ bhikkh³na½ anaggh±ni
pañca kappiyapaccattharaºasat±ni paññapetv±, dakkhiºabh±ga½ niss±ya uttar±-
bhimukha½ ther±sana½, maº¹apamajjhe puratth±bhimukha½ buddhassa bhaga-
vato ±san±raha½ dhamm±sana½ paññapetv±, dantakhacita½ b²janiñcettha
µhapetv±, bhikkhusaªghassa ±roc±pesi– “niµµhita½, bhante, mama kiccan”ti.
Tasmiñca pana divase ekacce bhikkh³ ±yasmanta½ ±nanda½ sandh±ya eva-
m±ha½su– “imasmi½ bhikkhusaªghe eko bhikkhu vissagandha½ v±yanto vicara-
t²”ti. Thero ta½ sutv± imasmi½ bhikkhusaªghe añño vissagandha½ v±yanto vica-
raºakabhikkhu n±ma natthi. Addh± ete ma½ sandh±ya vadant²ti sa½vega½ ±pajji.
Ekacce na½ ±ha½suyeva– “sve ±vuso, ±nanda, sannip±to, tvañca sekkho sakara-
º²yo, tena te na yutta½ sannip±ta½ gantu½, appamatto hoh²”ti.
Atha kho ±yasm± ±nando– ‘sve sannip±to, na kho meta½ patir³pa½ yv±ha½
sekkho sam±no sannip±ta½ gaccheyyan’ti, bahudeva ratti½ k±yagat±ya satiy±
v²tin±metv± rattiy± pacc³sasamaye caªkam± orohitv± vih±ra½ pavisitv± “nipajji-
ss±m²”ti k±ya½ ±vajjesi, dve p±d± bh³mito mutt±, apattañca s²sa½ bimbohana½,
etasmi½ antare anup±d±ya ±savehi citta½ vimucci. Ayañhi ±yasm± caªkamena
bahi v²tin±metv± visesa½ nibbattetu½ asakkonto cintesi– “nanu ma½ bhagav± eta-
davoca– ‘katapuññosi tva½, ±nanda, padh±namanuyuñja, khippa½ hohisi an±sa-
vo’ti (d². ni. 2.207). Buddh±nañca kath±doso n±ma natthi, mama pana acc±-
raddha½ v²riya½, tena me citta½ uddhacc±ya sa½vattati. Hand±ha½ v²riyasa-
mata½ yojem²”ti, caªkam± orohitv± p±dadhovanaµµh±ne µhatv± p±de dhovitv± (1.001
vih±ra½ pavisitv± mañcake nis²ditv±, “thoka½ vissamiss±m²”ti k±ya½ mañcake
apan±mesi. Dve p±d± bh³mito mutt±, s²sa½ bimbohanamappatta½, etasmi½
antare anup±d±ya ±savehi citta½ vimutta½, catu-iriy±pathavirahita½ therassa ara-
hatta½. Tena “imasmi½ s±sane anipanno anisinno aµµhito acaªkamanto ko
bhikkhu arahatta½ patto”ti vutte “±nandatthero”ti vattu½ vaµµati.
 Atha ther± bhikkh³ dutiyadivase pañcamiya½ k±¼apakkhassa katabhattakicc±
pattac²vara½ paµis±metv± dhammasabh±ya½ sannipati½su. Atha kho ±yasm±
±nando arah± sam±no sannip±ta½ agam±si. Katha½ agam±si? “Id±nimhi sanni-
p±tamajjha½ pavisan±raho”ti haµµhatuµµhacitto eka½sa½ c²vara½ katv± bandhan±
muttat±lapakka½ viya, paº¹ukambale nikkhittaj±timaºi viya, vigataval±hake
nabhe samuggatapuººacando viya, b±l±tapasamphassavikasitareºupiñjara-
gabbha½ paduma½ viya ca, parisuddhena pariyod±tena sappabhena sassir²kena
ca mukhavarena attano arahattappatti½ ±rocayam±no viya agam±si. Atha na½
disv± ±yasmato mah±kassapassa etadahosi– “sobhati vata bho arahattappatto
±nando, sace satth± dhareyya, addh± ajj±nandassa s±dhuk±ra½ dadeyya, handa
, d±niss±ha½ satth±r± d±tabba½ s±dhuk±ra½ dad±m²”ti, tikkhattu½ s±dhuk±rama-
d±si.
Majjhimabh±ºak± pana vadanti– “±nandatthero attano arahattappatti½ ñ±petu-
k±mo bhikkh³hi saddhi½ n±gato, bhikkh³ yath±vu¹¹ha½ attano attano patt±sane
nis²dant± ±nandattherassa ±sana½ µhapetv± nisinn±. Tattha keci evam±ha½su–
‘eta½ ±sana½ kass±’ti? ‘¾nandass±’ti. ‘¾nando pana kuhi½ gato’ti? Tasmi½
samaye thero cintesi– ‘id±ni mayha½ gamanak±lo’ti. Tato attano ±nubh±va½
dassento pathaviya½ nimujjitv± attano ±saneyeva att±na½ dasses²”ti, ±k±sena
gantv± nis²d²tipi eke. Yath± v± tath± v± hotu. Sabbath±pi ta½ disv± ±yasmato
mah±kassapassa s±dhuk±rad±na½ yuttameva.
Eva½ ±gate pana tasmi½ ±yasmante mah±kassapatthero bhikkh³ ±mantesi–
“±vuso, ki½ paµhama½ saªg±y±ma, dhamma½ v± vinaya½ v±”ti? Bhikkh³ (1.0012)
±ha½su– “bhante, mah±kassapa, vinayo n±ma buddhas±sanassa ±yu. Vinaye
µhite s±sana½ µhita½ n±ma hoti. Tasm± paµhama½ vinaya½ saªg±y±m±”ti. “Ka½
dhura½ katv±”ti? “¾yasmanta½ up±lin”ti. “Ki½ ±nando nappahot²”ti? “No nappa-
hoti”. Api ca kho pana samm±sambuddho dharam±noyeva vinayapariyatti½
niss±ya ±yasmanta½ up±li½ etadagge µhapesi– “etadagga½, bhikkhave, mama
s±vak±na½ bhikkh³na½ vinayadhar±na½ yadida½ up±l²”ti (a. ni. 1.228). ‘Tasm±
up±litthera½ pucchitv± vinaya½ saªg±y±m±’ti.
Tato thero vinaya½ pucchanatth±ya attan±va att±na½ sammanni. Up±littheropi
vissajjanatth±ya sammanni. Tatr±ya½ p±¼i– atha kho ±yasm± mah±kassapo
saªgha½ ñ±pesi–
“Suº±tu me, ±vuso, saªgho, yadi saªghassa
pattakalla½,
aha½ up±li½ vinaya½ puccheyyan”ti.
¾yasm±pi up±li saªgha½ ñ±pesi–
“Suº±tu me, bhante, saªgho, yadi saªghassa pattakalla½,
aha½ ±yasmat± mah±kassapena vinaya½ puµµho vissajjeyyan”ti. (c³¼ava.
439);
Eva½ att±na½ sammannitv± ±yasm± up±li uµµh±y±san± eka½sa½ c²vara½
katv± there bhikkh³ vanditv± dhamm±sane nis²di dantakhacita½ b²jani½ gahetv±,
tato mah±kassapatthero ther±sane nis²ditv± ±yasmanta½ up±li½ vinaya½ pucchi.
“Paµhama½ ±vuso, up±li, p±r±jika½ kattha paññattan”ti? “Ves±liya½, bhante”ti.
“Ka½ ±rabbh±”ti? “Sudinna½ kalandaputta½ ±rabbh±”ti. “Kismi½ vatthusmin”ti?
“Methunadhamme”ti.
“Atha kho ±yasm± mah±kassapo ±yasmanta½ up±li½ paµhamassa p±r±jikassa
vatthumpi pucchi, nid±nampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, paññattimpi pucchi, anu-
paññattimpi pucchi, ±pattimpi pucchi, an±pattimpi pucchi” (c³¼ava. 439). Puµµho
puµµho ±yasm± up±li vissajjesi.
Ki½ panettha paµhamap±r±jike kiñci apanetabba½ v± pakkhipitabba½ v± atthi
natth²ti? Apanetabba½ natthi. Buddhassa hi bhagavato bh±site apanetabba½
n±ma natthi. Na hi tath±gat± ekabyañjanampi niratthaka½ vadanti. S±vak±na½
pana devat±na½ (1.0013) v± bh±site apanetabbampi hoti, ta½ dhammasaªg±ha-
katther± apanayi½su. Pakkhipitabba½ pana sabbatth±pi atthi, tasm± ya½ yattha
pakkhipitu½ yutta½, ta½ pakkhipi½suyeva. Ki½ pana tanti? ‘Tena samayen±’ti v±,
‘tena kho pana samayen±’ti v±, ‘atha khoti v±’, ‘eva½ vutteti’ v±, ‘etadavoc±’ti v±,
evam±dika½ sambandhavacanamatta½. Eva½ pakkhipitabbayutta½ pakkhipitv±
pana– “ida½ paµhamap±r±jikan”ti µhapesu½. Paµhamap±r±jike saªgaham±r³¼he
pañca arahantasat±ni saªgaha½ ±ropitanayeneva gaºasajjh±yamaka½su– “tena
samayena buddho bhagav± verañj±ya½ viharat²”ti. Tesa½ sajjh±y±raddhak±le-
yeva s±dhuk±ra½ dadam±n± viya mah±pathav² udakapariyanta½ katv± aka-
mpittha.
Eteneva nayena ses±ni t²ºi p±r±jik±ni saªgaha½ ±ropetv± “ida½ p±r±jikakaº¹a-
n”ti µhapesu½. Terasa saªgh±dises±ni “terasakan”ti µhapesu½. Dve sikkh±pa-
d±ni “aniyat±n²”ti µhapesu½. Ti½sa sikkh±pad±ni “nissaggiy±ni p±cittiy±n²”ti
µhapesu½. Dvenavuti sikkh±pad±ni “p±cittiy±n²”ti µhapesu½. Catt±ri sikkh±pad±ni
“p±µidesan²y±n²”ti µhapesu½. Pañcasattati sikkh±pad±ni “sekhiy±n²”ti µhapesu½.
Satta dhamme “adhikaraºasamath±”ti µhapesu½. Eva½ sattav²s±dhik±ni dve
sikkh±padasat±ni “mah±vibhaªgo”ti kittetv± µhapesu½. Mah±vibhaªg±vas±nepi
purimanayeneva mah±pathav² akampittha.
Tato bhikkhun²vibhaªge aµµha sikkh±pad±ni “p±r±jikakaº¹a½ n±ma idan”ti
µhapesu½. Sattarasa sikkh±pad±ni “sattarasakan”ti µhapesu½. Ti½sa sikkh±pa-
d±ni “nissaggiy±ni p±cittiy±n²”ti µhapesu½. Chasaµµhisatasikkh±pad±ni “p±cittiy±-
n²”ti µhapesu½. Aµµha sikkh±pad±ni “p±µidesan²y±n²”ti µhapesu½. Pañcasattati
sikkh±pad±ni “sekhiy±n²”ti µhapesu½. Satta dhamme “adhikaraºasamath±”ti
µhapesu½. Eva½ t²ºi sikkh±padasat±ni catt±ri ca sikkh±pad±ni “bhikkhun²vibha-
ªgo”ti kittetv±– “aya½ ubhato vibhaªgo n±ma catusaµµhibh±ºav±ro”ti µhapesu½.
Ubhatovibhaªg±vas±nepi vuttanayeneva mah±pathavikampo ahosi.
Etenevup±yena as²tibh±ºav±raparim±ºa½ khandhaka½, pañcav²satibh±ºav±ra-
parim±ºa½ pariv±rañca saªgaha½ ±ropetv± “ida½ vinayapiµaka½ n±m±”ti
µhapesu½ (1.0014). Vinayapiµak±vas±nepi vuttanayeneva mah±pathavikampo
ahosi. Ta½ ±yasmanta½ up±li½ paµicch±pesu½– “±vuso, ima½ tuyha½ nissitake
v±ceh²”ti. Vinayapiµakasaªgah±vas±ne up±litthero dantakhacita½ b²jani½ nikkhi-
pitv± dhamm±san± orohitv± there bhikkh³ vanditv± attano patt±sane nis²di.
Vinaya½ saªg±yitv± dhamma½ saªg±yituk±mo ±yasm± mah±kassapo bhikkh³
pucchi– “dhamma½ saªg±yante hi ka½ puggala½ dhura½ katv± dhammo saªg±-
yitabbo”ti? Bhikkh³– “±nandatthera½ dhura½ katv±”ti ±ha½su.
Atha kho ±yasm± mah±kassapo saªgha½ ñ±pesi–
“Suº±tu me, ±vuso, saªgho, yadi saªghassa pattakalla½,
aha½ ±nanda½ dhamma½ puccheyyan”ti;
Atha kho ±yasm± ±nando saªgha½ ñ±pesi–
“Suº±tu me, bhante, saªgho, yadi saªghassa pattakalla½,
aha½ ±yasmat± mah±kassapena dhamma½ puµµho vissajjeyyan”ti;
Atha kho ±yasm± ±nando uµµh±y±san± eka½sa½ c²vara½ katv± there bhikkh³
vanditv± dhamm±sane nis²di dantakhacita½ b²jani½ gahetv±. Atha kho ±yasm±
mah±kassapo bhikkh³ pucchi– “katara½, ±vuso, piµaka½ paµhama½ saªg±y±m±”-
ti? “Suttantapiµaka½, bhante”ti. “Suttantapiµake catasso saªg²tiyo, t±su paµhama½
katara½ saªg²tin”ti? “D²ghasaªg²ti½, bhante”ti. “D²ghasaªg²tiya½ catuti½sa
sutt±ni, tayo vagg±, tesu paµhama½ katara½ vaggan”ti? “S²lakkhandhavagga½,
bhante”ti. “S²lakkhandhavagge terasa suttant±, tesu paµhama½ katara½ suttan”ti?
“Brahmaj±lasutta½ n±ma bhante, tividhas²l±laªkata½, n±n±vidhamicch±j²vakuha
lapan±dividdha½sana½, dv±saµµhidiµµhij±laviniveµhana½, dasasahassilokadh±tuka-
mpana½, ta½ paµhama½ saªg±y±m±”ti.
Atha kho ±yasm± mah±kassapo ±yasmanta½ ±nanda½ etadavoca, “brahma-
j±la½, ±vuso ±nanda, kattha bh±sitan”ti? “Antar± ca, bhante, r±jagaha½ antar± ca
n±¼anda½ r±j±g±rake ambalaµµhik±yan”ti. “Ka½ ±rabbh±”ti (1.0015)? “Suppiyañca
paribb±jaka½, brahmadattañca m±ºavan”ti. “Kismi½ vatthusmin”ti? “Vaºº±vaººe”-
ti. Atha kho ±yasm± mah±kassapo ±yasmanta½ ±nanda½ brahmaj±lassa nid±-
nampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, vatthumpi pucchi (c³¼ava. 440). ¾yasm±
±nando vissajjesi. Vissajjan±vas±ne pañca arahantasat±ni gaºasajjh±yama-
ka½su. Vuttanayeneva ca pathavikampo ahosi.
Eva½ brahmaj±la½ saªg±yitv± tato para½ “s±maññaphala½, pan±vuso ±nanda,
kattha bh±sitan”ti-±din± nayena pucch±vissajjan±nukkamena saddhi½ brahmaj±-
lena sabbepi terasa suttante saªg±yitv±– “aya½ s²lakkhandhavaggo n±m±”ti
kittetv± µhapesu½.
Tadanantara½ mah±vagga½, tadanantara½ p±thikavagganti, eva½ tivaggasa-
ªgaha½ catuti½sasuttapaµimaº¹ita½ catusaµµhibh±ºav±raparim±ºa½ tanti½
saªg±yitv± “aya½ d²ghanik±yo n±m±”ti vatv± ±yasmanta½ ±nanda½ paµicch±-
pesu½– “±vuso, ima½ tuyha½ nissitake v±ceh²”ti.
Tato anantara½ as²tibh±ºav±raparim±ºa½ majjhimanik±ya½ saªg±yitv±
dhammasen±patis±riputtattherassa nissitake paµicch±pesu½– “ima½ tumhe pari-
harath±”ti.
Tato anantara½ satabh±ºav±raparim±ºa½ sa½yuttanik±ya½ saªg±yitv± mah±-
kassapatthera½ paµicch±pesu½– “bhante, ima½ tumh±ka½ nissitake v±ceth±”ti.
Tato anantara½ v²satibh±ºav±rasataparim±ºa½ aªguttaranik±ya½ saªg±yitv±
anuruddhatthera½ paµicch±pesu½– “ima½ tumh±ka½ nissitake v±ceth±”ti.
Tato anantara½ dhammasaªgahavibhaªgadh±tukath±puggalapaññattikath±va-
tthuyamakapaµµh±na½ abhidhammoti vuccati. Eva½ sa½vaººita½ sukhumañ±ºa-
gocara½ tanti½ saªg±yitv±– “ida½ abhidhammapiµaka½ n±m±”ti vatv± pañca ara-
hantasat±ni sajjh±yamaka½su. Vuttanayeneva pathavikampo ahos²ti.
Tato para½ j±taka½, niddeso, paµisambhid±maggo, apad±na½, suttanip±to,
khuddakap±µho, dhammapada½, ud±na½, itivuttaka½, vim±navatthu, petavatthu,
therag±th± (1.0016), ther²g±th±ti ima½ tanti½ saªg±yitv± “khuddakagantho n±m±-
yan”ti ca vatv± “abhidhammapiµakasmi½yeva saªgaha½ ±ropayi½s³”ti d²ghabh±-
ºak± vadanti. Majjhimabh±ºak± pana “cariy±piµakabuddhava½sehi saddhi½
sabbampeta½ khuddakagantha½ n±ma suttantapiµake pariy±pannan”ti vadanti.
Evameta½ sabbampi buddhavacana½ rasavasena ekavidha½, dhammavinaya-
vasena duvidha½, paµhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividha½. Tath± piµakava-
sena. Nik±yavasena pañcavidha½, aªgavasena navavidha½, dhammakkhandha-
vasena catur±s²tisahassavidhanti veditabba½.
Katha½ rasavasena ekavidha½? Yañhi bhagavat± anuttara½ samm±sa-
mbodhi½ abhisambujjhitv± y±va anup±dises±ya nibb±nadh±tuy± parinibb±yati,
etthantare pañcacatt±l²savass±ni devamanussan±gayakkh±dayo anus±santena
v± paccavekkhantena v± vutta½, sabba½ ta½ ekarasa½ vimuttirasameva hoti.
Eva½ rasavasena ekavidha½.
Katha½ dhammavinayavasena duvidha½? Sabbameva ceta½ dhammo ceva
vinayo c±ti saªkhya½ gacchati. Tattha vinayapiµaka½ vinayo, avasesa½ buddha-
vacana½ dhammo. Tenev±ha “yann³na maya½ dhammañca vinayañca saªg±ye-
yy±m±”ti (c³¼ava. 437). “Aha½ up±li½ vinaya½ puccheyya½, ±nanda½ dhamma½
puccheyyan”ti ca. Eva½ dhammavinayavasena duvidha½.
Katha½ paµhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividha½? Sabbameva hida½ paµha-
mabuddhavacana½, majjhimabuddhavacana½, pacchimabuddhavacananti tippa-
bheda½ hoti. Tattha–
“Anekaj±tisa½s±ra½, sandh±vissa½ anibbisa½;
gahak±ra½ gavesanto, dukkh± j±ti punappuna½.
gahak±raka diµµhosi, puna geha½ na k±hasi;
sabb± te ph±suk± bhagg±, gahak³µa½ visaªkhata½;
visaªkh±ragata½ citta½, taºh±na½ khayamajjhag±”ti. (dha. pa. 153-54);
Ida½ paµhamabuddhavacana½. Keci “yad± have p±tubhavanti dhamm±”ti
(mah±va. 1) khandhake ud±nag±tha½ vadanti. Es± pana p±µipadadivase sabba-
ññubh±vappattassa somanassamayañ±ºena paccay±k±ra½ paccavekkhantassa
uppann± ud±nag±th±ti veditabb±.
Ya½ (1.0017) pana parinibb±nak±le abh±si– “handa d±ni, bhikkhave, ±manta-
y±mi vo, vayadhamm± saªkh±r±, appam±dena samp±deth±”ti (d². ni. 2.218) ida½
pacchimabuddhavacana½. Ubhinnamantare ya½ vutta½, eta½ majjhimabuddha-
vacana½ n±ma. Eva½ paµhamamajjhimapacchimabuddhavacanavasena tividha½.
Katha½ piµakavasena tividha½? Sabbampi ceta½ vinayapiµaka½ suttantapi-
µaka½ abhidhammapiµakanti tippabhedameva hoti. Tattha paµhamasaªg²tiya½
saªg²tañca asaªg²tañca sabbampi samodh±netv± ubhay±ni p±timokkh±ni, dve
vibhaªg±, dv±v²sati khandhak±, so¼asapariv±r±ti– ida½ vinayapiµaka½ n±ma.
Brahmaj±l±dicatutti½sasuttasaªgaho d²ghanik±yo,
m³lapariy±yasutt±didiya¹¹hasatadvesuttasaªgaho majjhimanik±yo, oghataraºa-
sutt±disattasuttasahassasattasatadv±saµµhisuttasaªgaho sa½yuttanik±yo, cittapa-
riy±d±nasutt±dinavasuttasahassapañcasatasattapaññ±sasuttasaªgaho aªguttara-
nik±yo, khuddakap±µha-dhammapada-ud±na-itivuttaka-suttanip±ta-vim±navatthu-
petavatthu-therag±th±-ther²g±th±-j±taka-niddesa-paµisambhid±magga-apad±na-
buddhava½sa-cariy±piµakavasena pannarasappabhedo khuddakanik±yoti ida½
suttantapiµaka½ n±ma. Dhammasaªgaho, vibhaªgo, dh±tukath±, puggalapa-
ññatti, kath±vatthu, yamaka½, paµµh±nanti– ida½ abhidhammapiµaka½ n±ma.
Tattha–
“Vividhavisesanayatt±, vinayanato ceva k±yav±c±na½;
vinayatthavid³hi aya½, vinayo vinayoti akkh±to”.
Vividh± hi ettha pañcavidhap±timokkhuddesap±r±jik±di satta ±pattikkhandha-
m±tik± vibhaªg±dippabhed± nay±. Visesabh³t± ca da¼h²kammasithilakaraºappa-
yojan± anupaññattinay±. K±yikav±casika-ajjh±c±ranisedhanato cesa k±ya½
v±cañca vineti, tasm± vividhanayatt± visesanayatt± k±yav±c±na½ vinayanato
ceva vinayoti akkh±to. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallattha½ vutta½–
“Vividhavisesanayatt±, vinayanato ceva k±yav±c±na½;
vinayatthavid³hi aya½, vinayo vinayoti akkh±to”ti.
Itara½ (1.0018) pana–
“Atth±na½ s³canato suvuttato, savanatotha s³danato;
sutt±º± suttasabh±gato ca, suttanti akkh±ta½.
Tañhi attatthaparatth±dibhede atthe s³ceti. Suvutt± cettha atth±, veneyyajjh±sa-
y±nulomena vuttatt±. Savati ceta½ atthe sassamiva phala½, pasavat²ti vutta½
hoti. S³dati ceta½ dhenu viya kh²ra½, pagghar±pet²ti vutta½ hoti. Suµµhu ca ne
t±yati, rakkhat²ti vutta½ hoti. Suttasabh±gañceta½, yath± hi tacchak±na½ sutta½
pam±ºa½ hoti, evametampi viññ³na½. Yath± ca suttena saªgahit±ni pupph±ni na
vikir²yanti, na viddha½s²yanti, evameva tena saªgahit± atth±. Tenetametassa
vacanatthakosallattha½ vutta½–
“Atth±na½ s³canato, suvuttato savanatotha s³danato;
sutt±º± suttasabh±gato ca, suttanti akkh±tan”ti.
Itaro pana–
“Ya½ ettha vu¹¹himanto, salakkhaº± p³jit± paricchinn±;
vutt±dhik± ca dhamm±, abhidhammo tena akkh±to”.
Ayañhi abhisaddo vu¹¹hilakkhaºap³jitaparicchinn±dhikesu dissati. Tath± hesa
“b±¼h± me dukkh± vedan± abhikkamanti, no paµikkamant²”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 3.389)
vu¹¹hiya½ ±gato. “Y± t± rattiyo abhiññ±t± abhilakkhit±”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 1.49) sala-
kkhaºe. “R±j±bhir±j± manujindo”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 2.399) p³jite. “Paµibalo vinetu½
abhidhamme abhivinaye”ti-±d²su (mah±va. 85) paricchinne. Aññamaññasaªkara-
virahite dhamme ca vinaye c±ti vutta½ hoti. “Abhikkantena vaººen±”ti-±d²su (vi.
va. 819) adhike.
Ettha ca “r³p³papattiy± magga½ bh±veti” (dha. sa. 251), “mett±sahagatena
cetas± eka½ disa½ pharitv± viharat²”ti-±din± (vibha. 642) nayena vu¹¹himantopi
dhamm± vutt±. “R³p±rammaºa½ v± sadd±rammaºa½ v±”ti-±din± (dha. sa. 1)
nayena ±rammaº±d²hi lakkhaº²yatt± (1.0019) salakkhaº±pi. “Sekkh± dhamm±,
asekkh± dhamm±, lokuttar± dhamm±”ti-±din± (dha. sa. tikam±tik± 11, dukam±tik±
12) nayena p³jit±pi, p³j±rah±ti adhipp±yo. “Phasso hoti, vedan± hot²”ti-±din± (dha.
sa. 1) nayena sabh±vaparicchinnatt± paricchinn±pi. “Mahaggat± dhamm±, appa-
m±º± dhamm± (dha. sa. tikam±tik± 11), anuttar± dhamm±”ti-±din± (dha. sa. duka-
m±tik± 11) nayena adhik±pi dhamm± vutt±. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosa-
llattha½ vutta½–
“Ya½ ettha vu¹¹himanto, salakkhaº± p³jit± paricchinn±;
vutt±dhik± ca dhamm±, abhidhammo tena akkh±to”ti.
Ya½ panettha avisiµµha½, ta½–
“Piµaka½ piµakatthavid³, pariyattibbh±janatthato ±hu;
tena samodh±netv±, tayopi vinay±dayo ñeyy±”.
Pariyattipi hi “m± piµakasampad±nen±”ti-±d²su (a. ni. 3.66) piµakanti vuccati.
“Atha puriso ±gaccheyya kud±lapiµakam±d±y±”ti-±d²su (a. ni. 3.70) ya½ kiñci
bh±janampi. Tasm± ‘piµaka½ piµakatthavid³ pariyattibh±janatthato ±hu.
Id±ni ‘tena samodh±netv± Tayopi vinay±dayo ñeyy±’ti, tena eva½ duvidha-
tthena piµakasaddena saha sam±sa½ katv± vinayo ca so piµakañca pariyattibh±-
vato, tassa tassa atthassa bh±janato c±ti vinayapiµaka½, yath±vutteneva nayena
suttantañca ta½ piµakañc±ti suttantapiµaka½, abhidhammo ca so piµakañc±ti abhi-
dhammapiµakanti. Evamete tayopi vinay±dayo ñeyy±.
Eva½ ñatv± ca punapi tesuyeva piµakesu n±nappak±rakosallattha½–
“Desan±s±sanakath±bheda½ tesu yath±raha½;
sikkh±ppah±nagambh²rabh±vañca parid²paye.
pariyattibheda½ sampatti½, vipattiñc±pi ya½ yahi½;
p±puº±ti yath± bhikkhu, tampi sabba½ vibh±vaye”.
Tatr±ya½ parid²pan± vibh±van± ca. Et±ni hi t²ºi piµak±ni yath±kkama½ ±º±voh±-
raparamatthadesan±, yath±par±dhayath±nulomayath±dhammas±san±ni, sa½va-
r±sa½varadiµµhiviniveµhanan±mar³paparicchedakath±ti ca vuccanti. Ettha (1.0020)
hi vinayapiµaka½ ±º±rahena bhagavat± ±º±b±hullato desitatt± ±º±desan±, sutta-
ntapiµaka½ voh±rakusalena bhagavat± voh±rab±hullato desitatt± voh±radesan±,
abhidhammapiµaka½ paramatthakusalena bhagavat± paramatthab±hullato desi-
tatt± paramatthadesan±ti vuccati.
Tath± paµhama½– ‘ye te pacur±par±dh± satt±, te yath±par±dha½ ettha s±sit±’ti
yath±par±dhas±sana½, dutiya½– ‘anekajjh±say±nusayacariy±dhimuttik± satt±
yath±nuloma½ ettha s±sit±’ti yath±nulomas±sana½, tatiya½– ‘dhammapuñjamatte
“aha½ mam±”ti saññino satt± yath±dhamma½ ettha s±sit±’ti yath±dhammas±sa-
nanti vuccati.
Tath± paµhama½– ajjh±c±rapaµipakkhabh³to sa½var±sa½varo ettha kathitoti
sa½var±sa½varakath±. Sa½var±sa½varoti khuddako ceva mahanto ca sa½varo,
kamm±kamma½ viya, phal±phala½ viya ca, dutiya½– “dv±saµµhidiµµhipaµipakkha-
bh³t± diµµhiviniveµhan± ettha kathit±”ti diµµhiviniveµhanakath±, tatiya½– “r±g±dipaµi-
pakkhabh³to n±mar³paparicchedo ettha kathito”ti n±mar³paparicchedakath±ti
vuccati.
T²supi cetesu tisso sikkh±, t²ºi pah±n±ni, catubbidho ca gambh²rabh±vo vedi-
tabbo. Tath± hi vinayapiµake visesena adhis²lasikkh± vutt±, suttantapiµake adhicitta-
sikkh±, abhidhammapiµake adhipaññ±sikkh±.
Vinayapiµake ca v²tikkamappah±na½, kiles±na½ v²tikkamapaµipakkhatt± s²lassa.
Suttantapiµake pariyuµµh±nappah±na½, pariyuµµh±napaµipakkhatt± sam±dhissa.
Abhidhammapiµake anusayappah±na½, anusayapaµipakkhatt± paññ±ya.
Paµhame ca tadaªgappah±na½, itaresu vikkhambhanasamucchedappah±n±ni.
Paµhame ca duccaritasa½kilesappah±na½, itaresu taºh±diµµhisa½kilesappah±na½.

Ekamekasmiñcettha catubbidhopi dhammatthadesan± paµivedhagambh²ra-

bh±vo veditabbo. Tattha dhammoti tanti. Atthoti tass±yeva attho. Desan±ti tass±
manas± vavatth±pit±ya tantiy± desan±. Paµivedhoti tantiy± tanti-atthassa ca yath±-
bh³t±vabodho. T²supi cetesu ete dhammatthadesan±paµivedh±. Yasm± sas±d²hi
viya mah±samuddo (1.0021) mandabuddh²hi dukkhog±¼h± alabbhaneyyapatiµµh±
ca, tasm± gambh²r±. Eva½ ekamekasmi½ ettha catubbidhopi gambh²rabh±vo
veditabbo.
Aparo nayo, dhammoti hetu. Vuttañheta½– “hetumhi ñ±ºa½ dhammapaµisa-
mbhid±”ti. Atthoti hetuphala½, vuttañheta½– “hetuphale ñ±ºa½ atthapaµisambhi-
d±”ti (vibha. 720). Desan±ti paññatti, yath± dhamma½ dhamm±bhil±poti adhi-
pp±yo. Anulomapaµilomasaªkhepavitth±r±divasena v± kathana½. Paµivedhoti
abhisamayo, so ca lokiyalokuttaro visayato asammohato ca, atth±nur³pa½
dhammesu, dhamm±nur³pa½ atthesu, paññattipath±nur³pa½ paññatt²su ava-
bodho. Tesa½ tesa½ v± tattha tattha vuttadhamm±na½ paµivijjhitabbo salakkhaºa-
saªkh±to avipar²tasabh±vo.
Id±ni yasm± etesu piµakesu ya½ ya½ dhammaj±ta½ v± atthaj±ta½ v±, y± c±ya½
yath± yath± ñ±petabbo attho sot³na½ ñ±ºassa abhimukho hoti, tath± tath± tada-
tthajotik± desan±, yo cettha avipar²t±vabodhasaªkh±to paµivedho, tesa½ tesa½ v±
dhamm±na½ paµivijjhitabbo salakkhaºasaªkh±to avipar²tasabh±vo. Sabbampeta½
anupacitakusalasambh±rehi duppaññehi sas±d²hi viya mah±samuddo dukkho-
g±¼ha½ alabbhaneyyapatiµµhañca, tasm± gambh²ra½. Evampi ekamekasmi½
ettha catubbidhopi gambh²rabh±vo veditabbo.
Ett±vat± ca–
“Desan±s±sanakath±, bheda½ tesu yath±raha½;
sikkh±ppah±nagambh²ra, bh±vañca parid²paye”ti–
Aya½ g±th± vuttatth±va hoti.
“Pariyattibheda½ sampatti½, vipattiñc±pi ya½ yahi½;
p±puº±ti yath± bhikkhu, tampi sabba½ vibh±vaye”ti–
Ettha pana t²su piµakesu tividho pariyattibhedo daµµhabbo. Tisso hi pariyattiyo–
alagadd³pam±, nissaraºatth±, bhaº¹±g±rikapariyatt²ti.
Tattha y± duggahit±, up±rambh±dihetu pariy±puµ±, aya½ alagadd³pam±. Ya½
sandh±ya vutta½ “seyyath±pi, bhikkhave, puriso alagaddatthiko alagaddagaves² (1.0
alagaddapariyesana½ caram±no, so passeyya mahanta½ alagadda½, tamena½
bhoge v± naªguµµhe v± gaºheyya, tassa so alagaddo paµiparivattitv± hatthe v±
b±h±ya½ v± aññatarasmi½ v± aªgapaccaªge ¹a½seyya, so tato nid±na½
maraºa½ v± nigaccheyya, maraºamatta½ v± dukkha½. Ta½ kissa hetu? Dugga-
hitatt±, bhikkhave, alagaddassa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacce moghapu-
ris± dhamma½ pariy±puºanti, sutta½ …pe… vedalla½, te ta½ dhamma½ pariy±-
puºitv± tesa½ dhamm±na½ paññ±ya attha½ na upaparikkhanti, tesa½ te
dhamm± paññ±ya attha½ anupaparikkhata½ na nijjh±na½ khamanti, te up±ra-
mbh±nisa½s± ceva dhamma½ pariy±puºanti, itiv±dappamokkh±nisa½s± ca,
yassa catth±ya dhamma½ pariy±puºanti, tañcassa attha½ n±nubhonti, tesa½ te
dhamm±
duggahit± d²gharatta½ ahit±ya dukkh±ya sa½vattanti. Ta½ kissa hetu? Duggahi-
tatt±, bhikkhave, dhamm±nan”ti (ma. ni. 1.238).
Y± pana suggahit± s²lakkhandh±dip±rip³ri½yeva ±kaªkham±nena pariy±puµ±,
na up±rambh±dihetu, aya½ nissaraºatth±. Ya½ sandh±ya vutta½– “tesa½ te
dhamm± suggahit± d²gharatta½ hit±ya sukh±ya sa½vattanti. Ta½ kissa hetu?
Suggahitatt±, bhikkhave, dhamm±nan”ti (ma. ni. 1.239).
Ya½ pana pariññ±takkhandho pah²nakileso bh±vitamaggo paµividdh±kuppo
sacchikatanirodho kh²º±savo kevala½ paveº²p±lanatth±ya va½s±nurakkhaºa-
tth±ya pariy±puº±ti, aya½ bhaº¹±g±rikapariyatt²ti.
Vinaye pana suppaµipanno bhikkhu s²lasampada½ niss±ya tisso vijj± p±puº±ti,
t±sa½yeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato. Sutte suppaµipanno sam±dhisampada½
niss±ya cha abhiññ± p±puº±ti, t±sa½yeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato. Abhi-
dhamme suppaµipanno paññ±sampada½ niss±ya catasso paµisambhid± p±puº±ti,
t±sañca tattheva pabhedavacanato, evametesu suppaµipanno yath±kkamena
ima½ vijj±ttayacha¼abhiññ±catuppaµisambhid±bheda½ sampatti½ p±puº±ti.
Vinaye pana duppaµipanno anuññ±tasukhasamphassa-attharaºap±vuraº±di-
phassas±maññato paµikkhittesu up±dinnakaphass±d²su anavajjasaññ² hoti.
Vuttampi (1.0023) heta½– “tath±ha½ bhagavat± dhamma½ desita½ ±j±n±mi,
yath± ye me antar±yik± dhamm± antar±yik± vutt± bhagavat±, te paµisevato n±la½
antar±y±y±”ti (ma. ni. 1.234). Tato duss²labh±va½ p±puº±ti. Sutte duppaµipanno–
“catt±ro me, bhikkhave, puggal± santo sa½vijjam±n±”ti-±d²su (a. ni. 4.5) adhi-
pp±ya½ aj±nanto duggahita½ gaºh±ti, ya½ sandh±ya vutta½– “attan± duggahi-
tena amhe ceva abbh±cikkhati, att±nañca khaºati, bahuñca apuñña½ pasavat²”ti
(ma. ni. 1.236). Tato micch±diµµhita½ p±puº±ti. Abhidhamme duppaµipanno
dhammacinta½ atidh±vanto acinteyy±nipi cinteti. Tato cittakkhepa½ p±puº±ti,
vuttañheta½– “catt±rim±ni, bhikkhave, acinteyy±ni, na cintetabb±ni, y±ni cintento
umm±dassa vigh±tassa bh±g² ass±”ti (a. ni. 4.77). Evametesu duppaµipanno
yath±kkamena ima½ duss²labh±va micch±diµµhit± cittakkhepabheda½ vipatti½
p±puº±t²”ti.
Ett±vat± ca–
“Pariyattibheda½ sampatti½, vipattiñc±pi ya½ yahi½;
p±puº±ti yath± bhikkhu, tampi sabba½ vibh±vaye”ti–
Ayampi g±th± vuttatth±va hoti. Eva½ n±nappak±rato piµak±ni ñatv± tesa½ vase-
neta½ buddhavacana½ tividhanti ñ±tabba½.
Katha½ nik±yavasena pañcavidha½? Sabbameva ceta½ d²ghanik±yo, majjhi-
manik±yo, sa½yuttanik±yo, aªguttaranik±yo, khuddakanik±yoti pañcappabheda½
hoti. Tattha katamo d²ghanik±yo? Tivaggasaªgah±ni brahmaj±l±d²ni catutti½sa
sutt±ni.
“Catutti½seva suttant±, tivaggo yassa saªgaho;
esa d²ghanik±yoti, paµhamo anulomiko”ti.
Kasm± panesa d²ghanik±yoti vuccati? D²ghappam±º±na½ sutt±na½ sam³hato
niv±sato ca. Sam³haniv±s± hi nik±yoti vuccanti. “N±ha½, bhikkhave, añña½ eka-
nik±yampi samanupass±mi eva½ citta½, yathayida½, bhikkhave (1.0024), tira-
cch±nagat± p±º±” (sa½. ni. 2.100). Poºikanik±yo cikkhallikanik±yoti evam±d²ni
cettha s±dhak±ni s±sanato lokato ca. Eva½ ses±nampi nik±yabh±ve vacanattho
veditabbo.
Katamo majjhimanik±yo? Majjhimappam±º±ni pañcadasavaggasaªgah±ni
m³lapariy±yasutt±d²ni diya¹¹hasata½ dve ca sutt±ni.
“Diya¹¹hasatasuttant±, dve ca sutt±ni yattha so;
nik±yo majjhimo pañca, dasavaggapariggaho”ti.
Katamo sa½yuttanik±yo? Devat±sa½yutt±divasena kathit±ni oghataraº±d²ni
satta suttasahass±ni satta ca suttasat±ni dv±saµµhi ca sutt±ni.
“Sattasuttasahass±ni, sattasuttasat±ni ca;
dv±saµµhi ceva suttant±, eso sa½yuttasaªgaho”ti.
Katamo aªguttaranik±yo? Ekeka-aªg±tirekavasena kathit±ni cittapariy±d±n±-
d²ni nava suttasahass±ni pañca suttasat±ni sattapaññ±sañca sutt±ni.
“Nava suttasahass±ni, pañca suttasat±ni ca;
sattapaññ±sa sutt±ni, saªkhy± aªguttare ayan”ti.
Katamo khuddakanik±yo? Sakala½ vinayapiµaka½, abhidhammapiµaka½,
khuddakap±µh±dayo ca pubbe dassit± pañcadasappabhed±, µhapetv± catt±ro
nik±ye avasesa½ buddhavacana½.
“Ýhapetv± caturopete, nik±ye d²gha-±dike;
tadañña½ buddhavacana½, nik±yo khuddako mato”ti.
Eva½ nik±yavasena pañcavidha½.
Katha½ aªgavasena navavidha½? Sabbameva hida½ sutta½, geyya½, veyy±-
karaºa½, g±th±, ud±na½, itivuttaka½, j±taka½, abbhutadhamma½, vedallanti
navappabheda½ hoti. Tattha ubhatovibhaªganiddesakhandhakapariv±r±, suttani-
p±te maªgalasuttaratanasuttan±lakasuttatuvaµµakasutt±ni ca aññampi ca suttan±-
maka½ tath±gatavacana½ (1.0025) suttanti veditabba½. Sabbampi sag±thaka½
sutta½ geyyanti veditabba½. Visesena sa½yuttake sakalopi sag±thavaggo, saka-
lampi abhidhammapiµaka½, nigg±thaka½ sutta½, yañca aññampi aµµhahi aªgehi
asaªgahita½ buddhavacana½, ta½ veyy±karaºanti veditabba½. Dhammapada½,
therag±th±, ther²g±th±, suttanip±te nosuttan±mik± suddhikag±th± ca g±th±ti vedi-
tabb±. Somanassaññ±ºamayikag±th± paµisa½yutt± dve-as²ti suttant± ud±nanti
veditabba½. “Vuttañheta½ bhagavat±”ti-±dinayappavatt± dasuttarasatasuttant± iti-
vuttakanti veditabba½. Apaººakaj±tak±d²ni paññ±s±dhik±ni pañcaj±takasat±ni
‘j±takan’ti veditabba½. “Catt±rome, bhikkhave, acchariy± abbhut± dhamm± ±na-
nde”ti-±dinayappavatt± (d². ni. 2.209) sabbepi acchariyabbhutadhammapaµisa½yu-
ttasuttant± abbhutadhammanti veditabba½. C³¼avedalla-mah±vedalla-samm±di-
µµhi-sakkapañha-saªkh±rabh±janiya-mah±puººamasutt±dayo sabbepi vedañca
tuµµhiñca laddh± laddh± pucchitasuttant± vedallanti veditabba½. Eva½ aªgava-
sena navavidha½.
Katha½ dhammakkhandhavasena catur±s²tisahassavidha½? Sabbameva
ceta½ buddhavacana½–
 “Dv±s²ti buddhato gaºhi½, dve sahass±ni bhikkhuto;
catur±s²ti sahass±ni, ye me dhamm± pavattino”ti.
Eva½ parid²pitadhammakkhandhavasena catur±s²tisahassappabheda½ hoti.
Tattha ek±nusandhika½ sutta½ eko dhammakkhandho. Ya½ anek±nusandhika½,
tattha anusandhivasena dhammakkhandhagaºan±. G±th±bandhesu pañh±pu-
cchana½ eko dhammakkhandho, vissajjana½ eko. Abhidhamme ekameka½ tika-
dukabh±jana½, ekamekañca cittav±rabh±jana½, ekameko dhammakkhandho.
Vinaye atthi vatthu, atthi m±tik±, atthi padabh±jan²ya½, atthi antar±patti, atthi
±patti, atthi an±patti, atthi tikacchedo. Tattha ekameko koµµh±so ekameko
dhammakkhandhoti veditabbo. Eva½ dhammakkhandhavasena catur±s²tisahassa-
vidha½.
Evameta½ abhedato rasavasena ekavidha½, bhedato dhammavinay±divasena
duvidh±dibheda½ buddhavacana½ saªg±yantena mah±kassapappamukhena
vas²gaºena “aya½ (1.0026) dhammo, aya½ vinayo, ida½ paµhamabuddhava-
cana½, ida½ majjhimabuddhavacana½, ida½ pacchimabuddhavacana½, ida½
vinayapiµaka½, ida½ suttantapiµaka½, ida½ abhidhammapiµaka½, aya½ d²ghani-
k±yo …pe… aya½ khuddakanik±yo, im±ni sutt±d²ni navaªg±ni, im±ni catur±s²ti
dhammakkhandhasahass±n²”ti, ima½ pabheda½ vavatthapetv±va saªg²ta½. Na
kevalañca imameva, aññampi udd±nasaªgaha-vaggasaªgaha-peyy±lasaªgaha-e-
kakanip±ta-dukanip±t±dinip±tasaªgaha-sa½yuttasaªgaha-paºº±sasaªgah±di-a-
nekavidha½ t²su piµakesu sandissam±na½ saªgahappabheda½ vavatthapetv±
eva sattahi m±sehi saªg²ta½.
Saªg²tipariyos±ne cassa– “ida½ mah±kassapattherena dasabalassa s±sana½
pañcavassasahassaparim±ºak±la½ pavattanasamattha½ katan”ti sañj±tappa-
mod± s±dhuk±ra½ viya dadam±n± aya½ mah±pathav² udakapariyanta½ katv±
anekappak±ra½ kampi saªkampi sampakampi sampavedhi, anek±ni ca acchari-
y±ni p±turahesunti, aya½ paµhamamah±saªg²ti n±ma. Y± loke–
“Satehi pañcahi kat±, tena pañcasat±ti ca;
thereheva katatt± ca, therik±ti pavuccat²”ti.

1. Brahmaj±lasuttavaººan±

Paribb±jakakath±vaººan±

Imiss± (1.0027) paµhamamah±saªg²tiy± vattam±n±ya vinayasaªgah±vas±ne

suttantapiµake ±dinik±yassa ±disutta½ brahmaj±la½ pucchantena ±yasmat±
mah±kassapena– “brahmaj±la½, ±vuso ±nanda, kattha bh±sitan”ti, evam±divutta-
vacanapariyos±ne yattha ca bh±sita½, yañc±rabbha bh±sita½, ta½ sabba½ pak±-
sento ±yasm± ±nando eva½ me sutanti-±dim±ha. Tena vutta½ “brahmaj±lass±pi
eva½ me sutanti-±dika½ ±yasmat± ±nandena paµhamamah±saªg²tik±le vutta½
nid±nam±d²”ti.
 1. Tattha evanti nip±tapada½. Meti-±d²ni n±mapad±ni. Paµipanno hot²ti ettha
paµ²ti upasaggapada½, hot²ti ±khy±tapadanti. Imin± t±va nayena padavibh±go
veditabbo.
Atthato pana eva½-saddo t±va upam³padesasampaha½sanagarahaºavacana-
sampaµiggah±k±ranidassan±vadh±raº±di-anekatthappabhedo. Tath±hesa– “eva½
j±tena maccena, kattabba½ kusala½ bahun”ti (dha. pa. 53) evam±d²su upam±ya½
±gato. “Eva½ te abhikkamitabba½, eva½ te paµikkamitabban”ti-±d²su (a. ni. 4.122)
upadese. “Evameta½ bhagav±, evameta½ sugat±”ti-±d²su (a. ni. 3.66) sampaha½-
sane. “Evameva½ pan±ya½ vasal² yasmi½ v± tasmi½ v± tassa muº¹akassa
samaºakassa vaººa½ bh±sat²”ti-±d²su (sa½. ni. 1.187) garahaºe. “Eva½,
bhanteti kho te bhikkh³ bhagavato paccassosun”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 1.1) vacanasa-
mpaµiggahe. “Eva½ by± kho aha½, bhante, bhagavat± dhamma½ desita½ ±j±n±-
m²”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 1.398) ±k±re. “Ehi tva½, m±ºavaka, yena samaºo ±nando
tenupasaªkama, upasaªkamitv± mama vacanena samaºa½ ±nanda½ app±-
b±dha½ app±taªka½ lahuµµh±na½ bala½ ph±suvih±ra½ puccha. “Subho m±ºavo
todeyyaputto bhavanta½ ±nanda½ app±b±dha½ app±taªka½ lahuµµh±na½ bala½
ph±suvih±ra½ pucchat²”ti. “Evañca vadehi, s±dhu kira bhava½ ±nando yena
subhassa (1.0028) m±ºavassa todeyyaputtassa nivesana½, tenupasaªkamatu
anukampa½ up±d±y±”ti-±d²su (d². ni. 1.445) nidassane. “Ta½ ki½ maññatha,
k±l±m±, ime dhamm± kusal± v± akusal± v±ti? Akusal±, bhante. S±vajj± v± ana-
vajj± v±ti?
S±vajj±, bhante. Viññugarahit± v± viññuppasatth± v±ti? Viññugarahit±, bhante.
Samatt± sam±dinn± ahit±ya dukkh±ya sa½vattanti no v±, katha½ vo ettha hot²ti?
Samatt±, bhante, sam±dinn± ahit±ya dukkh±ya sa½vattanti, eva½ no ettha hot²”-
ti-±d²su (a. ni. 3.66) avadh±raºe. Sv±yamidha ±k±ranidassan±vadh±raºesu
daµµhabbo.
Tattha ±k±ratthena eva½-saddena etamattha½ d²peti, n±n±nayanipuºamaneka-
jjh±sayasamuµµh±na½, atthabyañjanasampanna½, vividhap±µih±riya½, dhamma-
tthadesan±paµivedhagambh²ra½, sabbasatt±na½ sakasakabh±s±nur³pato sotapa-
tham±gacchanta½ tassa bhagavato vacana½ sabbappak±rena ko samattho
viññ±tu½, sabbath±mena pana sotuk±mata½ janetv±pi ‘eva½ me suta½’ may±pi
eken±k±rena sutanti.
Nidassanatthena– “n±ha½ sayambh³, na may± ida½ sacchikatan”ti att±na½
parimocento– ‘eva½ me suta½’, ‘may±pi eva½ sutan’ti id±ni vattabba½ sakala½
sutta½ nidasseti.
Avadh±raºatthena– “etadagga½, bhikkhave, mama s±vak±na½ bhikkh³na½
bahussut±na½ yadida½ ±nando, gatimant±na½, satimant±na½, dhitimant±na½,
upaµµh±k±na½ yadida½ ±nando”ti (a. ni. 1.223). Eva½ bhagavat±– “±yasm±
±nando atthakusalo, dhammakusalo, byañjanakusalo, niruttikusalo, pubb±paraku-
salo”ti (a. ni. 5.169). Eva½ dhammasen±patin± ca pasatthabh±v±nur³pa½ attano
dh±raºabala½ dassento satt±na½ sotuk±mata½ janeti– ‘eva½ me suta½’, tañca
kho atthato v± byañjanato v± an³namanadhika½, evameva na aññath± daµµhabba-
n”ti.
Me-saddo t²su atthesu dissati. Tath± hissa– “g±th±bhig²ta½ me abhojaneyyan”-
ti-±d²su (su. ni. 81) may±ti attho. “S±dhu me, bhante, bhagav± saªkhittena
dhamma½ deset³”ti-±d²su (sa½. ni. 4.88) mayhanti attho. “Dhammad±y±d± me,
bhikkhave (1.0029), bhavath±”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 1.29) mam±ti attho. Idha pana
may± sutanti ca, mama sutanti ca atthadvaye yujjati.
Sutanti aya½ suta-saddo sa-upasaggo ca anupasaggo ca– gamanavissutakili-
nna-upacit±nuyoga-sotaviññeyya-sotadv±r±nus±ra-viññ±t±di-anekatthappabhedo,
tath± hissa “sen±ya pasuto”ti-±d²su gacchantoti attho. “Sutadhammassa passato”-
ti-±d²su (ud±. 11) vissutadhammass±ti attho. “Avassut± avassutass±”ti-±d²su
(p±ci. 657) kilinn±kilinnass±ti attho. “Tumhehi puñña½ pasuta½ anappakan”ti-±-
d²su (khu. p±. 7.12) upacitanti attho. “Ye jh±napasut± dh²r±”ti-±d²su (dha. pa. 181)
jh±n±nuyutt±ti attho. ‘Diµµha½ suta½ mutan’ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 1.241) sotaviññe-
yyanti attho. “Sutadharo sutasannicayo”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 1.339) sotadv±r±nus±ra-
viññ±tadharoti attho. Idha panassa sotadv±r±nus±rena upadh±ritanti v± upadh±ra-
ºanti v±ti attho. ‘Me’ saddassa hi ‘may±’ti atthe sati ‘eva½ may± suta½’ sotadv±r±-
nus±rena upadh±ritanti yujjati. ‘Mam±’ti atthe sati eva½ mama suta½ sotadv±r±nu-
s±rena upadh±raºanti yujjati.
Evametesu t²su padesu evanti sotaviññ±º±diviññ±ºakiccanidassana½. Meti
vuttaviññ±ºasamaªgipuggalanidassana½. Sutanti assavanabh±vapaµikkhepato
an³n±dhik±vipar²taggahaºanidassana½. Tath± evanti tass± sotadv±r±nus±rena
pavatt±ya viññ±ºav²thiy± n±nappak±rena ±rammaºe pavattibh±vappak±sana½.
Meti attappak±sana½. Sutanti dhammappak±sana½. Ayañhettha saªkhepo–
“n±nappak±rena ±rammaºe pavatt±ya viññ±ºav²thiy± may± na añña½ kata½,
ida½ pana kata½, aya½ dhammo suto”ti.
Tath± evanti niddisitabbadhammappak±sana½. Meti puggalappak±sana½.
Sutanti puggalakiccappak±sana½. Ida½ vutta½ hoti. “Ya½ sutta½ niddisiss±mi,
ta½ may± eva½ sutan”ti.
Tath± evanti yassa cittasant±nassa n±n±k±rappavattiy± n±natthabyañjanagga-
haºa½ hoti, tassa n±n±k±raniddeso. Evanti hi ayam±k±rapaññatti. MeTi kattuni-
ddeso. Sutanti visayaniddeso. Ett±vat± n±n±k±rappavattena (1.0030) cittasant±-
nena ta½ samaªgino kattu visayaggahaºasanniµµh±na½ kata½ hoti.
Athav± evanti puggalakiccaniddeso. Sutanti viññ±ºakiccaniddeso. Meti ubhaya-
kiccayuttapuggalaniddeso. Aya½ panettha saªkhepo, “may± savanakiccaviññ±ºa-
samaªgin± puggalena viññ±ºavasena laddhasavanakiccavoh±rena sutan”ti.
Tattha evanti ca meti ca saccikaµµhaparamatthavasena avijjam±napaññatti.
Kiñhettha ta½ paramatthato atthi, ya½ evanti v± meti v± niddesa½ labhetha?
Sutanti vijjam±napaññatti. Yañhi ta½ ettha sotena upaladdha½, ta½ paramatthato
vijjam±nanti. Tath± ‘evan’ti ca, meti ca, ta½ ta½ up±d±ya vattabbato up±d±pa-
ññatti. ‘Sutan’ti diµµh±d²ni upanidh±ya vattabbato upanidh±paññatti. Ettha ca
evanti vacanena asammoha½ d²peti. Na hi samm³¼ho n±nappak±rapaµivedhasa-
mattho hoti. ‘Sutan’ti vacanena sutassa asammosa½ d²peti. Yassa hi suta½
sammuµµha½ hoti, na so k±lantarena may± sutanti paµij±n±ti. Iccassa asammo-
hena paññ±siddhi, asammosena pana satisiddhi. Tattha paññ±pubbaªgam±ya
satiy± byañjan±vadh±raºasamatthat±, satipubbaªgam±ya paññ±ya atthapaµive-
dhasamatthat±. Tadubhayasamatthat±yogena atthabyañjanasampannassa
dhammakosassa anup±lanasamatthato dhammabhaº¹±g±rikattasiddhi.
Aparo nayo, evanti vacanena yoniso manasik±ra½ d²peti. Ayoniso manasika-
roto hi n±nappak±rapaµivedh±bh±vato. Sutanti vacanena avikkhepa½ d²peti,
vikkhittacittassa savan±bh±vato. Tath± hi vikkhittacitto puggalo sabbasampattiy±
vuccam±nopi “na may± suta½, puna bhaºath±”ti bhaºati. Yoniso manasik±rena
cettha attasamm±paºidhi½ pubbe ca katapuññata½ s±dheti, samm± appaºihita-
ttassa pubbe akatapuññassa v± tadabh±vato. Avikkhepena saddhammassavana½
sappuris³panissayañca s±dheti. Na hi vikkhittacitto sotu½ sakkoti, na ca sappu-
rise anupassayam±nassa savana½ atth²ti.
Aparo (1.0031) nayo, yasm± evanti yassa cittasant±nassa n±n±k±rappavattiy±
n±natthabyañjanaggahaºa½ hoti, tassa n±n±k±raniddesoti vutta½, so ca eva½
bhaddako ±k±ro na samm±-appaºihitattano pubbe akatapuññassa v± hoti, tasm±
evanti imin± bhaddaken±k±rena pacchimacakkadvayasampattimattano d²peti.
Sutanti savanayogena purimacakkadvayasampatti½. Na hi appatir³padese
vasato sappuris³panissayavirahitassa v± savana½ atthi. Iccassa pacchimacakka-
dvayasiddhiy± ±sayasuddhisiddh± hoti, purimacakkadvayasiddhiy± payoga-
suddhi, t±ya ca ±sayasuddhiy± adhigamabyattisiddhi, payogasuddhiy± ±gamabya-
ttisiddhi. Iti payog±sayasuddhassa ±gam±dhigamasampannassa vacana½ aru-
ºugga½ viya s³riyassa udayato yoniso manasik±ro viya ca kusalakammassa ara-
hati bhagavato vacanassa pubbaªgama½ bhavitunti µh±ne nid±na½ µhapento–
“eva½ me sutan”ti-±dim±ha.
Aparo nayo, ‘evan’ti imin± n±nappak±rapaµivedhad²pakena vacanena attano
atthapaµibh±napaµisambhid±sampattisabbh±va½ d²peti. ‘Sutan’ti imin± sotabba-
ppabhedapaµivedhad²pakena dhammaniruttipaµisambhid±sampattisabbh±va½.
‘Evan’ti ca ida½ yoniso manasik±rad²paka½ vacana½ bh±sam±no– “ete may±
dhamm± manas±nupekkhit±, diµµhiy± suppaµividdh±”ti d²peti. ‘Sutan’ti ida½ sava-
nayogad²paka½ vacana½ bh±sam±no– “bah³ may± dhamm± sut± dh±t± vacas±
paricit±”ti d²peti. Tadubhayen±pi atthabyañjanap±rip³ri½ d²pento savane ±dara½
janeti. Atthabyañjanaparipuººañhi dhamma½ ±darena assuºanto mahat± hit±
parib±hiro hot²ti, tasm± ±dara½ janetv± sakkacca½ aya½ dhammo sotabboti.
“Eva½ me sutan”ti imin± pana sakalena vacanena ±yasm± ±nando tath±gata-
ppavedita½ dhamma½ attano adahanto asappurisabh³mi½ atikkamati. S±va-
katta½ paµij±nanto sappurisabh³mi½ okkamati. Tath± asaddhamm± citta½ vuµµh±-
peti, saddhamme citta½ patiµµh±peti. “Kevala½ sutameveta½ may±, tasseva
bhagavato vacanan”ti d²pento att±na½ parimoceti, satth±ra½ apadisati, jinava-
cana½ appeti, dhammanetti½ patiµµh±peti.
Apica (1.0032) “eva½ me sutan”ti attan± upp±ditabh±va½ appaµij±nanto purima-
vacana½ vivaranto– “sammukh± paµiggahitamida½ may± tassa bhagavato catuve-
s±rajjavis±radassa dasabaladharassa ±sabhaµµh±naµµh±yino s²han±dan±dino
sabbasattuttamassa dhammissarassa dhammar±jassa dhamm±dhipatino
dhammad²passa dhammasaraºassa saddhammavaracakkavattino samm±sambu-
ddhassa vacana½, na ettha atthe v± dhamme v± pade v± byañjane v± kaªkh± v±
vimati v± k±tabb±”ti sabbesa½ devamanuss±na½ imasmi½ dhamme assa-
ddhiya½ vin±seti, saddh±sampada½ upp±deti. Teneta½ vuccati–
“Vin±sayati assaddha½, saddha½ va¹¹heti s±sane;
eva½ me sutamicceva½, vada½ gotamas±vako”ti.
Ekanti gaºanaparicchedaniddeso. Samayanti paricchinnaniddeso. Eka½ sama-
yanti aniyamitaparid²pana½. Tattha samayasaddo–
“Samav±ye khaºe k±le, sam³he hetudiµµhisu;
paµil±bhe pah±ne ca, paµivedhe ca dissati”.
Tath± hissa– “appevan±ma svepi upasaªkameyy±ma k±lañca samayañca up±-
d±y±”ti evam±d²su (d². ni. 1.447) samav±yo attho. “Ekova kho bhikkhave, khaºo
ca samayo ca brahmacariyav±s±y±”ti-±d²su (a. ni. 8.29) khaºo. “Uºhasamayo
pari¼±hasamayo”ti-±d²su (p±ci. 358) k±lo. “Mah±samayo pavanasmin”ti-±d²su (d².
ni. 2.332) sam³ho. “Samayopi kho te, bhadd±li, appaµividdho ahosi, bhagav± kho
s±vatthiya½ viharati, bhagav±pi ma½ j±nissati, bhadd±li n±ma bhikkhu satthus±-
sane sikkh±ya aparip³rak±r²’ti. Ayampi kho, te bhadd±li, samayo appaµividdho aho-
s²”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 2.135) hetu. “Tena kho pana samayena uggaham±no paribb±-
jako samaºamuº¹ik±putto samayappav±dake tinduk±c²re ekas±lake mallik±ya
±r±me paµivasat²”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 2.260) diµµhi.
“Diµµhe dhamme ca yo attho, yo cattho sampar±yiko;
atth±bhisamay± dh²ro, paº¹itoti pavuccat²”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.128)–
¾d²su (1.0033) paµil±bho. “Samm± m±n±bhisamay± antamak±si dukkhass±”ti-±-
d²su (a. ni. 7.9) pah±na½. “Dukkhassa p²¼anaµµho saªkhataµµho sant±paµµho vipari-
º±maµµho abhisamayaµµho”ti-±d²su (paµi. 108) paµivedho. Idha panassa k±lo attho.
Tena sa½vacchara-utum±sa¹¹ham±sarattidivapubbaºhamajjhanhikas±yanhapa-
µhamamajjhi-mapacchimay±mamuhutt±d²su k±lappabhedabh³tesu samayesu
eka½ samayanti d²peti.
Tattha kiñc±pi etesu sa½vacchar±d²su samayesu ya½ ya½ sutta½ yasmi½
yasmi½ sa½vacchare utumhi m±se pakkhe rattibh±ge v± divasabh±ge v± vutta½,
sabba½ ta½ therassa suvidita½ suvavatth±pita½ paññ±ya. Yasm± pana– “eva½
me suta½” asukasa½vacchare asuka-utumhi asukam±se asukapakkhe asukara-
ttibh±ge asukadivasabh±ge v±ti eva½ vutte na sakk± sukhena dh±retu½ v± uddi-
situ½ v± uddis±petu½ v±, bahu ca vattabba½ hoti, tasm± ekeneva padena
tamattha½ samodh±netv± “eka½ samayan”ti ±ha. Ye v± ime gabbhokkantisa-
mayo, j±tisamayo, sa½vegasamayo, abhinikkhamanasamayo, dukkarak±rikasa-
mayo, m±ravijayasamayo, abhisambodhisamayo diµµhadhammasukhavih±rasa-
mayo, desan±samayo,
parinibb±nasamayoti, evam±dayo bhagavato devamanussesu ativiya pak±s± ane-
kak±lappabhed± eva samay±. Tesu samayesu desan±samayasaªkh±ta½ eka½
samayanti d²peti. Yo c±ya½ ñ±ºakaruº±kiccasamayesu karuº±kiccasamayo, atta-
hitaparahitapaµipattisamayesu parahitapaµipattisamayo, sannipatit±na½ karaº²ya-
dvayasamayesu dhammikath±samayo desan±paµipattisamayesu desan±samayo,
tesupi samayesu aññatara½ samaya½ sandh±ya “eka½ samayan”ti ±ha.
Kasm± panettha yath± abhidhamme “yasmi½ samaye k±m±vacaran”ti (dha. sa.
1) ca, ito aññesu ca suttapadesu– “yasmi½ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva
k±meh²”ti ca bhummavacananiddeso kato, vinaye ca– “tena samayena buddho
bhagav±”ti karaºavacanena, tath± akatv± “eka½ samayan”ti upayogavacanani-
ddeso katoti? Tattha tath± idha ca aññath± atthasambhavato. Tattha hi abhi-
dhamme ito aññesu suttapadesu ca adhikaraºattho (1.0034) bh±vena bh±vala-
kkhaºattho ca sambhavati. Adhikaraºañhi k±lattho, sam³hattho ca samayo, tattha
tattha vutt±na½ phass±didhamm±na½ khaºasamav±yahetusaªkh±tassa ca sama-
yassa bh±vena tesa½ bh±vo lakkh²yati, tasm± tadatthajotanattha½ tattha
bhummavacananiddeso kato.
Vinaye ca hetu-attho karaºattho ca sambhavati. Yo hi so sikkh±padapaññattisa-
mayo s±riputt±d²hipi dubbiññeyyo, tena samayena hetubh³tena karaºabh³tena
ca sikkh±pad±ni paññ±payanto sikkh±padapaññattihetuñca apekkham±no
bhagav± tattha tattha vih±si, tasm± tadatthajotanattha½ tattha karaºavacanena
niddeso kato.
Idha pana aññasmiñca eva½ j±tike accantasa½yogattho sambhavati. Yañhi
samaya½ bhagav± ima½ añña½ v± suttanta½ desesi, accantameva ta½
samaya½ karuº±vih±rena vih±si, tasm± tadatthajotanattha½ idha upayogavacana-
niddeso katoti.
Teneta½ vuccati–
“Ta½ ta½ atthamapekkhitv±, bhummena karaºena ca;
aññatra samayo vutto, upayogena so idh±”ti.
Por±º± pana vaººayanti– “tasmi½ samaye”ti v±, “tena samayen±”ti v±, “eka½
samayan”ti v±, abhil±pamattabhedo esa, sabbattha bhummamevatthoti. Tasm±
“eka½ samayan”ti vuttepi “ekasmi½ samaye”ti attho veditabbo.
Bhagav±ti garu. Garuñhi loke bhagav±ti vadanti. Ayañca sabbaguºavisiµµhat±ya
sabbasatt±na½ garu, tasm± bhagav±ti veditabbo. Por±ºehipi vutta½–
“Bhagav±ti vacana½ seµµha½, bhagav±ti vacanamuttama½;
garu g±ravayutto so, bhagav± tena vuccat²”ti.
Api ca–
“Bh±gyav± bhaggav± yutto, bhagehi ca vibhattav±;
bhattav± vantagamano, bhavesu bhagav± tato”ti.
Imiss± (1.0035) g±th±ya vasenassa padassa vitth±ra-attho veditabbo. So ca
visuddhimagge buddh±nussatiniddese vuttoyeva.
Ett±vat± cettha eva½ me sutanti vacanena yath±suta½ dhamma½ dassento
bhagavato dhammak±ya½ paccakkha½ karoti. Tena “nayida½ atikkantasa-
tthuka½ p±vacana½, aya½ vo satth±”ti satthu adassanena ukkaºµhita½ jana½
samass±seti.
Eka½ samaya½ bhagav±ti vacanena tasmi½ samaye bhagavato avijjam±na-
bh±va½ dassento r³pak±yaparinibb±na½ s±dheti. Tena “eva½vidhassa n±ma ari-
yadhammassa desako dasabaladharo vajirasaªgh±ta sam±nak±yo sopi bhagav±
parinibbuto, kena aññena j²vite ±s± janetabb±”ti j²vitamadamatta½ jana½ sa½ve-
jeti, saddhamme cassa uss±ha½ janeti.
Evanti ca bhaºanto desan±sampatti½ niddisati. Me sutanti s±vakasampatti½.
Eka½ samayanti k±lasampatti½. Bhagav±ti desakasampatti½.
Antar± ca r±jagaha½ antar± ca n±¼andanti antar±-saddo k±raºakhaºacittavema-
jjhavivar±d²su dissati. “Tadantara½ ko j±neyya aññatra tath±gat±”ti (a. ni. 6.44) ca,
“jan± saªgamma mantenti mañca tañca kimantaran”ti (sa½. ni. 1.228) ca ±d²su hi
k±raºe antar±-saddo. “Addasa ma½, bhante, aññatar± itth² vijjantarik±ya
bh±jana½ dhovant²”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 2.149) khaºe. “Yassantarato na santi kop±”-
ti-±d²su (ud±. 20) citte. “Antar± vos±nam±p±d²”ti-±d²su (c³¼ava. 350) vemajjhe.
“Api c±ya½, bhikkhave, tapod± dvinna½ mah±niray±na½ antarik±ya ±gacchat²”-
ti-±d²su (p±r±. 231) vivare. Sv±yamidha vivare vattati, tasm± r±jagahassa ca n±¼a-
nd±ya ca vivareti evametthattho veditabbo. Antar±-saddena pana yuttatt± upayo-
gavacana½ kata½. ¿disesu ca µh±nesu akkharacintak± “antar± g±mañca nadiñca
y±t²”ti eva½ ekameva antar±sadda½ payujjanti, so dutiyapadenapi yojetabbo hoti,
ayojiyam±ne upayogavacana½ na p±puº±ti. Idha pana yojetv±yeva vuttoti.
Addh±namaggappaµipanno (1.0036) hot²ti addh±nasaªkh±ta½ magga½ paµi-
panno hoti, “d²ghamaggan”ti attho. Addh±nagamanasamayassa hi vibhaªge
“a¹¹hayojana½ gacchiss±m²ti bhuñjitabban”ti-±divacanato (p±ci. 218) a¹¹hayoja-
nampi addh±namaggo hoti. R±jagahato pana n±¼and± yojanameva.
Mahat± bhikkhusaªghena saddhinti ‘mahat±’ti guºamahattenapi mahat±,
saªkhy±mahattenapi mahat±. So hi bhikkhusaªgho guºehipi mah± ahosi, appi-
cchat±diguºasamann±gatatt±. Saªkhy±yapi mah±, pañcasatasaªkhyatt±.
Bhikkh³na½ saªgho ‘bhikkhusaªgho’, tena bhikkhusaªghena. Diµµhis²las±mañña-
saªgh±tasaªkh±tena samaºagaºen±ti attho. Saddhinti ekato.
Pañcamattehi bhikkhusateh²ti pañcamatt± etesanti pañcamatt±ni. Matt±ti
pam±ºa½ vuccati, tasm± yath± “bhojane mattaññ³”ti vutte “bhojane matta½
j±n±ti, pam±ºa½ j±n±t²”ti attho hoti, evamidh±pi– “tesa½ bhikkhusat±na½ pañca-
matt± pañcapam±ºan”ti evamattho daµµhabbo. Bhikkh³na½ sat±ni bhikkhusat±ni,
tehi pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi.
Suppiyopi kho paribb±jakoti suppiyoti tassa n±ma½. Pi-k±ro maggappaµipanna-
sabh±gat±ya puggalasampiº¹anattho. Kho-k±ro padasandhikaro, byañjanasiliµµha-
t±vasena vutto. Paribb±jakoti sañjayassa antev±s² channaparibb±jako. Ida½
vutta½ hoti– “yad± bhagav± ta½ addh±namagga½ paµipanno, tad± suppiyopi pari-
bb±jako paµipanno ahos²”ti. At²tak±lattho hettha hoti-saddo.
Saddhi½ antev±sin± brahmadattena m±ºaven±ti– ettha ante vasat²ti antev±s².
Sam²pac±ro santik±vacaro sissoti attho. Brahmadattoti tassa n±ma½. M±ºavoti
sattopi coropi taruºopi vuccati.
“Codit± devad³tehi, ye pamajjanti m±ºav±;
te d²gharatta½ socanti, h²nak±y³pag± nar±”ti. (ma. ni. 3.271)–
¾d²su (1.0037) hi satto m±ºavoti vutto. “M±ºavehipi sam±gacchanti katakamme-
hipi akatakammehip²”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 2.149) coro. “Ambaµµho m±ºavo, aªgako
m±ºavo”ti-±d²su (d². ni. 1.316) taruºo ‘m±ºavo’ti vutto. Idh±pi ayamevattho.
Idañhi vutta½ hoti– brahmadattena n±ma taruºantev±sin± saddhinti.
Tatr±ti tasmi½ addh±namagge, tesu v± dv²su janesu. Sudanti nip±tamatta½. Ane-
kapariy±yen±ti pariy±ya-saddo t±va v±radesan±k±raºesu vattati. “Kassa nu kho,
±nanda, ajja pariy±yo bhikkhuniyo ovaditun”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 3.398) hi v±re pariy±-
yasaddo vattati. “Madhupiº¹ikapariy±yotveva na½ dh±reh²”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 1.205)
desan±ya½. “Imin±pi kho, te r±jañña, pariy±yena eva½ hot³”ti-±d²su (d². ni. 2.411)
k±raºe. Sv±yamidh±pi k±raºe vattati, tasm± ayamettha attho– “anekavidhena
k±raºen±”ti, “bah³hi k±raºeh²”ti vutta½ hoti.
Buddhassa avaººa½ bh±sat²ti avaººavirahitassa aparim±ºavaººasamann±ga-
tass±pi buddhassa bhagavato– “ya½ loke j±tivu¹¹hesu kattabba½ abhiv±dan±di-
s±m²cikamma½ ‘s±maggiraso’ti vuccati, ta½ samaºassa gotamassa natthi tasm±
arasar³po samaºo gotamo, nibbhogo, akiriyav±do, ucchedav±do, jegucch², vena-
yiko, tapass², apagabbho. Natthi samaºassa gotamassa uttarimanussadhammo
alamariyañ±ºadassanaviseso. Takkapariy±hata½ samaºo gotamo dhamma½
deseti, v²ma½s±nucarita½, saya½paµibh±na½. Samaºo gotamo na sabbaññ³, na
lokavid³, na anuttaro, na aggapuggalo”ti. Eva½ ta½ ta½ ak±raºameva k±raºanti
vatv± tath± tath± avaººa½ dosa½ ninda½ bh±sati.
Yath± ca buddhassa, eva½ dhammass±pi ta½ ta½ ak±raºameva k±raºato
vatv±– “samaºassa gotamassa dhammo durakkh±to, duppaµivedito, aniyy±niko,
anupasamasa½vattaniko”ti tath± tath± avaººa½ bh±sati.
Yath± (1.0038) ca dhammassa, eva½ saªghass±pi ya½ v± ta½ v± ak±raºa-
meva k±raºato vatv±– “micch±paµipanno samaºassa gotamassa s±vakasaªgho,
kuµilapaµipanno, paccan²kapaµipada½ ananulomapaµipada½ adhamm±nulomapa-
µipada½ paµipanno”ti tath± tath± avaººa½ bh±sati.
Antev±s² panassa– “amh±ka½ ±cariyo apar±masitabba½ par±masati, anakka-
mitabba½ akkamati, sv±ya½ aggi½ gilanto viya, hatthena asidh±ra½ par±ma-
santo viya, muµµhin± sineru½ pad±letuk±mo viya, kakacadantapantiya½ k²¼am±no
viya, pabhinnamada½ caº¹ahatthi½ hatthena gaºhanto viya ca vaºº±rahasseva
ratanattayassa avaººa½ bh±sam±no anayabyasana½ p±puºissati. ¾cariye kho
pana g³tha½ v± aggi½ v± kaºµaka½ v± kaºhasappa½ v± akkamante, s³la½ v±
abhir³hante, hal±hala½ v± visa½ kh±dante, kh±rodaka½ v± pakkhalante, naraka-
pap±ta½ v± papatante, na antev±sin± ta½ sabbamanuk±tabba½ hoti. Kamma-
ssak± hi satt± attano kamm±nur³pameva gati½ gacchanti. Neva pit± puttassa
kammena gacchati, na putto pitu kammena, na m±t± puttassa, na putto m±tuy±,
na bh±t± bhaginiy±, na bhagin² bh±tu, na ±cariyo antev±sino, na antev±s² ±cari-
yassa kammena gacchati. Mayhañca ±cariyo tiººa½ ratan±na½ avaººa½
bh±sati, mah±s±vajjo kho pan±riy³pav±doti. Eva½ yoniso ummujjitv± ±cariya-
v±da½ maddam±no samm±k±raºameva k±raºato apadisanto anekapariy±yena
tiººa½ ratan±na½ vaººa½ bh±situm±raddho, yath± ta½ paº¹itaj±tiko kulaputto”.
Tena vutta½– “suppiyassa pana paribb±jakassa antev±s² brahmadatto m±ºavo
anekapariy±yena buddhassa vaººa½ bh±sati, dhammassa vaººa½ bh±sati,
saªghassa vaººa½ bh±sat²”ti.
Tattha vaººanti vaººa-saddo saºµh±na-j±ti-r³p±yatana-k±raºa-pam±ºa-guºa-
pasa½s±d²su dissati. Tattha “mahanta½ sappar±javaººa½ abhinimminitv±”ti-±-
d²su (sa½. ni. 1.142) saºµh±na½ vuccati. “Br±hmaºova seµµho vaººo, h²no añño
vaººo”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 2.402) j±ti. “Param±ya vaººapokkharat±ya samann±gato”-
ti-±d²su (d². ni. 1.303) r³p±yatana½.
“Na (1.0039) har±mi na bhañj±mi, ±r± siªgh±mi v±rija½;
 atha kena nu vaººena, gandhatthenoti vuccat²”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.234)–
¾d²su k±raºa½. “Tayo pattassa vaºº±”ti-±d²su (p±r±. 602) pam±ºa½. “Kad±
saññ³¼h± pana, te gahapati, ime samaºassa gotamassa vaºº±”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 2.
77) guºo. “Vaºº±rahassa vaººa½ bh±sat²”ti-±d²su (a. ni. 2.135) pasa½s±. Idha
guºopi pasa½s±pi. Aya½ kira ta½ ta½ bh³tameva k±raºa½ apadisanto anekapa-
riy±yena ratanattayassa guº³pasañhita½ pasa½sa½ abh±si. Tattha– “itipi so
bhagav± araha½ samm±sambuddho”ti-±din± (p±r±. 1) nayena, “ye bhikkhave,
buddhe pasann± agge te pasann±”ti-±din± “ekapuggalo, bhikkhave, loke uppajja-
m±no uppajjati …pe… asamo asamasamo”ti-±din± (a. ni. 1.174) ca nayena
buddhassa vaººo veditabbo. “Sv±kkh±to bhagavat± dhammo”ti (d². ni. 2.159) ca
“±layasamuggh±to vaµµupacchedo”ti (iti. 90, a. ni. 4.34) ca, “ye bhikkhave, ariye
aµµhaªgike magge pasann±, agge te pasann±”ti ca evam±d²hi nayehi dhammassa
vaººo veditabbo. “Suppaµipanno bhagavato s±vakasaªgho”ti (d². ni. 2.159) ca,
“ye, bhikkhave, saªghe pasann±, agge te pasann±”ti (a. ni. 4.34) ca evam±d²hi
pana nayehi saªghassa vaººo veditabbo. Pahontena pana dhammakathikena
pañcanik±ye navaªga½ satthus±sana½ catur±s²tidhammakkhandhasahass±ni
og±hitv± buddh±d²na½ vaººo pak±setabbo. Imasmiñhi µh±ne buddh±d²na½ guºe
pak±sento atitthena pakkhando dhammakathikoti na sakk± vattu½. ¿disesu hi
µh±nesu dhammakathikassa th±mo veditabbo. Brahmadatto pana m±ºavo anussa-
v±dimattasambandhitena attano th±mena ratanattayassa vaººa½ bh±sati.
Itiha te ubho ±cariyantev±s²ti eva½ te dve ±cariyantev±sik±. Aññamaññass±ti
añño aññassa. Ujuvipaccan²kav±d±ti ²sakampi apariharitv± ujumeva vividhapacca-
n²kav±d±, anekav±ra½ viruddhav±d± eva hutv±ti attho. ¾cariyena hi ratanatta-
yassa avaººe bh±site antev±s² vaººa½ bh±sati, puna itaro avaººa½, itaro
vaººanti eva½ ±cariyo s±raphalake visarukkha-±ºi½ ±koµayam±no viya (1.0040)
punappuna½ ratanattayassa avaººa½ bh±sati. Antev±s² pana suvaººarajatama-
ºimay±ya ±ºiy± ta½ ±ºi½ paµib±hayam±no viya punappuna½ ratanattayassa
vaººa½ bh±sati. Tena vutta½– “ujuvipaccan²kav±d±”ti.
Bhagavanta½ piµµhito piµµhito anubandh± honti bhikkhusaªghañc±ti bhagava-
ntañca bhikkhusaªghañca pacchato pacchato dassana½ avijahant± iriy±path±nu-
bandhanena anubandh± honti, s²s±nulokino hutv± anugat± hont²ti attho.
Kasm± pana bhagav± ta½ addh±na½ paµipanno? Kasm± ca suppiyo anu-
bandho? Kasm± ca so ratanattayassa avaººa½ bh±sat²ti? Bhagav± t±va tasmi½
k±le r±jagahaparivattakesu aµµh±rasasu mah±vih±resu aññatarasmi½ vasitv±
p±tova sar²rappaµijaggana½ katv± bhikkh±c±ravel±ya½ bhikkhusaªghaparivuto
r±jagahe piº¹±ya carati. So ta½ divasa½ bhikkhusaªghassa sulabhapiº¹ap±ta½
katv± pacch±bhatta½ piº¹ap±tapaµikkanto bhikkhusaªgha½ pattac²vara½ g±h±-
petv±– “n±¼anda½ gamiss±m²”ti, r±jagahato nikkhamitv± ta½ addh±na½ paµipanno.
Suppiyopi kho tasmi½ k±le r±jagahaparivattake aññatarasmi½ paribb±jak±r±me
vasitv± paribb±jakaparivuto r±jagahe bhikkh±ya carati. Sopi ta½ divasa½ paribb±-
jakaparis±ya sulabhabhikkha½ katv± bhuttap±tar±so paribb±jake paribb±jakapari-
kkh±ra½ g±h±petv±– n±¼anda½ gamiss±micceva bhagavato ta½ magga½ paµipa-
nnabh±va½ aj±nantova anubandho. Sace pana j±neyya n±nubandheyya. So aj±-
nitv±va gacchanto g²va½ ukkhipitv± olokayam±no bhagavanta½ addasa buddha-
siriy± sobham±na½ rattakambalaparikkhittamiva jaªgamakanakagirisikhara½.
Tasmi½ kira samaye dasabalassa sar²rato nikkhamitv± chabbaººarasmiyo
samant± as²tihatthappam±ºe padese ±dh±vanti vidh±vanti ratan±ve¼aratanad±ma-
ratanacuººavippakiººa½ viya, pas±ritaratanacittakañcanapaµamiva, rattasuvaººa-
rasanisiñcam±namiva, ukk±satanip±tasam±kulamiva, nirantaravippakiººakaºik±-
rapupphamiva v±yuvegakkhittac²napiµµhacuººamiva, indadhanuvijjulat±t±r±gaºa-
ppabh±visaravipphuritaviccharitamiva ca ta½ vanantara½ hoti.
As²ti (1.0041) anubyañjan±nurañjitañca pana bhagavato sar²ra½ vikasitakamalu-
ppalamiva, sara½ sabbap±liphullamiva p±ricchattaka½, t±r±mar²civikasitamiva,
gaganatala½ siriy± avahasantamiva, by±mappabh±parikkhepavil±sin² cassa
dvatti½savaralakkhaºam±l± ganthetv± µhapitadvatti½sacandam±l±ya dvatti½sas³-
riyam±l±ya paµip±µiy± µhapitadvatti½sacakkavattidvatti½sasakkadevar±jadvatti½-
samah±brahm±na½ siri½ siriy± abhibhavantimiva. Tañca pana bhagavanta½
pariv±retv± µhit± bhikkh³ sabbeva appicch± santuµµh± pavivitt± asa½saµµh±
codak± p±pagarahino vatt±ro vacanakkham± s²lasampann± sam±dhipaññ±vimu-
ttivimuttiññ±ºadassanasampann±. Tesa½ majjhe bhagav± rattakambalap±k±rapa-
rikkhitto viya kañcanathambho, rattapadumasaº¹amajjhagat± viya suvaººan±v±,
pav±¼avedik±parikkhitto viya aggikkhandho, t±r±gaºapariv±rito viya puººacando
migapakkh²nampi cakkh³ni p²ºayati, pageva devamanuss±na½. Tasmiñca pana
divase yebhuyyena as²timah±ther± meghavaººa½ pa½suk³la½ eka½sa½ karitv±
kattaradaº¹a½ ±d±ya suvammavammit± viya gandhahatthino vigatados± vanta-
dos± bhinnakiles± vijaµitajaµ± chinnabandhan± bhagavanta½ pariv±rayi½su. So
saya½ v²tar±go v²tar±gehi, saya½ v²tadoso v²tadosehi, saya½ v²tamoho v²tamo-
hehi, saya½ v²tataºho v²tataºhehi, saya½ nikkileso nikkilesehi, saya½ buddho anu-
buddhehi pariv±rito; pattapariv±rita½ viya kesara½, kesarapariv±rit± viya kaººik±,
aµµhan±gasahassapariv±rito viya chaddanto n±gar±j±, navutiha½sasahassapariv±-
rito viya dhataraµµho ha½sar±j±, senaªgapariv±rito viya cakkavattir±j±, devagaºa-
pariv±rito viya sakko devar±j±, brahmagaºapariv±rito viya h±rito mah±brahm±,
aparimitak±lasañcitapuññabalanibbatt±ya acinteyy±ya anopam±ya buddhal²l±ya
cando viya gaganatala½ ta½ magga½ paµipanno hoti.
Atheva½ bhagavanta½ anopam±ya buddhal²l±ya gacchanta½ bhikkh³ ca
okkhittacakkh³ santindriye santam±nase uparinabhe µhita½ puººacanda½ viya
bhagavanta½yeva namassam±ne disv±va paribb±jako attano parisa½ avalokesi.
S± hoti k±jadaº¹ake olambetv± gahitoluggaviluggapiµµhakatidaº¹amorapiñchama-
ttik±pattapasibbakakuº¹ik±di-anekaparikkh±rabh±rabharit± (1.0042). “Asukassa
hatth± sobhaº±, asukassa p±d±”ti evam±diniratthakavacan± mukhar± vikiººa-
v±c± adassan²y± ap±s±dik±. Tassa ta½ disv± vippaµis±ro udap±di.
Id±ni tena bhagavato vaººo vattabbo bhaveyya. Yasm± panesa l±bhasakk±ra-
h±niy± ceva pakkhah±niy± ca niccampi bhagavanta½ us³yati. Aññatitthiy±nañhi
y±va buddho loke nuppajjati, t±vadeva l±bhasakk±r± nibbattanti, buddhupp±dato
pana paµµh±ya parih²nal±bhasakk±r± honti, s³riyuggamane khajjopanak± viya
nissir²kata½ ±pajjanti. Upatissakolit±nañca sañjayassa santike pabbajitak±leyeva
paribb±jak± mah±paris± ahesu½, tesu pana pakkantesu s±pi tesa½ paris± bhinn±.
Iti imehi dv²hi k±raºehi aya½ paribb±jako yasm± niccampi bhagavanta½ us³yati,
tasm± ta½ us³yavisugg±ra½ uggiranto ratanattayassa avaººameva bh±sat²ti
veditabbo.
2. Atha kho bhagav± ambalaµµhik±ya½ r±j±g±rake ekarattiv±sa½ upagacchi
saddhi½ bhikkhusaªghen±ti bhagav± t±ya buddhal²l±ya gaccham±no anupu-
bbena ambalaµµhik±dv±ra½ p±puºitv± s³riya½ oloketv±– “ak±lo d±ni gantu½,
atthasam²pa½ gato s³riyo”ti ambalaµµhik±ya½ r±j±g±rake ekarattiv±sa½ upa-
gacchi.
Tattha ambalaµµhik±ti rañño uyy±na½. Tassa kira dv±rasam²pe taruºa-amba-
rukkho atthi, ta½ “ambalaµµhik±”ti vadanti. Tassa avid³re bhavatt± uyy±nampi
ambalaµµhik± tveva saªkhya½ gata½. Ta½ ch±y³dakasampanna½ p±k±rapari-
kkhitta½ suyojitadv±ra½ mañjus± viya sugutta½. Tattha rañño k²¼anattha½ paµi-
bh±nacittavicitta½ ag±ra½ aka½su. Ta½ “r±j±g±rakan”ti vuccati.
Suppiyopi khoti suppiyopi tasmi½ µh±ne s³riya½ oloketv±– “ak±lo d±ni gantu½,
bah³ khuddakamahallak± paribb±jak±, bahuparissayo ca aya½ maggo corehipi
v±¼ayakkhehipi v±¼amigehipi. Aya½ kho pana samaºo gotamo uyy±na½ paviµµho,
samaºassa ca gotamassa vasanaµµh±ne (1.0043) devat± ±rakkha½ gaºhanti,
hand±hampi idha ekarattiv±sa½ upagantv± sveva gamiss±m²”ti tadevuyy±na½
p±visi. Tato bhikkhusaªgho bhagavato vatta½ dassetv± attano attano vasana-
µµh±na½ sallakkhesi. Paribb±jakopi uyy±nassa ekapasse paribb±jakaparikkh±re
ot±retv± v±sa½ upagacchi saddhi½ attano paris±ya. P±¼iyam±r³¼havaseneva
pana– “saddhi½ attano antev±sin± brahmadattena m±ºaven±”ti vutta½.
Eva½ v±sa½ upagato pana so paribb±jako rattibh±ge dasabala½ olokesi.
Tasmiñca samaye samant± vippakiººat±rak± viya pad²p± jalanti, majjhe bhagav±
nisinno hoti, bhikkhusaªgho ca bhagavanta½ pariv±retv±. Tattha ekabhikkhu-
ssapi hatthakukkucca½ v± p±dakukkucca½ v± ukk±sitasaddo v± khipitasaddo v±
natthi. S± hi paris± attano ca sikkhitasikkhat±ya satthari ca g±raven±ti dv²hi k±ra-
ºehi niv±te pad²pasikh± viya niccal± sannisinn±va ahosi. Paribb±jako ta½ vibh³ti½
disv± attano parisa½ olokesi. Tattha keci hattha½ khipanti, keci p±da½, keci vippa-
lapanti, keci nill±litajivh± paggharitakhe¼±, dante kh±dant± k±kaccham±n± gharu-
gharupass±sino sayanti. So ratanattayassa guºavaººe vattabbepi iss±vasena
puna avaººameva ±rabhi. Brahmadatto pana vuttanayeneva vaººa½. Tena
vutta½– “tatr±pi suda½ suppiyo paribb±jako”ti sabba½ vattabba½. Tattha tatr±p²ti
tasmimpi, ambalaµµhik±ya½ uyy±neti attho.
3. Sambahul±nanti bahuk±na½. Tattha vinayapariy±yena tayo jan± “sambahul±”-
ti vuccanti. Tato para½ saªgho. Suttantapariy±yena pana tayo tayova tato
paµµh±ya sambahul±. Idha suttantapariy±yena “sambahul±”ti veditabb±. Maº¹ala-
m±¼eti katthaci dve kaººik± gahetv± ha½savaµµakacchannena kat± k³µ±g±ras±-
l±pi “maº¹alam±¼o”ti vuccati, katthaci eka½ kaººika½ gahetv± thambhapanti½
parikkhipitv± kat± upaµµh±nas±l±pi “maº¹alam±¼o”ti vuccati. Idha pana nis²dana-
s±l± “maº¹alam±¼o”ti veditabbo. Sannisinn±nanti nisajjanavasena. Sannipatit±-
nanti samodh±navasena. Aya½ saªkhiyadhammoti saªkhiy± vuccati kath± (1.0044),
kath±dhammoti attho. Udap±d²ti uppanno. Katamo pana soti? Acchariya½ ±vu-
soti evam±di. Tattha andhassa pabbat±rohaºa½ viya nicca½ na hot²ti acchariya½.
Aya½ t±va saddanayo. Aya½ pana aµµhakath±nayo– acchar±yogganti acchariya½.
Acchara½ paharitu½ yuttanti attho. Abh³tapubba½ bh³tanti abbhuta½. Ubhaya½
peta½ vimhayassev±dhivacana½. Y±vañcidanti y±va ca ida½ tena suppaµividita-
t±ya appameyyatta½ dasseti.
Tena bhagavat± j±nat± …pe… suppaµividit±ti etth±ya½ saªkhepattho. Yo so
bhagav± samati½sa p±ramiyo p³retv± sabbakilese bhañjitv± anuttara½ samm±sa-
mbodhi½ abhisambuddho, tena bhagavat± tesa½ tesa½ satt±na½ ±say±nusaya½
j±nat±, hatthatale µhapita½ ±malaka½ viya sabbañeyyadhamma½ passat±.
Api ca pubbeniv±s±d²hi j±nat±, dibbena cakkhun± passat±. T²hi vijj±hi chahi v±
pana abhiññ±hi j±nat±, sabbattha appaµihatena samantacakkhun± passat±.
Sabbadhammaj±nanasamatth±ya v± paññ±ya j±nat±, sabbasatt±na½ cakkhuvisa-
y±t²t±ni tirokuµµ±digat±nipi r³p±ni ativisuddhena ma½sacakkhun± passat±. Attahi-
tas±dhik±ya v± sam±dhipadaµµh±n±ya paµivedhapaññ±ya j±nat±, parahitas±dhi-
k±ya karuº±padaµµh±n±ya desan±paññ±ya passat±.
Ar²na½ hatatt± paccay±d²nañca arahatt± arahat±. Samm± s±mañca sabbadha-
mm±na½ buddhatt± samm±sambuddhena antar±yikadhamme v± j±nat±, niyy±ni-
kadhamme passat±, kiles±r²na½ hatatt± arahat±. Samm± s±mañca sabbadha-
mm±na½ buddhatt± samm±sambuddhen±ti. Eva½ cat³ves±rajjavasena cat³h±k±-
rehi thomitena satt±na½ n±n±dhimuttikat± n±najjh±sayat±
suppaµividit± y±va ca suµµhu paµividit±.
Id±nissa suppaµividitabh±va½ dassetu½ ayañh²ti-±dim±ha. Ida½ vutta½ hoti y±
ca aya½ bhagavat± “dh±tuso, bhikkhave, satt± sa½sandanti samenti, h²n±dhimu-
ttik± h²n±dhimuttikehi saddhi½ sa½sandanti samenti, kaly±º±dhimuttik± kaly±º±-
dhimuttikehi saddhi½ sa½sandanti samenti. At²tampi kho, bhikkhave, addh±na½
dh±tusova satt± sa½sandi½su sami½su, h²n±dhimuttik± (1.0045) h²n±dhimutti-
kehi …pe… kaly±º±dhimuttik± kaly±º±dhimuttikehi saddhi½ sa½sandi½su
sami½su, an±gatampi kho, bhikkhave, addh±na½ …pe… sa½sandissanti same-
ssanti, etarahipi kho, bhikkhave, paccuppanna½ addh±na½ dh±tusova satt±
sa½sandanti samenti, h²n±dhimuttik± h²n±dhimuttikehi …pe… kaly±º±dhimuttik±
kaly±º±dhimuttikehi saddhi½ sa½sandanti sament²”ti eva½ satt±na½ n±n±dhimu-
ttikat±, n±najjh±sayat±, n±n±diµµhikat±, n±n±khantit±, n±n±rucit±, n±¼iy± minantena
viya tul±ya tulayantena viya ca n±n±dhimuttikat±ñ±ºena sabbaññutaññ±ºena
vidit±, s± y±va suppaµividit±. Dvepi n±ma satt± ekajjh±say± dullabh± lokasmi½.
Ekasmi½ gantuk±me eko µh±tuk±mo hoti, ekasmi½ pivituk±me eko bhuñjituk±mo.
Imesu c±pi dv²su ±cariyantev±s²su ayañhi “suppiyo paribb±jako …pe… bhaga-
vanta½ piµµhito piµµhito anubandh± honti bhikkhusaªghañc±”ti. Tattha itihameti
itiha ime, eva½ imeti attho. Sesa½ vuttanayameva.
4. Atha kho bhagav± tesa½ bhikkh³na½ ima½ saªkhiyadhamma½ viditv±ti
ettha viditv±ti sabbaññutaññ±ºena j±nitv±. Bhagav± hi katthaci ma½sacakkhun±
disv± j±n±ti– “addas± kho bhagav± mahanta½ d±rukkhandha½ gaªg±ya nadiy±
sotena vuyham±nan”ti-±d²su (sa½. ni. 4.241) viya. Katthaci dibbacakkhun± disv±
j±n±ti– “addas± kho bhagav± dibbena cakkhun± visuddhena atikkantam±nusa-
kena t± devat±yo sahassasseva p±µalig±me vatth³ni parigaºhantiyo”ti-±d²su (d².
ni. 2.152) viya. Katthaci pakatisotena sutv± j±n±ti– “assosi kho bhagav± ±yasmato
±nandassa subhaddena paribb±jakena saddhi½ ima½ kath±sall±pan”ti-±d²su (d².
ni. 2.213) viya. Katthaci dibbasotena sutv± j±n±ti– “assosi kho bhagav± dibb±ya
sotadh±tuy± visuddh±ya atikkantam±nusik±ya sandh±nassa gahapatissa nigro-
dhena paribb±jakena saddhi½ ima½ kath±sall±pan”ti-±d²su (d². ni. 3.54) viya. Idha
pana sabbaññutaññ±ºena sutv± aññ±si. Ki½ karonto aññ±si? Pacchimay±ma-
kicca½, kiccañca n±meta½ s±tthaka½, niratthakanti duvidha½ hoti. Tattha nira-
tthakakicca½ bhagavat± bodhipallaªkeyeva arahattamaggena samuggh±ta½
kata½. S±tthaka½yeva pana (1.0046) bhagavato kicca½ hoti. Ta½ pañcavidha½–
purebhattakicca½, pacch±bhattakicca½, purimay±makicca½, majjhimay±ma-
kicca½, pacchimay±makiccanti.
Tatrida½ purebhattakicca½–
Bhagav± hi p±tova uµµh±ya upaµµh±k±nuggahattha½ sar²raph±sukatthañca
mukhadhovan±disar²raparikamma½ katv± y±va bhikkh±c±ravel± t±va vivitt±sane
v²tin±metv±, bhikkh±c±ravel±ya½ niv±setv± k±yabandhana½ bandhitv± c²vara½
p±rupitv± pattam±d±ya kad±ci ekako, kad±ci bhikkhusaªghaparivuto, g±ma½ v±
nigama½ v± piº¹±ya pavisati; kad±ci pakatiy±, kad±ci anekehi p±µih±riyehi vatta-
m±nehi. Seyyathida½, piº¹±ya pavisato lokan±thassa purato purato gantv± mudu-
gatav±t± pathavi½ sodhenti, val±hak± udakaphusit±ni muñcant± magge reºu½
v³pasametv± upari vit±na½ hutv± tiµµhanti, apare v±t± pupph±ni upasa½haritv±
magge okiranti, unnat± bh³mippades± onamanti, onat± unnamanti, p±danikkhepa-
samaye sam±va bh³mi hoti, sukhasamphass±ni padumapupph±ni v± p±de
sampaµicchanti. Indakh²lassa anto µhapitamatte dakkhiºap±de sar²rato chabbaººa-
rasmiyo nikkhamitv± suvaººarasapiñjar±ni viya citrapaµaparikkhitt±ni viya ca p±s±-
dak³µ±g±r±d²ni alaªkarontiyo ito cito ca dh±vanti, hatthi-assavihaªg±dayo sakasa-
kaµµh±nesu µhit±yeva madhuren±k±rena sadda½ karonti, tath± bheriv²º±d²ni t³ri-
y±ni manuss±nañca k±y³pag±ni ±bharaº±ni. Tena saññ±ºena manuss± j±nanti–
“ajja bhagav± idha piº¹±ya paviµµho”ti. Te sunivatth± sup±rut± gandhapupph±d²ni
±d±ya ghar± nikkhamitv± antarav²thi½ paµipajjitv± bhagavanta½ gandhapupph±-
d²hi sakkacca½ p³jetv± vanditv±– “amh±ka½, bhante, dasa bhikkh³, amh±ka½
v²sati, paññ±sa½ …pe… sata½ deth±”ti y±citv± bhagavatopi patta½ gahetv±
±sana½ paññapetv± sakkacca½ piº¹ap±tena paµim±nenti. Bhagav± katabhatta-
kicco tesa½ satt±na½ cittasant±n±ni oloketv± tath± dhamma½ deseti, yath± keci
saraºagamanesu patiµµhahanti, keci pañcasu s²lesu, keci sot±pattisakad±g±mi-a-
n±g±miphal±na½ aññatarasmi½; keci pabbajitv± aggaphale arahatteti. Eva½
mah±jana½ anuggahetv± uµµh±y±san± vih±ra½ gacchati. Tattha (1.0047) gantv±
maº¹alam±¼e paññattavarabuddh±sane nis²dati, bhikkh³na½ bhattakiccapariyo-
s±na½ ±gamayam±no. Tato bhikkh³na½ bhattakiccapariyos±ne upaµµh±ko bhaga-
vato nivedeti. Atha bhagav± gandhakuµi½ pavisati. Ida½ t±va purebhattakicca½.
Atha bhagav± eva½ katapurebhattakicco gandhakuµiy± upaµµh±ne nis²ditv±
p±de pakkh±letv± p±dap²µhe µhatv± bhikkhusaªgha½ ovadati– “bhikkhave, appa-
m±dena samp±detha, dullabho buddhupp±do lokasmi½, dullabho manussattapaµi-
l±bho, dullabh± sampatti, dullabh± pabbajj±, dullabha½ saddhammassavanan”ti.
Tattha keci bhagavanta½ kammaµµh±na½ pucchanti. Bhagav±pi tesa½ cariy±nu-
r³pa½ kammaµµh±na½ deti. Tato sabbepi bhagavanta½ vanditv± attano attano
rattiµµh±nadiv±µµh±n±ni gacchanti. Keci arañña½, keci rukkham³la½, keci pabbat±-
d²na½ aññatara½, keci c±tumah±r±jikabhavana½ …pe… keci vasavattibhava-
nanti. Tato bhagav± gandhakuµi½ pavisitv± sace ±kaªkhati, dakkhiºena passena
sato sampaj±no muhutta½ s²haseyya½ kappeti. Atha samass±sitak±yo vuµµha-
hitv± dutiyabh±ge loka½ voloketi. Tatiyabh±ge ya½ g±ma½ v± nigama½ v± upani-
ss±ya viharati tattha mah±jano purebhatta½ d±na½ datv± pacch±bhatta½ suni-
vattho sup±ruto gandhapupph±d²ni ±d±ya vih±re sannipatati. Tato bhagav±
sampattaparis±ya anur³pena p±µih±riyena gantv± dhammasabh±ya½ paññattava-
rabuddh±sane nisajja dhamma½ deseti k±layutta½ samayayutta½, atha k±la½
viditv± parisa½ uyyojeti, manuss± bhagavanta½ vanditv± pakkamanti. Ida½
pacch±bhattakicca½.
So eva½ niµµhitapacch±bhattakicco sace gatt±ni osiñcituk±mo hoti, buddh±san±
vuµµh±ya nh±nakoµµhaka½ pavisitv± upaµµh±kena paµiy±dita-udakena gatt±ni utu½
gaºh±peti. Upaµµh±kopi buddh±sana½ ±netv± gandhakuµipariveºe paññapeti.
Bhagav± surattadupaµµa½ niv±setv± k±yabandhana½ bandhitv± uttar±saªga½
eka½sa½ karitv± tattha gantv± nis²dati ekakova muhutta½ paµisall²no, atha
bhikkh³ tato tato ±gamma bhagavato upaµµh±na½ ±gacchanti. Tattha ekacce
pañha½ pucchanti, ekacce kammaµµh±na½, ekacce (1.0048) dhammassavana½
y±canti. Bhagav± tesa½ adhipp±ya½ samp±dento purimay±ma½ v²tin±meti. Ida½
purimay±makicca½.
Purimay±makiccapariyos±ne pana bhikkh³su bhagavanta½ vanditv± pakka-
ntesu sakaladasasahassilokadh±tudevat±yo ok±sa½ labham±n± bhagavanta½
upasaªkamitv± pañha½ pucchanti, yath±bhisaªkhata½ antamaso caturakkha-
rampi. Bhagav± t±sa½ devat±na½ pañha½ vissajjento majjhimay±ma½ v²tin±-
meti. Ida½ majjhimay±makicca½.
Pacchimay±ma½ pana tayo koµµh±se katv± purebhattato paµµh±ya nisajj±ya p²¼i-
tassa sar²rassa kil±subh±vamocanattha½ eka½ koµµh±sa½ caªkamena v²tin±meti.
Dutiyakoµµh±se gandhakuµi½ pavisitv± dakkhiºena passena sato sampaj±no s²ha-
seyya½ kappeti. Tatiyakoµµh±se paccuµµh±ya nis²ditv± purimabuddh±na½ santike
d±nas²l±divasena kat±dhik±rapuggaladassanattha½ buddhacakkhun± loka½ volo-
keti. Ida½ pacchimay±makicca½.
Tasmi½ pana divase bhagav± purebhattakicca½ r±jagahe pariyos±petv±
pacch±bhatte magga½ ±gato, purimay±me bhikkh³na½ kammaµµh±na½ kathetv±,
majjhimay±me devat±na½ pañha½ vissajjetv±, pacchimay±me caªkama½ ±ruyha
caªkamam±no pañcanna½ bhikkhusat±na½ ima½ sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ ±rabbha
pavatta½ katha½ sabbaññutaññ±ºeneva sutv± aññ±s²ti. Tena vutta½– “pacchima-
y±makicca½ karonto aññ±s²”ti.
Ñatv± ca panassa etadahosi– “ime bhikkh³ mayha½ sabbaññutaññ±ºa½
±rabbha guºa½ kathenti, etesañca sabbaññutaññ±ºakicca½ na p±kaµa½, mayha-
meva p±kaµa½. Mayi pana gate ete attano katha½ nirantara½ ±rocessanti, tato
nesa½ aha½ ta½ aµµhuppatti½ katv± tividha½ s²la½ vibhajanto, dv±saµµhiy±
µh±nesu appaµivattiya½ s²han±da½ nadanto, paccay±k±ra½ samodh±netv±
buddhaguºe p±kaµe katv±, sineru½ ukkhipento viya suvaººak³µena nabha½ paha-
ranto viya ca dasasahassilokadh±tukampana½ brahmaj±lasuttanta½ arahattanik³-
µena niµµh±pento desess±mi, s± me desan± parinibbutass±pi pañcavassasaha-
ss±ni satt±na½ amatamah±nibb±na½ samp±pik± bhavissat²”ti. Eva½ cintetv±
yena maº¹alam±¼o tenupasaªkam²ti (1.0049). Yen±ti yena dis±bh±gena, so upa-
saªkamitabbo. Bhummatthe v± eta½ karaºavacana½, yasmi½ padese so maº¹a-
lam±¼o, tattha gatoti ayamettha attho.
Paññatte ±sane nis²d²ti buddhak±le kira yattha yattha ekopi bhikkhu viharati
sabbattha buddh±sana½ paññattameva hoti. Kasm±? Bhagav± kira attano santike
kammaµµh±na½ gahetv± ph±sukaµµh±ne viharante manasi karoti– “asuko mayha½
santike kammaµµh±na½ gahetv± gato, sakkhissati nu kho visesa½ nibbattetu½ no
v±”ti. Atha na½ passati kammaµµh±na½ vissajjetv± akusalavitakka½ vitakkaya-
m±na½, tato “kathañhi n±ma m±disassa satthu santike kammaµµh±na½ gahetv±
viharanta½ ima½ kulaputta½ akusalavitakk± abhibhavitv± anamatagge vaµµa-
dukkhe sa½s±ressant²”ti tassa anuggahattha½ tattheva att±na½ dassetv± ta½
kulaputta½ ovaditv± ±k±sa½ uppatitv± puna attano vasanaµµh±nameva gacchati.
Atheva½ ovadiyam±n± te bhikkh³ cintayi½su– “satth± amh±ka½ mana½ j±nitv±
±gantv± amh±ka½ sam²pe µhita½yeva att±na½ dasseti”. Tasmi½ khaºe– “bhante,
idha nis²datha, idha nis²dath±”ti ±sanapariyesana½ n±ma bh±roti. Te ±sana½
paññapetv±va viharanti. Yassa p²µha½ atthi, so ta½ paññapeti. Yassa natthi, so
mañca½ v± phalaka½ v± kaµµha½ v± p±s±ºa½ v± v±lukapuñja½ v± paññapeti.
Ta½ alabham±n± pur±ºapaºº±nipi saªka¹¹hitv± tattha pa½suk³la½ pattharitv±
µhapenti. Idha pana rañño nis²dan±sanameva atthi, ta½ papphoµetv± paññapetv±
pariv±retv± te bhikkh³ bhagavato adhimuttikañ±ºam±rabbha guºa½ thomaya-
m±n± nis²di½su. Ta½ sandh±ya vutta½– “paññatte ±sane nis²d²”ti.
Eva½ nisinno pana j±nantoyeva kath±samuµµh±panattha½ bhikkh³ pucchi. Te
cassa sabba½ kathayi½su. Tena vutta½– “nisajja kho bhagav±”ti-±di. Tattha k±ya
nutth±ti katam±ya nu kath±ya sannisinn± bhavath±ti attho. K±ya netth±tipi p±¼i,
tass± katam±ya nu etth±ti attho k±ya notth±tipi p±¼i. Tass±pi purimoyeva attho.
Antar±kath±ti (1.0050), kammaµµh±namanasik±ra-uddesaparipucch±d²na½
antar± aññ± ek± kath±. Vippakat±ti, mama ±gamanapaccay± apariniµµhit± sikha½
appatt±. Tena ki½ dasseti? “N±ha½ tumh±ka½ kath±bhaªgattha½ ±gato, aha½
pana sabbaññut±ya tumh±ka½ katha½ niµµh±petv± matthakappatta½ katv± dass±-
m²ti ±gato”ti nisajjeva sabbaññupav±raºa½ pav±reti. Aya½ kho no, bhante, antar±-
kath± vippakat±, atha bhagav± anuppattoti etth±pi ayamadhipp±yo. Aya½ bhante
amh±ka½ bhagavato sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ ±rabbha guºakath± vippakat±, na r±ja-
kath±dik± tiracch±nakath±, atha bhagav± anuppatto; ta½ no id±ni niµµh±petv±
deseth±ti.
Ett±vat± ca ya½ ±yasmat± ±nandena kamalakuvalayujjalavimalas±dhurasasali-
l±ya pokkharaºiy± sukh±vataraºattha½ nimmalasil±talaracanavil±sasobhitarata-
nasop±na½, vippakiººamutt±talasadisav±luk±kiººapaº¹arabh³mibh±ga½ tittha½
viya suvibhattabhittivicitravedik±parikkhittassa nakkhattapatha½ phusituk±ma-
t±ya viya, vijambhitasamussayassa p±s±davarassa sukh±rohaºattha½ dantama-
yasaºhamuduphalakakañcanalat±vinaddhamaºigaºappabh±samudayujjala-
sobha½ sop±na½ viya, suvaººavalayan³pur±disaªghaµµanasaddasammissitaka-
thitahasitamadhurassaragehajanavicaritassa u¼±rissarivibhavasobhitassa mah±-
gharassa sukhappavesanattha½ suvaººarajatamaºimuttapav±¼±dijutivissaravijjo-
titasuppatiµµhitavis±ladv±rab±ha½ mah±dv±ra½ viya ca atthabyañjanasampa-
nnassa buddhaguº±nubh±vasa½s³cakassa imassa suttassa sukh±vagaha-
ºattha½
k±ladesadesakavatthuparis±padesapaµimaº¹ita½ nid±na½ bh±sita½, tassatthava-
ººan± samatt±ti.
5. Id±ni– “mama½ v±, bhikkhave, pare avaººa½ bh±seyyun”ti-±din± nayena
bhagavat± nikkhittassa suttassa vaººan±ya ok±so anuppatto. S± panes± suttava-
ººan±. Yasm± suttanikkhepa½ vic±retv± vuccam±n± p±kaµ± hoti, tasm± suttani-
kkhepa½ t±va vic±rayiss±ma. Catt±ro hi suttanikkhep±– attajjh±sayo, parajjh±-
sayo, pucch±vasiko, aµµhuppattikoti.
Tattha (1.0051) y±ni sutt±ni bhagav± parehi anajjhiµµho kevala½ attano ajjh±sa-
yeneva kathesi; seyyathida½, ±kaªkheyyasutta½, vatthasutta½, mah±satipa-
µµh±na½, mah±sa¼±yatanavibhaªgasutta½, ariyava½sasutta½, sammappadh±na-
suttantah±rako, iddhip±da-indriyabalabojjhaªgamaggaªgasuttantah±rakoti evam±-
d²ni; tesa½ attajjh±sayo nikkhepo.
Y±ni pana “paripakk± kho r±hulassa vimuttiparip±caniy± dhamm±; ya½n³-
n±ha½ r±hula½ uttari½ ±sav±na½ khaye vineyyan”ti; (sa½. ni. 4.121) eva½
paresa½ ajjh±saya½ khanti½ mana½ abhin²h±ra½ bujjhanabh±vañca avekkhitv±
parajjh±sayavasena kathit±ni; seyyathida½, c³¼ar±hulov±dasutta½, mah±r±hulov±-
dasutta½, dhammacakkappavattana½, dh±tuvibhaªgasuttanti evam±d²ni; tesa½
parajjh±sayo nikkhepo.
Bhagavanta½ pana upasaªkamitv± catasso paris±, catt±ro vaºº±, n±g±,
supaºº±, gandhabb±, asur±, yakkh±, mah±r±j±no, t±vati½s±dayo dev±, mah±bra-
hm±ti evam±dayo– “bojjhaªg± bojjhaªg±”ti, bhante, vuccanti. “N²varaº± n²varaº±”-
ti, bhante, vuccanti; “ime nu kho, bhante, pañcup±d±nakkhandh±”. “Ki½ s³dha
vitta½ purisassa seµµhan”ti-±din± nayena pañha½ pucchanti. Eva½ puµµhena
bhagavat± y±ni kathit±ni bojjhaªgasa½yutt±d²ni, y±ni v± panaññ±nipi devat±sa½-
yutta-m±rasa½yutta-brahmasa½yutta-sakkapañha-c³¼avedalla-mah±vedalla-s±-
maññaphala-±¼avaka-s³ciloma-kharalomasutt±d²ni; tesa½ pucch±vasiko
nikkhepo.
Y±ni pana t±ni uppanna½ k±raºa½ paµicca kathit±ni, seyyathida½– dhammad±-
y±da½, c³¼as²han±da½, cand³pama½, puttama½s³pama½, d±rukkhandh³pama½,
aggikkhandh³pama½, pheºapiº¹³pama½, p±ricchattak³pamanti evam±d²ni;
tesa½ aµµhuppattiko nikkhepo.
Evametesu cat³su nikkhepesu imassa suttassa aµµhuppattiko nikkhepo. Aµµhu-
ppattiy± hi ida½ bhagavat± nikkhitta½. Katar±ya aµµhuppattiy±? Vaºº±vaººe. ¾ca-
riyo ratanattayassa avaººa½ abh±si, antev±s² vaººa½. Iti ima½ vaºº±vaººa½
aµµhuppatti½ katv± desan±kusalo bhagav±– “mama½ v±, bhikkhave, pare
avaººa½ bh±seyyun”ti desana½ ±rabhi. Tattha mamanti (1.0052), s±mivacana½,
mam±ti attho. V±saddo vikappanattho. Pareti, paµiviruddh± satt±. Tatr±Ti ye
avaººa½ vadanti tesu.
Na ±gh±toti-±d²hi kiñc±pi tesa½ bhikkh³na½ ±gh±toyeva natthi, atha kho ±yati½
kulaputt±na½ ²disesupi µh±nesu akusaluppatti½ paµisedhento dhammanetti½
µhapeti. Tattha ±hanati cittanti ‘±gh±to’; kopasseta½ adhivacana½. Appat²t± honti
tena atuµµh± asomanassik±ti appaccayo; domanassasseta½ adhivacana½. Neva
attano na paresa½ hita½ abhir±dhayat²ti anabhiraddhi; kopasseta½ adhivacana½.
Evamettha dv²hi padehi saªkh±rakkhandho, ekena vedan±kkhandhoti dve
khandh± vutt±. Tesa½ vasena ses±nampi sampayuttadhamm±na½ k±raºa½ paµi-
kkhittameva.
Eva½ paµhamena nayena manopadosa½ niv±retv±, dutiyena nayena tattha ±d²-
nava½ dassento ±ha– “tatra ce tumhe assatha kupit± v± anattaman± v±, tumha½
yevassa tena antar±yo”ti. Tattha ‘tatra ce tumhe assath±’ti tesu avaººabh±sakesu,
tasmi½ v± avaººe tumhe bhaveyy±tha ce; yadi bhaveyy±th±ti attho. ‘Kupit±’
kopena, anattaman± domanassena. ‘Tumha½ yevassa tena antar±yo’ti tumh±ka½-
yeva tena kopena, t±ya ca anattamanat±ya paµhamajjh±n±d²na½ antar±yo
bhaveyya.
Eva½ dutiyena nayena ±d²nava½ dassetv±, tatiyena nayena vacanatthasalla-
kkhaºamattepi asamatthata½ dassento– “api nu tumhe paresan”ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha paresanti yesa½ kesa½ ci. Kupito hi neva buddhapaccekabuddha-ariyas±-
vak±na½, na m±t±pit³na½, na paccatthik±na½ subh±sitadubbh±sitassa attha½
±j±n±ti. Yath±ha–
“Kuddho attha½ na j±n±ti, kuddho dhamma½ na passati;
andha½ tama½ tad± hoti, ya½ kodho sahate nara½.
Anatthajanano kodho, kodho cittappakopano;
bhayamantarato j±ta½, ta½ jano n±vabujjhat²”ti. (a. ni. 7.64);
Eva½ (1.0053) sabbath±pi avaººe manopadosa½ nisedhetv± id±ni paµipajjita-
bb±k±ra½ dassento– “tatra tumhehi abh³ta½ abh³tato”ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha tatra tumheh²ti, tasmi½ avaººe tumhehi. Abh³ta½ abh³tato nibbeµheta-
bbanti ya½ abh³ta½, ta½ abh³tabh±veneva apanetabba½. Katha½? Itipeta½ abh³-
tanti-±din± nayena. Tatr±ya½ yojan±– “tumh±ka½ satth± na sabbaññ³, dhammo
durakkh±to, saªgho duppaµipanno”ti-±d²ni sutv± na tuºh² bhavitabba½. Eva½
pana vattabba½– “iti peta½ abh³ta½, ya½ tumhehi vutta½, ta½ imin±pi k±raºena
abh³ta½, imin±pi k±raºena ataccha½, ‘natthi ceta½ amhesu’, ‘na ca paneta½
amhesu sa½vijjati’, sabbaññ³yeva amh±ka½ satth±, sv±kkh±to dhammo, suppaµi-
panno saªgho, tatra idañcidañca k±raºan”ti. Ettha ca dutiya½ pada½ paµhamassa,
catutthañca tatiyassa vevacananti veditabba½. Idañca avaººeyeva nibbeµhana½
k±tabba½, na sabbattha. Yadi hi “tva½ duss²lo, tav±cariyo duss²lo, idañcidañca
tay± kata½, tav±cariyena katan”ti vutte tuºh²bh³to adhiv±seti, ±saªkan²yo hoti.
Tasm± manopadosa½ akatv± avaººo nibbeµhetabbo. “Oµµhosi, goºos²”ti-±din±
pana nayena dasahi akkosavatth³hi akkosanta½ puggala½ ajjhupekkhitv± adhiv±-
sanakhantiyeva tattha k±tabb±.
6. Eva½ avaººabh³miya½ t±dilakkhaºa½ dassetv± id±ni vaººabh³miya½
dassetu½ “mama½ v±, bhikkhave, pare vaººa½ bh±seyyun”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha
pareti ye keci pasann± devamanuss±. ¾nandanti eten±ti ±nando, p²tiy± eta½ adhi-
vacana½. Sumanassa bh±vo somanassa½, cetasikasukhasseta½ adhivacana½.
Uppil±vino bh±vo uppil±vitatta½. Kassa uppil±vitattanti? Cetasoti. Uddhacc±va-
h±ya uppil±panap²tiy± eta½ adhivacana½. Idh±pi dv²hi padehi saªkh±rakkhandho,
ekena vedan±kkhandho vutto.
Eva½ paµhamanayena uppil±vitatta½ niv±retv±, dutiyena tattha ±d²nava½
dassento– “tatra ce tumhe assath±”ti-±dim±ha. Idh±pi tumha½ yevassa tena antar±-
yoti tena uppil±vitattena tumh±ka½yeva paµhamajjh±n±d²na½ (1.0054) antar±yo
bhaveyy±ti attho veditabbo. Kasm± paneta½ vutta½? Nanu bhagavat±–
“Buddhoti kittayantassa, k±ye bhavati y± p²ti;
varameva hi s± p²ti, kasiºen±pi jambud²passa.
Dhammoti kittayantassa, k±ye bhavati y± p²ti;
varameva hi s± p²ti, kasiºen±pi jambud²passa.
Saªghoti kittayantassa, k±ye bhavati y± p²ti;
varameva hi s± p²ti, kasiºen±pi jambud²pass±”ti ca.
“Ye, bhikkhave, buddhe pasann±, agge te pasann±”ti ca evam±d²hi anekasa-
tehi suttehi ratanattaye p²tisomanassameva vaººitanti. Sacca½ vaººita½, ta½
pana nekkhammanissita½. Idha– “amh±ka½ buddho, amh±ka½ dhammo”ti-±din±
nayena ±yasmato channassa uppannasadisa½ gehassita½ p²tisomanassa½ adhi-
ppeta½. Idañhi jh±n±dipaµil±bh±ya antar±yakara½ hoti. Tenev±yasm± channopi
y±va buddho na parinibb±yi, t±va visesa½ nibbattetu½ n±sakkhi, parinibb±nak±le
paññattena pana brahmadaº¹ena tajjito ta½ p²tisomanassa½ pah±ya visesa½
nibbattesi. Tasm± antar±yakara½yeva sandh±ya ida½ vuttanti veditabba½.
Ayañhi lobhasahagat± p²ti. Lobho ca kodhasadisova. Yath±ha–
“Luddho attha½ na j±n±ti, luddho dhamma½ na passati;
andha½ tama½ tad± hoti, ya½ lobho sahate nara½.
Anatthajanano lobho, lobho cittappakopano;
bhayamantarato j±ta½, ta½ jano n±vabujjhat²”ti. (itivu. 88);
Tatiyav±ro pana idha an±gatopi atthato ±gato yev±ti veditabbo. Yatheva hi
kuddho, eva½ luddhopi attha½ na j±n±t²ti.
Paµipajjitabb±k±radassanav±re pan±ya½ yojan±– “tumh±ka½ satth± sabbaññ³
araha½ samm±sambuddho, dhammo sv±kkh±to, saªgho suppaµipanno”ti-±d²ni
sutv± na tuºh² bhavitabba½. Eva½ pana paµij±nitabba½– “itipeta½ bh³ta½ (1.0055),
ya½ tumhehi vutta½, ta½ imin±pi k±raºena bh³ta½, imin±pi k±raºena taccha½.
So hi bhagav± itipi araha½, itipi samm±sambuddho; dhammo itipi sv±kkh±to, itipi
sandiµµhiko; saªgho itipi suppaµipanno, itipi ujuppaµipanno”ti. “Tva½ s²lav±”ti
pucchiten±pi sace s²lav±, “s²lav±hamasm²”ti paµij±nitabbameva. “Tva½ paµha-
massa jh±nassa l±bh² …pe… arah±”ti puµµhen±pi sabh±g±na½ bhikkh³na½yeva
paµij±nitabba½. Evañhi p±picchat± ceva parivajjit± hoti, s±sanassa ca amoghat±
d²pit± hot²ti. Sesa½ vuttanayeneva veditabba½.

C³¼as²lavaººan±

7. Appamattaka½ kho paneta½, bhikkhaveti ko anusandhi? Ida½ sutta½ dv²hi

padehi ±baddha½ vaººena ca avaººena ca. Tattha avaººo– “iti peta½ abh³ta½
iti peta½ atacchan”ti, ettheva udakanta½ patv± aggiviya nivatto. Vaººo pana
bh³ta½ bh³tato paµij±nitabba½– “iti peta½ bh³tan”ti eva½ anuvattatiyeva. So
pana duvidho brahmadattena bh±sitavaººo ca bhikkhusaªghena acchariya½ ±vu-
soti-±din± nayena ±raddhavaººo ca. Tesu bhikkhusaªghena vuttavaººassa
upari suññat±pak±sane anusandhi½ dassessati. Idha pana brahmadattena vutta-
vaººassa anusandhi½ dassetu½ “appamattaka½ kho paneta½, bhikkhave”ti
desan± ±raddh±.
Tattha appamattakanti parittassa n±ma½. Oramattakanti tasseva vevacana½.
Matt±ti vuccati pam±ºa½. Appa½ matt± etass±ti appamattaka½. Ora½ matt± eta-
ss±ti oramattaka½. S²lameva s²lamattaka½. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– ‘appamattaka½ kho,
paneta½ bhikkhave, oramattaka½ s²lamattaka½’ n±ma yena “tath±gatassa
vaººa½ vad±m²”ti uss±ha½ katv±pi vaººa½ vadam±no puthujjano vadeyy±ti.
Tattha siy±– nanu ida½ s²la½ n±ma yogino aggavibh³sana½? Yath±hu por±º±–
“S²la½ yogissa’laªk±ro, s²la½ yogissa maº¹ana½;
s²lehi’laªkato yog², maº¹ane aggata½ gato”ti.
Bhagavat±pi (1.0056) ca anekesu suttasatesu s²la½ mahantameva katv±
kathita½. Yath±ha– “±kaªkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘sabrahmac±r²na½ piyo
cassa½ man±po ca garu ca bh±van²yo c±’ti,
s²lesvevassa parip³rak±r²”ti (ma. ni. 1.65) ca.
“Kik²va aº¹a½, camar²va v±ladhi½;
piya½va putta½, nayana½va ekaka½.
tatheva s²la½, anurakkham±n±;
supesal± hotha, sad± sag±rav±”ti ca.
“Na pupphagandho paµiv±tameti;
na candana½ taggaramallik± v±.
satañca gandho paµiv±tameti;
sabb± dis± sappuriso pav±yati.
Candana½ tagara½ v±pi, uppala½ atha vassik²;
etesa½ gandhaj±t±na½, s²lagandho anuttaro.
Appamatto aya½ gandho, yv±ya½ tagaracandana½;
yo ca s²lavata½ gandho, v±ti devesu uttamo.
Tesa½ sampannas²l±na½, appam±davih±rina½;
sammadaññ± vimutt±na½, m±ro magga½ na vindat²”ti ca. (dha. pa. 57);
“S²le patiµµh±ya naro sapañño, citta½ paññañca bh±vaya½;
±t±p² nipako bhikkhu, so ima½ vijaµaye jaµan”ti ca. (sa½. ni. 1.23);
“Seyyath±pi, bhikkhave, ye keci b²jag±mabh³tag±m± vu¹¹hi½ vir³¼hi½ vepulla½
±pajjanti, sabbe te pathavi½ niss±ya, pathaviya½ patiµµh±ya; evamete b²jag±ma-
bh³tag±m± vu¹¹hi½ vir³¼hi½ vepulla½ ±pajjanti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave,
bhikkhu s²la½ niss±ya s²le patiµµh±ya sattabojjhaªge bh±vento sattabojjhaªge
bahul²karonto vu¹¹hi½ vir³¼hi½ vepulla½ p±puº±ti dhammes³”ti (sa½. ni. 5.150)
ca. Eva½ aññ±nipi anek±ni sutt±ni daµµhabb±ni. Evamanekesu suttasatesu s²la½
mahantameva katv± kathita½. Ta½ “kasm± (1.0057) imasmi½ µh±ne appamattaka-
n”ti ±h±ti? Upari guºe upanidh±ya. S²lañhi sam±dhi½ na p±puº±ti, sam±dhi
pañña½ na p±puº±ti, tasm± uparima½ upanidh±ya heµµhima½ oramattaka½
n±ma hoti. Katha½ s²la½ sam±dhi½ na p±puº±ti? Bhagav± hi abhisambodhito
sattame sa½vacchare s±vatthinagara– dv±re kaº¹ambarukkham³le dv±dasayo-
jane ratanamaº¹ape yojanappam±ºe ratanapallaªke nis²ditv± tiyojanike dibbase-
tacchatte dh±riyam±ne dv±dasayojan±ya paris±ya att±d±naparid²pana½ titthiya-
maddana½– “uparimak±yato aggikkhandho pavattati, heµµhimak±yato udakadh±r±
pavattati …pe… ekekalomak³pato aggikkhandho pavattati, ekekalomak³pato uda-
kadh±r± pavattati, channa½ vaºº±nan”ti-±dinayappavatta½ yamakap±µih±riya½
dasseti. Tassa suvaººavaººasar²rato suvaººavaºº± rasmiyo uggantv± y±va
bhavagg± gacchanti, sakaladasasahassacakkav±¼assa alaªkaraºak±lo viya hoti,
dutiy± dutiy± rasmiyo purim±ya purim±ya yamakayamak± viya ekakkhaºe viya
pavattanti.
Dvinnañca citt±na½ ekakkhaºe pavatti n±ma natthi. Buddh±na½ pana bhagava-
nt±na½ bhavaªgapariv±sassa lahukat±ya pañcah±k±rehi ±ciººavasit±ya ca, t±
ekakkhaºe viya pavattanti. Tass± tass± pana rasmiy± ±vajjanaparikamm±dhiµµh±-
n±ni visu½ visu½yeva.
N²larasmi-atth±ya hi bhagav± n²lakasiºa½ sam±pajjati, p²tarasmi-atth±ya p²taka-
siºa½, lohita-od±tarasmi-atth±ya lohita-od±takasiºa½, aggikkhandhatth±ya tejoka-
siºa½, udakadh±ratth±ya ±pokasiºa½ sam±pajjati. Satth± caªkamati, nimmito
tiµµhati v± nis²dati v± seyya½ v± kappet²ti sabba½ vitth±retabba½. Ettha ekampi
s²lassa kicca½ natthi, sabba½ sam±dhikiccameva. Eva½ s²la½ sam±dhi½ na
p±puº±ti.
Ya½ pana bhagav± kappasatasahass±dhik±ni catt±ri asaªkhyeyy±ni p±ramiyo
p³retv±, ek³nati½savassak±le cakkavattisir²niv±sabh³t± bhavan± nikkhamma
anom±nad²t²re pabbajitv±, chabbass±ni padh±nayoga½ katv±, vis±khapuººa-
m±ya½ uruvelag±me suj±t±ya dinna½ pakkhittadibboja½ madhup±y±sa½ paribhu-
ñjitv±, s±yanhasamaye dakkhiºuttarena bodhimaº¹a½ pavisitv± (1.0058) assa-
tthadumar±j±na½ tikkhattu½ padakkhiºa½ katv±, pubbuttarabh±ge µhito tiºasa-
nth±ra½ santharitv±, tisandhipallaªka½ ±bhujitv±, caturaªgasamann±gata½ mett±-
kammaµµh±na½ pubbaªgama½ katv±, v²riy±dhiµµh±na½ adhiµµh±ya, cuddasahattha-
pallaªkavaragato suvaººap²µhe µhapita½ rajatakkhandha½ viya paññ±sahattha½
bodhikkhandha½ piµµhito katv±, upari maºichattena viya bodhis±kh±ya dh±riya-
m±no, suvaººavaººe c²vare pav±¼asadisesu bodhi-aªkuresu patam±nesu, s³riye
attha½ upagacchante m±rabala½ vidhamitv±, paµhamay±me pubbeniv±sa½ anu-
ssaritv±, majjhimay±me dibbacakkhu½ visodhetv±, pacc³sak±le sabbabuddh±na-
m±ciººe paccay±k±re ñ±ºa½ ot±retv±, ±n±p±nacatutthajjh±na½ nibbattetv±,
tadeva p±daka½ katv± vipassana½ va¹¹hetv±, maggapaµip±µiy± adhigatena catu-
tthamaggena sabbakilese khepetv± sabbabuddhaguºe paµivijjhi, idamassa paññ±-
kicca½. Eva½ sam±dhi pañña½ na p±puº±ti.
Tattha yath± hatthe udaka½ p±tiya½ udaka½ na p±puº±ti, p±tiya½ udaka½
ghaµe udaka½ na p±puº±ti, ghaµe udaka½ kolambe udaka½ na p±puº±ti, kolambe
udaka½ c±µiya½ udaka½ na p±puº±ti, c±µiya½ udaka½ mah±kumbhiya½ udaka½
na p±puº±ti, mah±kumbhiya½ udaka½ kusobbhe udaka½ na p±puº±ti, kusobbhe
udaka½ kandare udaka½ na p±puº±ti, kandare udaka½ kunnadiya½ udaka½ na
p±puº±ti, kunnadiya½ udaka½ pañcamah±nadiya½ udaka½ na p±puº±ti, pañca-
mah±nadiya½ udaka½ cakkav±¼amah±samudde udaka½ na p±puº±ti, cakkav±¼a-
mah±samudde udaka½ sinerup±dake mah±samudde udaka½ na p±puº±ti.
P±tiya½ udaka½ upanidh±ya hatthe udaka½ paritta½ …pe… sinerup±dakamah±-
samudde udaka½ upanidh±ya cakkav±¼amah±samudde udaka½ paritta½. Iti upa-
r³pari udaka½ bahuka½ up±d±ya heµµh± heµµh± udaka½ paritta½ hoti.
Evameva upari upari guºe up±d±ya heµµh± heµµh± s²la½ appamattaka½ orama-
ttakanti veditabba½. Ten±ha– “appamattaka½ kho paneta½, bhikkhave, orama-
ttaka½ s²lamattakan”ti.
Yena puthujjanoti, ettha–
“Duve puthujjan± vutt±, buddhen±diccabandhun±;
andho puthujjano eko, kaly±ºeko puthujjano”ti.
Tattha (1.0059) yassa khandhadh±tu-±yatan±d²su uggahaparipucch±savana-
dh±raºapaccavekkhaº±ni natthi, aya½ andhaputhujjano. Yassa t±ni atthi, so kaly±-
ºaputhujjano. Duvidhopi panesa–
 “Puth³na½ janan±d²hi, k±raºehi puthujjano;
puthujjanantogadhatt±, puthuv±ya½ jano iti”.
So hi puth³na½ n±nappak±r±na½ kiles±d²na½ janan±d²hi k±raºehi puthujjano.
Yath±ha–
“Puthu kilese janent²ti puthujjan±, puthu avihatasakk±yadiµµhik±ti puthujjan±,
puthu satth±r±na½ mukhullokik±ti puthujjan±, puthu sabbagat²hi avuµµhit±ti puthu-
jjan±, puthu n±n±bhisaªkh±re abhisaªkharont²ti puthujjan±, puthu n±n±-oghehi
vuyhanti, puthu sant±pehi santappanti, puthu pari¼±hehi pari¹ayhanti, puthu
pañcasu k±maguºesu ratt± giddh± gathit± mucchit± ajjhopann± lagg± laggit± pali-
buddh±ti puthujjan±, puthu pañcahi n²varaºehi ±vut± nivut± ovut± pihit± paµi-
cchann± paµikujjit±ti puthujjan±”ti. Puth³na½ gaºanapathamat²t±na½ ariyadha-
mmaparammukh±na½ n²cadhammasam±c±r±na½ jan±na½ antogadhatt±pi puthu-
jjano, puthuv±ya½ visu½yeva saªkhya½ gato visa½saµµho s²lasut±diguºayuttehi
ariyehi janeh²ti puthujjanoti.
Tath±gatass±ti aµµhahi k±raºehi bhagav± tath±gato. Tath± ±gatoti tath±gato,
tath± gatoti tath±gato, tathalakkhaºa½ ±gatoti tath±gato, tathadhamme y±th±vato
abhisambuddhoti tath±gato, tathadassit±ya tath±gato, tathav±dit±ya tath±gato,
tath±k±rit±ya tath±gato, abhibhavanaµµhena tath±gatoti.
Katha½ bhagav± tath± ±gatoti tath±gato? Yath± sabbalokahit±ya ussukkam±-
pann± purimak± samm±sambuddh± ±gat±, yath± vipass² bhagav± ±gato, yath±
sikh² bhagav±, yath± vessabh³ bhagav±, yath± kakusandho bhagav±, yath± koº±-
gamano bhagav±, yath± kassapo bhagav± ±gato. Ki½ vutta½ hoti? Yena abhin²h±-
rena ete (1.0060) bhagavanto ±gat±, teneva amh±kampi bhagav± ±gato. Atha v±
yath± vipass² bhagav± …pe… yath± kassapo bhagav± d±nap±rami½ p³retv±, s²la-
nekkhammapaññ±v²riyakhantisacca-adhiµµh±namett±-upekkh±p±rami½ p³retv±,
im± dasa p±ramiyo, dasa upap±ramiyo, dasa paramatthap±ramiyoti samati½sap±-
ramiyo p³retv± aªgaparicc±ga½, nayanadhanarajjaputtad±raparicc±ganti ime
pañca mah±paricc±ge pariccajitv± pubbayogapubbacariyadhammakkh±nañ±ta-
tthacariy±dayo p³retv± buddhicariy±ya koµi½ patv± ±gato; tath± amh±kampi
bhagav± ±gato. Atha v± yath± vipass² bhagav± …pe… kassapo bhagav± catt±ro
satipaµµh±ne, catt±ro sammappadh±ne, catt±ro iddhip±de, pañcindriy±ni, pañca
bal±ni, satta bojjhaªge, ariya½ aµµhaªgika½ magga½ bh±vetv± br³hetv± ±gato,
tath± amh±kampi bhagav± ±gato. Eva½ tath± ±gatoti tath±gato.
“Yatheva lokamhi vipassi-±dayo,
sabbaññubh±va½ munayo idh±gat±;
tath± aya½ sakyamun²pi ±gato,
tath±gato vuccati tena cakkhum±”ti.
Eva½ tath± ±gatoti tath±gato.
Katha½ tath± gatoti tath±gato? Yath± sampatij±to vipass² bhagav± gato …pe…
kassapo bhagav± gato.
Kathañca so bhagav± gato? So hi sampati j±tova samehi p±dehi pathaviya½
patiµµh±ya uttar±bhimukho sattapadav²tih±rena gato. Yath±ha– “sampatij±to kho,
±nanda, bodhisatto samehi p±dehi patiµµhahitv± uttar±bhimukho sattapadav²tih±-
rena gacchati, setamhi chatte anudh±riyam±ne sabb± ca dis± anuviloketi, ±sabhi½
v±ca½ bh±sati– ‘aggohamasmi lokassa, jeµµhohamasmi lokassa, seµµhohamasmi
lokassa, ayamantim± j±ti, natthid±ni punabbhavo’ti” (d². ni. 2.31).
Tañcassa (1.0061) gamana½ tatha½ ahosi? Avitatha½ anekesa½ vises±dhiga-
m±na½ pubbanimittabh±vena. Yañhi so sampatij±tova samehi p±dehi patiµµhahi.
Idamassa caturiddhip±dapaµil±bhassa pubbanimitta½.
Uttar±bhimukhabh±vo pana sabbalokuttarabh±vassa pubbanimitta½.
Sattapadav²tih±ro, sattabojjhaªgaratanapaµil±bhassa.
“Suvaººadaº¹± v²tipatanti c±mar±”ti, ettha vuttac±marukkhepo pana sabbati-
tthiyanimmaddanassa.
Setacchattadh±raºa½, arahattavimuttivaravimalasetacchattapaµil±bhassa.
 Sattamapad³pari µhatv± sabbadis±nuvilokana½, sabbaññut±n±varaºañ±ºapaµi-
l±bhassa.
¾sabhiv±c±bh±sana½ appaµivattiyavaradhammacakkappavattanassa pubbani-
mitta½.
Tath± aya½ bhagav±pi gato, tañcassa gamana½ tatha½ ahosi, avitatha½,
tesa½yeva vises±dhigam±na½ pubbanimittabh±vena.
Ten±hu por±º±–
“Muhuttaj±tova gavampat² yath±,
samehi p±dehi phus² vasundhara½;
so vikkam² satta pad±ni gotamo,
setañca chatta½ anudh±rayu½ mar³.
Gantv±na so satta pad±ni gotamo,
dis± vilokesi sam± samantato;
aµµhaªgupeta½ giramabbhud²rayi,
s²ho yath± pabbatamuddhaniµµhito”ti.
Eva½ tath± gatoti tath±gato.
Atha v± yath± vipass² bhagav± …pe… yath± kassapo bhagav±, ayampi
bhagav± tatheva nekkhammena k±macchanda½ pah±ya gato, aby±p±dena
by±p±da½, ±lokasaññ±ya thinamiddha½, avikkhepena uddhaccakukkucca½,
dhammavavatth±nena vicikiccha½ pah±ya ñ±ºena avijja½ pad±letv±, p±mojjena
(1.0062) arati½ vinodetv±, paµhamajjh±nena n²varaºakav±µa½ uggh±µetv±, dutiya-
jjh±nena vitakkavic±ra½ v³pasametv±, tatiyajjh±nena p²ti½ vir±jetv±, catutthajjh±-
nena sukhadukkha½ pah±ya, ±k±s±nañc±yatanasam±pattiy± r³pasaññ±paµigha-
saññ±n±nattasaññ±yo samatikkamitv±, viññ±ºañc±yatanasam±pattiy± ±k±s±na-
ñc±yatanasañña½, ±kiñcaññ±yatanasam±pattiy± viññ±ºañc±yatanasañña½,
nevasaññ±n±saññ±yatanasam±pattiy± ±kiñcaññ±yatanasañña½ samatikkamitv±
gato.
Anicc±nupassan±ya niccasañña½ pah±ya, dukkh±nupassan±ya sukhasañña½,
anatt±nupassan±ya attasañña½, nibbid±nupassan±ya nandi½, vir±g±nupassa-
n±ya r±ga½, nirodh±nupassan±ya samudaya½, paµinissagg±nupassan±ya
±d±na½, khay±nupassan±ya ghanasañña½, vay±nupassan±ya ±y³hana½, vipari-
º±m±nupassan±ya dhuvasañña½, animitt±nupassan±ya nimitta½, appaºihit±nu-
passan±ya paºidhi½, suññat±nupassan±ya abhinivesa½, adhipaññ±dhammavipa-
ssan±ya s±r±d±n±bhinivesa½, yath±bh³tañ±ºadassanena sammoh±bhinivesa½,
±d²nav±nupassan±ya ±lay±bhinivesa½, paµisaªkh±nupassan±ya appaµisaªkha½,
vivaµµ±nupassan±ya sa½yog±bhinivesa½, sot±pattimaggena diµµhekaµµhe kilese
bhañjitv±, sakad±g±mimaggena o¼±rike kilese pah±ya, an±g±mimaggena aºusa-
hagate kilese samuggh±µetv±, arahattamaggena sabbakilese samucchinditv±
gato. Evampi tath± gatoti tath±gato.
Katha½ tathalakkhaºa½ ±gatoti tath±gato?Pathav²dh±tuy± kakkha¼attala-
kkhaºa½ tatha½ avitatha½. ¾podh±tuy± paggharaºalakkhaºa½. Tejodh±tuy±
uºhattalakkhaºa½. V±yodh±tuy± vitthambhanalakkhaºa½. ¾k±sadh±tuy± asa-
mphuµµhalakkhaºa½. Viññ±ºadh±tuy± vij±nanalakkhaºa½.
R³passa ruppanalakkhaºa½. Vedan±ya vedayitalakkhaºa½. Saññ±ya sañj±na-
nalakkhaºa½. Saªkh±r±na½ abhisaªkharaºalakkhaºa½. Viññ±ºassa vij±nanala-
kkhaºa½.
Vitakkassa (1.0063) abhiniropanalakkhaºa½. Vic±rassa anumajjanalakkhaºa½
p²tiy± pharaºalakkhaºa½. Sukhassa s±talakkhaºa½. Cittekaggat±ya avikkhepala-
kkhaºa½. Phassassa phusanalakkhaºa½.
Saddhindriyassa adhimokkhalakkhaºa½. V²riyindriyassa paggahalakkhaºa½.
Satindriyassa upaµµh±nalakkhaºa½. Sam±dhindriyassa avikkhepalakkhaºa½.
Paññindriyassa paj±nanalakkhaºa½.
Saddh±balassa assaddhiye akampiyalakkhaºa½. V²riyabalassa kosajje, satiba-
lassa muµµhassacce. Sam±dhibalassa uddhacce, paññ±balassa avijj±ya akampiya-
lakkhaºa½.
Satisambojjhaªgassa upaµµh±nalakkhaºa½. Dhammavicayasambojjhaªgassa
pavicayalakkhaºa½. V²riyasambojjhaªgassa paggahalakkhaºa½. P²tisambojjha-
ªgassa pharaºalakkhaºa½. Passaddhisambojjhaªgassa v³pasamalakkhaºa½.
Sam±dhisambojjhaªgassa avikkhepalakkhaºa½. Upekkh±sambojjhaªgassa paµi-
saªkh±nalakkhaºa½.
Samm±diµµhiy± dassanalakkhaºa½. Samm±saªkappassa abhiniropanala-
kkhaºa½. Samm±v±c±ya pariggahalakkhaºa½. Samm±kammantassa samuµµh±-
nalakkhaºa½. Samm±-±j²vassa vod±nalakkhaºa½. Samm±v±y±massa paggaha-
lakkhaºa½. Samm±satiy± upaµµh±nalakkhaºa½. Samm±sam±dhissa avikkhepala-
kkhaºa½.
Avijj±ya aññ±ºalakkhaºa½. Saªkh±r±na½ cetan±lakkhaºa½. Viññ±ºassa vij±-
nanalakkhaºa½. N±massa namanalakkhaºa½. R³passa ruppanalakkhaºa½.
Sa¼±yatanassa ±yatanalakkhaºa½. Phassassa phusanalakkhaºa½. Vedan±ya
vedayitalakkhaºa½. Taºh±ya hetulakkhaºa½. Up±d±nassa gahaºalakkhaºa½.
Bhavassa ±y³hanalakkhaºa½. J±tiy± nibbattilakkhaºa½. Jar±ya j²raºalakkhaºa½.
Maraºassa cutilakkhaºa½.
Dh±t³na½ suññat±lakkhaºa½. ¾yatan±na½ ±yatanalakkhaºa½. Satipaµµh±-
n±na½ upaµµh±nalakkhaºa½. Sammappadh±n±na½ padahanalakkhaºa½. Iddhi-
p±d±na½ ijjhanalakkhaºa½. Indriy±na½ adhipatilakkhaºa½. Bal±na½ akampiyala-
kkhaºa½. Bojjhaªg±na½ niyy±nalakkhaºa½. Maggassa hetulakkhaºa½.
Sacc±na½ (1.0064) tathalakkhaºa½. Samathassa avikkhepalakkhaºa½. Vipa-
ssan±ya anupassan±lakkhaºa½. Samathavipassan±na½ ekarasalakkhaºa½.
Yuganaddh±na½ anativattanalakkhaºa½.
S²lavisuddhiy± sa½varalakkhaºa½. Cittavisuddhiy± avikkhepalakkhaºa½.
Diµµhivisuddhiy± dassanalakkhaºa½.
Khaye ñ±ºassa samucchedanalakkhaºa½. Anupp±de ñ±ºassa passaddhila-
kkhaºa½.
Chandassa m³lalakkhaºa½. Manasik±rassa samuµµh±panalakkhaºa½.
Phassassa samodh±nalakkhaºa½. Vedan±ya samosaraºalakkhaºa½. Sam±-
dhissa pamukhalakkhaºa½. Satiy± ±dhipateyyalakkhaºa½. Paññ±ya tatuttariyala-
kkhaºa½. Vimuttiy± s±ralakkhaºa½… amatogadhassa nibb±nassa pariyos±nala-
kkhaºa½ tatha½ avitatha½. Eva½ tathalakkhaºa½ ñ±ºagatiy± ±gato avirajjhitv±
patto anuppattoti tath±gato. Eva½ tathalakkhaºa½ ±gatoti tath±gato.
Katha½ tathadhamme y±th±vato abhisambuddhoti tath±gato? Tathadhamm±
n±ma catt±ri ariyasacc±ni. Yath±ha– “catt±rim±ni, bhikkhave, tath±ni avitath±ni
anaññath±ni. Katam±ni catt±ri? ‘Ida½ dukkhan’ti bhikkhave, tathameta½ avitatha-
meta½ anaññathametan”ti (sa½. ni. 5.1090) vitth±ro. T±ni ca bhagav± abhisa-
mbuddho, tasm± tath±na½ dhamm±na½ abhisambuddhatt± tath±gatoti vuccati.
Abhisambuddhattho hettha gatasaddo.
Api ca jar±maraºassa j±tipaccayasambh³tasamud±gataµµho tatho avitatho ana-
ññatho …pe…, saªkh±r±na½ avijj±paccayasambh³tasamud±gataµµho tatho avi-
tatho anaññatho …pe…, tath± avijj±ya saªkh±r±na½ paccayaµµho, saªkh±r±na½
viññ±ºassa paccayaµµho …pe…, j±tiy± jar±maraºassa paccayaµµho tatho avitatho
anaññatho. Ta½ sabba½ bhagav± abhisambuddho, tasm±pi tath±na½
dhamm±na½ abhisambuddhatt± tath±gatoti vuccati. Eva½ tathadhamme y±th±-
vato abhisambuddhoti tath±gato.
Katha½ tathadassit±ya tath±gato? Bhagav± ya½ sadevake loke …pe…, sadeva-
manuss±ya paj±ya aparim±º±su lokadh±t³su aparim±º±na½ (1.0065) satt±na½
cakkhudv±re ±p±tham±gacchanta½ r³p±rammaºa½ n±ma atthi, ta½ sabb±k±rato
j±n±ti passati. Eva½ j±nat± passat± ca, tena ta½ iµµh±niµµh±divasena v± diµµhasuta-
mutaviññ±tesu labbham±nakapadavasena v±. “Katama½ ta½ r³pa½ r³p±yatana½?
Ya½ r³pa½ catunna½ mah±bh³t±na½ up±d±ya vaººanibh± sanidassana½
sappaµigha½ n²la½ p²takan”ti-±din± (dha. sa. 616) nayena anekehi n±mehi tera-
sahi v±rehi dvepaññ±s±ya nayehi vibhajjam±na½ tathameva hoti, vitatha½ natthi.
Esa nayo sotadv±r±d²supi ±p±tha½ ±gacchantesu sadd±d²su. Vuttañceta½ bhaga-
vat±– “ya½ bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa …pe… sadevamanuss±ya paj±ya
diµµha½ suta½ muta½ viññ±ta½ patta½ pariyesita½ anuvicarita½ manas±,
tamaha½ j±n±mi. Tamaha½ abbhaññ±si½, ta½ tath±gatassa vidita½, ta½ tath±-
gato na upaµµh±s²”ti (a. ni. 4.24). Eva½ tathadassit±ya tath±gato. Tattha tatha-
dass² atthe tath±gatoti padasambhavo veditabbo.
Katha½ tathav±dit±ya tath±gato? Ya½ ratti½ bhagav± bodhimaº¹e apar±jitapa-
llaªke nisinno tiººa½ m±r±na½ matthaka½ madditv± anuttara½ samm±sa-
mbodhi½ abhisambuddho, yañca ratti½ yamakas±l±namantare anup±dises±ya
nibb±nadh±tuy± parinibb±yi, etthantare pañcacatt±l²savassaparim±ºe k±le paµha-
mabodhiy±pi majjhimabodhiy±pi pacchimabodhiy±pi ya½ bhagavat± bh±sita½–
sutta½, geyya½ …pe… vedalla½, ta½ sabba½ atthato ca byañjanato ca anupa-
vajja½, an³namanadhika½, sabb±k±raparipuººa½, r±gamadanimmadana½, dosa-
mohamadanimmadana½. Natthi tattha v±laggamattampi avakkhalita½, sabba½
ta½ ekamuddik±ya lañchita½ viya, ekan±¼iy± mita½ viya, ekatul±ya tulita½ viya ca,
tathameva hoti avitatha½ anaññatha½. Ten±ha– “yañca, cunda, ratti½ tath±gato
anuttara½ samm±sambodhi½ abhisambujjhati, yañca ratti½ anup±dises±ya nibb±-
nadh±tuy± parinibb±yati, ya½ etasmi½ antare bh±sati lapati niddisati, sabba½ ta½
tatheva hoti, no aññath±. Tasm± ‘tath±gato’ti vuccat²”ti (a. ni. 4.23). Gadattho
hettha gatasaddo. Eva½ tathav±dit±ya tath±gato.
Api (1.0066) ca ±gadana½ ±gado, vacananti attho. Tayo avipar²to ±gado ass±ti,
da-k±rassa ta-k±ra½ katv± tath±gatoti evametasmi½ atthe padasiddhi veditabb±.
Katha½ tath±k±rit±ya tath±gato? Bhagavato hi v±c±ya k±yo anulometi, k±ya-
ssapi v±c±, tasm± yath±v±d² tath±k±r², yath±k±r² tath±v±d² ca hoti. Eva½bh³tassa
cassa yath±v±c±, k±yopi tath± gato pavattoti attho. Yath± ca k±yo, v±c±pi tath±
gat± pavatt±ti tath±gato. Tenev±ha– “yath±v±d², bhikkhave, tath±gato tath±k±r²,
yath±k±r² tath±v±d². Iti yath±v±d² tath±k±r² yath±k±r² tath±v±d². Tasm± ‘tath±ga-
to’ti vuccat²”ti (a. ni. 4.23). Eva½ tath±k±rit±ya tath±gato.
Katha½ abhibhavanaµµhena tath±gato? Upari bhavagga½ heµµh± av²ci½ pari-
yanta½ katv± tiriya½ aparim±º±su lokadh±t³su sabbasatte abhibhavati s²lenapi
sam±dhin±pi paññ±yapi vimuttiy±pi, vimuttiñ±ºadassanenapi na tassa tul± v±
pam±ºa½ v± atthi; atulo appameyyo anuttaro r±j±tir±j± devadevo sakk±na½ ati-
sakko brahm±na½ atibrahm±. Ten±ha– “sadevake, bhikkhave, loke …pe… sade-
vamanuss±ya paj±ya tath±gato abhibh³ anabhibh³to aññadatthudaso vasavatt²,
tasm± ‘tath±gato’ti vuccat²”ti.
Tatreva½ padasiddhi veditabb±. Agado viya agado. Ko panesa? Desan±vil±sa-
mayo ceva puññussayo ca. Tena hesa mah±nubh±vo bhisakko dibb±gadena
sappe viya sabbaparappav±dino sadevakañca loka½ abhibhavati. Iti sabb±lok±-
bhibhavane tatho avipar²to desan±vil±samayo ceva puññussayo ca agado ass±ti.
Da-k±rassa ta-k±ra½ katv± tath±gatoti veditabbo. Eva½ abhibhavanaµµhena tath±-
gato.
Api ca tath±ya gatotipi tath±gato, tatha½ gatotipi tath±gato. Gatoti avagato, at²to
patto paµipannoti attho.
Tattha (1.0067) sakalaloka½ t²raºapariññ±ya tath±ya gato avagatoti tath±gato.
Lokasamudaya½ pah±napariññ±ya tath±ya gato at²toti tath±gato. Lokanirodha½
sacchikiriy±ya tath±ya gato pattoti tath±gato. Lokanirodhag±mini½ paµipada½
tatha½ gato paµipannoti tath±gato. Tena vutta½ bhagavat±–
“Loko, bhikkhave, tath±gatena abhisambuddho, lokasm± tath±gato visa½-
yutto. Lokasamudayo, bhikkhave, tath±gatena abhisambuddho, lokasamudayo
tath±gatassa pah²no. Lokanirodho, bhikkhave, tath±gatena abhisambuddho,
lokanirodho tath±gatassa sacchikato. Lokanirodhag±min² paµipad±, bhikkhave,
tath±gatena abhisambuddh±, lokanirodhag±min² paµipad± tath±gatassa bh±vit±.
Ya½ bhikkhave, sadevakassa lokassa …pe… sabba½ ta½ tath±gatena abhisa-
mbuddha½. Tasm±, tath±gatoti vuccat²”ti (a. ni. 4.23).
Tassapi eva½ attho veditabbo. Idampi ca tath±gatassa tath±gatabh±vad²pane
mukhamattameva. Sabb±k±rena pana tath±gatova tath±gatassa tath±gatabh±va½
vaººeyya.
Katamañca ta½ bhikkhaveti yena appamattakena oramattakena s²lamattakena
puthujjano tath±gatassa vaººa½ vadam±no vadeyya, ta½ katamanti pucchati?
Tattha pucch± n±ma adiµµhajotan± pucch±, diµµhasa½sandan± pucch±, vimaticche-
dan± pucch±, anumatipucch±, kathetukamyat± pucch±ti pañcavidh± hoti.
Tattha katam± adiµµhajotan± pucch±? Pakatiy± lakkhaºa½ aññ±ta½ hoti,
adiµµha½ atulita½ at²rita½ avibh³ta½ avibh±vita½, tassa ñ±º±ya dassan±ya tula-
n±ya t²raº±ya vibh±van±ya pañha½ pucchati, aya½ adiµµhajotan± pucch±.
Katam± diµµhasa½sandan± pucch±? Pakatiy± lakkhaºa½ ñ±ta½ hoti, diµµha½
tulita½ t²rita½ vibh³ta½ vibh±vita½, tassa aññehi paº¹itehi saddhi½ sa½sandana-
tth±ya pañha½ pucchati, aya½ diµµhasa½sandan± pucch±.
Katam± (1.0068) vimaticchedan± pucch±? Pakatiy± sa½sayapakkhando hoti,
vimatipakkhando, dve¼hakaj±to, “eva½ nu kho, na nu kho, kinnu kho, katha½ nu
kho”ti. So vimaticchedanatth±ya pañha½ pucchati. Aya½ vimaticchedan± pucch±.
Katam± anumatipucch±? Bhagav± bhikkh³na½ anumatiy± pañha½ pucchati–
“ta½ ki½ maññatha, bhikkhave, r³pa½ nicca½ v± anicca½ v±”ti. Anicca½, bhante.
Ya½ pan±nicca½, dukkha½ v± ta½ sukha½ v±ti? Dukkha½ bhanteti (mah±va. 21)
sabba½ vattabba½, aya½ anumatipucch±.
Katam± kathetukamyat± pucch±? Bhagav± bhikkh³na½ kathetukamyat±ya
pañha½ pucchati. Catt±rome, bhikkhave, satipaµµh±n±. Katame catt±ro? …Pe…
aµµhime bhikkhave maggaªg±. Katame aµµh±ti, aya½ kathetukamyat± pucch±.
Iti im±su pañcasu pucch±su adiµµhassa t±va kassaci dhammassa abh±vato
tath±gatassa adiµµhajotan± pucch± natthi. “Ida½ n±ma aññehi paº¹itehi samaºa-
br±hmaºehi saddhi½ sa½sanditv± desess±m²”ti samann±h±rasseva anuppajja-
nato diµµhasa½sandan± pucch±pi natthi. Yasm± pana buddh±na½ ekadhammepi
±sappan± parisappan± natthi, bodhimaº¹eyeva sabb± kaªkh± chinn±; tasm±
vimaticchedan± pucch±pi natthiyeva. Avases± pana dve pucch± buddh±na½
atthi, t±su aya½ kathetukamyat± pucch± n±ma.
8. Id±ni ta½ kathetukamyat±ya pucch±ya pucchitamattha½ kathetu½ “p±º±ti-
p±ta½ pah±y±”ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha p±ºassa atip±to p±º±tip±to, p±ºavadho, p±ºagh±toti vutta½ hoti. P±ºoti
cettha voh±rato satto, paramatthato j²vitindriya½, tasmi½ pana p±ºe p±ºasaññino
j²vitindriyupacchedaka-upakkamasamuµµh±pik± k±yavac²dv±r±na½ aññataradv±ra-
ppavatt± vadhakacetan± p±º±tip±to. So guºavirahitesu tiracch±nagat±d²su
p±ºesu khuddake p±ºe appas±vajjo, mah±sar²re mah±s±vajjo, kasm±? Payoga-
mahantat±ya. Payogasamattepi vatthumahantat±ya. Guºavantesu manuss±d²su
appaguºe p±ºe appas±vajjo, mah±guºe mah±s±vajjo. Sar²raguº±na½ pana sama-
bh±ve sati kiles±na½ upakkam±nañca mudut±ya appas±vajjo, tibbat±ya mah±s±-
vajjoti veditabbo.
Tassa (1.0069) pañca sambh±r± honti– p±ºo, p±ºasaññit±, vadhakacitta½, upa-
kkamo, tena maraºanti. Cha payog±– s±hatthiko, ±ºattiko, nissaggiyo, th±varo,
vijj±mayo, iddhimayoti. Imasmi½ panatthe vitth±riyam±ne ativiya papañco hoti,
tasm± ta½ na vitth±ray±ma, aññañca evar³pa½. Atthikehi pana samantap±s±-
dika½ vinayaµµhakatha½ oloketv± gahetabba½.
Pah±y±ti ima½ p±º±tip±tacetan±saªkh±ta½ duss²lya½ pajahitv±. Paµiviratoti
pah²nak±lato paµµh±ya tato duss²lyato orato viratova. Natthi tassa v²tikkamiss±m²ti
cakkhusotaviññeyy± dhamm± pageva k±yik±ti imin±va nayena aññesupi evar³-
pesu padesu attho veditabbo.
Samaºoti bhagav± samitap±pat±ya laddhavoh±ro. Gotamoti gottavasena. Na
kevalañca bhagav±yeva p±º±tip±t± paµivirato, bhikkhusaªghopi paµivirato, desan±
pana ±dito paµµh±ya eva½ ±gat±, attha½ pana d²pentena bhikkhusaªghavase-
n±pi d²petu½ vaµµati.
Nihitadaº¹o nihitasatthoti par³pagh±tatth±ya daº¹a½ v± sattha½ v± ±d±ya ava-
ttanato nikkhittadaº¹o ceva nikkhittasattho c±ti attho. Ettha ca µhapetv± daº¹a½
sabbampi avasesa½ upakaraºa½ satt±na½ viheµhanabh±vato satthanti vedi-
tabba½. Ya½ pana bhikkh³ kattaradaº¹a½ v± dantakaµµha½ v± v±si½ pipphalika½
v± gahetv± vicaranti, na ta½ par³pagh±tatth±ya. Tasm± nihitadaº¹o nihitasattho
tveva saªkhya½ gacchati.
Lajj²ti p±pajigucchanalakkhaº±ya lajj±ya samann±gato. Day±pannoti daya½
mettacittata½ ±panno. Sabbap±ºabh³tahit±nukamp²ti; sabbe p±ºabh³te hitena
anukampako. T±ya day±pannat±ya sabbesa½ p±ºabh³t±na½ hitacittakoti attho.
Viharat²ti iriyati yapeti y±peti p±leti (1.0070). Iti v± hi, bhikkhaveti eva½ v±
bhikkhave. V± saddo upari “adinn±d±na½ pah±y±”ti-±d²ni apekkhitv± vikappattho
vutto, eva½ sabbattha purima½ v± pacchima½ v± apekkhitv± vikappabh±vo vedi-
tabbo.
Aya½ panettha saªkhepo– bhikkhave, puthujjano tath±gatassa vaººa½ vada-
m±no eva½ vadeyya– “samaºo gotamo p±ºa½ na hanati, na gh±teti, na tattha
samanuñño hoti, virato imasm± duss²ly±; aho, vata re buddhaguº± mahant±”ti, iti
mahanta½ uss±ha½ katv± vaººa½ vattuk±mopi appamattaka½ oramattaka½ ±c±-
ras²lamattakameva vakkhati. Upari as±dh±raºabh±va½ niss±ya vaººa½ vattu½
na sakkhissati. Na kevalañca puthujjanova sot±pannasakad±g±mi-an±g±mi-araha-
ntopi paccekabuddh±pi na sakkontiyeva; tath±gatoyeva pana sakkoti, ta½ vo
upari vakkh±m²ti, ayamettha s±dhipp±y± atthavaººan±. Ito para½ pana apubbapa-
dameva vaººayiss±ma.
Adinn±d±na½ pah±y±ti ettha adinnassa ±d±na½ adinn±d±na½, parasa½ha-
raºa½, theyya½, corik±ti vutta½ hoti. Tattha adinnanti parapariggahita½, yattha
paro yath±k±mak±rita½ ±pajjanto adaº¹±raho anupavajjo ca hoti. Tasmi½ parapa-
riggahite parapariggahitasaññino, tad±d±yaka-upakkamasamuµµh±pik± theyyace-
tan± adinn±d±na½. Ta½ h²ne parasantake appas±vajja½, paº²te mah±s±vajja½,
kasm±? Vatthupaº²tat±ya. Vatthusamatte sati guº±dhik±na½ santake vatthusmi½
mah±s±vajja½. Ta½ ta½ guº±dhika½ up±d±ya tato tato h²naguºassa santake
vatthusmi½ appas±vajja½.
Tassa pañca sambh±r± honti– parapariggahita½, parapariggahitasaññit±,
theyyacitta½, upakkamo, tena haraºanti. Cha payog±– s±hatthik±dayova. Te ca
kho yath±nur³pa½ theyy±vah±ro, pasayh±vah±ro, paµicchann±vah±ro, parikapp±-
vah±ro, kus±vah±roti imesa½ avah±r±na½ vasena pavatt±, ayamettha saªkhepo.
Vitth±ro pana samantap±s±dik±ya½ vutto.
Dinnameva (1.0071) ±diyat²ti dinn±d±y². Cittenapi dinnameva paµikaªkhat²ti
dinnap±µikaªkh². Thenet²ti theno. Na thenena athenena. Athenatt±yeva sucibh³-
tena. Attan±ti attabh±vena. Athena½ sucibh³ta½ att±na½ katv± viharat²ti vutta½
hoti. Sesa½ paµhamasikkh±pade vuttanayeneva yojetabba½. Yath± ca idha, eva½
sabbattha.
Abrahmacariyanti aseµµhacariya½. Brahma½ seµµha½ ±c±ra½ carat²ti brahma-
c±r². ¾r±c±r²ti abrahmacariyato d³rac±r². Methun±ti r±gapariyuµµh±navasena sadi-
satt± methunak±ti laddhavoh±rehi paµisevitabbato methun±ti saªkhya½ gat± asa-
ddhamm±. G±madhamm±ti g±mav±s²na½ dhamm±.
9. Mus±v±da½ pah±y±Ti ettha mus±ti visa½v±danapurekkh±rassa atthabhañja-
nako vac²payogo k±yapayogo, v± visa½v±dan±dhipp±yena panassa paravisa½v±-
dakak±yavac²payogasamuµµh±pik± cetan± mus±v±do.
Aparo nayo, ‘mus±’ti abh³ta½ ataccha½ vatthu. ‘V±do’ti tassa bh³tato tacchato
viññ±pana½. Lakkhaºato pana atatha½ vatthu½ tathato para½ viññ±petuk±-
massa tath±viññattisamuµµh±pik± cetan± mus±v±do. So yamattha½ bhañjati,
tassa appat±ya appas±vajjo, mahantat±ya mah±s±vajjo.
Api ca gahaµµh±na½ attano santaka½ ad±tuk±mat±ya natth²ti-±dinayappavatto
appas±vajjo, sakkhin± hutv± atthabhañjanattha½ vutto mah±s±vajjo, pabbajit±na½
appakampi tela½ v± sappi½ v± labhitv± has±dhipp±yena– “ajja g±me tela½ nad²
maññe sandat²”ti p³raºakath±nayena pavatto appas±vajjo, adiµµha½yeva pana
diµµhanti-±din± nayena vadant±na½ mah±s±vajjo.
Tassa catt±ro sambh±r± honti– atatha½ vatthu, visa½v±danacitta½, tajjo
v±y±mo, parassa tadatthavij±nananti. Eko payogo s±hatthikova. So k±yena v±
k±yapaµibaddhena v± v±c±ya v± paravisa½v±danakiriy±karaºena daµµhabbo.
T±ya ce kiriy±ya paro tamattha½ j±n±ti, aya½ kiriyasamuµµh±pikacetan±kkhaºe-
yeva mus±v±dakammun± bajjhati.
Yasm± (1.0072) pana yath± k±yak±yapaµibaddhav±c±hi para½ visa½v±deti,
tath± “idamassa bhaº±h²”ti ±º±pentopi paººa½ likhitv± purato nissajjantopi, “aya-
mattho eva½ daµµhabbo”ti ku¹¹±d²su likhitv± µhapentopi. Tasm± ettha ±ºattikani-
ssaggiyath±var±pi payog± yujjanti, aµµhakath±su pana an±gatatt± v²ma½sitv±
gahetabb±.
Sacca½ vadat²ti saccav±d². Saccena sacca½ sandahati ghaµet²ti saccasandho.
Na antarantar± mus± vadat²ti attho. Yo hi puriso kad±ci mus± vadati, kad±ci
sacca½, tassa mus±v±dena antaritatt± sacca½ saccena na ghaµ²yati; tasm± so na
saccasandho. Aya½ pana na t±diso, j²vitahetupi mus± avatv± saccena sacca½
sandahati yev±ti saccasandho.
Thetoti thiro thirakathoti attho. Eko hi puggalo haliddir±go viya, thusar±simhi
nikh±takh±ºu viya, assapiµµhe µhapitakumbhaº¹amiva ca na thirakatho hoti, eko
p±s±ºalekh± viya, indakh²lo viya ca thirakatho hoti, asin± s²sa½ chindantepi dve
kath± na katheti, aya½ vuccati theto.
paccayiko hoti, “ida½ kena vutta½, asuken±”ti vutte “m± tassa vacana½ saddaha-
Paccayikoti pattiy±yitabbako, saddh±yitabbakoti attho. Ekacco hi puggalo na
paccayiko hoti, “ida½ kena vutta½, asuken±”ti vutte “m± tassa vacana½ saddaha-
th±”ti vattabbata½ ±pajjati. Eko paccayiko hoti, “ida½ kena vutta½, asuken±”ti
vutte “yadi tena vutta½, idameva pam±ºa½, id±ni upaparikkhitabba½ natthi, eva-
meva idan”ti vattabbata½ ±pajjati, aya½ vuccati paccayiko. Avisa½v±dako loka-
ss±ti t±ya saccav±dit±ya loka½ na visa½v±det²ti attho.
Pisuºa½ v±ca½ pah±y±ti-±d²su y±ya v±c±ya yassa ta½ v±ca½ bh±sati, tassa
hadaye attano piyabh±va½, parassa ca suññabh±va½ karoti, s± pisuº± v±c±.
Y±ya pana att±nampi parampi pharusa½ karoti, y± v±c± sayampi pharus±, neva
kaººasukh± na hadayaªgam±, aya½ pharus± v±c±.
Yena (1.0073) sampha½ palapati niratthaka½, so samphappal±po.
Tesa½ m³labh³t± cetan±pi pisuºav±c±din±meva labhati, s± eva ca idh±dhippe-
t±ti.
Tattha sa½kiliµµhacittassa paresa½ v± bhed±ya attano piyakamyat±ya v± k±ya-
vac²payogasamuµµh±pik± cetan± pisuºav±c±. S± yassa bheda½ karoti, tassa appa-
guºat±ya appas±vajj±, mah±guºat±ya mah±s±vajj±.
Tass± catt±ro sambh±r±– bhinditabbo paro, “iti ime n±n± bhavissanti, vin±
bhavissant²”ti bhedapurekkh±rat± v±, “iti aha½ piyo bhaviss±mi viss±siko”ti piya-
kamyat± v±, tajjo v±y±mo, tassa tadatthavij±nananti. Imesa½ bhed±y±ti, yesa½
itoti vutt±na½ santike suta½ tesa½ bhed±ya.
Bhinn±na½ v± sandh±t±ti dvinna½ mitt±na½ v± sam±nupajjh±yak±d²na½ v±
kenacideva k±raºena bhinn±na½ ekameka½ upasaªkamitv± “tumh±ka½ ²dise
kule j±t±na½ eva½ bahussut±na½ ida½ na yuttan”ti-±d²ni vatv± sandh±na½ katt±
anukatt±. Anuppad±t±ti sandh±n±nuppad±t±. Dve jane samagge disv±–
“tumh±ka½ evar³pe kule j±t±na½ evar³pehi guºehi samann±gat±na½ anucchavi-
kametan”ti-±d²ni vatv± da¼h²kamma½ katt±ti attho. Samaggo ±r±mo ass±ti sama-
gg±r±mo. Yattha samagg± natthi, tattha vasitumpi na icchat²ti attho. Samaggar±-
motipi p±¼i, ayamevettha attho. Samaggaratoti samaggesu rato, te pah±ya
aññattha gantumpi na icchat²ti attho. Samagge disv±pi sutv±pi nandat²ti samagga-
nand², Samaggakaraºi½ v±ca½ bh±sit±ti y± v±c± satte samaggeyeva karoti, ta½
s±maggiguºaparid²pikameva v±ca½ bh±sati, na itaranti.
Parassa mammacchedakak±yavac²payogasamuµµh±pik± ekantapharusacetan±
pharus±v±c±. Tass± ±vibh±vatthamida½ vatthu– eko kira d±rako m±tuvacana½
an±diyitv± arañña½ gacchati, ta½ m±t± nivattetumasakkont²– “caº¹± ta½
mahi½s² anubandhat³”ti akkosi. Athassa tatheva araññe mahi½s² (1.0074)
uµµh±si. D±rako “ya½ mama m±t± mukhena kathesi, ta½ m± hotu, ya½ cittena
cintesi ta½ hot³”ti, saccakiriyamak±si. Mahi½s² tattheva baddh± viya aµµh±si.
Eva½ mammacchedakopi payogo cittasaºhat±ya na pharus± v±c± hoti. M±t±pi-
taro hi kad±ci puttake eva½ vadanti– “cor± vo khaº¹±khaº¹a½ karont³”ti, uppala-
pattampi ca nesa½ upari patanta½ na icchanti. ¾cariyupajjh±y± ca kad±ci nissi-
take eva½ vadanti– “ki½ ime ahir²k± anottappino caranti, niddhamatha ne”ti, atha
ca nesa½ ±gam±dhigamasampatti½ icchanti. Yath± ca cittasaºhat±ya pharus±
v±c± na hoti, eva½ vacanasaºhat±ya apharus± v±c± na hoti. Na hi m±r±petuk±-
massa– “ima½ sukha½ say±peth±”ti vacana½ apharus± v±c± hoti, cittapharusa-
t±ya panes± pharus± v±c±va. S± ya½ sandh±ya pavattit±, tassa appaguºat±ya
appas±vajj±, mah±guºat±ya mah±s±vajj±. Tass± tayo sambh±r±– akkositabbo
paro, kupitacitta½, akkosan±ti.
Nel±ti ela½ vuccati doso, n±ss± elanti nel±, niddos±ti attho. “Nelaªgo setapa-
cch±do”ti, (ud±. 65) ettha vuttanela½ viya. Kaººasukh±ti byañjanamadhurat±ya
kaºº±na½ sukh±, s³civijjhana½ viya kaººas³la½ na janeti. Atthamadhurat±ya
sakalasar²re kopa½ ajanetv± pema½ janet²ti peman²y±. Hadaya½ gacchati, appa-
µihaññam±n± sukhena citta½ pavisat²ti hadayaªgam±. Guºaparipuººat±ya pure
bhav±ti por² pure sa½va¹¹han±r² viya sukum±r±tipi por². Purassa es±tipi por².
Nagarav±s²na½ kath±ti attho. Nagarav±sino hi yuttakath± honti. Pitimatta½ pit±ti
vadanti, bh±timatta½ bh±t±ti vadanti, m±timatta½ m±t±ti vadanti. Evar³p² kath±
bahuno janassa kant± hot²ti bahujanakant±. Kantabh±veneva bahuno janassa
man±p± cittavu¹¹hikar±ti bahujanaman±p±.
Anatthaviññ±pik± k±yavac²payogasamuµµh±pik± akusalacetan± samphappal±po.
So ±sevanamandat±ya appas±vajjo, ±sevanamahantat±ya mah±s±vajjo, tassa
dve sambh±r±– bh±ratayuddhas²t±haraº±diniratthakakath±purekkh±rat±, tath±-
r³p² kath± kathanañca.
K±lena (1.0075) vadat²ti k±lav±d² vattabbayuttak±la½ sallakkhetv± vadat²ti attho.
Bh³ta½ tatha½ taccha½ sabh±vameva vadat²ti bh³tav±d². Diµµhadhammikasampa-
r±yikatthasannissitameva katv± vadat²ti atthav±d². Navalokuttaradhammasanni-
ssita½ katv± vadat²ti dhammav±d² sa½varavinayapah±navinayasannissita½ katv±
vadat²ti vinayav±d².
Nidh±na½ vuccati µhapanok±so, nidh±namass± atth²ti nidh±navat². Hadaye
nidh±tabbayuttaka½ v±ca½ bh±sit±ti attho. K±len±ti evar³pi½ bh±sam±nopi ca–
“aha½ nidh±navati½ v±ca½ bh±siss±m²”ti na ak±lena bh±sati, yuttak±la½ pana
apekkhitv±va bh±sat²ti attho. S±padesanti sa-upama½, sak±raºanti attho. Pariya-
ntavatinti pariccheda½ dassetv± yath±ss± paricchedo paññ±yati, eva½ bh±sat²ti
attho. Atthasa½hitanti anekehipi nayehi vibhajantena pariy±d±tu½ asakkuºeyya-
t±ya atthasampanna½ bh±sati. Ya½ v± so atthav±d² attha½ vadati, tena atthena
sahitatt± atthasa½hita½ v±ca½ bh±sati, na añña½ nikkhipitv± añña½ bh±sat²ti
vutta½ hoti.
10. B²jag±mabh³tag±masam±rambh±ti m³lab²ja½ khandhab²ja½ pha¼ub²ja½
aggab²ja½ b²jab²janti pañcavidhassa b²jag±massa ceva, yassa kassaci n²latiºaru-
kkh±dikassa bh³tag±massa ca sam±rambh±, chedanabhedanapacan±dibh±vena
vikopan± paµiviratoti attho.
Ekabhattikoti p±tar±sabhatta½ s±yam±sabhattanti dve bhatt±ni, tesu p±tar±sa-
bhatta½ antomajjhanhikena paricchinna½, itara½ majjhanhikato uddha½ anto aru-
ºena. Tasm± antomajjhanhike dasakkhattu½ bhuñjam±nopi ekabhattikova hoti.
Ta½ sandh±ya vutta½ “ekabhattiko”ti.
Rattiy± bhojana½ ratti, tato uparatoti ratt³parato. Atikkante majjhanhike y±va
s³riyatthaªgaman± bhojana½ vik±labhojana½ n±ma. Tato viratatt± virato vik±la-
bhojan±. Kad± virato? Anom±nad²t²re pabbajitadivasato paµµh±ya.
S±sanassa ananulomatt± vis³ka½ paµ±º²bh³ta½ dassananti vis³kadassana½.
Attan± naccananacc±pan±divasena nacc± ca g²t± ca v±dit± ca antamaso (1.0076)
may³ranacc±divasenapi pavatt±na½ nacc±d²na½ vis³kabh³t± dassan± c±ti nacca-
g²tav±ditavis³kadassan±. Nacc±d²ni hi attan± payojetu½ v± parehi payoj±petu½
v± payutt±ni passitu½ v± neva bhikkh³na½ na bhikkhun²nañca vaµµanti.
M±l±d²su m±l±ti ya½ kiñci puppha½. Gandhanti ya½ kiñci gandhaj±ta½. Vilepa-
nanti chavir±gakaraºa½. Tattha pi¼andhanto dh±reti n±ma, ³naµµh±na½ p³rento
maº¹eti n±ma, gandhavasena chavir±gavasena ca s±diyanto vibh³seti n±ma.
Ýh±na½ vuccati k±raºa½. Tasm± y±ya duss²lyacetan±ya t±ni m±l±dh±raº±d²ni
mah±jano karoti, tato paµiviratoti attho.
Ucc±sayana½ vuccati pam±º±tikkanta½. Mah±sayananti akappiyapaccattha-
raºa½. Tato viratoti attho.
J±tar³panti suvaººa½. Rajatanti kah±paºo, loham±sako, jatum±sako, d±rum±-
sakoti ye voh±ra½ gacchanti. Tassa ubhayass±pi paµiggahaº± paµivirato, neva
na½ uggaºh±ti, na uggaºh±peti, na upanikkhitta½ s±diyat²ti attho.
¾makadhaññapaµiggahaº±ti, s±liv²hiyavagodh³makaªguvarakakudr³sakasa-
ªkh±tassa sattavidhass±pi ±makadhaññassa paµiggahaº±. Na kevalañca etesa½
paµiggahaºameva, ±masanampi bhikkh³na½ na vaµµatiyeva. ¾makama½sapaµigga-
haº±ti ettha aññatra odissa anuññ±t± ±makama½samacch±na½ paµiggahaºa-
meva bhikkh³na½ na vaµµati, no ±masana½.
Itthikum±rikapaµiggahaº±ti ettha itth²ti purisantaragat±, itar± kum±rik± n±ma,
t±sa½ paµiggahaºampi ±masanampi akappiyameva.
D±sid±sapaµiggahaº±ti ettha d±sid±savaseneva tesa½ paµiggahaºa½ na
vaµµati. “Kappiyak±raka½ dammi, ±r±mika½ damm²”ti eva½ vutte pana vaµµati.
Aje¼ak±d²su khettavatthupariyos±nesu kappiy±kappiyanayo vinayavasena upa-
parikkhitabbo. Tattha khetta½ n±ma yasmi½ pubbaººa½ ruhati. Vatthu n±ma
yasmi½ aparaººa½ ruhati. Yattha v± ubhayampi ruhati, ta½ khetta½. Tadatth±ya
(1.0077) akatabh³mibh±go vatthu. Khettavatthus²sena cettha v±pita¼±k±d²nipi
saªgahit±neva.
D³teyya½ vuccati d³takamma½, gih²na½ pahita½ paººa½ v± s±sana½ v±
gahetv± tattha tattha gamana½. Pahiºagamana½ vuccati ghar± ghara½ pesitassa
khuddakagamana½. Anuyogo n±ma tadubhayakaraºa½. Tasm± d³teyyapahiºa-
gaman±na½ anuyog±ti. Evamettha attho veditabbo.
Kayavikkay±ti kay± ca vikkay± ca. Tul±k³µ±d²su k³µanti vañcana½. Tattha tul±-
k³µa½ n±ma r³pak³µa½ aªgak³µa½, gahaºak³µa½, paµicchannak³µanti catu-
bbidha½ hoti. Tattha r³pak³µa½ n±ma dve tul± samar³p± katv± gaºhanto maha-
tiy± gaºh±ti, dadanto khuddik±ya deti. Aªgak³µa½ N±ma gaºhanto pacch±bh±ge
hatthena tula½ akkamati, dadanto pubbabh±ge. Gahaºak³µa½ n±ma gaºhanto
m³le rajju½ gaºh±ti, dadanto agge. Paµicchannak³µa½ n±ma tula½ susira½ katv±
anto ayacuººa½ pakkhipitv± gaºhanto ta½ pacch±bh±ge karoti, dadanto agga-
bh±ge.
Ka½so vuccati suvaººap±ti, t±ya vañcana½ ka½sak³µa½. Katha½? Eka½ suva-
ººap±ti½ katv± aññ± dve tisso lohap±tiyo suvaººavaººe karoti, tato janapada½
gantv± kiñcideva a¹¹ha½ kula½ pavisitv±– “suvaººabh±jan±ni kiºath±”ti vatv±
agghe pucchite samagghatara½ d±tuk±m± honti. Tato tehi– “katha½ imesa½ suva-
ººabh±vo j±nitabbo”ti vutte, “v²ma½sitv± gaºhath±”ti suvaººap±ti½ p±s±ºe
gha½sitv± sabb± p±tiyo datv± gacchati.
M±nak³µa½ n±ma hadayabhedasikh±bhedarajjubhedavasena tividha½ hoti.
Tattha hadayabhedo sappitel±diminanak±le labbhati. T±ni hi gaºhanto heµµh±chi-
ddena m±nena– “saºika½ ±siñc±”ti vatv± antobh±jane bahu½ pagghar±petv±
gaºh±ti, dadanto chidda½ pidh±ya s²gha½ p³retv± deti.
Sikh±bhedo tilataº¹ul±diminanak±le labbhati. T±ni hi gaºhanto saºika½ sikha½
uss±petv± gaºh±ti, dadanto vegena p³retv± sikha½ chindanto deti.
Rajjubhedo (1.0078) khettavatthuminanak±le labbhati. Lañja½ alabhant± hi
khetta½ amahantampi mahanta½ katv± minanti.
nanti tehi tehi up±yehi paresa½ vañcana½. Tatridameka½ vatthu– eko kira
Ukkoµan±d²su ukkoµananti ass±mike s±mike k±tu½ lañjaggahaºa½. Vañca-
nanti tehi tehi up±yehi paresa½ vañcana½. Tatridameka½ vatthu– eko kira
luddako migañca migapotakañca gahetv± ±gacchati, tameko dhutto– “ki½ bho,
migo agghati, ki½ migapotako”ti ±ha. “Migo dve kah±paºe, migapotako ekan”ti ca
vutte eka½ kah±paºa½ datv± migapotaka½ gahetv± thoka½ gantv± nivatto– “na
me bho, migapotakena attho, miga½ me deh²”ti ±ha. Tena hi– dve kah±paºe
deh²ti. So ±ha– “nanu te bho, may± paµhama½ eko kah±paºo dinno”ti? “¾ma,
dinno”ti. “Ida½ migapotaka½ gaºha, eva½ so ca kah±paºo, ayañca kah±paºa-
gghanako migapotakoti dve kah±paº± bhavissant²”ti. So “k±raºa½ vadat²”ti salla-
kkhetv± migapotaka½ gahetv± miga½ ad±s²ti. Nikat²ti yogavasena v± m±y±va-
sena v± ap±maªga½ p±maªganti, amaºi½ maºinti, asuvaººa½ suvaººanti katv±
patir³pakena vañcana½. S±ciyogoti kuµilayogo, etesa½yeva ukkoµan±d²nameta½
n±ma½. Tasm±– ukkoµanas±ciyogo, vañcanas±ciyogo, nikatis±ciyogoti, eva-
mettha attho daµµhabbo. Keci añña½ dassetv± aññassa parivattana½ s±ciyogoti
vadanti. Ta½ pana vañcaneneva saªgahita½.
Chedan±d²su chedananti hatthacchedan±di. Vadhoti m±raºa½. Bandhoti rajju-
bandhan±d²hi bandhana½. Vipar±mosoti himavipar±moso, gumbavipar±mosoti
duvidho. Ya½ himap±tasamaye himena paµicchann± hutv± maggappaµipanna½
jana½ musanti, aya½ himavipar±moso. Ya½ gumb±d²hi paµicchann± musanti,
aya½ gumbavipar±moso. ¾lopo vuccati g±manigam±d²na½ vilopakaraºa½. Saha-
s±k±roti s±hasikakiriy±. Geha½ pavisitv± manuss±na½ ure sattha½ µhapetv±
icchitabhaº¹±na½ gahaºa½. Evametasm± chedana …pe… sahas±k±r± paµivirato
samaºo gotamoti. Iti v± hi, bhikkhave, puthujjano tath±gatassa vaººa½ vadam±no
vadeyy±ti.

Ett±vat± c³¼as²la½ niµµhita½ hoti.

Majjhimas²lavaººan±

11. Id±ni (1.0079) majjhimas²la½ vitth±rento “yath± v± paneke bhonto”ti-±di-

m±ha. Tatr±ya½ anutt±napadavaººan±. Saddh±deyy±n²ti kammañca phalañca
idhalokañca paralokañca saddahitv± dinn±ni. ‘Aya½ me ñ±t²’ti v±, ‘mitto’ti v±, ida½
paµikarissati, ida½ v± tena katapubbanti v±, eva½ na dinn±n²ti attho. Eva½
dinn±ni hi na saddh±deyy±ni n±ma honti. Bhojan±n²ti desan±s²samattameta½,
atthato pana saddh±deyy±ni bhojan±ni bhuñjitv± c²var±ni p±rupitv± sen±san±ni
sevam±n± gil±nabhesajja½ paribhuñjam±n±ti sabbameta½ vuttameva hoti.
Seyyathidanti nip±to. Tassattho katamo so b²jag±mabh³tag±mo, yassa sam±-
rambha½ anuyutt± viharant²ti. Tato ta½ dassento m³lab²janti-±dim±ha. Tattha m³la-
b²ja½ n±ma haliddi, siªgivera½, vac±, vacatta½, ativis±, kaµukarohiº², us²ra½,
bhaddamuttakanti evam±di. Khandhab²ja½ n±ma assattho, nigrodho, pilakkho,
udumbaro, kacchako, kapitthanoti evam±di. Pha¼ub²ja½ n±ma ucchu, na¼o, ve¼³ti
evam±di. Aggab²ja½ n±ma ajjaka½, phaºijjaka½, hiriveranti evam±di. B²jab²ja½
n±ma pubbaººa½ aparaººanti evam±di. Sabbañheta½ rukkhato viyojita½ viruha-
nasamatthameva “b²jag±mo”ti vuccati. Rukkhato pana aviyojita½ asukkha½
“bh³tag±mo”ti vuccati. Tattha bh³tag±masam±rambho p±cittiyavatthu, b²jag±ma-
sam±rambho dukkaµavatth³ti veditabbo.
12. Sannidhik±raparibhoganti sannidhikatassa paribhoga½. Tattha duvidh±
kath±, vinayavasena ca sallekhavasena ca. Vinayavasena t±va ya½ kiñci anna½
ajja paµiggahita½ aparajju sannidhik±raka½ hoti, tassa paribhoge p±cittiya½.
Attan± laddha½ pana s±maºer±na½ datv±, tehi laddha½ µhap±petv± dutiyadivase
bhuñjitu½ vaµµati, sallekho pana na hoti.
P±nasannidhimhipi eseva nayo. Tattha p±na½ n±ma ambap±n±d²ni aµµha
p±n±ni, y±ni ca tesa½ anulom±ni. Tesa½ vinicchayo samantap±s±dik±ya½ vutto.
Vatthasannidhimhi (1.0080) anadhiµµhita½ avikappita½ sannidhi ca hoti, salle-
khañca kopeti, aya½ pariy±yakath±. Nippariy±yato pana tic²varasantuµµhena
bhavitabba½, catuttha½ labhitv± aññassa d±tabba½. Sace yassa kassaci d±tu½
na sakkoti, yassa pana d±tuk±mo hoti, so uddesatth±ya v± paripucchatth±ya v±
gato, ±gatamatte d±tabba½, ad±tu½ na vaµµati. C²vare pana appahonte satiy±
pacc±s±ya anuññ±tak±la½ µhapetu½ vaµµati. S³cisuttac²varak±rak±na½ al±bhena
tato parampi vinayakamma½ katv± µhapetu½ vaµµati. “Imasmi½ jiººe puna ²disa½
kuto labhiss±m²”ti pana µhapetu½ na vaµµati, sannidhi ca hoti, sallekhañca kopeti.
Y±nasannidhimhi y±na½ n±ma vayha½, ratho, sakaµa½, sandam±nik±, sivik±,
p±µaªk²ti; neta½ pabbajitassa y±na½. Up±han± pana pabbajitassa y±na½yeva.
Ekabhikkhussa hi eko araññatth±ya, eko dhotap±dakatth±y±ti, ukka½sato dve
up±hanasaªgh±µ± vaµµanti. Tatiya½ labhitv± aññassa d±tabbo. “Imasmi½ jiººe
añña½ kuto labhiss±m²”ti hi µhapetu½ na vaµµati, sannidhi ca hoti, sallekhañca
kopeti.
Sayanasannidhimhi sayananti mañco. Ekassa bhikkhuno eko gabbhe, eko div±-
µh±neti ukka½sato dve mañc± vaµµanti. Tato uttari labhitv± aññassa bhikkhuno v±
gaºassa v± d±tabbo; ad±tu½ na vaµµati. Sannidhi ca hoti, sallekhañca kopeti.
Gandhasannidhimhi bhikkhuno kaº¹ukacchuchavidos±di-±b±dhe sati gandh±
vaµµanti. Te gandhe ±har±petv± tasmi½ roge v³pasante aññesa½ v± ±b±dhik±na½
d±tabb±, dv±re pañcaªguligharadh³pan±d²su v± upanetabb±. “Puna roge sati
bhavissant²”ti pana µhapetu½ na vaµµati, sannidhi ca hoti, sallekhañca kopeti.
¾misanti vutt±vasesa½ daµµhabba½. Seyyathida½, idhekacco bhikkhu– “tath±-
r³pe k±le upak±r±ya bhavissat²”ti tilataº¹ulamuggam±san±¼ikeraloºamacchama½-
savall³rasappitelagu¼abh±jan±d²ni ±har±petv± µhapeti. So vassak±le k±lasseva
s±maºerehi y±gu½ pac±petv± paribhuñjitv± “s±maºera, udakakaddame dukkha½
g±ma½ pavisitu½, gaccha asuka½ kula½ (1.0081) gantv± mayha½ vih±re nisinna-
bh±va½ ±rocehi; asukakulato dadhi-±d²ni ±har±”ti peseti. Bhikkh³hi– “ki½, bhante,
g±ma½ pavisissath±”ti vuttepi, “duppaveso, ±vuso, id±ni g±mo”ti vadati. Te– “hotu,
bhante, acchatha tumhe, maya½ bhikkha½ pariyesitv± ±hariss±m±”ti gacchanti.
Atha s±maºeropi dadhi-±d²ni ±haritv± bhattañca byañjanañca samp±detv± upa-
neti, ta½ bhuñjantasseva upaµµh±k± bhatta½ pahiºanti, tatopi man±pa½ man±pa½
bhuñjati. Atha bhikkh³ piº¹ap±ta½ gahetv± ±gacchanti, tatopi man±pa½
man±pa½ g²v±y±maka½ bhuñjatiyeva. Eva½ catum±sampi v²tin±meti. Aya½
vuccati– “bhikkhu muº¹akuµumbikaj²vika½ j²vati, na samaºaj²vikan”ti. Evar³po
±misasannidhi n±ma hoti.
Bhikkhuno pana vasanaµµh±ne ek± taº¹ulan±¼i, eko gu¼apiº¹o, catubh±ga-
matta½ sapp²ti ettaka½ nidhetu½ vaµµati, ak±le sampattacor±na½ atth±ya. Te hi
ettakampi ±misapaµisanth±ra½ alabhant± j²vit±pi voropeyyu½, tasm± sace ettaka½
natthi, ±har±petv±pi µhapetu½ vaµµati. Aph±sukak±le ca yadettha kappiya½, ta½
attan±pi paribhuñjitu½ vaµµati. Kappiyakuµiya½ pana bahu½ µhapentass±pi
sannidhi n±ma natthi. Tath±gatassa pana taº¹ulan±¼i-±d²su v± ya½ kiñci caturata-
namatta½ v± pilotikakhaº¹a½ “ida½ me ajja v± sve v± bhavissat²”ti µhapita½
n±ma natthi.
13. Vis³kadassanesu nacca½ n±ma ya½ kiñci nacca½, ta½ magga½ gaccha-
nten±pi g²va½ pas±retv± daµµhu½ na vaµµati. Vitth±ravinicchayo panettha samanta-
p±s±dik±ya½ vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Yath± cettha, eva½ sabbesu sikkh±pada-
paµisa½yuttesu suttapadesu. Ito parañhi ettakampi avatv± tattha tattha payojana-
mattameva vaººayiss±m±ti.
Pekkhanti naµasamajja½. Akkh±nanti bh±ratayujjhan±dika½. Yasmi½ µh±ne
kath²yati, tattha gantumpi na vaµµati. P±ºissaranti ka½sat±¼a½, p±ºit±¼antipi
vadanti. Vet±¼anti ghanat±¼a½, mantena matasar²ruµµh±panantipi eke. Kumbhath³-
ºanti caturassa-ambaºakat±¼a½, kumbhasaddantipi eke. Sobhanakanti naµ±na½
(1.0082) abbhokkiraºa½, sobhanakara½ v±, paµibh±nacittanti vutta½ hoti. Caº¹±-
lanti ayogu¼ak²¼±, caº¹±l±na½ s±ºadhovanak²¼±tipi vadanti. Va½santi ve¼u½ uss±-
petv± k²¼ana½.
Dhovananti aµµhidhovana½, ekaccesu kira janapadesu k±laªkate ñ±take na
jh±penti, nikhaºitv± µhapenti. Atha nesa½ p³tibh³ta½ k±ya½ ñatv± n²haritv±
aµµh²ni dhovitv± gandhehi makkhetv± µhapenti. Te nakkhattak±le ekasmi½ µh±ne
aµµh²ni µhapetv± ekasmi½ µh±ne sur±d²ni µhapetv± rodant± paridevant± sura½
pivanti. Vuttampi ceta½– “atthi, bhikkhave, dakkhiºesu janapadesu aµµhidhovana½
n±ma, tattha hoti annampi p±nampi khajjampi bhojjampi leyyampi peyyampi
naccampi g²tampi v±ditampi. Attheta½, bhikkhave, dhovana½, neta½ natth²ti vad±-
m²”ti (a. ni. 10.107). Ekacce pana indaj±lena aµµhidhovana½ dhovanantipi vadanti.
Hatthiyuddh±d²su bhikkhuno neva hatthi-±d²hi saddhi½ yujjhitu½, na te yujjh±-
petu½, na yujjhante daµµhu½ vaµµati. Nibbuddhanti mallayuddha½. Uyyodhikanti
yattha sampah±ro dissati. Balagganti balagaºanaµµh±na½. Sen±by³hanti sen±ni-
veso, sakaµaby³h±divasena sen±ya nivesana½. An²kadassananti– “tayo hatth²
pacchima½ hatth±n²kan”ti-±din± (p±ci. 324) nayena vuttassa an²kassa dassana½.
14. Pam±do ettha tiµµhat²ti pam±daµµh±na½. J³tañca ta½ pam±daµµh±nañc±ti j³ta-
ppam±daµµh±na½. Ekek±ya pantiy± aµµha aµµha pad±ni ass±ti aµµhapada½ dasapa-
depi eseva nayo. ¾k±santi aµµhapadadasapadesu viya ±k±seyeva k²¼ana½. Parih±-
rapathanti bh³miya½ n±n±pathamaº¹ala½ katv± tattha tattha pariharitabba½,
patha½ pariharant±na½ k²¼ana½. Santikanti santikak²¼ana½. Ekajjha½ µhapit±
s±riyo v± sakkhar±yo v± ac±lent± nakheneva apanenti ca upanenti ca, sace tattha
k±ci calati, par±jayo hoti, evar³p±ya k²¼±yeta½ adhivacana½. Khalikanti j³tapha-
lake p±sakak²¼ana½. Ghaµik± vuccati d²ghadaº¹akena rassadaº¹aka½ paharaºa-
k²¼ana½. Sal±kahatthanti l±kh±ya v± mañjiµµhik±ya v± piµµhodakena v± sal±ka-
hattha½ temetv±– “ki½ (1.0083) hot³”ti bh³miya½ v± bhittiya½ v± ta½ paharitv±
hatthi-ass±dir³padassanak²¼ana½. Akkhanti gu¼ak²¼±. Paªgac²ra½ vuccati paººa-
n±¼ika½, ta½ dhamant± k²¼anti. Vaªkakanti g±mad±rak±na½ k²¼anaka½ khuddaka-
naªgala½. Mokkhacik± vuccati samparivattanak²¼±, ±k±se v± daº¹aka½ gahetv±
bh³miya½ v± s²sa½ µhapetv± heµµhupariyabh±vena parivattanak²¼±ti vutta½ hoti.
Ciªgulika½ vuccati t±lapaºº±d²hi kata½ v±tappah±rena paribbhamanacakka½.
Patt±¼haka½ vuccati paººan±¼ik±. T±ya v±luk±d²ni minant± k²¼anti. Rathakanti
khuddakaratha½. Dhanukanti khuddakadhanumeva. Akkharik± vuccati ±k±se v±
piµµhiya½ v± akkharaj±nanak²¼±. Manesik± n±ma manas± cintitaj±nanak²¼±. Yath±-
vajja½ n±ma k±ºakuºikhujj±d²na½ ya½ ya½ vajja½, ta½ ta½ payojetv± dassana-
k²¼±.
15. ¾sandinti pam±º±tikkant±sana½. Anuyutt± viharant²ti ida½ apekkhitv± pana
sabbapadesu upayogavacana½ kata½. Pallaªkoti p±desu v±¼ar³p±ni µhapetv±
kato. Gonakoti d²ghalomako mah±kojavo, caturaªgul±dhik±ni kira tassa lom±ni.
Cittakanti v±navicitta½ uºº±mayattharaºa½. Paµik±ti uºº±mayo setattharaºo. Paµa-
lik±ti ghanapupphako uºº±mayattharaºo. Yo ±malakapattotipi vuccati. T³lik±ti
tiººa½ t³l±na½ aññatarapuºº± t³lik±. Vikatik±ti s²habyaggh±dir³pavicitro uºº±-
mayattharaºo. Uddalom²ti ubhayatodasa½ uºº±mayattharaºa½, keci
“ekato-uggatapupphan”ti vadanti. Ekantalom²ti ekatodasa½ uºº±mayattharaºa½.
Keci “ubhato-uggatapupphan”ti vadanti. Kaµµissanti ratanaparisibbita½ koseyyaka-
µµissamayapaccattharaºa½. Koseyyanti ratanaparisibbitameva kosiyasuttamaya-
paccattharaºa½. Suddhakoseyya½ pana vaµµat²ti vinaye vutta½. D²ghanik±yaµµha-
kath±ya½ pana “µhapetv± t³lika½ sabb±neva gonak±d²ni ratanaparisibbit±ni na
vaµµant²”ti vutta½.
Kuttakanti so¼asanna½ n±µakitth²na½ µhatv± naccanayogga½ uºº±mayattha-
raºa½. Hatthatthara½ assattharanti hatthi-assapiµµh²su attharaºa-attharak±yeva.
Rathattharepi eseva nayo. Ajinappaveº²ti ajinacammehi mañcappam±ºena
sibbitv± kat± (1.0084) paveº². Kadal²migapavarapaccattharaºanti kadal²miga-
camma½ n±ma atthi, tena kata½ pavarapaccattharaºa½; uttamapaccatthara-
ºanti attho. Ta½ kira setavatthassa upari kadal²migacamma½ pattharitv± sibbetv±
karonti. Sa-uttaracchadanti saha uttaracchadena, uparibaddhena rattavit±nena
saddhinti attho. Setavit±nampi heµµh± akappiyapaccattharaºe sati na vaµµati, asati
pana vaµµati. Ubhatolohitak³padh±nanti s²s³padh±nañca p±d³padh±nañc±ti
mañcassa ubhatolohitaka½ upadh±na½, eta½ na kappati. Ya½ pana ekameva
upadh±na½ ubhosu passesu ratta½ v± hoti padumavaººa½ v± vicitra½ v±, sace
pam±ºayutta½, vaµµati. Mah±-upadh±na½ pana paµikkhitta½. Alohitak±ni dvepi
vaµµantiyeva. Tato uttari labhitv± aññesa½ d±tabb±ni. D±tu½ asakkonto mañce
tiriya½ attharitv± upari paccattharaºa½ datv± nipajjitumpi labhati. ¾sand²-±d²su
pana vuttanayeneva paµipajjitabba½. Vuttañheta½– “anuj±n±mi, bhikkhave, ±sa-
ndiy± p±de chinditv± paribhuñjitu½, pallaªkassa v±¼e bhinditv± paribhuñjitu½,
t³lika½ vijaµetv± bimbohana½ k±tu½, avasesa½ bhummattharaºa½ k±tun”ti
(c³¼ava. 297).
16. Ucch±dan±d²su m±tukucchito nikkhantad±rak±na½ sar²ragandho dv±dasa-
vassapattak±le nassati, tesa½ sar²raduggandhaharaºatth±ya gandhacuºº±d²hi
ucch±denti, evar³pa½ ucch±dana½ na vaµµati. Puññavante pana d±rake ³r³su
nipajj±petv± telena makkhetv± hatthap±da-³run±bhi-±d²na½ saºµh±nasamp±da-
nattha½ parimaddanti, evar³pa½ parimaddana½ na vaµµati.
Nh±pananti tesa½yeva d±rak±na½ gandh±d²hi nh±pana½. Samb±hananti
mah±mall±na½ viya hatthap±de muggar±d²hi paharitv± b±huva¹¹hana½. ¾d±-
santi ya½ kiñci ±d±sa½ pariharitu½ na vaµµati. Añjananti alaªk±rañjanameva.
M±l±ti baddham±l± v± abaddham±l± v±. Vilepananti ya½ kiñci chavir±gakaraºa½.
Mukhacuººa½ mukhalepananti mukhe k±¼ap²¼ak±d²na½ haraºatth±ya mattika-
kakka½ denti, tena lohite calite s±sapakakka½ denti, tena dose kh±dite tilakakka½
denti, tena lohite sannisinne haliddikakka½ denti, tena chavivaººe ±r³¼he mukha-
cuººakena mukha½ cuººenti, ta½ sabba½ na vaµµati.
Hatthabandh±d²su (1.0085) hatthe vicitrasaªkhakap±l±d²ni bandhitv± vicaranti,
ta½ v± añña½ v± sabbampi hatth±bharaºa½ na vaµµati, apare sikha½ bandhitv±
vicaranti. Suvaººac²rakamuttalat±d²hi ca ta½ parikkhipanti; ta½ sabba½ na
vaµµati. Apare catuhatthadaº¹a½ v± añña½ v± pana alaªkatadaº¹aka½ gahetv±
vicaranti, tath± itthipurisar³p±divicitta½ bhesajjan±¼ika½ suparikkhitta½ v±ma-
passe olaggita½; apare kaººikaratanaparikkhittakosa½ atitikhiºa½ asi½, pañcava-
ººasuttasibbita½ makaradantak±divicitta½ chatta½, suvaººarajat±divicitr± mora-
piñch±diparikkhitt± up±han±, keci ratanamatt±y±ma½ caturaªgulavitthata½ kesa-
ntapariccheda½ dassetv± meghamukhe vijjulata½ viya nal±µe uºh²sapaµµa½
bandhanti, c³¼±maºi½ dh±renti, c±marav±lab²jani½ dh±renti, ta½ sabba½ na
vaµµati.
17. Aniyy±nikatt± saggamokkhamagg±na½ tiracch±nabh³t± kath±ti tiracch±na-
kath±. Tattha r±j±na½ ±rabbha mah±sammato mandh±t± dhamm±soko eva½
mah±nubh±voti-±din± nayena pavatt± kath± r±jakath±. Esa nayo corakath±d²su.
Tesu asuko r±j± abhir³po dassan²yoti-±din± nayena gehassitakath±va tiracch±na-
kath± hoti. Sopi n±ma eva½ mah±nubh±vo khaya½ gatoti eva½ pavatt± pana
kammaµµh±nabh±ve tiµµhati. Coresu m³ladevo eva½ mah±nubh±vo, megham±lo
eva½ mah±nubh±voti tesa½ kamma½ paµicca aho s³r±ti gehassitakath±va tira-
cch±nakath±. Yuddhepi bh±ratayuddh±d²su asukena asuko eva½ m±rito, eva½
viddhoti k±mass±davaseneva kath± tiracch±nakath±. Tepi n±ma khaya½ gat±ti
eva½ pavatt± pana sabbattha kammaµµh±nameva hoti. Api ca ann±d²su eva½
vaººavanta½ gandhavanta½ rasavanta½ phassasampanna½ kh±dimha bhuñji-
mh±ti k±mass±davasena kathetu½ na vaµµati. S±tthaka½ pana katv± pubbe eva½
vaºº±disampanna½ anna½ p±na½ vattha½ sayana½ m±la½ gandha½ s²lava-
nt±na½ adamha, cetiye p³ja½ karimh±ti kathetu½ vaµµati. ѱtikath±d²su pana
“amh±ka½ ñ±tak± s³r± samatth±”ti v± “pubbe maya½ eva½ vicitrehi y±nehi vica-
rimh±”ti v± ass±davasena vattu½ na vaµµati. S±tthaka½ pana katv± “tepi no
ñ±tak± khaya½ gat±”ti v± “pubbe maya½ evar³p± up±han± saªghassa ada-
mh±”ti v± kathetu½ vaµµati. G±makath±pi suniviµµhadunniviµµhasubhikkhadubbhi-
kkh±divasena v± “asukag±mav±sino s³r± samatth±”ti (1.0086) v± eva½ ass±dava-
sena na vaµµati. S±tthaka½ pana katv± “saddh± pasann±”ti v± “khayavaya½ gat±”-
ti v± vattu½ vaµµati. Nigamanagarajanapadakath±d²supi eseva nayo.
Itthikath±pi vaººasaºµh±n±d²ni paµicca ass±davasena na vaµµati, saddh±
pasann± khayavaya½ gat±ti evameva vaµµati. S³rakath±pi ‘nandimitto n±ma
yodho s³ro ahos²’ti ass±davasena na vaµµati. Saddho ahosi khaya½ gatoti eva-
meva vaµµati. Visikh±kath±pi “asuk± visikh± suniviµµh± dunniviµµh± s³r± samatth±”-
ti ass±davasena na vaµµati. Saddh± pasann± khayavaya½ gat±ti evameva vaµµati.
Kumbhaµµh±nakath±ti udakaµµh±nakath±, udakatitthakath±tipi vuccati, kumbha-
d±sikath± v±, s±pi “p±s±dik± naccitu½ g±yitu½ chek±”ti ass±davasena na vaµµati;
saddh± pasann±ti-±din± nayeneva vaµµati. Pubbapetakath±ti at²tañ±tikath±. Tattha
vattam±nañ±tikath±sadiso vinicchayo.
N±nattakath±ti purimapacchimakath±hi vimutt± avases± n±n±sabh±v± nirattha-
kakath±. Lokakkh±yik±ti aya½ loko kena nimmito, asukena n±ma nimmito. K±ko
seto, aµµh²na½ setatt±; bal±k± ratt±. Lohitassa rattatt±ti evam±dik± lok±yatavita-
º¹asall±pakath±.
Samuddakkh±yik± n±ma kasm± samuddo s±garo? S±garadevena khato, tasm±
s±garo. Khato meti hatthamudd±ya saya½ niveditatt± “samuddo”ti evam±dik±
niratthak± samuddakkh±yanakath±. Bhavoti vu¹¹hi. Abhavoti h±ni. Iti bhavo, iti
abhavoti ya½ v± ta½ v± niratthakak±raºa½ vatv± pavattitakath± itibhav±bhava-
kath±.
18. Vigg±hikakath±ti viggahakath±, s±rambhakath±. Tattha sahita½ meti
mayha½ vacana½ sahita½ siliµµha½ atthayutta½ k±raºayuttanti attho. Asahita½
teti tuyha½ vacana½ asahita½ asiliµµha½. Adhiciººa½ te vipar±vattanti ya½
tuyha½ d²gharatt±ciººavasena suppaguºa½, ta½ mayha½ ekavacaneneva vipar±-
vatta½ parivattitv± µhita½, na kiñci j±n±s²ti attho.
¾ropito (1.0087) te v±doTi may± tava doso ±ropito. Cara v±dappamokkh±y±ti
dosamocanattha½ cara, vicara; tattha tattha gantv± sikkh±ti attho. Nibbeµhehi v±
sace pahos²ti atha saya½ pahosi, id±nimeva nibbeµheh²ti.
19. D³teyyakath±ya½ idha gacch±ti ito asuka½ n±ma µh±na½ gaccha. Amutr±ga-
cch±ti tato asuka½ n±ma µh±na½ ±gaccha. Ida½ har±ti ito ida½ n±ma hara. Amutra
ida½ ±har±ti asukaµµh±nato ida½ n±ma idha ±hara. Saªkhepato pana ida½
d³teyya½ n±ma µhapetv± pañca sahadhammike ratanattayassa upak±rapaµisa½-
yuttañca gih²s±sana½ aññesa½ na vaµµati.
20. Kuhak±ti-±d²su tividhena kuhanavatthun± loka½ kuhayanti, vimh±payant²ti
kuhak±. L±bhasakk±ratthik± hutv± lapant²ti lapak±. Nimitta½ s²lametesanti nemi-
ttik±. Nippeso s²lametesanti nippesik±. L±bhena l±bha½ nijig²santi magganti pari-
yesantt²ti l±bhena l±bha½ nijig²sit±ro. Kuhan±, lapan±, nemittikat±, nippesikat±,
l±bhena l±bha½ nijig²sanat±ti et±hi samann±gat±na½ puggal±na½ eta½ adhiva-
cana½. Ayamettha saªkhepo. Vitth±rena panet± kuhan±dik± visuddhimagge s²la-
niddeseyeva p±¼iñca aµµhakathañca ±haritv± pak±sit±ti.

Ett±vat± majjhimas²la½ niµµhita½ hoti.

Mah±s²lavaººan±

21. Ito para½ mah±s²la½ hoti. Aªganti hatthap±d±d²su yena kenaci evar³pena
aªgena samann±gato d²gh±yu yasav± hot²ti-±dinayappavatta½ aªgasattha½. Nimi-
ttanti nimittasattha½. Paº¹ur±j± kira tisso mutt±yo muµµhiya½ katv± nemittika½
pucchi– “ki½ me hatthe”ti? So ito cito ca vilokesi, tasmiñca samaye gharagolik±ya
makkhik± gayhant² mutt±, so “mutt±”ti ±ha. Puna “kat²”ti puµµho kukkuµassa
tikkhattu½ ravantassa sadda½ sutv± “tisso”ti ±ha. Eva½ ta½ ta½ ±disitv± nimitta-
manuyutt± viharanti.
Upp±tanti (1.0088) asanip±t±d²na½ mahant±na½ uppatita½, tañhi disv± “ida½
bhavissati, eva½ bhavissat²”ti ±disanti. Supinanti yo pubbaºhasamaye supina½
passati, eva½ vip±ko hoti; yo ida½ n±ma passati, tassa ida½ n±ma hot²ti-±din±
nayena supinaka½ anuyutt± viharanti. Lakkhaºanti imin± lakkhaºena samann±-
gato r±j± hoti, imin± upar±j±ti-±dika½. M³sikacchinnanti und³rakh±yita½. Ten±pi
hi ahate v± vatthe anahate v± vatthe ito paµµh±ya eva½ chinne ida½ n±ma hot²ti
±disanti. Aggihomanti evar³pena d±run± eva½ hute ida½ n±ma hot²ti aggijuhana½.
Dabbihom±d²nipi aggihom±neva, evar³p±ya dabbiy± ²disehi kaº±d²hi hute ida½
n±ma hot²ti eva½ pavattivasena pana visu½ vutt±ni.
Tattha kaºoti kuº¹ako. Taº¹ul±ti s±li-±d²nañceva tiºaj±t²nañca taº¹ul±. Sapp²ti
gosappi-±dika½. Telanti tilatel±dika½. S±sap±d²ni pana mukhena gahetv±
aggimhi pakkhipana½, vijja½ parijappitv± juhana½ v± mukhahoma½. Dakkhiºa-
kkhakajaººulohit±d²hi juhana½ lohitahoma½. Aªgavijj±ti pubbe aªgameva disv±
by±karaºavasena aªga½ vutta½, idha aªgulaµµhi½ disv± vijja½ parijappitv± aya½
kulaputto v± no v±, sir²sampanno v± no v±ti-±diby±karaºavasena aªgavijj± vutt±.
Vatthuvijj±Ti gharavatthu-±r±mavatth±d²na½ guºadosasallakkhaºavijj±. Mattik±di-
visesa½ disv±pi hi vijja½ parijappitv± heµµh± pathaviya½ ti½saratanamatte, ±k±se
ca as²tiratanamatte padese guºadosa½ passanti. Khattavijj±ti abbheyyam±sura-
kkhar±jasatth±disattha½. Sivavijj±ti sus±ne pavisitv± santikaraºavijj±, siªg±laruta-
vijj±tipi vadanti. Bh³tavijj±ti bh³tavejjamanto. Bh³rivijj±ti bh³righare vasantena
uggahetabbamanto. Ahivijj±ti sappadaµµhatikicchanavijj± ceva sapp±vh±yanavijj±
ca. Visavijj±ti y±ya, pur±ºavisa½ v± rakkhanti, navavisa½ v± karonti visavanta-
meva v±. Vicchikavijj±ti vicchikadaµµhatikicchanavijj±. M³sikavijj±yapi (1.0089)
eseva nayo. Sakuºavijj±ti sapakkhaka-apakkhakadvipadacatuppad±na½ rutagat±-
divasena sakuºañ±ºa½. V±yasavijj±ti k±karutañ±ºa½, ta½ visuññeva sattha½,
tasm± visu½ vutta½.
Pakkajjh±nanti parip±kagatacint±. Id±ni “aya½ ettaka½ j²vissati, aya½ ettakan”-
ti eva½ pavatta½ ±diµµhañ±ºanti attho. Saraparitt±ºanti sararakkhaºa½, yath±
attano upari na ±gacchati, eva½ karaºavijj±. Migacakkanti ida½ sabbasaªg±hika½
sabbasakuºacatuppad±na½ rutañ±ºavasena vutta½.
 22. Maºilakkhaº±d²su evar³po maºi pasattho, evar³po apasattho, s±mino ±ro-
gya-issariy±d²na½ hetu hoti, na hot²ti, eva½ vaººasaºµh±n±divasena maºi-±d²na½
lakkhaºa½ anuyutt± viharant²ti attho. Tattha ±vudhanti µhapetv± asi-±d²ni ava-
sesa½ ±vudha½. Itthilakkhaº±d²nipi yamhi kule te itthipuris±dayo vasanti, tassa
vu¹¹hih±nivaseneva veditabb±ni. Ajalakkhaº±d²su pana evar³p±na½ aj±d²na½
ma½sa½ kh±ditabba½, evar³p±na½ na kh±ditabbanti aya½ viseso veditabbo.
Api cettha godh±ya lakkhaºe cittakammapi¼andhan±d²supi evar³p±ya godh±ya
sati ida½ n±ma hot²ti aya½ viseso veditabbo. Idañcettha vatthu– ekasmi½ kira
vih±re cittakamme godha½ aggi½ dhamam±na½ aka½su. Tato paµµh±ya
bhikkh³na½ mah±viv±do j±to. Eko ±gantukabhikkhu ta½ disv± makkhesi. Tato
paµµh±ya viv±do mand²bh³to hoti. Kaººikalakkhaºa½ pi¼andhanakaººik±yapi
gehakaººik±yapi vasena veditabba½. Kacchapalakkhaºa½ godh±lakkhaºasadi-
sameva. Migalakkhaºa½ sabbasaªg±hika½ sabbacatuppad±na½ lakkhaºava-
sena vutta½.
23. Rañña½ niyy±na½ bhavissat²ti asukadivase asukanakkhattena asukassa
n±ma rañño niggamana½ bhavissat²ti eva½ r±j³na½ pav±sagamana½ by±karoti.
Esa nayo sabbattha. Kevala½ panettha aniyy±nanti vippavutth±na½ puna ±ga-
mana½. Abbhantar±na½ rañña½ upay±na½ bhavissati, b±hir±na½ rañña½ apay±-
nanti antonagare amh±ka½ r±j± paµiviruddha½ bahir±j±na½ upasaªkamissati,
tato tassa paµikkamana½ bhavissat²ti eva½ rañña½ upay±n±pay±na½ (1.0090)
by±karoti. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo. Jayapar±jay± p±kaµ±yeva.
24. Candagg±h±dayo asukadivase r±hu canda½ gahessat²ti by±karaºavase-
neva veditabb±. Api ca nakkhattassa aªg±rak±dig±hasam±yogopi nakkhattag±ho-
yeva. Ukk±p±toti ±k±sato ukk±na½ patana½. Dis±¹±hoti dis±k±lusiya½ aggisikha-
dh³masikh±d²hi ±kulabh±vo viya. Devadudrabh²ti sukkhaval±hakagajjana½. Ugga-
mananti udayana½. Okkamananti atthaªgamana½. Sa½kilesanti avisuddhat±.
Vod±nanti visuddhat±. Eva½ vip±koti lokassa eva½ vividhasukhadukkh±vaho.
25. Suvuµµhik±ti devassa samm±dh±r±nuppavecchana½. Dubbuµµhik±ti ava-
gg±ho, vassavibandhoti vutta½ hoti. Mudd±ti hatthamudd±. Gaºan± vuccati acchi-
ddakagaºan±. Saªkh±nanti saªkalanasaµupp±dan±divasena piº¹agaºan±. Yassa
s± paguº± hoti, so rukkhampi disv± ettak±ni ettha paºº±n²ti j±n±ti. K±veyyanti
“catt±rome, bhikkhave, kav². Katame catt±ro? Cint±kavi, sutakavi, atthakavi, paµi-
bh±nakav²”ti (a. ni. 4.231). Imesa½ catunna½ kav²na½ attano cint±vasena v±;
“vessantaro n±ma r±j± ahos²”ti-±d²ni sutv± sutavasena v±; imassa aya½ attho,
eva½ ta½ yojess±m²ti eva½ atthavasena v±; kiñcideva disv± tappaµibh±ga½
kattabba½ kariss±m²ti eva½ µh±nuppattikapaµibh±navasena v±; j²vikatth±ya kabya-
karaºa½. Lok±yata½ vuttameva.
26. ¾v±hana½ n±ma imassa d±rakassa asukakulato asukanakkhattena d±rika½
±neth±ti ±v±hakaraºa½. Viv±hananti ima½ d±rika½ asukassa n±ma d±rakassa
asukanakkhattena detha, evamass± vu¹¹hi bhavissat²ti viv±hakaraºa½. Sa½vara-
ºanti sa½varaºa½ n±ma ‘ajja nakkhatta½ sundara½, ajjeva samagg± hotha, iti vo
viyogo na bhavissat²’ti eva½ samaggakaraºa½. Vivaraºa½ n±ma ‘sace viyujjituk±-
mattha, ajjeva viyujjatha (1.0091), iti vo puna sa½yogo na bhavissat²’ti eva½ visa½-
yogakaraºa½. Saªkiraºanti ‘uµµh±na½ v± iºa½ v± dinna½ dhana½ ajja saªka-
¹¹hatha, ajja saªka¹¹hitañhi ta½ th±vara½ hot²’ti eva½ dhanapiº¹±pana½. Vikira-
ºanti ‘sace payoga-uddh±r±divasena dhana½ payojituk±mattha, ajja payojita½
diguºacatugguºa½ hot²’ti eva½ dhanapayoj±pana½. Subhagakaraºanti piyaman±-
pakaraºa½ v± sassir²kakaraºa½ v±. Dubbhagakaraºanti tabbipar²ta½. Viruddhaga-
bbhakaraºanti viruddhassa vil²nassa aµµhitassa matassa gabbhassa karaºa½.
Puna avin±s±ya bhesajjad±nanti attho. Gabbho hi v±tena, p±ºakehi, kammun±
c±ti t²hi k±raºehi vinassati. Tattha v±tena vinassante nibb±pan²ya½ s²tala½
bhesajja½ deti, p±ºakehi vinassante p±ºak±na½ paµikamma½ karoti, kammun±
vinassante pana buddh±pi paµib±hitu½ na sakkonti.
Jivh±nibandhananti mantena jivh±ya bandhakaraºa½. Hanusa½hanananti
mukhabandhamantena yath± hanuka½ c±letu½ na sakkonti, eva½ bandhaka-
raºa½. Hatth±bhijappananti hatth±na½ parivattanattha½ mantajappana½.
Tasmi½ kira mante sattapadantare µhatv± jappite itaro hatthe parivattetv± khipati.
Kaººajappananti kaººehi sadda½ assavanatth±ya vijj±ya jappana½. Ta½ kira
jappitv± vinicchayaµµh±ne ya½ icchati, ta½ bhaºati, paccatthiko ta½ na suº±ti, tato
paµivacana½ samp±detu½ na sakkoti. ¾d±sapañhanti ±d±se devata½ ot±retv±
pañhapucchana½. Kum±rikapañhanti kum±rik±ya sar²re devata½ ot±retv± pañha-
pucchana½. Devapañhanti d±siy± sar²re devata½ ot±retv± pañhapucchana½. ¾di-
ccupaµµh±nanti j²vikatth±ya ±diccap±ricariy±. Mahatupaµµh±nanti tatheva mah±bra-
hmap±ricariy±. Abbhujjalananti mantena mukhato aggij±l±n²haraºa½. Sirivh±ya-
nanti “ehi siri, mayha½ sire patiµµh±h²”ti eva½ sirena siriy± avh±yana½.
27. Santikammanti devaµµh±na½ gantv± sace me ida½ n±ma samijjhissati,
tumh±ka½ imin± ca imin± ca upah±ra½ kariss±m²ti samiddhik±le kattabba½ santi-
paµissavakamma½. Tasmi½ pana samiddhe tassa karaºa½ paºidhikamma½
n±ma. Bh³rikammanti bh³righare vasitv± gahitamantassa payogakaraºa½. Vassa-
kamma½ vossakammanti ettha vassoti puriso, vossoti paº¹ako. Iti vossassa (1.0092
vassakaraºa½ vassakamma½, vassassa vossakaraºa½ vossakamma½. Ta½
pana karonto acchandikabh±vamatta½ p±peti, na liªga½ antaradh±petu½
sakkoti. Vatthukammanti akatavatthusmi½ gehapatiµµh±pana½. Vatthuparika-
mmanti “idañcidañc±harath±”ti vatv± vatthubalikammakaraºa½. ¾camananti uda-
kena mukhasuddhikaraºa½. Nh±pananti aññesa½ nh±pana½. Juhananti tesa½
atth±ya aggijuhana½. Vamananti yoga½ datv± vamanakaraºa½. Virecanepi
eseva nayo. Uddha½virecananti uddha½ dos±na½ n²haraºa½. Adhovirecananti
adho dos±na½ n²haraºa½. S²savirecananti sirovirecana½. Kaººatelanti
kaºº±na½ bandhanattha½ v± vaºaharaºattha½ v± bhesajjatelapacana½. Nettata-
ppananti akkhitappanatela½. Natthukammanti telena yojetv± natthukaraºa½. Añja-
nanti dve v± t²ºi v± paµal±ni n²haraºasamattha½ kh±rañjana½. Paccañjananti
nibb±pan²ya½ s²talabhesajjañjana½. S±l±kiyanti sal±kavejjakamma½. Sallakatti-
yanti sallakattavejjakamma½. D±rakatikicch± vuccati kom±rabhaccavejjakamma½.
M³labhesajj±na½ anupp±dananti imin± k±yatikicchana½ dasseti. Osadh²na½ paµi-
mokkhoti kh±r±d²ni datv± tadanur³pe vaºe gate tesa½ apanayana½.

Ett±vat± mah±s²la½ niµµhita½ hoti.

Pubbantakappikasassatav±davaººan±

28. Eva½ brahmadattena vuttavaººassa anusandhivasena tividha½ s²la½

vitth±retv± id±ni bhikkhusaªghena vuttavaººassa anusandhivasena– “atthi,
bhikkhave, aññeva dhamm± gambh²r± duddas±”ti-±din± nayena suññat±pak±-
sana½ ±rabhi. Tattha dhamm±ti guºe, desan±ya½, pariyattiya½, nissatteti evam±-
d²su dhammasaddo vattati.
“Na hi dhammo adhammo ca, ubho samavip±kino;
adhammo niraya½ neti, dhammo p±peti suggatin”ti. (therag±. 304);
¾d²su hi guºe dhammasaddo. “Dhamma½, vo bhikkhave, desess±mi ±dikaly±-
ºan”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 3.420) desan±ya½. “Idha bhikkhu dhamma½ pariy±puº±ti
sutta½ (1.0093), geyyan”ti-±d²su (a. ni. 5.73) pariyattiya½. “Tasmi½ kho pana
samaye dhamm± honti, khandh± hont²”ti-±d²su (dha. sa. 121) nissatte. Idha pana
guºe vattati. Tasm± atthi, bhikkhave, aññeva tath±gatassa guº±ti evamettha attho
daµµhabbo.
Gambh²r±ti mah±samuddo viya makasatuº¹as³ciy± aññatra tath±gat± aññesa½
ñ±ºena alabbhaneyyapatiµµh±, gambh²ratt±yeva duddas±. Duddasatt±yeva duranu-
bodh±. Nibbutasabbapari¼±hatt± sant±, sant±rammaºesu pavattanatopi sant±. Ati-
ttikaraºaµµhena paº²t±, s±durasabhojana½ viya. Uttamañ±ºavisayatt± na takkena
avacaritabb±ti atakk±vacar±. Nipuº±ti saºhasukhumasabh±vatt±. B±l±na½ avisa-
yatt±, paº¹itehiyeva veditabb±ti paº¹itavedan²y±.
Ye tath±gato saya½ abhiññ± sacchikatv± pavedet²ti ye dhamme tath±gato ana-
ññaneyyo hutv± sayameva abhivisiµµhena ñ±ºena paccakkha½ katv± pavedeti,
d²peti, katheti, pak±set²ti attho. Yeh²ti yehi guºadhammehi. Yath±bhuccanti yath±-
bh³ta½. Vaººa½ samm± vadam±n± vadeyyunti tath±gatassa vaººa½ vattuk±m±
samm± vadeyyu½, ah±petv± vattu½ sakkuºeyyunti attho. Katame ca pana te
dhamm± bhagavat± eva½ thomit±ti? Sabbaññutaññ±ºa½. Yadi eva½, kasm±
bahuvacananiddeso katoti? Puthucittasam±yogato ceva, puthu-±rammaºato ca.
Tañhi cat³su ñ±ºasampayuttamah±kiriyacittesu labbhati, na cassa koci dhammo
±rammaºa½ n±ma na hoti. Yath±ha– “at²ta½ sabba½ j±n±t²ti sabbaññutaññ±ºa½,
tattha ±varaºa½ natth²ti an±varaºañ±ºan”ti-±di (paµi. ma. 1.120). Iti puthucittasa-
m±yogato punappuna½ uppattivasena puthu-±rammaºato ca bahuvacanani-
ddeso katoti.
“Aññev±”ti ida½ panettha vavatth±panavacana½, “aññeva, na p±º±tip±t± vera-
maºi-±dayo. Gambh²r±va na utt±n±”ti eva½ sabbapadehi yojetabba½. S±vakap±-
ram²ñ±ºañhi gambh²ra½, paccekabodhiñ±ºa½ pana tato gambh²rataranti tattha
vavatth±na½ natthi, sabbaññutaññ±ºañca tatopi gambh²rataranti tatth±pi vava-
tth±na½ natthi, ito panañña½ gambh²ratara½ natthi; tasm± gambh²r± v±ti vava-
tth±na½ labbhati. Tath± duddas±va duranubodh± v±ti sabba½ veditabba½.
Katame (1.0094) ca te bhikkhaveti aya½ pana tesa½ dhamm±na½ kathetuka-
myat± pucch±. Santi, bhikkhave, eke samaºabr±hmaº±ti-±di pucch±vissajjana½.
Kasm± paneta½ eva½ ±raddhanti ce? Buddh±nañhi catt±ri µh±n±ni patv± gajjita½
mahanta½ hoti, ñ±ºa½ anupavisati, buddhañ±ºassa mahantabh±vo paññ±yati,
desan± gambh²r± hoti, tilakkhaº±hat±, suññat±paµisa½yutt±. Katam±ni catt±ri?
Vinayapaññatti½, bh³mantara½, paccay±k±ra½, samayantaranti. Tasm±– “ida½
lahuka½, ida½ garuka½, ida½ satekiccha½, ida½ atekiccha½, aya½ ±patti, aya½
an±patti, aya½ chejjag±min², aya½ vuµµh±nag±min², aya½ desan±g±min², aya½
lokavajj±, aya½ paººattivajj±, imasmi½ vatthusmi½ ida½ paññapetabban”ti ya½
eva½ otiººe vatthusmi½ sikkh±padapaññ±pana½ n±ma, tattha aññesa½ th±mo
v± bala½ v± natthi; avisayo esa aññesa½, tath±gatasseva visayo. Iti vinayapa-
ññatti½ patv± buddh±na½ gajjita½ mahanta½ hoti, ñ±ºa½ anupavisati …pe…
suññat±paµisa½yutt±ti.
Tath± ime catt±ro satipaµµh±n± n±ma …pe… ariyo aµµhaªgiko maggo n±ma,
pañca khandh± n±ma, dv±dasa ±yatan±ni n±ma, aµµh±rasa dh±tuyo n±ma, catt±ri
ariyasacc±ni n±ma, b±v²satindriy±ni n±ma, nava het³ n±ma, catt±ro ±h±r± n±ma,
satta phass± n±ma, satta vedan± n±ma, satta saññ± n±ma, satta cetan± n±ma,
satta citt±ni n±ma. Etesu ettak± k±m±vacar± dhamm± n±ma, ettak± r³p±vacara-a-
r³p±vacarapariy±pann± dhamm± n±ma, ettak± lokiy± dhamm± n±ma, ettak± loku-
ttar± dhamm± n±m±ti catuv²satisamantapaµµh±na½ anantanaya½ abhidhammapi-
µaka½ vibhajitv± kathetu½ aññesa½ th±mo v± bala½ v± natthi, avisayo esa
aññesa½, tath±gatasseva visayo. Iti bh³mantarapariccheda½ patv± buddh±na½
gajjita½ mahanta½ hoti, ñ±ºa½ anupavisati …pe… suññat±paµisa½yutt±ti.
 Tath± aya½ avijj± saªkh±r±na½ navah±k±rehi paccayo hoti, upp±do hutv±
paccayo hoti, pavatta½ hutv±, nimitta½, ±y³hana½, sa½yogo, palibodho, samu-
dayo, hetu, paccayo hutv± paccayo hoti, tath± saªkh±r±dayo viññ±º±d²na½.
Yath±ha– “katha½ paccayapariggahe paññ± dhammaµµhitiñ±ºa½? Avijj± saªkh±-
r±na½ upp±daµµhiti ca pavattaµµhiti ca, nimittaµµhiti (1.0095) ca, ±y³hanaµµhiti ca,
sa½yogaµµhiti ca, palibodhaµµhiti ca, samudayaµµhiti ca, hetuµµhiti ca, paccayaµµhiti
ca, imehi navah±k±rehi avijj± paccayo, saªkh±r± paccayasamuppann±, ubhopete
dhamm± paccayasamuppann±ti paccayapariggahe paññ± dhammaµµhitiñ±ºa½.
At²tampi addh±na½, an±gatampi addh±na½ avijj± saªkh±r±na½ upp±daµµhiti ca
…pe… j±ti jar±maraºassa upp±daµµhiti ca …pe… paccayaµµhiti ca, imehi navah±-
k±rehi j±ti paccayo, jar±maraºa½ paccayasamuppanna½, ubhopete dhamm±
paccayasamuppann±ti paccayapariggahe paññ± dhammaµµhitiñ±ºan”ti (paµi. ma.
1.45). Evamima½ tassa tassa dhammassa tath± tath± paccayabh±vena pavatta½
tivaµµa½ tiyaddha½ tisandhi½ catusaªkhepa½ v²sat±k±ra½ paµiccasamupp±da½
vibhajitv± kathetu½ aññesa½ th±mo v± bala½ v± natthi, avisayo esa aññesa½,
tath±gatasseva visayo, iti paccay±k±ra½ patv± buddh±na½ gajjita½ mahanta½
hoti, ñ±ºa½ anupavisati …pe… suññat±paµisa½yutt±ti.
Tath± catt±ro jan± sassatav±d± n±ma, catt±ro ekaccasassatav±d±, catt±ro ant±-
nantik±, catt±ro amar±vikkhepik±, dve adhiccasamuppannik±, so¼asa saññ²v±d±,
aµµha asaññ²v±d±, aµµha nevasaññ²n±saññ²v±d±, satta ucchedav±d±, pañca diµµha-
dhammanibb±nav±d± n±ma. Te ida½ niss±ya ida½ gaºhant²ti dv±saµµhi diµµhiga-
t±ni bhinditv± nijjaµa½ niggumba½ katv± kathetu½ aññesa½ th±mo v± bala½ v±
natthi, avisayo esa aññesa½, tath±gatasseva visayo. Iti samayantara½ patv±
buddh±na½ gajjita½ mahanta½ hoti, ñ±ºa½ anupavisati, buddhañ±ºassa maha-
ntat± paññ±yati, desan± gambh²r± hoti, tilakkhaº±hat±, suññat±paµisa½yutt±ti.
Imasmi½ pana µh±ne samayantara½ labbhati, tasm± sabbaññutaññ±ºassa
mahantabh±vadassanattha½ desan±ya ca suññat±pak±sanavibh±vanattha½
samayantara½ anupavisanto dhammar±j±– “santi, bhikkhave, eke samaºabr±hma-
º±”ti eva½ pucch±vissajjana½ ±rabhi.
29. Tattha sant²Ti atthi sa½vijjanti upalabbhanti. BhikkhaveTi ±lapanavacana½.
Eketi ekacce. Samaºabr±hmaº±ti pabbajj³pagatabh±vena samaº±, j±tiy±
br±hmaº±. Lokena v± samaº±ti ca br±hmaº±ti ca eva½ sammat±. Pubbanta½
kappetv± vikappetv± gaºhant²ti pubbantakappik±. Pubbantakappo v± (1.0096)
etesa½ atth²ti pubbantakappik±. Tattha antoti aya½ saddo anta-abbhantaramariy±-
dal±makaparabh±gakoµµh±sesu dissati. “Antap³ro udarap³ro”ti-±d²su hi ante anta-
saddo. “Caranti loke pariv±rachann± anto asuddh± bahi sobham±n±”ti-±d²su (sa½.
ni. 1.122) abbhantare. “K±yabandhanassa anto j²rati (c³¼ava. 278). “S± haritanta½
v± panthanta½ v± selanta½ v± udakanta½ v±”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 1.304) mariy±-
d±ya½. “Antamida½, bhikkhave, j²vik±na½ yadida½ piº¹olyan”ti-±d²su (sa½. ni. 3.
80) l±make. “Esevanto dukkhass±”ti-±d²su (sa½. ni. 2.51) parabh±ge. Sabbapa-
ccayasaªkhayo hi dukkhassa parabh±go koµ²ti vuccati. “Sakk±yo kho, ±vuso, eko
anto”ti-±d²su (a. ni. 6.61) koµµh±se. Sv±ya½ idh±pi koµµh±se vattati.
 Kappasaddopi– “tiµµhatu, bhante bhagav± kappa½” (d². ni. 2.167), “atthi kappo
nipajjitu½” (a. ni. 8.80), “kappakatena akappakata½ sa½sibbita½ hot²”ti, (p±ci.
371) eva½ ±yukappalesakappavinayakapp±d²su sambahulesu atthesu vattati.
Idha taºh±diµµh²su vattat²ti veditabbo. Vuttampi ceta½– “kapp±ti dve kapp±, taºh±-
kappo ca diµµhikappo c±”ti (mah±ni. 28). Tasm± taºh±diµµhivasena at²ta½ khandha-
koµµh±sa½ kappetv± pakappetv± µhit±ti pubbantakappik±ti evamettha attho vedi-
tabbo. Tesa½ eva½ pubbanta½ kappetv± µhit±na½ punappuna½ uppajjanava-
sena pubbantameva anugat± diµµh²ti pubbant±nudiµµhino. Te eva½diµµhino ta½
pubbanta½ ±rabbha ±gamma paµicca aññampi jana½ diµµhigatika½ karont± aneka-
vihit±ni adhimuttipad±ni abhivadanti aµµh±rasahi vatth³hi.
Tattha anekavihit±n²ti anekavidh±ni. Adhimuttipad±n²ti adhivacanapad±ni. Atha
v± bh³ta½ attha½ abhibhavitv± yath±sabh±vato aggahetv± pavattanato adhimutti-
yoti diµµhiyo vuccanti. Adhimutt²na½ pad±ni adhimuttipad±ni, diµµhid²pak±ni vacan±-
n²ti attho. Aµµh±rasahi vatth³h²ti aµµh±rasahi k±raºehi.
30. Id±ni (1.0097) yehi aµµh±rasahi vatth³hi abhivadanti, tesa½ kathetukamya-
t±ya pucch±ya “te ca kho bhonto”ti-±din± nayena pucchitv± t±ni vatth³ni vibhajitv±
dassetu½ “santi, bhikkhave”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha vadanti eten±ti v±do, diµµhigata-
sseta½ adhivacana½. Sassato v±do etesanti sassatav±d±, sassatadiµµhinoti attho.
Eteneva nayena ito paresampi evar³p±na½ pad±na½ attho veditabbo. Sassata½
att±nañca lokañc±ti r³p±d²su aññatara½ att±ti ca lokoti ca gahetv± ta½ sassata½
amara½ nicca½ dhuva½ paññapenti. Yath±ha– “r³pa½ att± ceva loko ca sassato
c±ti att±nañca lokañca paññapenti tath± vedana½, sañña½, saªkh±re, viññ±ºa½
att± ceva loko ca sassato c±ti att±nañca lokañca paññapent²”ti.
31. ¾tappamanv±y±ti-±d²su v²riya½ kiles±na½ ±t±panabh±vena ±tappanti
vutta½. Tadeva padahanavasena padh±na½. Punappuna½ yuttavasena anuyo-
goti. Eva½ tippabheda½ v²riya½ anv±ya ±gamma paµicc±ti attho. Appam±do
vuccati satiy± avippav±so. Samm± manasik±roti up±yamanasik±ro, pathamanasi-
k±ro, atthato ñ±ºanti vutta½ hoti. Yasmiñhi manasik±re µhitassa pubbeniv±s±nu-
ssati ñ±ºa½ ijjhati, aya½ imasmi½ µh±ne manasik±roti adhippeto. Tasm± v²ri-
yañca satiñca ñ±ºañca ±gamm±ti ayamettha saªkhepattho. Tath±r³panti tath±j±-
tika½. Cetosam±dhinti cittasam±dhi½. Phusat²ti vindati paµilabhati. Yath± sam±hite
citteti yena sam±dhin± samm± ±hite suµµhu µhapite cittamhi anekavihita½ pubbeni-
v±santi-±d²na½ attho visuddhimagge vutto.
So evam±h±ti so eva½ jh±n±nubh±vasampanno hutv± diµµhigatiko eva½ vadati.
Vañjhoti vañjhapasuvañjhat±l±dayo viya aphalo kassaci ajanakoti. Etena “att±”ti
ca “loko”ti ca gahit±na½ jh±n±d²na½ r³p±dijanakabh±va½ paµikkhipati. Pabbata-
k³µa½ viya µhitoti k³µaµµho. Esikaµµh±yiµµhitoti esikaµµh±y² viya hutv± µhitoti esikaµµh±-
yiµµhito. Yath± sunikh±to esikatthambho niccalo tiµµhati, eva½ µhitoti attho. Ubhaye-
napi lokassa vin±s±bh±va½ d²peti. Keci pana ²sikaµµh±yiµµhitoti p±¼i½ vatv± muñje
²sik± viya µhitoti vadanti (1.0098). Tatr±yamadhipp±yo– yadida½ j±yat²ti vuccati,
ta½ muñjato ²sik± viya vijjam±nameva nikkhamati. Yasm± ca ²sikaµµh±yiµµhito,
tasm± teva satt± sandh±vanti, ito aññattha gacchant²ti attho.
 Sa½sarant²ti apar±para½ sañcaranti. Cavant²ti eva½ saªkhya½ gacchanti.
Tath± upapajjant²ti. Aµµhakath±ya½ pana pubbe “sassato att± ca loko c±”ti vatv±
id±ni te ca satt± sandh±vant²ti-±din± vacanena aya½ diµµhigatiko attan±yeva
attano v±da½ bhindati, diµµhigatikassa dassana½ n±ma na nibaddha½, thusar±-
simhi nikh±takh±ºu viya cañcala½, ummattakapacchiya½ p³vakhaº¹ag³thagoma-
y±d²ni viya cettha sundarampi asundarampi hoti yev±ti vutta½. Atthitveva sassatisa-
manti ettha sassat²ti nicca½ vijjam±nat±ya mah±pathavi½va maññati, tath± sineru-
pabbatacandimas³riye. Tato tehi sama½ att±na½ maññam±n± atthi tveva sassati-
samanti vadanti.
Id±ni sassato att± ca loko c±ti-±dik±ya paµiññ±ya s±dhanattha½ hetu½
dassento “ta½ kissa hetu? Ahañhi ±tappamanv±y±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha imin±maha½
eta½ j±n±m²ti imin± vises±dhigamena aha½ eta½ paccakkhato j±n±mi, na
kevala½ saddh±mattakeneva vad±m²ti dasseti, mak±ro panettha padasandhikara-
ºattha½ vutto. Ida½, bhikkhave, paµhama½ µh±nanti cat³hi vatth³h²ti vatthusa-
ddena vuttesu cat³su µh±nesu ida½ paµhama½ µh±na½, ida½ j±tisatasahassama-
tt±nussaraºa½ paµhama½ k±raºanti attho.
32-33. Upari v±radvayepi eseva nayo. Kevalañhi aya½ v±ro anekaj±tisatasaha-
ss±nussaraºavasena vutto. Itare dasacatt±l²sasa½vaµµavivaµµakapp±nussaraºava-
sena. Mandapañño hi titthiyo anekaj±tisatasahassamatta½ anussarati, majjhima-
pañño dasasa½vaµµavivaµµakapp±ni, tikkhapañño catt±l²sa½, na tato uddha½.
34. Catutthav±re takkayat²ti takk², takko v± assa atth²ti takk². Takketv± vita-
kketv± diµµhig±hino eta½ adhivacana½. V²ma½s±ya samann±gatoti v²ma½s².
V²ma½s± n±ma tulan± ruccan± khaman±. Yath± hi puriso yaµµhiy± udaka½ v²ma½-
sitv± otarati, evameva yo tulayitv± ruccitv± (1.0099) kham±petv± diµµhi½ gaºh±ti,
so “v²ma½s²”ti veditabbo. Takkapariy±hatanti takkena pariy±hata½, tena tena
pariy±yena takketv±ti attho. V²ma½s±nucaritanti t±ya vuttappak±r±ya v²ma½s±ya
anucarita½. Saya½paµibh±nanti attano paµibh±namattasañj±ta½. Evam±h±ti
sassatadiµµhi½ gahetv± eva½ vadati.
Tattha catubbidho takk²– anussutiko, j±tissaro, l±bh², suddhatakkikoti. Tattha yo
“vessantaro n±ma r±j± ahos²”ti-±d²ni sutv± “tena hi yadi vessantarova bhagav±,
sassato att±”ti takkayanto diµµhi½ gaºh±ti, aya½ anussutiko n±ma. Dve tisso j±tiyo
saritv±– “ahameva pubbe asukasmi½ n±ma ahosi½, tasm± sassato att±”ti takka-
yanto j±tissaratakkiko n±ma. Yo pana l±bhit±ya “yath± me id±ni att± sukh² hoti, at²-
tepi eva½ ahosi, an±gatepi bhavissat²”ti takkayitv± diµµhi½ gaºh±ti, aya½ l±bh²ta-
kkiko n±ma. “Eva½ sati ida½ hot²”ti takkamatteneva gaºhanto pana suddhata-
kkiko n±ma.
35. Etesa½ v± aññataren±ti etesa½yeva catunna½ vatth³na½ aññatarena
ekena v± dv²hi v± t²hi v±. Natthi ito bahiddh±ti imehi pana vatth³hi bahi añña½
eka½ k±raºampi sassatapaññattiy± natth²ti appaµivattiya½ s²han±da½ nadati.
36. Tayida½, bhikkhave, tath±gato paj±n±t²ti bhikkhave, ta½ ida½ catubbi-
dhampi diµµhigata½ tath±gato n±nappak±rato j±n±ti. Tato ta½ paj±nan±k±ra½
dassento ime diµµhiµµh±n±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha diµµhiyova diµµhiµµh±n± n±ma. Api ca
diµµh²na½ k±raºampi diµµhiµµh±nameva. Yath±ha “katam±ni aµµha diµµhiµµh±n±ni?
Khandh±pi diµµhiµµh±na½, avijj±pi, phassopi, saññ±pi, vitakkopi, ayonisomanasik±-
ropi, p±pamittopi, paratoghosopi diµµhiµµh±nan”ti. “Khandh± hetu, khandh±
paccayo diµµhiµµh±na½ up±d±ya samuµµh±naµµhena, eva½ khandh±pi diµµhiµµh±na½.
Avijj± hetu …pe… p±pamitto hetu. Paratoghoso hetu, paratoghoso paccayo diµµhi-
µµh±na½ up±d±ya samuµµh±naµµhena, eva½ paratoghosopi diµµhiµµh±nan”ti (paµi.
ma. 1.124). Eva½gahit±ti diµµhisaªkh±t± t±va (1.0100) diµµhiµµh±n±– “sassato att±
ca loko c±”ti eva½gahit± ±dinn±, pavattit±ti attho. Eva½par±maµµh±ti nir±saªkaci-
ttat±ya punappuna½ ±maµµh± par±maµµh±, ‘idameva sacca½, moghamaññan’ti
pariniµµh±pit±. K±raºasaªkh±t± pana diµµhiµµh±n± yath± gayham±n± diµµhiyo samu-
µµh±penti, eva½ ±rammaºavasena ca pavattanavasena ca ±sevanavasena ca
gahit±. An±d²navadassit±ya punappuna½ gahaºavasena par±maµµh±. Eva½gati-
k±ti eva½ nirayatiracch±napettivisayagatik±na½ aññataragatik±. Eva½ abhisampa-
r±y±ti ida½ purimapadasseva vevacana½, eva½vidhaparalok±ti vutta½ hoti.
Tañca tath±gato paj±n±t²ti na kevalañca tath±gato sak±raºa½ sagatika½ diµµhi-
gatameva paj±n±ti, atha kho tañca sabba½ paj±n±ti, tato ca uttaritara½ s²lañceva
sam±dhiñca sabbaññutaññ±ºañca paj±n±ti. Tañca paj±nana½ na par±masat²ti
tañca eva½vidha½ anuttara½ visesa½ paj±nantopi aha½ paj±n±m²ti taºh±diµµhi-
m±napar±m±savasena tañca na par±masati. Apar±masato cassa paccattaññeva
nibbuti vidit±ti eva½ apar±masato cassa
apar±m±sapaccay± sayameva attan±yeva tesa½ par±m±sakiles±na½ nibbuti
vidit±. P±kaµa½, bhikkhave, tath±gatassa nibb±nanti dasseti.
Id±ni yath±paµipannena tath±gatena s± nibbuti adhigat±, ta½ paµipatti½
dassetu½ y±su vedan±su ratt± titthiy± “idha sukhino bhaviss±ma, ettha sukhino
bhaviss±m±”ti diµµhigahana½ pavisanti, t±sa½yeva vedan±na½ vasena kamma-
µµh±na½ ±cikkhanto vedan±na½ samudayañc±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha yath±bh³ta½
viditv±ti “avijj±samuday± vedan±samudayoti paccayasamudayaµµhena vedan±-
kkhandhassa udaya½ passati, taºh±samuday± vedan±samudayoti paccayasamu-
dayaµµhena vedan±kkhandhassa udaya½ passati, kammasamuday± vedan±samu-
dayoti paccayasamudayaµµhena vedan±kkhandhassa udaya½ passati, phassasa-
muday± vedan±samudayoti paccayasamudayaµµhena vedan±kkhandhassa
udaya½ passati (paµi. ma. 1.50). Nibbattilakkhaºa½ passantopi vedan±kkha-
ndhassa udaya½ passat²”ti imesa½ pañcanna½ lakkhaº±na½ vasena vedan±na½
samudaya½ yath±bh³ta½ viditv±; “avijj±nirodh± vedan±nirodhoti paccayanirodha-
µµhena vedan±kkhandhassa vaya½ passati, taºh±nirodh± vedan±nirodhoti pacca-
yanirodhaµµhena vedan±kkhandhassa vaya½ passati (1.0101), kammanirodh±
vedan±nirodhoti paccayanirodhaµµhena vedan±kkhandhassa vaya½ passati,
phassanirodh± vedan±nirodhoti paccayanirodhaµµhena vedan±kkhandhassa
vaya½ passati. Vipariº±malakkhaºa½ passantopi vedan±kkhandhassa vaya½
passat²”ti (paµi. ma. 1.50) imesa½ pañcanna½ lakkhaº±na½ vasena vedan±na½
atthaªgama½ yath±bh³ta½ viditv±, “ya½ vedana½ paµicca uppajjati sukha½
somanassa½, aya½ vedan±ya ass±do”ti (sa½. ni. 3.26) eva½ ass±dañca yath±-
bh³ta½ viditv±, “ya½ vedan± anicc± dukkh± vipariº±madhamm±, aya½ vedan±ya
±d²navo”ti eva½ ±d²navañca yath±bh³ta½ viditv±, “yo vedan±ya chandar±gavi-
nayo chandar±gappah±na½, ida½ vedan±ya nissaraºan”ti eva½ nissaraºañca
yath±bh³ta½ viditv± vigatachandar±gat±ya anup±d±no anup±d±vimutto,
bhikkhave, tath±gato; yasmi½ up±d±ne sati kiñci up±diyeyya, up±dinnatt± ca
khandho bhaveyya, tassa abh±v± kiñci dhamma½ anup±diyitv±va vimutto
bhikkhave tath±gatoti.
37. Ime kho te, bhikkhaveti ye te aha½– “katame, ca te, bhikkhave, dhamm±
gambh²r±”ti apucchi½, “ime kho te, bhikkhave, tañca tath±gato paj±n±ti tato ca
uttaritara½ paj±n±t²”ti eva½ niddiµµh± sabbaññutaññ±ºadhamm± gambh²r±
duddas± …pe… paº¹itavedan²y±ti veditabb±. Yehi tath±gatassa neva puthujjano,
na sot±pann±d²su aññataro vaººa½ yath±bh³ta½ vattu½ sakkoti, atha kho tath±-
gatova yath±bh³ta½ vaººa½ samm± vadam±no vadeyy±ti eva½ puccham±ne-
n±pi sabbaññutaññ±ºameva puµµha½, niyy±tenten±pi tadeva niyy±tita½, antar±
pana diµµhiyo vibhatt±ti.

Paµhamabh±ºav±ravaººan± niµµhit±.

Ekaccasassatav±davaººan±
 38. Ekaccasassatik±Ti ekaccasassatav±d±. Te duvidh± honti– sattekaccasassa-
tik±, saªkh±rekaccasassatik±ti. Duvidh±pi idha gahit±yeva.
39. Yanti nip±tamatta½. Kad±c²ti kismiñci k±le. Karahac²ti tasseva vevacana½.
D²ghassa addhunoti d²ghassa k±lassa. Accayen±ti atikkamena (1.0102). Sa½vaµµa-
t²ti vinassati. Yebhuyyen±ti ye uparibrahmalokesu v± ar³pesu v± nibbattanti, tada-
vasese sandh±ya vutta½. Jh±namanena nibbattatt± manomay±. P²ti tesa½
bhakkho ±h±roti p²tibhakkh±. Attanova tesa½ pabh±ti saya½pabh±. Antalikkhe
carant²ti antalikkhacar±. Subhesu uyy±navim±nakapparukkh±d²su tiµµhant²ti, subha-
µµh±yino subh± v± manorammavatth±bharaº± hutv± tiµµhant²ti subhaµµh±yino. Cira½
d²ghamaddh±nanti ukka½sena aµµha kappe.
40. Vivaµµat²ti saºµh±ti. Suñña½ brahmavim±nanti pakatiy± nibbattasatt±na½
natthit±ya suñña½, brahmak±yikabh³mi nibbattat²ti attho. Tassa katt± v± k±ret±
v± natthi, visuddhimagge vuttanayena pana kammapaccaya-utusamuµµh±n± rata-
nabh³mi nibbattati. Pakatinibbattiµµh±nesuyeva cettha uyy±nakapparukkh±dayo
nibbattanti. Atha satt±na½ pakatiy± vasitaµµh±ne nikanti uppajjati, te paµhama-
jjh±na½ bh±vetv± tato otaranti, tasm± atha kho aññataro sattoti-±dim±ha. ¾yu-
kkhay± v± puññakkhay± v±ti ye u¼±ra½ puññakamma½ katv± yattha katthaci app±-
yuke devaloke nibbattanti, te attano puññabalena µh±tu½ na sakkonti, tassa pana
devalokassa ±yuppam±ºeneva cavant²ti ±yukkhay± cavant²ti vuccanti. Ye pana
paritta½ puññakamma½ katv± d²gh±yukadevaloke nibbattanti, te y±vat±yuka½
µh±tu½ na sakkonti, antar±va cavant²ti puññakkhay± cavant²ti vuccanti. D²ghama-
ddh±na½ tiµµhat²ti kappa½ v± upa¹¹hakappa½ v±.
41. Anabhirat²ti aparass±pi sattassa ±gamanapatthan±. Y± pana paµighasampa-
yutt± ukkaºµhit±, s± brahmaloke natthi. Paritassan±ti ubbijjan± phandan±, s±
panes± t±satassan±, taºh±tassan±, diµµhitassan±, ñ±ºatassan±ti catubbidh± hoti.
Tattha “j±ti½ paµicca bhaya½ bhay±naka½ chambhitatta½ lomaha½so cetaso
utr±so. Jara½… by±dhi½… maraºa½ paµicca …pe… utr±so”ti (vibha. 921) aya½
t±satassan± n±ma. “Aho vata aññepi satt± itthatta½ ±gaccheyyun”ti (d². ni. 3.38)
aya½ taºh±tassan± n±ma. “Paritassitavipphanditamev±”ti aya½ diµµhitassan±
n±ma. “Tepi tath±gatassa dhammadesana½ (1.0103) sutv± yebhuyyena bhaya½
sa½vega½ sant±sa½ ±pajjant²”ti (a. ni. 4.33) aya½ ñ±ºatassan± n±ma. Idha pana
taºh±tassan±pi diµµhitassan±pi vaµµati. Brahmavim±nanti idha pana paµham±bhini-
bbattassa atthit±ya suññanti na vutta½. Upapajjant²ti upapattivasena upaga-
cchanti. Sahabyatanti sahabh±va½.
42. Abhibh³ti abhibhavitv± µhito jeµµhakohamasm²ti. Anabhibh³toti aññehi ana-
bhibh³to. Aññadatth³ti eka½savacane nip±to. Dassanavasena daso, sabba½
pass±m²ti attho. Vasavatt²ti sabba½ jana½ vase vattemi. Issaro katt± nimm±t±ti
aha½ loke issaro, aha½ lokassa katt± ca nimm±t± ca, pathav²– himavanta-sineru-
cakkav±¼a-mah±samudda-candima-s³riy± may± nimmit±ti. Seµµho sajit±ti aha½
lokassa uttamo ca sajit± ca, “tva½ khattiyo n±ma hohi, tva½ br±hmaºo, vesso,
suddo, gahaµµho, pabbajito n±ma. Antamaso tva½ oµµho hohi, goºo hoh²”ti “eva½
satt±na½ sa½visajet± ahan”ti maññati. Vas² pit± bh³tabhaby±nanti (d². ni. 1.17)
ahamasmi ciººavasit±ya vas², aha½ pit± bh³t±nañca bhaby±nañc±ti maññati.
Tattha aº¹ajajal±buj± satt± anto-aº¹akose ceva antovatthimhi ca bhaby± n±ma,
bahi nikkhantak±lato paµµh±ya bh³t± n±ma. Sa½sedaj± paµhamacittakkhaºe
bhaby±, dutiyato paµµh±ya bh³t±. Opap±tik± paµhama-iriy±pathe bhaby±, dutiyato
paµµh±ya bh³t±ti veditabb±. Te sabbepi mayha½ putt±ti saññ±ya “aha½ pit± bh³ta-
bhaby±nan”ti maññati.
Id±ni k±raºato s±dhetuk±mo– “may± ime satt± nimmit±”ti paµiñña½ katv± “ta½
kissa het³”ti-±dim±ha. Itthattanti itthabh±va½, brahmabh±vanti attho. Imin±
mayanti attano kammavasena cut±pi upapann±pi ca kevala½ maññan±matteneva
“imin± maya½ nimmit±”ti maññam±n± vaªkacchidde vaªka-±º² viya onamitv±
tasseva p±dam³la½ gacchant²ti.
43. Vaººavantataro c±ti vaººavantataro, abhir³po p±s±dikoti attho. Mahesakkha-
taroti issariyapariv±ravasena mah±yasataro.
44. Ýh±na½ (1.0104) kho panetanti k±raºa½ kho paneta½. So tato cavitv±
aññatra na gacchati, idheva ±gacchati, ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Ag±rasm±ti
geh±. Anag±riyanti pabbajja½. Pabbajj± hi yasm± ag±rassa hi ta½ kasigorakkh±-
dikamma½ tattha natthi, tasm± anag±riyanti vuccati. Pabbajat²ti upagacchati. Tato
para½ n±nussarat²Ti tato pubbeniv±s± para½ na sarati, saritu½ asakkonto tattha
µhatv± diµµhi½ gaºh±ti.
Niccoti-±d²su tassa upapatti½ apassanto niccoti vadati, maraºa½ apassanto
dhuvoti, sad±bh±vato sassatoti, jar±vasen±pi vipariº±massa abh±vato avipariº±-
madhammoti. Sesamettha paµhamav±re utt±namev±ti.
45-46. Dutiyav±re khi¹¹±ya padussanti vinassant²ti khi¹¹±padosik±, pad³sik±-
tipi p±¼i½ likhanti, s± aµµhakath±ya½ natthi. Ativelanti atik±la½, aticiranti attho.
Hassakhi¹¹±ratidhammasam±pann±ti hassarati dhammañceva khi¹¹±ratidha-
mmañca sam±pann± anuyutt±, ke¼ihassasukhañceva k±yikav±casikak²¼±su-
khañca anuyutt±, vuttappak±raratidhammasamaªgino hutv± viharant²ti attho.
Sati sammussat²ti kh±dan²yabhojan²yesu sati sammussati. Te kira puññavises±-
dhigatena mahantena attano sirivibhavena nakkhatta½ k²¼ant± t±ya sampattimaha-
ntat±ya– “±h±ra½ paribhuñjimha, na paribhuñjimh±”tipi na j±nanti. Atha ek±h±r±ti-
kkamanato paµµh±ya nirantara½ kh±dant±pi pivant±pi cavantiyeva, na tiµµhanti.
Kasm±? Kammajatejassa balavat±ya, karajak±yassa mandat±ya, manuss±nañhi
kammajatejo mando, karajak±yo balav±. Tesa½ tejassa mandat±ya karajak±-
yassa balavat±ya satt±hampi atikkamitv± uºhodaka-acchay±gu-±d²hi sakk±
vatthu½ upatthambhetu½. Dev±na½ pana tejo balav± hoti, karaja½ manda½. Te
eka½ ±h±ravela½ atikkamitv±va saºµh±tu½ na sakkonti. Yath± n±ma gimh±na½
majjhanhike tattap±s±ºe µhapita½ paduma½ v± uppala½ v± s±yanhasamaye
ghaµasaten±pi siñciyam±na½ p±katika½ na hoti, vinassatiyeva. Evameva pacch±
nirantara½ kh±dant±pi pivant±pi cavantiyeva, na (1.0105) tiµµhanti. Ten±ha “satiy±
sammos± te dev± tamh± k±y± cavant²”ti. Katame pana te dev±ti? Ime dev±ti aµµha-
kath±ya½ vic±raº± natthi, “dev±na½ kammajatejo balav± hoti, karaja½ ma-
n”ti avisesena vuttatt± pana ye keci kaba¼²k±r±h±r³paj²vino dev± eva½ karonti,
teyeva cavant²ti veditabb±. Keci pan±hu– “nimm±naratiparanimmitavasavattino te
dev±”ti. Khi¹¹±padussanamatteneva hete khi¹¹±padosik±ti vutt±. Sesamettha
purimanayeneva veditabba½.
47-48. Tatiyav±re manena padussanti vinassant²ti manopadosik±, ete c±tuma-
h±r±jik±. Tesu kira eko devaputto– nakkhatta½ k²¼iss±m²ti sapariv±ro rathena
v²thi½ paµipajjati, athañño nikkhamanto ta½ purato gacchanta½ disv±– ‘bho aya½
kapaºo’, adiµµhapubba½ viya eta½ disv±– “p²tiy± uddhum±to viya bhijjam±no viya
ca gacchat²”ti kujjhati. Purato gacchantopi nivattitv± ta½ kuddha½ disv±– kuddh±
n±ma suvidit± hont²ti kuddhabh±vamassa ñatv±– “tva½ kuddho, mayha½ ki½ kari-
ssasi, aya½ sampatti may± d±nas²l±d²na½ vasena laddh±, na tuyha½ vasen±”ti
paµikujjhati. Ekasmiñhi kuddhe itaro akuddho rakkhati, ubhosu pana kuddhesu
ekassa kodho itarassa paccayo hoti. Tassapi kodho itarassa paccayo hot²ti ubho
kandant±na½yeva orodh±na½ cavanti. Ayamettha dhammat±. Sesa½ vuttanaye-
neva veditabba½.
49-52. Takk²v±de aya½ cakkh±d²na½ bheda½ passati, citta½ pana yasm±
purima½ purima½ pacchimassa pacchimassa paccaya½ datv±va nirujjhati, tasm±
cakkh±d²na½ bhedato balavatarampi cittassa bheda½ na passati. So ta½ apa-
ssanto yath± n±ma sakuºo eka½ rukkha½ jahitv± aññasmi½ nil²yati, evameva
imasmi½ attabh±ve bhinne citta½ aññatra gacchat²ti gahetv± evam±ha. Sesa-
mettha vuttanayeneva veditabba½.
Ant±nantav±davaººan±
53. Ant±nantik±Ti ant±nantav±d±, anta½ v± ananta½ v± ant±nanta½ v± neva-
nt±n±nanta½ v± ±rabbha pavattav±d±ti attho.
 54-60. Antasaññ² (1.0106) Lokasmi½ viharat²Ti paµibh±ganimitta½ cakkav±¼apa-
riyanta½ ava¹¹hetv± ta½– “loko”ti gahetv± antasaññ² lokasmi½ viharati, cakkav±-
¼apariyanta½ katv± va¹¹hitakasiºo pana anantasaññ² hoti, uddhamadho ava-
¹¹hetv± pana tiriya½ va¹¹hetv± uddhamadho antasaññ², tiriya½ anantasaññ².
Takk²v±do vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Ime catt±ropi attan± diµµhapubb±nus±reneva
diµµhiy± gahitatt± pubbantakappikesu paviµµh±.

Amar±vikkhepav±davaººan±

61. Na marat²ti amar±. K± s±? Evantipi me noti-±din± nayena pariyantarahit±

diµµhigatikassa diµµhi ceva v±c± ca. Vividho khepoti vikkhepo, amar±ya diµµhiy±
v±c±ya ca vikkhepoti amar±vikkhepo, so etesa½ atth²ti amar±vikkhepik±, aparo
nayo– amar± n±ma ek± macchaj±ti, s± ummujjananimujjan±divasena udake
sandh±vam±n± gahetu½ na sakk±ti, evameva ayampi v±do itocito ca sandh±vati,
g±ha½ na upagacchat²ti amar±vikkhepoti vuccati. So etesa½ atth²ti amar±vikkhe-
pik±.
62. “Ida½ kusalan”ti yath±bh³ta½ nappaj±n±t²ti dasa kusalakammapathe yath±-
bh³ta½ nappaj±n±t²ti attho. Akusalepi dasa akusalakammapath±va adhippet±. So
mamassa vigh±toti “mus± may± bhaºitan”ti vippaµis±ruppattiy± mama vigh±to
assa, dukkha½ bhaveyy±ti attho. So mamassa antar±yoti so mama saggassa
ceva maggassa ca antar±yo assa. Mus±v±dabhay± mus±v±daparijegucch±ti
mus±v±de ottappena ceva hiriy± ca. V±c±vikkhepa½ ±pajjat²ti v±c±ya vikkhepa½
±pajjati. K²disa½? Amar±vikkhepa½, apariyantavikkhepanti attho.
Evantipi me noti-±d²su evantipi me noti aniyamitavikkhepo. Tath±tipi me noti
“sassato att± ca loko c±”ti vutta½ sassatav±da½ paµikkhipati. Aññath±tipi me noti
sassatato aññath± vutta½ ekaccasassata½ paµikkhipati. Notipi me noti– “na (1.0107)
hoti tath±gato para½ maraº±”ti vutta½ uccheda½ paµikkhipati. No notipi me noti
“neva hoti na na hot²”ti vutta½ takk²v±da½ paµikkhipati. Saya½ pana “ida½ kusala-
n”ti v± “akusalan”ti v± puµµho na kiñci by±karoti. “Ida½ kusalan”ti puµµho “evantipi
me no”ti vadati. Tato “ki½ akusalan”ti vutte “tath±tipi me no”ti vadati. “Ki½ ubha-
yato aññath±”ti vutte “aññath±tipi me no”ti vadati. Tato “tividhen±pi na hoti, ki½ te
laddh²”ti vutte “notipi me no”ti vadati. Tato “ki½ no noti te laddh²”ti vutte “no notipi
me no”ti eva½ vikkhepameva ±pajjati, ekasmimpi pakkhe na tiµµhati.
63. Chando v± r±go v±ti aj±nantopi sahas± kusalameva “kusalan”ti vatv± akusa-
lameva “akusalan”ti vatv± may± asukassa n±ma eva½ by±kata½, ki½ ta½ suby±-
katanti aññe paº¹ite pucchitv± tehi– “suby±kata½, bhadramukha, kusalameva
tay± kusala½, akusalameva akusalanti by±katan”ti vutte natthi may± sadiso
paº¹itoti eva½ me tattha chando v± r±go v± ass±ti attho. Ettha ca chando dubbala-
r±go, r±go balavar±go. Doso v± paµigho v±ti kusala½ pana “akusalan”ti, akusala½
v± “kusalan”ti vatv± aññe paº¹ite pucchitv± tehi– “duby±kata½ tay±”ti vutte etta-
kampi n±ma na j±n±m²ti tattha me assa doso v± paµigho v±ti attho. Idh±pi doso
dubbalakodho, paµigho balavakodho.
 Ta½ mamassa up±d±na½, so mamassa vigh±toti ta½ chandar±gadvaya½
mama up±d±na½ assa, dosapaµighadvaya½ vigh±to. Ubhayampi v± da¼haggaha-
ºavasena up±d±na½, vihananavasena vigh±to. R±go hi amuñcituk±mat±ya ±ra-
mmaºa½ gaºh±ti jal³k± viya. Doso vin±setuk±mat±ya ±s²viso viya. Ubhopi cete
sant±pakaµµhena vihananti yev±ti “up±d±nan”ti ca “vigh±to”ti ca vutt±. Sesa½
paµhamav±rasadisameva.
64. Paº¹it±ti (1.0108) paº¹iccena samann±gat±. Nipuº±ti saºhasukhumabu-
ddhino sukhuma-atthantara½ paµivijjhanasamatth±. Kataparappav±d±ti viññ±tapa-
rappav±d± ceva parehi saddhi½ katav±daparicay± ca. V±lavedhir³p±ti v±lavedhi-
dhanuggahasadis±. Te bhindant± maññeti v±lavedhi viya v±la½ sukhum±nipi
paresa½ diµµhigat±ni attano paññ±gatena bhindant± viya carant²ti attho. Te ma½
tatth±ti te samaºabr±hmaº± ma½ tesu kusal±kusalesu. Samanuyuñjeyyunti “ki½
kusala½, ki½ akusalanti attano laddhi½ vad±”ti laddhi½ puccheyyu½. Samanug±-
heyyunti “ida½ n±m±”ti vutte “kena k±raºena etamattha½ g±heyyun”ti k±raºa½
puccheyyu½. Samanubh±seyyunti “imin± n±ma k±raºen±”ti vutte k±raºe dosa½
dassetv± “na tva½ ida½ j±n±si, ida½ pana gaºha, ida½ vissajjeh²”ti eva½ samanu-
yuñjeyyu½. Na samp±yeyyanti na samp±deyya½, samp±detv± kathetu½ na sakku-
ºeyyanti attho. So mamassa vigh±toti ya½ ta½ punappuna½ vatv±pi asamp±-
yana½ n±ma, so mama vigh±to assa, oµµhat±lujivh±galasosanadukkhameva
ass±ti attho. Sesametth±pi paµhamav±rasadisameva.
65-66. Mandoti mandapañño apaññasseveta½ n±ma½. Mom³hoti atisamm³¼ho.
Hoti tath±gatoTi-±d²su satto “tath±gato”ti adhippeto. Sesamettha utt±nameva.
Imepi catt±ro pubbe pavattadhamm±nus±reneva diµµhiy± gahitatt± pubbantakappi-
kesu paviµµh±.

Adhiccasamuppannav±davaººan±

67. “Adhiccasamuppanno att± ca loko c±”ti dassana½ adhiccasamuppanna½.

Ta½ etesa½ atth²ti adhiccasamuppannik±. Adhiccasamuppannanti ak±raºasamu-
ppanna½.
68-73. Asaññasatt±ti desan±s²sameta½, acittupp±d± r³pamattaka-attabh±v±ti
attho. Tesa½ eva½ uppatti veditabb±– ekacco hi titth±yatane pabbajitv± v±yoka-
siºe parikamma½ katv± catutthajjh±na½ nibbattetv± jh±n± vuµµh±ya– “citte dosa½
passati, citte sati hatthacched±didukkhañceva (1.0109) sabbabhay±ni ca honti,
ala½ imin± cittena, acittakabh±vova santo”ti, eva½ citte dosa½ passitv± aparih²na-
jjh±no k±la½ katv± asaññasattesu nibbattati, cittamassa cuticittanirodhena idheva
nivattati, r³pakkhandhamattameva tattha p±tubhavati. Te tattha yath± n±ma jiy±ve-
gakkhitto saro yattako jiy±vego, tattakameva ±k±se gacchati. Evameva jh±navega-
kkhitt± upapajjitv± yattako jh±navego, tattakameva k±la½ tiµµhanti, jh±navege pana
parih²ne tattha r³pakkhandho antaradh±yati, idha pana paµisandhisaññ± uppajjati.
Yasm± pana t±ya idha uppannasaññ±ya tesa½ tattha cuti paññ±yati, tasm±
“saññupp±d± ca pana te dev± tamh± k±y± cavant²”ti vutta½. Santat±y±ti santabh±-
v±ya. Sesamettha utt±nameva. Takk²v±dopi vuttanayeneva veditabboti.

Aparantakappikavaººan±

74. Eva½ aµµh±rasa pubbantakappike dassetv± id±ni catucatt±r²sa½ aparantaka-

ppike dassetu½– “santi, bhikkhave”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha an±gatakoµµh±sasaªkh±ta½
aparanta½ kappetv± gaºhant²ti aparantakappik±, aparantakappo v± etesa½
atth²ti aparantakappik±. Eva½ sesampi pubbe vuttappak±ranayeneva veditabba½.

Saññ²v±davaººan±

75. Uddham±gh±tanik±ti ±gh±tana½ vuccati maraºa½, uddham±gh±tan±

att±na½ vadant²ti uddham±gh±tanik±. Saññ²ti pavatto v±do, saññ²v±do, so etesa½
atth²ti saññ²v±d±.
76-77. R³p² att±ti-±d²su kasiºar³pa½ “att±”ti tattha pavattasaññañcassa “saññ±”-
ti gahetv± v± ±j²vak±dayo viya takkamatteneva v± “r³p² att± hoti, arogo para½
maraº± saññ²”ti na½ paññapenti. Tattha arogoTi nicco. Ar³pasam±pattinimitta½
pana “att±”ti sam±pattisaññañcassa “saññ±”ti gahetv± v± nigaºµh±dayo viya
takkamatteneva v± “ar³p² att± hoti, arogo para½ maraº± saññ²”ti na½ paññapenti.
Tatiy± pana missakag±havasena pavatt± diµµhi. Catutth± takkag±heneva. Dutiya-
catukka½ (1.0110) ant±nantikav±de vuttanayeneva veditabba½. Tatiyacatukke
sam±pannakavasena ekattasaññ², asam±pannakavasena n±nattasaññ², parittaka-
siºavasena parittasaññ², vipulakasiºavasena appam±ºasaññ²ti veditabb±. Catu-
tthacatukke pana dibbena cakkhun± tikacatukkajjh±nabh³miya½ nibbattam±na½
disv± “ekantasukh²”ti gaºh±ti. Niraye nibbattam±na½ disv± “ekantadukkh²”ti.
Manussesu nibbattam±na½ disv± “sukhadukkh²”ti. Vehapphaladevesu nibbatta-
m±na½ disv± “adukkhamasukh²”ti gaºh±ti. Visesato hi pubbeniv±s±nussatiñ±ºal±-
bhino pubbantakappik± honti, dibbacakkhuk± aparantakappik±ti.

Asaññ²v±davaººan±

78-83. Asaññ²v±do saññ²v±de ±dimhi vutt±na½ dvinna½ catukk±na½ vasena

veditabbo. Tath± nevasaññ²n±saññ²v±do. Kevalañhi tattha “saññ² att±”ti gaºha-
nt±na½ t± diµµhiyo, idha “asaññ²”ti ca “nevasaññ²n±saññ²”ti ca. Tattha na ekantena
k±raºa½ pariyesitabba½. Diµµhigatikassa hi g±ho ummattakapacchisadisoti vutta-
meta½.

Ucchedav±davaººan±

84. Ucchedav±de satoTi vijjam±nassa. Ucchedanti upaccheda½. Vin±santi ada-

ssana½. Vibhavanti bh±vavigama½. Sabb±net±ni aññamaññavevacan±neva.
Tattha dve jan± ucchedadiµµhi½ gaºhanti, l±bh² ca al±bh² ca. L±bh² arahato
dibbena cakkhun± cuti½ disv± upapatti½ apassanto, yo v± cutimattameva daµµhu½
sakkoti, na upap±ta½; so ucchedadiµµhi½ gaºh±ti. Al±bh² ca “ko paraloka½ na
j±n±t²”ti k±masukhagiddhat±ya v±. “Yath± rukkhato paºº±ni patit±ni na puna viru-
hanti, evameva satt±”ti-±din± takkena v± uccheda½ gaºh±ti. Idha pana taºh±di-
µµh²na½ vasena tath± ca aññath± ca vikappetv±va im± satta diµµhiyo uppann±ti
veditabb±.
85. Tattha r³p²ti r³pav±. C±tumah±bh³tikoti catumah±bh³tamayo. M±t±pit³na½
etanti m±t±pettika½. Ki½ ta½? Sukkasoºita½. M±t±pettike (1.0111) sambh³to
j±toti m±t±pettikasambhavo. Iti r³pak±yas²sena manussattabh±va½ “att±”ti
vadati. Ittheketi ittha½ eke evameketi attho.
86. Dutiyo ta½ paµikkhipitv± dibbattabh±va½ vadati. Dibboti devaloke sambh³to.
K±m±vacaroti cha k±m±vacaradevapariy±panno. Kaba¼²k±ra½ ±h±ra½ bhakkha-
t²ti kaba¼²k±r±h±rabhakkho.
87. Manomayoti jh±namanena nibbatto. Sabbaªgapaccaªg²ti sabbaªgapacca-
ªgayutto. Ah²nindriyoti paripuººindriyo. Y±ni brahmaloke atthi, tesa½ vasena itare-
sañca saºµh±navaseneta½ vutta½.
88-92. Sabbaso r³pasaññ±na½ samatikkam±ti-±d²na½ attho visuddhimagge
vutto. ¾k±s±nañc±yatan³pagoti-±d²su pana ±k±s±nañc±yatanabhava½ upagatoti,
evamattho veditabbo. Sesamettha utt±namev±ti.

Diµµhadhammanibb±nav±davaººan±

93. Diµµhadhammanibb±nav±de diµµhadhammoti paccakkhadhammo vuccati,

tattha tattha paµiladdhattabh±vasseta½ adhivacana½.
Diµµhadhamme nibb±na½ diµµhadhammanibb±na½, imasmi½yeva attabh±ve
dukkhav³pasamananti attho. Ta½ vadant²ti diµµhadhammanibb±nav±d±. Parama-
diµµhadhammanibb±nanti parama½ diµµhadhammanibb±na½ uttamanti attho.
94. Pañcahi k±maguºeh²ti man±piyar³p±d²hi pañcahi k±makoµµh±sehi bandha-
nehi v±. Samappitoti suµµhu appito all²no hutv±. Samaªg²bh³toti samann±gato.
Paric±ret²ti tesu k±maguºesu yath±sukha½ indriy±ni c±reti sañc±reti itocito ca
upaneti. Atha v± la¼ati ramati k²¼ati. Ettha ca duvidh± k±maguº±– m±nusak± ceva
dibb± ca. M±nusak± mandh±tuk±maguºasadis± daµµhabb±, dibb± paranimmitava-
savattidevar±jassa k±maguºasadis±ti. Evar³pe k±me upagat±nañhi te diµµhadha-
mmanibb±nasampatti½ paññapenti.
95. Dutiyav±re (1.0112) hutv± abh±vaµµhena anicc± Paµip²¼anaµµhena dukkh±,
pakatijahanaµµhena vipariº±madhamm±ti veditabb±. Tesa½ vipariº±maññath±bh±-
v±ti tesa½ k±m±na½ vipariº±masaªkh±t± aññath±bh±v±, yampi me ahosi, tampi
me natth²ti vuttanayena uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassup±y±s±. Tattha
antonijjh±yanalakkhaºo soko, tannissital±lappanalakkhaºo paridevo, k±yappaµip²-
¼analakkhaºa½ dukkha½, manovigh±talakkhaºa½ domanassa½, vis±dalakkhaºo
up±y±so, vivicceva k±meh²ti-±d²namattho visuddhimagge vutto.
96. Vitakkitanti abhiniropanavasena pavatto vitakko. Vic±ritanti anumajjanava-
sena pavatto vic±ro. Etenetanti etena vitakkitena ca vic±ritena ca eta½ paµhama-
jjh±na½ o¼±rika½ sakaº¹aka½ viya kh±yati.
97-98. P²tigatanti p²tiyeva. Cetaso uppil±vitattanti cittassa uppilabh±vakaraºa½.
Cetaso ±bhogoti jh±n± vuµµh±ya tasmi½ sukhe punappuna½ cittassa ±bhogo
manasik±ro samann±h±roti. Sesamettha diµµhadhammanibb±nav±de utt±nameva.
Ett±vat± sabb±pi dv±saµµhidiµµhiyo kathit± honti. Y±sa½ satteva ucchedadiµµhiyo,
ses± sassatadiµµhiyo.
100-104. Id±ni– “imehi kho te, bhikkhave”ti imin± v±rena sabbepi te aparantaka-
ppike ekajjha½ niyy±tetv± sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ vissajjeti. Puna– “imehi, kho te
bhikkhave”ti-±din± v±rena sabbepi te pubbant±parantakappike ekajjha½ niyy±-
tetv± tadeva ñ±ºa½ vissajjeti. Iti “katame ca te, bhikkhave, dhamm±”ti-±dimhi
puccham±nopi sabbaññutaññ±ºameva pucchitv± vissajjam±nopi satt±na½ ajjh±-
saya½ tul±ya tulayanto viya sinerup±dato v±luka½ uddharanto viya dv±saµµhi
diµµhigat±ni uddharitv± sabbaññutaññ±ºameva vissajjeti. Evamaya½ yath±nusa-
ndhivasena desan± ±gat±.
Tayo hi suttassa anusandh²– pucch±nusandhi, ajjh±say±nusandhi, yath±nusa-
ndh²ti. Tattha “eva½ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavanta½ etadavoca– ki½ nu (1.0113
kho, bhante, orima½ t²ra½, ki½ p±rima½ t²ra½, ko majjhe sa½s²do, ko thale
uss±do, ko manussagg±ho, ko amanussagg±ho, ko ±vaµµagg±ho, ko antop³tibh±-
vo”ti (sa½. ni. 4.241) eva½ pucchant±na½ bhagavat± vissajjitasuttavasena
pucch±nusandhi veditabbo.
Atha kho aññatarassa bhikkhuno eva½ cetaso parivitakko udap±di– “iti kira bho
r³pa½ anatt±…, vedan±…, saññ±…, saªkh±r± …, viññ±ºa½ anatt±, anattakat±ni
kira kamm±ni kamatt±na½ phusissant²”ti. Atha kho bhagav± tassa bhikkhuno
cetas± ceto parivitakkamaññ±ya bhikkh³ ±mantesi– “µh±na½ kho paneta½,
bhikkhave, vijjati, ya½ idhekacco moghapuriso avidv± avijj±gato taºh±dhipate-
yyena cetas± satthus±sana½ atidh±vitabba½ maññeyya– “iti kira bho r³pa½
anatt± …pe… phusissant²”ti. Ta½ ki½ maññatha, bhikkhave, r³pa½ nicca½ v±
anicca½ v±”ti (ma. ni. 3.10). Eva½ paresa½ ajjh±saya½ viditv± bhagavat± vuttasu-
ttavasena ajjh±say±nusandhi veditabbo.
Yena pana dhammena ±dimhi desan± uµµhit±, tassa dhammassa anur³padha-
mmavasena v± paµipakkhavasena v± yesu suttesu upari desan± ±gacchati, tesa½
vasena yath±nusandhi veditabbo. Seyyathida½, ±kaªkheyyasutte heµµh± s²lena
desan± uµµhit±, upari cha abhiññ± ±gat±. Vatthasutte heµµh± kilesena desan±
uµµhit±, upari brahmavih±r± ±gat±. Kosambakasutte heµµh± bhaº¹anena uµµhit±,
upari s±raº²yadhamm± ±gat±. Kakac³pame heµµh± akkhantiy± uµµhit±, upari kaka-
c³pam± ±gat±. Imasmimpi brahmaj±le heµµh± diµµhivasena desan± uµµhit±, upari
suññat±pak±sana½ ±gata½. Tena vutta½– “evamaya½ yath±nusandhivasena
desan± ±gat±”ti.

Paritassitavipphanditav±ravaººan±

105-117. Id±ni mariy±davibh±gadassanattha½– “tatra bhikkhave”ti-±dik±

desan± ±raddh±. Tadapi tesa½ bhavata½ samaºabr±hmaº±na½ aj±nata½ apa-
ssata½ vedayita½ taºh±gat±na½ paritassitavipphanditamev±ti yena diµµhi-ass±-
dena (1.0114) diµµhisukhena diµµhivedayitena te somanassaj±t± sassata½ att±-
nañca lokañca paññapenti cat³hi vatth³hi, tadapi tesa½ bhavant±na½ samaºabr±-
hmaº±na½ yath±bh³ta½ dhamm±na½ sabh±va½ aj±nant±na½ apassant±na½
vedayita½ taºh±gat±na½ kevala½ taºh±gat±na½yeva ta½ vedayita½, tañca kho
paneta½ paritassitavipphanditameva. Diµµhisaªkh±tena ceva taºh±saªkh±tena ca
paritassitena vipphanditameva calitameva kampitameva thusar±simhi nikh±takh±-
ºusadisa½, na sot±pannassa dassanamiva niccalanti dasseti. Esa nayo ekaccasa-
ssatav±d±d²supi.

Phassapaccayav±ravaººan±

118-130. Puna– “tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaºabr±hmaº± sassatav±d±”ti-±di

paramparapaccayadassanattha½ ±raddha½. Tattha tadapi phassapaccay±ti yena
diµµhi-ass±dena diµµhisukhena diµµhivedayitena te somanassaj±t± sassata½ att±-
nañca lokañca paññapenti cat³hi vatth³hi, tadapi taºh±diµµhipariphandita½ veda-
yita½ phassapaccay±ti dasseti. Esa nayo sabbattha.
131-143. Id±ni tassa paccayassa diµµhivedayite balavabh±vadassanattha½
puna– “tatra, bhikkhave, ye te samaºabr±hmaº± sassatav±d±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha
te vata aññatra phass±ti te vata samaºabr±hmaº± ta½ vedayita½ vin± phassena
paµisa½vedissant²ti k±raºameta½ natth²ti. Yath± hi patato gehassa upatthambha-
natth±ya th³º± n±ma balavapaccayo hoti, na ta½ th³º±ya anupatthambhita½
µh±tu½ sakkoti, evameva phassopi vedan±ya balavapaccayo, ta½ vin± ida½ diµµhi-
vedayita½ natth²ti dasseti. Esa nayo sabbattha.

Diµµhigatik±dhiµµh±navaµµakath±vaººan±

144. Id±ni tatra bhikkhave, ye te samaºabr±hmaº± sassatav±d± sassata½ att±-

nañca lokañca paññapenti cat³hi vatth³hi, yepi te samaºabr±hmaº± ekaccasassa-
tik±ti-±din± nayena sabbadiµµhivedayit±ni sampiº¹eti. Kasm±? Upari phasse
pakkhipanatth±ya. Katha½? Sabbe te chahi phass±yatanehi phussa phussa paµi-
sa½vedent²ti. Tattha cha phass±yatan±ni n±ma– cakkhuphass±yatana½, sotapha-
ss±yatana½, gh±naphass±yatana½, jivh±phass±yatana½, k±yaphass±yatana½,
manophass±yatananti im±ni cha. Sañj±ti-samosaraºa-k±raºa-paººattimatta-
tthesu hi aya½ (1.0115) ±yatanasaddo pavattati. Tattha– “kambojo ass±na½ ±ya-
tana½, gunna½ dakkhiº±patho”ti sañj±tiya½ pavattati, sañj±tiµµh±neti attho.
“Manorame ±yatane, sevanti na½ vihaªgam±”ti (a. ni. 5.38) samosaraºe. “Sati
sati-±yatane”ti (a. ni. 3.102) k±raºe. “Araññ±yatane paººakuµ²su sammant²”ti (sa½.
ni. 1.255) paººattimatte. Sv±yamidha sañj±ti-±di-atthattayepi yujjati. Cakkh±d²su
hi phassapañcamak± dhamm± sañj±yanti samosaranti, t±ni ca tesa½ k±raºanti
±yatan±ni. Idha pana “cakkhuñca paµicca r³pe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññ±ºa½,
tiººa½ saªgati phasso”ti (sa½. ni. 2.43) imin± nayena phassas²seneva desana½
±ropetv± phassa½ ±di½ katv± paccayaparampara½ dassetu½ phass±yatan±d²ni
vutt±ni.
Phussa phussa paµisa½vedent²Ti phusitv± phusitv± paµisa½vedenti. Ettha ca
kiñc±pi ±yatan±na½ phusanakicca½ viya vutta½, tath±pi na tesa½ phusanaki-
ccat± veditabb±. Na hi ±yatan±ni phusanti, phassova ta½ ta½ ±rammaºa½
phusati, ±yatan±ni pana phasse upanikkhipitv± dassit±ni; tasm± sabbe te cha
phass±yatanasambhavena phassena r³p±d²ni ±rammaº±ni phusitv± ta½ diµµhive-
dana½ paµisa½vedayant²ti evamettha attho veditabbo.
Tesa½ vedan±paccay± taºh±Ti-±d²su vedan±ti cha phass±yatanasambhav±
vedan±. S± r³pataºh±dibhed±ya taºh±ya upanissayakoµiy± paccayo hoti. Tena
vutta½– “tesa½ vedan±paccay± taºh±”ti. S± pana catubbidhassa up±d±nassa
upanissayakoµiy± ceva sahaj±takoµiy± ca paccayo hoti. Tath± up±d±na½
bhavassa. Bhavo j±tiy± upanissayakoµiy± paccayo hoti.
J±t²ti panettha savik±r± pañcakkhandh± daµµhabb±, j±ti jar±maraºassa ceva
sok±d²nañca upanissayakoµiy± paccayo hoti. Ayamettha saªkhepo, vitth±rato
pana paµiccasamupp±dakath± visuddhimagge vutt±. Idha panassa payojanamatta-
meva veditabba½. Bhagav± hi vaµµakatha½ kathento– “purim±, bhikkhave, koµi na
paññ±yati avijj±ya, ‘ito pubbe avijj± n±hosi, atha pacch± samabhav²’ti evañceta½,
bhikkhave, vuccati, atha ca pana paññ±yati “idappaccay± avijj±”ti (a. ni. 10.61)
eva½ avijj±s²sena v±, purim±, bhikkhave, koµi (1.0116) na paññ±yati bhavata-
ºh±ya …pe… “idappaccay± bhavataºh±”ti (a. ni. 10.62) eva½ taºh±s²sena v±,
purim±, bhikkhave, koµi na paññ±yati bhavadiµµhiy± …pe… “idappaccay± bhavadi-
µµh²”ti eva½ diµµhis²sena v± kathesi”. Idha pana diµµhis²sena kathento vedan±r±-
gena uppajjam±n± diµµhiyo kathetv± vedan±m³laka½ paµiccasamupp±da½
kathesi. Tena ida½ dasseti– “evamete diµµhigatik±, ida½ dassana½ gahetv± t²su
bhavesu cat³su yon²su pañcasu gat²su sattasu viññ±ºaµµhit²su navasu satt±v±-
sesu ito ettha etto idh±ti sandh±vant± sa½sarant± yante yuttagoºo viya, thambhe
upanibaddhakukkuro viya, v±tena vippannaµµhan±v± viya ca vaµµadukkhameva
anuparivattanti, vaµµadukkhato s²sa½ ukkhipitu½ na sakkont²”ti.

Vivaµµakath±divaººan±

145. Eva½ diµµhigatik±dhiµµh±na½ vaµµa½ kathetv± id±ni yuttayogabhikkhu-adhi-

µµh±na½ katv± vivaµµa½ dassento– “yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkh³”ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha yatoti yad±. Channa½ phass±yatan±nanti yehi chahi phass±yatanehi
phusitv± paµisa½vedayam±n±na½ diµµhigatik±na½ vaµµa½ vattati, tesa½yeva
channa½ phass±yatan±na½. Samudayanti-±d²su avijj±samuday± cakkhusamuda-
yoti-±din± vedan±kammaµµh±ne vuttanayena phass±yatan±na½ samuday±dayo
veditabb±. Yath± pana tattha “phassasamuday± phassanirodh±”ti vutta½, eva-
midha, ta½ cakkh±d²su– “±h±rasamuday± ±h±ranirodh±”ti veditabba½. Man±ya-
tane “n±mar³pasamuday± n±mar³panirodh±”ti.
Uttaritara½ paj±n±t²ti diµµhigatiko diµµhimeva j±n±ti. Aya½ pana diµµhiñca diµµhito
ca uttaritara½ s²lasam±dhipaññ±vimuttinti y±va arahatt± j±n±ti. Ko eva½ j±n±t²ti?
Kh²º±savo j±n±ti, an±g±m², sakad±g±m², sot±panno, bahussuto, ganthadharo
bhikkhu j±n±ti, ±raddhavipassako j±n±ti. Desan± pana arahattanik³µeneva niµµh±-
pit±ti.
146. Eva½ (1.0117) vivaµµa½ kathetv± id±ni “desan±j±lavimutto diµµhigatiko
n±ma natth²”ti dassanattha½ puna– “ye hi keci, bhikkhave”ti ±rabhi. Tattha
antoj±l²kat±ti imassa mayha½ desan±j±lassa antoyeva kat±. Ettha sit± v±ti
etasmi½ mama desan±j±le sit± nissit± avasit±va. Ummujjam±n± ummujjant²ti ki½
vutta½ hoti? Te adho os²dant±pi uddha½ uggacchant±pi mama desan±j±le sit±va
hutv± os²danti ca uggacchanti ca. Ettha pariy±pann±ti ettha mayha½ desan±j±le
pariy±pann±, etena ±baddh± antoj±l²kat± ca hutv± ummujjam±n± ummujjanti, na
hettha asaªgahito diµµhigatiko n±ma atth²ti.
Sukhumacchiken±ti saºha-acchikena sukhumacchidden±ti attho. Kevaµµo viya
hi bhagav±, j±la½ viya desan±, paritta-udaka½ viya dasasahassilokadh±tu, o¼±rik±
p±º± viya dv±saµµhidiµµhigatik±. Tassa t²re µhatv± olokentassa o¼±rik±na½ p±º±na½
antoj±l²katabh±vadassana½ viya bhagavato sabbadiµµhigat±na½ desan±j±lassa
antokatabh±vadassananti evamettha opammasa½sandana½ veditabba½.
147. Eva½ im±hi dv±saµµhiy± diµµh²hi sabbadiµµh²na½ saªgahitatt± sabbesa½
diµµhigatik±na½ etasmi½ desan±j±le pariy±pannabh±va½ dassetv± id±ni attano
katthaci apariy±pannabh±va½ dassento– “ucchinnabhavanettiko, bhikkhave, tath±-
gatassa k±yo”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha nayanti et±y±ti netti. Nayant²ti g²v±ya bandhitv±
±ka¹¹hanti, rajjuy± eta½ n±ma½. Idha pana nettisadisat±ya bhavataºh± nett²ti
adhippet±. S± hi mah±jana½ g²v±ya bandhitv± ta½ ta½ bhava½ neti upanet²ti
bhavanetti. Arahattamaggasatthena ucchinn± bhavanetti ass±ti ucchinnabhavane-
ttiko.
K±yassa bhed± uddhanti k±yassa bhedato uddha½. J²vitapariy±d±n±ti j²vitassa
sabbaso pariy±dinnatt± parikkh²ºatt±, puna appaµisandhikabh±v±ti attho. Na ta½
dakkhant²ti ta½ tath±gata½. Dev± v± manuss± v± na dakkhissanti, apaººattika-
bh±va½ gamissat²ti attho.
Seyyath±pi (1.0118), bhikkhaveti, upam±ya½ pana ida½ sa½sandana½. Amba-
rukkho viya hi tath±gatassa k±yo, rukkhe j±tamah±vaºµo viya ta½ niss±ya pubbe
pavattataºh±. Tasmi½ vaºµe upanibaddh± pañcapakkadv±dasapakka-aµµh±rasa-
pakkaparim±º± ambapiº¹² viya taºh±ya sati taºh³panibandhan± hutv± ±yati½
nibbattanak± pañcakkhandh± dv±das±yatan±ni aµµh±rasa dh±tuyo. Yath± pana
tasmi½ vaºµe chinne sabb±ni t±ni amb±ni tadanvay±ni honti, ta½yeva vaºµa½ anu-
gat±ni, vaºµacched± chinn±ni yev±ti attho; evameva ye bhavanettivaºµassa anupa-
cchinnatt± ±yati½ uppajjeyyu½ pañcakkhandh± dv±das±yatan±ni aµµh±rasadh±-
tuyo, sabbe te dhamm± tadanvay± honti bhavanetti½ anugat±, t±ya chinn±ya
chinn± yev±ti attho.
Yath± pana tasmimpi rukkhe maº¹³kakaºµakavisasamphassa½ ±gamma anu-
pubbena sussitv± mate– “imasmi½ µh±ne evar³po n±ma rukkho ahos²”ti voh±ra-
mattameva hoti, na ta½ rukkha½ koci passati, eva½ ariyamaggasamphassa½
±gamma taºh±sinehassa pariy±dinnatt± anupubbena sussitv± viya bhinne
imasmi½ k±ye, k±yassa bhed± uddha½ j²vitapariy±d±n± na ta½ dakkhanti, tath±-
gatampi devamanuss± na dakkhissanti, evar³passa n±ma kira satthuno ida½
s±sananti voh±ramattameva bhavissat²ti anup±disesanibb±nadh±tu½ p±petv±
desana½ niµµhapesi.
148. Eva½ vutte ±yasm± ±nandoti eva½ bhagavat± imasmi½ sutte vutte thero
±dito paµµh±ya sabba½ sutta½ samann±haritv± eva½ buddhabala½ d²petv± kathi-
tasuttassa na bhagavat± n±ma½ gahita½, handassa n±ma½ gaºh±pess±m²ti
cintetv± bhagavanta½ etadavoca.
Tasm±tiha tvanti-±d²su ayamatthayojan±– ±nanda, yasm± imasmi½ dhammapa-
riy±ye idhatthopi paratthopi vibhatto, tasm±tiha tva½ ima½ dhammapariy±ya½
“atthaj±lan”tipi na½ dh±rehi; yasm± panettha bah³ tantidhamm± kathit±, tasm±
“dhammaj±lan”tipi na½ dh±rehi; yasm± ca ettha seµµhaµµhena brahma½ sabbaññu-
taññ±ºa½ vibhatta½, tasm± “brahmaj±lan”tipi na½ dh±rehi; yasm± ettha dv±sa-
µµhidiµµhiyo vibhatt±, tasm± “diµµhij±lan”tipi na½ dh±rehi; yasm± pana ima½
dhammapariy±ya½ sutv± devaputtam±rampi khandham±rampi maccum±rampi
kilesam±rampi (1.0119) sakk± madditu½, tasm± “anuttaro saªg±mavijayotipi na½
dh±reh²”ti.
Idamavoca bhagav±ti ida½ nid±n±vas±nato pabhuti y±va “anuttaro saªg±mavi-
jayotipi na½ dh±reh²”ti sakala½ suttanta½ bhagav± paresa½ paññ±ya alabbhane-
yyapatiµµha½ paramagambh²ra½ sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ pak±sento s³riyo viya
andhak±ra½ diµµhigatamahandhak±ra½ vidhamanto avoca.
149. Attaman± te bhikkh³ti te bhikkh³ attaman± sakaman±, buddhagat±ya
p²tiy± udaggacitt± hutv±ti vutta½ hoti. Bhagavato bh±sitanti eva½ vicitranayadesa-
n±vil±sayutta½ ida½ sutta½ karav²karutamañjun± kaººasukhena paº¹itajanaha-
day±na½ amat±bhisekasadisena brahmassarena bh±sam±nassa bhagavato
vacana½. Abhinandunti anumodi½su ceva sampaµicchi½su ca. Ayañhi abhinanda-
saddo– “abhinandati abhivadat²”ti-±d²su (sa½. ni. 3.5) taºh±yampi ±gato. “Anna-
mev±bhinandanti, ubhaye devam±nus±”ti-±d²su (sa½. ni. 1.43) upagamanepi.
“Cirappav±si½ purisa½, d³rato sotthim±gata½;
ñ±timitt± suhajj± ca, abhinandanti ±gatan”ti. (dha. pa. 219);
¾d²su sampaµicchanepi. “Abhinanditv± anumoditv±”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 1.205) anu-
modanepi. Sv±yamidha anumodanasampaµicchanesu yujjati. Tena vutta½– “abhi-
nandunti anumodi½su ceva sampaµicchi½su c±”ti.
Subh±sita½ sulapita½, “s±dhu s±dh³”ti t±dino;
anumodam±n± siras±, sampaµicchi½su bhikkhavoti.
Imasmiñca pana veyy±karaºasminti imasmi½ nigg±thakasutte. Nigg±thakatt±
hi ida½ veyy±karaºanti vutta½.
Dasasahass² lokadh±t³ti dasasahassacakkav±¼aparim±º± lokadh±tu. Akampi-
tth±ti na suttapariyos±neyeva akampitth±ti veditabb±. Bhaññam±neti hi vutta½.
Tasm± dv±saµµhiy± diµµhigatesu viniveµhetv± desiyam±nesu (1.0120) tassa tassa
diµµhigatassa pariyos±ne pariyos±neti dv±saµµhiy± µh±nesu akampitth±ti veditabb±.
Tattha aµµhahi k±raºehi pathav²kampo veditabbo– dh±tukkhobhena, iddhimato
±nubh±vena, bodhisattassa gabbhokkantiy±, m±tukucchito nikkhamanena, sambo-
dhippattiy±, dhammacakkappavattanena, ±yusaªkh±rossajjanena, parinibb±ne-
n±ti. Tesa½ vinicchaya½– “aµµha kho ime, ±nanda, het³ aµµha paccay± mahato
bh³mic±lassa p±tubh±v±y±”ti eva½ mah±parinibb±ne ±gat±ya tantiy± vaººan±-
k±le vakkh±ma. Aya½ pana mah±pathav² aparesupi aµµhasu µh±nesu akampittha–
mah±bhinikkhamane, bodhimaº¹³pasaªkamane, pa½suk³laggahaºe, pa½suk³la-
dhovane, k±¼ak±r±masutte, gotamakasutte, vessantaraj±take, imasmi½ brahmaj±-
leti. Tattha mah±bhinikkhamanabodhimaº¹³pasaªkamanesu v²riyabalena aka-
mpittha. Pa½suk³laggahaºe dvisahassad²papariv±re catt±ro mah±d²pe pah±ya
pabbajitv± sus±na½ gantv± pa½suk³la½ gaºhantena dukkara½ bhagavat±
katanti acchariyaveg±bhihat± akampittha. Pa½suk³ladhovanavessantaraj±takesu
ak±lakampanena akampittha. K±¼ak±r±magotamakasuttesu– “aha½ sakkh² bhaga-
v±”ti sakkhibh±vena akampittha. Imasmi½ pana brahmaj±le dv±saµµhiy± diµµhiga-
tesu vijaµetv± niggumba½ katv± desiyam±nesu s±dhuk±rad±navasena akampi-
tth±ti veditabb±.
Na kevalañca etesu µh±nesuyeva pathav² akampittha, atha kho t²su saªgahe-
supi mah±mahindattherassa ima½ d²pa½ ±gantv± jotivane nis²ditv± dhamma½
desitadivasepi akampittha. Kaly±ºiyavih±re ca piº¹ap±tiyattherassa cetiyaªgaºa½
sammajjitv± tattheva nis²ditv± buddh±rammaºa½ p²ti½ gahetv± ima½ suttanta½
±raddhassa suttapariyos±ne udakapariyanta½ katv± akampittha. Lohap±s±dassa
p±c²na-ambalaµµhikaµµh±na½ n±ma ahosi. Tattha nis²ditv± d²ghabh±ºakatther±
brahmaj±lasutta½ ±rabhi½su, tesa½ sajjh±yapariyos±nepi udakapariyantameva
katv± pathav² akampitth±ti.
Eva½ (1.0121) yass±nubh±vena, akampittha anekaso;
medan² suttaseµµhassa, desitassa sayambhun±.
Brahmaj±lassa tass²dha, dhamma½ atthañca paº¹it±;
sakkacca½ uggahetv±na, paµipajjantu yonisoti.

Iti sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya½

Brahmaj±lasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

2. S±maññaphalasuttavaººan±

R±j±maccakath±vaººan±

150. Eva½ (1.0122) me suta½ …pe… r±jagaheti s±maññaphalasutta½.

Tatr±ya½ apubbapadavaººan±– r±jagaheti eva½n±make nagare. Tañhi mandh±-
tumah±govind±d²hi pariggahitatt± r±jagahanti vuccati. Aññepi ettha pak±re vaººa-
yanti, ki½ tehi? N±mamattameta½ tassa nagarassa. Ta½ paneta½ buddhak±le ca
cakkavattik±le ca nagara½ hoti, sesak±le suñña½ hoti yakkhapariggahita½, tesa½
vasanavana½ hutv± tiµµhati. Viharat²ti avisesena iriy±pathadibbabrahma-ariyavih±-
resu aññataravih±rasamaªgiparid²panameta½. Idha pana µh±nagamananisajjasa-
yanappabhedesu iriy±pathesu aññatara-iriy±pathasam±yogaparid²pana½. Tena
µhitopi gacchantopi nisinnopi say±nopi bhagav± viharati ceva veditabbo. So hi
eka½ iriy±pathab±dhana½ aññena iriy±pathena vicchinditv± aparipatanta½ atta-
bh±va½ harati pavatteti, tasm± viharat²ti vuccati.
J²vakassa kom±rabhaccassa ambavaneti idamassa ya½ gocarag±ma½ upani-
ss±ya viharati, tassa sam²paniv±sanaµµh±naparid²pana½. Tasm±– r±jagahe viha-
rati j²vakassa kom±rabhaccassa ambavaneti r±jagahasam²pe j²vakassa kom±ra-
bhaccassa ambavane viharat²ti evamettha attho veditabbo. Sam²patthe heta½
bhummavacana½. Tattha j²vat²ti j²vako, kum±rena bhatoti kom±rabhacco.
Yath±ha– “ki½ bhaºe, eta½ k±kehi samparikiººanti? D±rako dev±ti. J²vati bhaºeti?
J²vati, dev±ti. Tena hi, bhaºe ta½ d±raka½ amh±ka½ antepura½ netv± dh±t²na½
detha posetunti. Tassa j²vat²ti j²vakoti n±ma½ aka½su. Kum±rena pos±pitoti kom±-
rabhaccoti n±ma½ aka½s³”ti (mah±va. 328) aya½ panettha saªkhepo. Vitth±rena
pana j²vakavatthukhandhake ±gatameva. Vinicchayakath±pissa samantap±s±di-
k±ya vinayaµµhakath±ya½ vutt±.
Aya½ (1.0123) pana j²vako ekasmi½ samaye bhagavato dos±bhisanna½ k±ya½
virecetv± siveyyaka½ dussayuga½ datv± vatth±numodan±pariyos±ne sot±patti-
phale patiµµh±ya cintesi– “may± divasassa dvattikkhattu½ buddhupaµµh±na½
gantabba½, idañca ve¼uvana½ atid³re, mayha½ pana ambavana½ uyy±na½ ±sa-
nnatara½, ya½n³n±ha½ ettha bhagavato vih±ra½ k±reyyan”ti. So tasmi½ amba-
vane rattiµµh±nadiv±µh±naleºakuµimaº¹ap±d²ni samp±detv± bhagavato anuccha-
vika½ gandhakuµi½ k±r±petv± ambavana½ aµµh±rasahatthubbedhena tambapaµµa-
vaººena p±k±rena parikkhip±petv± buddhappamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ sac²va-
rabhattena santappetv± dakkhiºodaka½ p±tetv± vih±ra½ niyy±tesi. Ta½
sandh±ya vutta½– “j²vakassa kom±rabhaccassa ambavane”ti.
A¹¹hate¼asehi bhikkhusateh²ti a¹¹hasatena ³nehi terasahi bhikkhusatehi. R±j±-
ti-±d²su r±jati attano issariyasampattiy± cat³hi saªgahavatth³hi mah±jana½
rañjeti va¹¹het²ti r±j±. Magadh±na½ issaroti m±gadho. Aj±toyeva rañño sattu
bhavissat²ti nemittakehi niddiµµhoti aj±tasattu.
 Tasmi½ kira kucchigate deviy± evar³po doha¼o uppajji– “aho vat±ha½ rañño
dakkhiºab±hulohita½ piveyyan”ti, s± “bh±riye µh±ne doha¼o uppanno, na sakk±
kassaci ±rocetun”ti ta½ kathetu½ asakkont² kis± dubbaºº± ahosi. Ta½ r±j±
pucchi– “bhadde, tuyha½ attabh±vo na pakativaººo, ki½ k±raºan”ti? “M± puccha,
mah±r±j±ti”. “Bhadde, tva½ attano ajjh±saya½ mayha½ akathent² kassa kathessa-
s²”ti tath± tath± nibandhitv± kath±pesi. Sutv± ca– “b±le, ki½ ettha tuyha½ bh±riya-
saññ± ahos²”ti vejja½ pakkos±petv± suvaººasatthakena b±hu½ ph±l±petv± suva-
ººasarakena lohita½ gahetv± udakena sambhinditv± p±yesi. Nemittak± ta½ sutv±–
“esa gabbho rañño sattu bhavissati, imin± r±j± haññissat²”ti by±kari½su. Dev²
sutv±– “mayha½ kira kucchito nikkhanto r±j±na½ m±ressat²”ti gabbha½ p±tetu-
k±m± uyy±na½ gantv± kucchi½ madd±pesi, gabbho na patati. S± punappuna½
gantv± tatheva k±resi. R±j± kimattha½ aya½ (1.0124) abhiºha½ uyy±na½ gaccha-
t²ti pariv²ma½santo ta½ k±raºa½ sutv±– “bhadde, tava kucchiya½ puttoti v±
dh²t±ti v± na paññ±yati, attano nibbattad±raka½ evamak±s²ti mah± aguºar±sipi no
jambud²patale ±vibhavissati, m± tva½ eva½ karoh²”ti niv±retv± ±rakkha½ ad±si.
S± gabbhavuµµh±nak±le “m±ress±m²”ti cintesi. Tad±pi ±rakkhamanuss± d±raka½
apanayi½su. Ath±parena samayena vu¹¹hippatta½ kum±ra½ deviy± dassesu½.
S± ta½ disv±va puttasineha½ upp±desi, tena na½ m±retu½ n±sakkhi. R±j±pi anu-
kkamena puttassa oparajjamad±si.
Athekasmi½ samaye devadatto rahogato cintesi– “s±riputtassa paris± mah±mo-
ggall±nassa paris± mah±kassapassa paris±ti, evamime visu½ visu½ dhur±,
ahampi eka½ dhura½ n²har±m²”ti. So “na sakk± vin± l±bhena parisa½ upp±detu½,
hand±ha½ l±bha½ nibbattem²”ti cintetv± khandhake ±gatanayena aj±tasattu½
kum±ra½ iddhip±µih±riyena pas±detv± s±ya½ p±ta½ pañcahi rathasatehi upa-
µµh±na½ ±gacchanta½ ativissattha½ ñatv± ekadivasa½ upasaªkamitv± etadavoca–
“pubbe kho, kum±ra, manuss± d²gh±yuk±, etarahi app±yuk±, tena hi tva½ kum±ra,
pitara½ hantv± r±j± hohi, aha½ bhagavanta½ hantv± buddho bhaviss±m²”ti
kum±ra½ pituvadhe uyyojeti.
So– “ayyo devadatto mah±nubh±vo, etassa avidita½ n±ma natth²”ti ³ruy± pottha-
niya½ bandhitv± div± divassa bh²to ubbiggo ussaªk² utrasto antepura½ pavisitv±
vuttappak±ra½ vippak±ra½ ak±si. Atha na½ amacc± gahetv± anuyuñjitv±–
“kum±ro ca hantabbo, devadatto ca, sabbe ca bhikkh³ hantabb±”ti sammanta-
yitv± rañño ±º±vasena kariss±m±ti rañño ±rocesu½.
R±j± ye amacc± m±retuk±m± ahesu½, tesa½ µh±nantar±ni acchinditv±, ye na
m±retuk±m±, te uccesu µh±nesu µhapetv± kum±ra½ pucchi– “kissa pana tva½,
kum±ra, ma½ m±retuk±mos²”ti? “Rajjenamhi, deva, atthiko”ti. R±j± tassa rajja½
ad±si.
So (1.0125) mayha½ manoratho nipphannoti devadattassa ±rocesi. Tato na½
so ±ha– “tva½ siªg±la½ antokatv± bheripariyonaddhapuriso viya sukiccak±rimh²ti
maññasi, katip±heneva te pit± tay± kata½ avam±na½ cintetv± sayameva r±j±
bhavissat²”ti. Atha, bhante, ki½ karom²ti? M³laghacca½ gh±teh²ti. Nanu, bhante,
mayha½ pit± na satthavajjhoti? ¾h±rupacchedena na½ m±reh²ti. So pitara½ t±pa-
nagehe pakkhip±pesi, t±panageha½ n±ma kammakaraºatth±ya kata½ dh³ma-
ghara½. “Mama m±tara½ µhapetv± aññassa daµµhu½ m± deth±”ti ±ha. Dev² suva-
ººasarake bhatta½ pakkhipitv± ucchaªgen±d±ya pavisati. R±j± ta½ bhuñjitv±
y±peti. So– “mayha½ pit± katha½ y±pet²”ti pucchitv± ta½ pavatti½ sutv±–
“mayha½ m±tu ucchaªga½ katv± pavisitu½ m± deth±”ti ±ha. Tato paµµh±ya dev²
mo¼iya½ pakkhipitv± pavisati. Tampi sutv± “mo¼i½ bandhitv± pavisitu½ m± deth±”-
ti. Tato suvaººap±duk±su bhatta½ µhapetv± pidahitv± p±duk± ±ruyha pavisati.
R±j± tena y±peti. Puna “katha½ y±pet²”ti pucchitv± tamattha½ sutv± “p±duk±
±ruyha pavisitumpi m± deth±”ti ±ha. Tato paµµh±ya dev² gandhodakena nh±yitv±
sar²ra½ catumadhurena makkhetv± p±rupitv± pavisati. R±j± tass± sar²ra½ lehitv±
y±peti. Puna pucchitv± ta½ pavatti½ sutv± “ito paµµh±ya mayha½ m±tu pavesana½
niv±reth±”ti ±ha. Dev² dv±ram³le µhatv± “s±mi, bimbis±ra, eta½ daharak±le
m±retu½ na ad±si, attano sattu½ attan±va posesi, ida½ pana d±ni te pacchimada-
ssana½, n±ha½ ito paµµh±ya tumhe passitu½ labh±mi, sace mayha½ doso atthi,
khamatha dev±”ti roditv± kanditv± nivatti.
Tato paµµh±ya rañño ±h±ro natthi. R±j± maggaphalasukhena caªkamena
y±peti. Ativiya assa attabh±vo virocati. So– “katha½, me bhaºe, pit± y±pet²”ti
pucchitv± “caªkamena, deva, y±peti; ativiya cassa attabh±vo virocat²”ti sutv±
‘caªkama½ d±nissa h±ress±m²’ti cintetv±– “mayha½ pitu p±de khurena ph±letv±
loºatelena makkhetv± khadiraªg±rehi v²taccitehi pacath±”ti nh±pite pesesi. R±j±
te disv±– “n³na mayha½ putto kenaci saññatto bhavissati, ime mama massukara-
ºatth±y±gat±”ti (1.0126) cintesi. Te gantv± vanditv± aµµha½su. ‘Kasm± ±gata-
tth±’ti ca puµµh± ta½ s±sana½ ±rocesu½. “Tumh±ka½ rañño mana½ karoth±”ti ca
vutt± ‘nis²da, dev±’ti vatv± ca r±j±na½ vanditv±– “deva, maya½ rañño ±ºa½
karoma, m± amh±ka½ kujjhittha, nayida½ tumh±dis±na½ dhammar±j³na½ anu-
cchavikan”ti vatv± v±mahatthena gopphake gahetv± dakkhiºahatthena khura½
gahetv± p±datal±ni ph±letv± loºatelena makkhetv± khadiraªg±rehi v²taccitehi
paci½su. R±j± kira pubbe cetiyaªgaºe sa-up±hano agam±si, nisajjanatth±ya
paññattakaµas±rakañca adhotehi p±dehi akkami, tass±ya½ nissandoti vadanti.
Rañño balavavedan± uppann±. So– “aho buddho, aho dhammo, aho saªgho”ti
anussarantoyeva cetiyaªgaºe khittam±l± viya mil±yitv± c±tumah±r±jikadevaloke
vessavaºassa paric±rako janavasabho n±ma yakkho hutv± nibbatti.
Ta½ divasameva aj±tasattussa putto j±to, puttassa j±tabh±vañca pitumatabh±-
vañca nivedetu½ dve lekh± ekakkhaºeyeva ±gat±. Amacc±– “paµhama½ puttassa
j±tabh±va½ ±rocess±m±”ti ta½ lekha½ rañño hatthe µhapesu½. Rañño taªkhaºe-
yeva puttasineho uppajjitv± sakalasar²ra½ khobhetv± aµµhimiñja½ ±hacca aµµh±si.
Tasmi½ khaºe pituguºamaññ±si– “mayi j±tepi mayha½ pitu evameva sineho uppa-
nno”ti. So– “gacchatha, bhaºe, mayha½ pitara½ vissajjeth±”ti ±ha. “Ki½ vissajj±-
petha, dev±”ti itara½ lekha½ hatthe µhapayi½su.
So ta½ pavatti½ sutv± rodam±no m±tusam²pa½ gantv±– “ahosi nu, kho, amma,
mayha½ pitu mayi j±te sineho”ti? S± ±ha– “b±laputta, ki½ vadesi, tava daharak±le
aªguliy± p²¼ak± uµµhahi. Atha ta½ rodam±na½ saññ±petu½ asakkont± ta½
gahetv± vinicchayaµµh±ne nisinnassa tava pitu santika½ agama½su. Pit± te
aªguli½ mukhe µhapesi. P²¼ak± mukheyeva bhijji. Atha kho pit± tava sinehena ta½
lohitamissaka½ pubba½ aniµµhubhitv±va ajjhohari. Evar³po te pitu sineho”ti. So
roditv± paridevitv± pitu sar²rakicca½ ak±si.
Devadattopi (1.0127) aj±tasattu½ upasaªkamitv±– “purise, mah±r±ja, ±º±pehi,
ye samaºa½ gotama½ j²vit± voropessant²”ti vatv± tena dinne purise pesetv±
saya½ gijjhak³µa½ ±ruyha yantena sila½ pavijjhitv± n±¼±girihatthi½ muñc±pe-
tv±pi kenaci up±yena bhagavanta½ m±retu½ asakkonto parih²nal±bhasakk±ro
pañca vatth³ni y±citv± t±ni alabham±no tehi jana½ saññ±pess±m²ti saªgha-
bheda½ katv± s±riputtamoggall±nesu parisa½ ±d±ya pakkantesu uºhalohita½
mukhena cha¹¹etv± navam±se gil±namañce nipajjitv± vippaµis±raj±to– “kuhi½ eta-
rahi satth± vasat²”ti pucchitv± “jetavane”ti vutte mañcakena ma½ ±haritv±
satth±ra½ dasseth±ti vatv± ±hariyam±no bhagavato dassan±rahassa kammassa
akatatt± jetavane pokkharaº²sam²peyeva dvedh± bhinna½ pathavi½ pavisitv±
mah±niraye patiµµhitoti. Ayamettha saªkhepo. Vitth±rakath±nayo khandhake
±gato. ¾gatatt± pana sabba½ na vuttanti. Eva½ aj±toyeva rañño sattu bhavissa-
t²ti nemittakehi niddiµµhoti aj±tasattu.
Vedehiputtoti aya½ kosalarañño dh²t±ya putto, na videharañño. Vedeh²ti pana
paº¹it±dhivacanameta½. Yath±ha– “vedehik± gahapat±n² (ma. ni. 1.226), ayyo
±nando vedehamun²”ti (sa½. ni. 2.154). Tatr±ya½ vacanattho– vidanti eten±ti
vedo, ñ±ºasseta½ adhivacana½. Vedena ²hati ghaµati v±yamat²ti vedeh². Vede-
hiy± putto vedehiputto.
Tadah³ti tasmi½ ahu, tasmi½ divaseti attho. Upavasanti etth±ti uposatho, upa-
vasant²ti s²lena v± anasanena v± upet± hutv± vasant²ti attho. Aya½ panettha atthu-
ddh±ro– “±y±m±vuso, kappina, uposatha½ gamiss±m±”ti-±d²su p±timokkhuddeso
uposatho. “Eva½ aµµhaªgasamann±gato kho, vis±khe, uposatho upavuttho”ti-±-
d²su (a. ni. 8.43) s²la½. “Suddhassa ve sad± phaggu, suddhassuposatho sad±”ti-±-
d²su (ma. ni. 1.79) upav±so. “Uposatho n±ma n±gar±j±”ti-±d²su (d². ni. 2.246)
paññatti (1.0128). “Na, bhikkhave, tadahuposathe sabhikkhuk± ±v±s±”ti-±d²su
(mah±va. 181) upavasitabbadivaso. Idh±pi soyeva adhippeto. So panesa aµµham²
c±tuddas² pannaras²bhedena tividho. Tasm± sesadvayaniv±raºattha½ pannara-
seti vutta½. Teneva vutta½– “upavasanti etth±ti uposatho”ti.
Komudiy±ti kumudavatiy±. Tad± kira kumud±ni supupphit±ni honti, t±ni ettha
sant²ti komud². C±tum±siniy±ti c±tum±siy±, s± hi catunna½ m±s±na½ pariyos±na-
bh³t±ti c±tum±s². Idha pana c±tum±sin²ti vuccati. M±sapuººat±ya utupuººat±ya
sa½vaccharapuººat±ya puºº± sampuºº±ti puºº±. M± iti cando vuccati, so ettha
puººoti puººam±. Eva½ puºº±ya puººam±y±ti imasmi½ padadvaye ca attho
veditabbo.
R±j±maccaparivutoti evar³p±ya rajataghaµaviniggat±hi kh²radh±r±hi dhoviyam±-
nadis±bh±g±ya viya, rajatavim±naviccutehi mutt±va¼isumanakusumad±masetadu-
k³lakumudavisarehi samparikiºº±ya viya ca, caturupakkilesavimuttapuººacanda-
ppabh±samudayobh±sit±ya rattiy± r±j±maccehi parivutoti attho. Uparip±s±davara-
gatoti p±s±davarassa uparigato. Mah±rahe samussitasetacchatte kañcan±sane
nisinno hoti. Kasm± nisinno? Nidd±vinodanattha½. Ayañhi r±j± pitari upakkantadi-
vasato paµµh±ya– “nidda½ okkamiss±m²”ti nim²litamattesuyeva akkh²su sattisata-a-
bbh±hato viya kandam±noyeva pabujjhi. Kimetanti ca vutte, na kiñc²ti vadati.
Tenassa aman±p± nidd±, iti nidd±vinodanattha½ nisinno. Api ca tasmi½ divase
nakkhatta½ saªghuµµha½ hoti. Sabba½ nagara½ sittasammaµµha½ vippakiººav±-
luka½ pañcavaººakusumal±japuººaghaµapaµimaº¹itagharadv±ra½ samussita-
dhajapaµ±kavicitrasamujjalitad²pam±l±laªkatasabbadis±bh±ga½ v²thisabh±gena
racch±sabh±gena nakkhattak²¼a½ anubhavam±nena mah±janena sam±kiººa½
hoti. Iti nakkhattadivasat±yapi nisinnoti vadanti. Eva½ pana vatv±pi– “r±jakulassa
n±ma sad±pi nakkhattameva, nidd±vinodanattha½yeva panesa nisinno”ti sanni-
µµh±na½ kata½.
Ud±na½ (1.0129) ud±nes²ti ud±h±ra½ ud±hari, yath± hi ya½ tela½ m±na½
gahetu½ na sakkoti, vissanditv± gacchati, ta½ avasekoti vuccati. Yañca jala½
ta¼±ka½ gahetu½ na sakkoti, ajjhottharitv± gacchati, ta½ oghoti vuccati; evameva
ya½ p²tivacana½ hadaya½ gahetu½ na sakkoti, adhika½ hutv± anto asaºµhahitv±
bahinikkhamati, ta½ ud±nanti vuccati. Evar³pa½ p²timaya½ vacana½ nicch±res²ti
attho.
Dosin±ti dos±pagat±, abbh±, mahik±, dh³mo, rajo, r±h³ti imehi pañcahi upakki-
lesehi virahit±ti vutta½ hoti. Tasm± ramaº²y±ti-±d²ni pañca thomanavacan±ni. S±
hi mah±janassa mana½ ramayat²ti ramaº²y±. Vuttadosavimutt±ya candappa-
bh±ya obh±sitatt± ativiya sur³p±ti abhir³p±. Dassitu½ yutt±ti dassan²y±. Citta½
pas±det²ti p±s±dik±. Divasam±s±d²na½ lakkhaºa½ bhavitu½ yutt±ti lakkhaññ±.
Ka½ nu khvajj±ti ka½ nu kho ajja. Samaºa½ v± br±hmaºa½ v±ti samitap±pa-
t±ya samaºa½. B±hitap±pat±ya br±hmaºa½. Ya½ no payirup±satoti vacanabya-
ttayo esa, ya½ amh±ka½ pañhapucchanavasena payirup±sant±na½ madhura½
dhamma½ sutv± citta½ pas²deyy±ti attho. Iti r±j± imin± sabbenapi vacanena obh±-
sanimittakamma½ ak±si. Kassa ak±s²ti? J²vakassa. Kimattha½? Bhagavato dassa-
nattha½. Ki½ bhagavanta½ saya½ dassan±ya
upagantu½ na sakkot²ti? ¾ma, na sakkoti. Kasm±? Mah±par±dhat±ya.
Tena hi bhagavato upaµµh±ko ariyas±vako attano pit± m±rito, devadatto ca
tameva niss±ya bhagavato bahu½ anatthamak±si, iti mah±par±dho esa, t±ya
mah±par±dhat±ya saya½ gantu½ na sakkoti. J²vako pana bhagavato upaµµh±ko,
tassa piµµhich±y±ya bhagavanta½ passiss±m²ti obh±sanimittakamma½ ak±si. Ki½
j²vako pana– “mayha½ ida½ obh±sanimittakamman”ti j±n±t²ti? ¾ma j±n±ti. Atha
kasm± tuºh² ahos²ti? Vikkhepapacchedanattha½.
Tassañhi parisati channa½ satth±r±na½ upaµµh±k± bah³ sannipatit±, te asikkhi-
t±na½ payirup±sanena sayampi asikkhit±va. Te mayi bhagavato guºakatha½ (1.013
±raddhe antarantar± uµµh±yuµµh±ya attano satth±r±na½ guºa½ kathessanti, eva½
me satthu guºakath± pariyos±na½ na gamissati. R±j± pana imesa½ kul³pake upa-
saªkamitv± gahit±s±rat±ya tesa½ guºakath±ya anattamano hutv± ma½ paµipu-
cchissati, ath±ha½ nibbikkhepa½ satthu guºa½ kathetv± r±j±na½ satthu santika½
gahetv± gamiss±m²ti j±nantova vikkhepapacchedanattha½ tuºh² ahos²ti.
Tepi amacc± eva½ cintesu½– “ajja r±j± pañcahi padehi ratti½ thometi, addh±
kiñci samaºa½ v± br±hmaºa½ v± upasaªkamitv± pañha½ pucchitv± dhamma½
sotuk±mo, yassa cesa dhamma½ sutv± pas²dissati, tassa ca mahanta½ sakk±ra½
karissati, yassa pana kul³pako samaºo r±jakul³pako hoti, bhadda½ tass±”ti.
151-152. Te eva½ cintetv±– “aha½ attano kul³pakasamaºassa vaººa½ vatv±
r±j±na½ gahetv± gamiss±mi, aha½ gamiss±m²”ti attano attano kul³pak±na½
vaººa½ kathetu½ ±raddh±. Ten±ha– “eva½ vutte aññataro r±j±macco”ti-±di.
Tattha p³raºoti tassa satthupaµiññassa n±ma½. Kassapoti gotta½. So kira aññata-
rassa kulassa ek³nad±sasata½ p³rayam±no j±to, tenassa p³raºoti n±ma½
aka½su. Maªgalad±satt± cassa “dukkaµan”ti vatt± natthi, akata½ v± na katanti. So
“kimaha½ ettha vas±m²”ti pal±yi. Athassa cor± vatth±ni acchindi½su, so paººena
v± tiºena v± paµicch±detumpi aj±nanto j±tar³peneva eka½ g±ma½ p±visi.
Manuss± ta½ disv± “aya½ samaºo arah± appiccho, natthi imin± sadiso”ti p³va-
bhatt±d²ni gahetv± upasaªkamanti. So– “mayha½ s±µaka½ anivatthabh±vena ida½
uppannan”ti tato paµµh±ya s±µaka½ labhitv±pi na niv±sesi, tadeva pabbajja½ agga-
hesi, tassa santike aññepi aññep²ti pañcasatamanuss± pabbaji½su. Ta½ sandh±-
y±ha– “p³raºo kassapo”ti.
Pabbajitasam³hasaªkh±to saªgho assa atth²ti saªgh². Sveva gaºo assa atth²ti
gaº². ¾c±rasikkh±panavasena tassa gaºassa ±cariyoti gaº±cariyo. ѱtoti
paññ±to p±kaµo. “Appiccho (1.0131) santuµµho. Appicchat±ya vatthampi na niv±se-
t²”ti eva½ samuggato yaso assa atth²ti yasass². Titthakaroti laddhikaro. S±dhusa-
mmatoti aya½ s±dhu, sundaro, sappurisoti eva½ sammato. Bahujanass±ti assuta-
vato andhab±laputhujjanassa. Pabbajitato paµµh±ya atikkant± bah³ rattiyo j±n±t²ti
rattaññ³. Cira½ pabbajitassa ass±ti cirapabbajito, acirapabbajitassa hi kath± oka-
ppan²y± na hoti, ten±ha “cirapabbajito”ti. Addhagatoti addh±na½ gato, dve tayo
r±japarivaµµe at²toti adhipp±yo. Vayo-anuppattoti pacchimavaya½ anuppatto. Ida½
ubhayampi– “daharassa kath± okappan²y± na hot²”ti eta½ sandh±ya vutta½.
Tuºh² ahos²Ti suvaººavaººa½ madhurarasa½ ambapakka½ kh±dituk±mo
puriso ±haritv± hatthe µhapita½ k±jarapakka½ disv± viya jh±n±bhiññ±diguºa-
yutta½ tilakkhaºabbh±hata½ madhura½ dhammakatha½ sotuk±mo pubbe p³ra-
ºassa dassanen±pi anattamano id±ni guºakath±ya suµµhutara½ anattamano
hutv± tuºh² ahosi. Anattamano sam±nopi pana “sac±ha½ eta½ tajjetv± g²v±ya½
gahetv± n²har±pess±mi, ‘yo yo kathesi, ta½ ta½ r±j± eva½ karot²’ti bh²to aññopi
koci kiñci na kathessat²”ti aman±pampi ta½ katha½ adhiv±setv± tuºh² eva ahosi.
Athañño– “aha½ attano kul³pakassa vaººa½ kathess±m²”ti cintetv± vattu½
±rabhi. Tena vutta½– aññataropi khoti-±di. Ta½ sabba½ vuttanayeneva vedi-
tabba½.
Ettha pana makkhal²ti tassa n±ma½. Gos±l±ya j±tatt± gos±loti dutiya½ n±ma½.
Ta½ kira sakaddam±ya bh³miy± telaghaµa½ gahetv± gacchanta½– “t±ta, m±
khal²”ti s±miko ±ha. So pam±dena khalitv± patitv± s±mikassa bhayena pal±yitu½
±raddho. S±miko upadh±vitv± dussakaººe aggahesi. So s±µaka½ cha¹¹etv± ace-
lako hutv± pal±yi. Sesa½ p³raºasadisameva.
153. Ajitoti tassa n±ma½. Kesakambala½ dh±ret²ti kesakambalo. Iti n±ma-
dvaya½ sa½sanditv± ajito kesakambaloti vuccati (1.0132). Tattha kesakambalo
n±ma manussakesehi katakambalo. Tato paµikiµµhatara½ vattha½ n±ma natthi.
Yath±ha– “seyyath±pi, bhikkhave, y±ni k±nici tant±vut±na½ vatth±na½, kesaka-
mbalo tesa½ paµikiµµho akkh±yati. Kesakambalo, bhikkhave, s²te s²to, uºhe uºho,
dubbaººo duggandho dukkhasamphasso”ti (a. ni. 3.138).
154. Pakudhoti tassa n±ma½. Kacc±yanoti gotta½. Iti n±magotta½ sa½sanditv±
pakudho kacc±yanoti vuccati. S²tudakapaµikkhittako esa, vacca½ katv±pi udaka-
kicca½ na karoti, uºhodaka½ v± kañjiya½ v± labhitv± karoti, nadi½ v± maggo-
daka½ v± atikkamma– “s²la½ me bhinnan”ti v±likath³pa½ katv± s²la½ adhiµµh±ya
gacchati. Evar³po nissir²kaladdhiko esa.
155. Sañcayoti tassa n±ma½. Belaµµhassa puttoti belaµµhaputto.
156. Amh±ka½ gaºµhanakileso palibandhanakileso natthi, kilesagaºµharahit±
mayanti eva½v±dit±ya laddhan±mavasena nigaºµho. N±µassa putto n±µaputto.

Kom±rabhaccaj²vakakath±vaººan±

157. Atha kho r±j±ti r±j± kira tesa½ vacana½ sutv± cintesi– “aha½ yassa yassa
vacana½ na sotuk±mo, so so eva kathesi. Yassa panamhi vacana½ sotuk±mo,
esa n±gavasa½ pivitv± µhito supaººo viya tuºh²bh³to, anattho vata me”ti. Athassa
etadahosi– “j²vako upasantassa buddhassa bhagavato upaµµh±ko, sayampi upa-
santo, tasm± vattasampanno bhikkhu viya tuºh²bh³tova nisinno, na esa mayi aka-
thente kathessati, hatthimhi kho pana maddante hatthisseva p±do gahetabbo”ti
tena saddhi½ saya½ mantetum±raddho. Tena vutta½– “atha kho r±j±”ti. Tattha ki½
tuºh²ti kena k±raºena tuºh². Imesa½ amacc±na½ attano attano kul³pakasama-
ºassa vaººa½ kathent±na½ mukha½ nappahoti (1.0133). Ki½ yath± etesa½,
eva½ tava kul³pakasamaºo natthi, ki½ tva½ daliddo, na te mama pitar± issariya½
dinna½, ud±hu assaddhoti pucchati.
 Tato j²vakassa etadahosi– “aya½ r±j± ma½ kul³pakasamaºassa guºa½ kath±-
peti, na d±ni me tuºh²bh±vassa k±lo, yath± kho panime r±j±na½ vanditv± nisi-
nn±va attano kul³pakasamaº±na½ guºa½ kathayi½su, na mayha½ eva½ satthu-
guºe kathetu½ yuttan”ti uµµh±y±san± bhagavato vih±r±bhimukho pañcapatiµµhi-
tena vanditv± dasanakhasamodh±nasamujjala½ añjali½ sirasi paggahetv±–
“mah±r±ja, m± ma½ eva½ cintayittha, ‘aya½ ya½ v± ta½ v± samaºa½ upasaªka-
mat²’ti, mama satthuno hi m±tukucchi-okkamane, m±tukucchito nikkhamane,
mah±bhinikkhamane, sambodhiya½, dhammacakkappavattane ca, dasasahassilo-
kadh±tu kampittha, eva½ yamakap±µih±riya½ ak±si, eva½ devorohaºa½, aha½
satthuno guºe kathayiss±mi, ekaggacitto suºa, mah±r±j±”ti vatv±– “aya½ deva,
bhagav± araha½ samm±sambuddho”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha ta½ kho pana bhagava-
ntanti itthambh³t±khy±natthe upayogavacana½, tassa kho pana bhagavatoti attho.
Kaly±ºoti kaly±ºaguºasamann±gato, seµµhoti vutta½ hoti. Kittisaddoti kittiyeva.
Thutighoso v±. Abbhuggatoti sadevaka½ loka½ ajjhottharitv± uggato. Kinti? “Itipi
so bhagav± araha½ samm±sambuddho …pe… bhagav±”ti.
Tatr±ya½ padasambandho– so bhagav± itipi araha½ itipi samm±sambuddho
…pe… itipi bhagav±ti. Imin± ca imin± ca k±raºen±ti vutta½ hoti. Tattha ±rakatt±
ar²na½, ar±nañca hatatt±, paccay±d²na½ arahatt±, p±pakaraºe rah±bh±v±ti,
imehi t±va k±raºehi so bhagav± arahanti veditabboti-±din± nayena m±tika½
nikkhipitv± sabb±neva cet±ni pad±ni visuddhimagge buddh±nussatiniddese vitth±-
rit±n²ti tato nesa½ vitth±ro gahetabbo.
J²vako pana ekamekassa padassa attha½ niµµh±petv±– “eva½, mah±r±ja,
araha½ mayha½ satth±, eva½ samm±sambuddho …pe… eva½ bhagav±”ti vatv±–
“ta½, devo, bhagavanta½ payirup±satu, appeva n±ma devassa ta½ bhagavanta½
payirup±sato citta½ pas²deyy±”ti ±ha. Ettha ca ta½ devo payirup±sat³ti vadanto
“mah±r±ja, tumh±dis±nañhi satenapi sahassenapi satasahassenapi puµµhassa (1.013
mayha½ satthuno sabbesa½ citta½ gahetv± kathetu½ th±mo ca balañca atthi,
vissattho upasaªkamitv± puccheyy±si mah±r±j±”ti ±ha.
Raññopi bhagavato guºakatha½ suºantassa sakalasar²ra½ pañcavaºº±ya
p²tiy± nirantara½ phuµa½ ahosi. So taªkhaºaññeva gantuk±mo hutv±– “im±ya kho
pana vel±ya mayha½ dasabalassa santika½ gacchato na añño koci khippa½
y±n±ni yojetu½ sakkhissati aññatra j²vak±”ti cintetv±– “tena hi, samma j²vaka,
hatthiy±n±ni kapp±peh²”ti ±ha.
158. Tattha tena h²ti uyyojanatthe nip±to. Gaccha, samma j²vak±ti vutta½ hoti.
Hatthiy±n±n²ti anekesu assarath±d²su y±nesu vijjam±nesupi hatthiy±na½ uttama½;
uttamassa santika½ uttamay±neneva gantabbanti ca, assay±narathay±n±ni sasa-
dd±ni, d³ratova tesa½ saddo suyyati, hatthiy±nassa pad±nupada½ gacchant±pi
sadda½ na suºanti. Nibbutassa pana kho bhagavato santike nibbuteheva y±nehi
gantabbanti ca cintayitv± hatthiy±n±n²ti ±ha.
Pañcamatt±ni hatthinik±sat±n²ti pañca kareºusat±ni. Kapp±petv±ti ±rohaºasa-
jj±ni k±retv±. ¾rohaº²yanti ±rohaºayogga½, opaguyhanti attho. Ki½ panesa raññ±
vutta½ ak±si avuttanti? Avutta½. Kasm±? Paº¹itat±ya. Eva½ kirassa ahosi– r±j±
im±ya vel±ya gacch±m²ti vadati, r±j±no ca n±ma bahupaccatthik±. Sace antar±-
magge koci antar±yo hoti, mampi garahissanti– “j²vako r±j± me katha½ gaºh±t²ti
ak±lepi r±j±na½ gahetv± nikkhamat²”ti. Bhagavantampi garahissanti “samaºo
gotamo, ‘mayha½ kath± vattat²’ti k±la½ asallakkhetv±va dhamma½ kathet²”ti.
Tasm± yath± neva mayha½, na bhagavato, garah± uppajjati; rañño ca rakkh±
susa½vihit± hoti, tath± kariss±m²”ti.
Tato itthiyo niss±ya puris±na½ bhaya½ n±ma natthi, ‘sukha½ itthiparivuto gami-
ss±m²’ti pañca hatthinik±sat±ni kapp±petv± pañca itthisat±ni purisavesa½ g±h±-
petv±– “asitomarahatth± r±j±na½ pariv±reyy±th±”ti vatv± puna cintesi– “imassa
rañño imasmi½ attabh±ve maggaphal±na½ (1.0135) upanissayo natthi, buddh±
ca n±ma upanissaya½ disv±va dhamma½ kathenti. Hand±ha½, mah±jana½
sannip±t±pemi, evañhi sati satth± kassacideva upanissayena dhamma½ dese-
ssati, s± mah±janassa upak±r±ya bhavissat²”ti. So tattha tattha s±sana½ pesesi,
bheri½ car±pesi– “ajja r±j± bhagavato santika½ gacchati, sabbe attano vibhav±nu-
r³pena rañño ±rakkha½ gaºhant³”ti.
Tato mah±jano cintesi– “r±j± kira satthudassanattha½ gacchati, k²dis² vata bho
dhammadesan± bhavissati, ki½ no nakkhattak²¼±ya, tattheva gamiss±m±”ti.
Sabbe gandham±l±d²ni gahetv± rañño ±gamana½ ±kaªkham±n± magge
aµµha½su. J²vakopi rañño paµivedesi– “kappit±ni kho te, deva, hatthiy±n±ni, yassa
d±ni k±la½ maññas²”ti. Tattha yassa d±ni k±la½ maññas²ti upac±ravacanameta½.
Ida½ vutta½ hoti– “ya½ tay± ±ºatta½, ta½ may± kata½, id±ni tva½ yassa gama-
nassa v± agamanassa v± k±la½ maññasi, tadeva attano ruciy± karoh²”ti.
 159. Paccek± itthiyoTi p±µiyekk± itthiyo, ekekiss± hatthiniy± ekeka½ itthinti
vutta½ hoti. Ukk±su dh±riyam±n±s³ti daº¹ad²pik±su dh±riyam±n±su. Mahacca
r±j±nubh±ven±ti mahat± r±j±nubh±vena. Mahacc±tipi p±¼i, mahatiy±ti attho, liªga-
vipariy±yo esa. R±j±nubh±vo vuccati r±jiddhi. K± panassa r±jiddhi? Tiyojanasa-
t±na½ dvinna½ mah±raµµh±na½ issariyasir². Tassa hi asukadivasa½ r±j± tath±-
gata½ upasaªkamissat²ti paµhamatara½ sa½vidahane asatipi taªkhaºaññeva
pañca itthisat±ni purisavesa½ gahetv± paµimukkaveµhan±ni a½se ±sattakha-
gg±ni maºidaº¹atomare gahetv± nikkhami½su. Ya½ sandh±ya vutta½– “paccek±
itthiyo ±ropetv±”ti.
Apar±pi so¼asasahassakhattiyan±µakitthiyo r±j±na½ pariv±resu½. T±sa½ pari-
yante khujjav±manakakir±t±dayo. T±sa½ pariyante antepurap±lak± viss±sikapu-
ris±. Tesa½ pariyante vicitravesavil±sino saµµhisahassamatt± mah±matt±. Tesa½
pariyante vividh±laªk±rapaµimaº¹it± n±nappak±ra-±vudhahatth± (1.0136) vijj±dha-
rataruº± viya navutisahassamatt± raµµhiyaputt±. Tesa½ pariyante satagghanik±ni
niv±setv± pañcasatagghanik±ni eka½sa½ katv± sunh±t± suvilitt± kañcanam±l±di-
n±n±bharaºasobhit± dasasahassamatt± br±hmaº± dakkhiºahattha½ uss±petv±
jayasadda½ ghosant± gacchanti. Tesa½ pariyante pañcaªgik±ni t³riy±ni. Tesa½
pariyante dhanupantiparikkhepo. Tassa pariyante hatthighaµ±. Hatth²na½ pari-
yante g²v±ya g²va½ paharam±n± assapanti. Assapariyante aññamañña½ saªgha-
µµanarath±. Rathapariyante b±h±ya b±ha½ paharayam±n± yodh±. Tesa½ pari-
yante attano attano anur³p±ya ±bharaºasampattiy± virocam±n± aµµh±rasa seniyo.
Iti yath± pariyante µhatv± khitto saro r±j±na½ na p±puº±ti, eva½ j²vako kom±ra-
bhacco rañño parisa½ sa½vidahitv± attan± rañño avid³reneva gacchati– “sace
koci upaddavo hoti, paµhamatara rañño j²vitad±na½ dass±m²”ti. Ukk±na½ pana
ettak±ni sat±ni v± sahass±ni v±ti paricchedo natth²ti evar³pi½ r±jiddhi½ sandh±ya
vutta½– “mahaccar±j±nubh±vena yena j²vakassa kom±rabhaccassa ambavana½,
tena p±y±s²”ti.
Ahudeva bhayanti ettha cittutr±sabhaya½, ñ±ºabhaya½, ±rammaºabhaya½,
ottappabhayanti catubbidha½ bhaya½, tattha “j±ti½ paµicca bhaya½ bhay±nakan”-
ti-±din± nayena vutta½ cittutr±sabhaya½ n±ma. “Tepi tath±gatassa dhammade-
sana½ sutv± yebhuyyena bhaya½ sa½vega½ sant±sa½ ±pajjant²”ti (sa½. ni. 3.78)
evam±gata½ ñ±ºabhaya½ n±ma. “Eta½ n³na ta½ bhayabherava½ ±gacchat²”ti
(ma. ni. 1.49) ettha vutta½ ±rammaºabhaya½ n±ma.
“Bh²ru½ pasa½santi, na hi tattha s³ra½;
bhay± hi santo, na karonti p±pan”ti (sa½. ni. 1.33);
Ida½ ottappabhaya½ n±ma. Tesu idha cittutr±sabhaya½, ahu ahos²ti attho.
Chambhitattanti chambhitassa bh±vo. Sakalasar²racalananti attho. Lomaha½soti
lomaha½sana½, uddha½ µhitalomat±ti attho. So pan±ya½ lomaha½so dhamma-
ssavan±d²su p²ti-uppattik±le p²tiy±pi hoti (1.0137). Bh²rukaj±tik±na½ sampah±rapi-
s±c±didassanesu bhayen±pi. Idha bhayalomaha½soti veditabbo.
Kasm± panesa bh²toti? Andhak±ren±ti eke vadanti. R±jagahe kira dvatti½sa
mah±dv±r±ni, catusaµµhi khuddakadv±r±ni. J²vakassa ambavana½ p±k±rassa ca
gijjhak³µassa ca antar± hoti. So p±c²nadv±rena nikkhamitv± pabbatacch±y±ya
p±visi, tattha pabbatak³µena cando ch±dito, pabbatacch±y±ya ca rukkhacch±y±ya
ca andhak±ra½ ahos²ti, tampi ak±raºa½. Tad± hi ukk±na½ satasahass±nampi
paricchedo natthi.
Aya½ pana appasaddata½ niss±ya j²vake ±saªk±ya bh²to. J²vako kirassa upari-
p±s±deyeva ±rocesi– “mah±r±ja appasaddak±mo bhagav±, appasaddeneva upa-
saªkamitabbo”ti. Tasm± r±j± t³riyasadda½ niv±resi. T³riy±ni kevala½ gahitama-
tt±neva honti, v±campi ucca½ anicch±rayam±n± acchar±saññ±ya gacchanti.
Ambavanepi kassaci khipitasaddopi na suyyati. R±j±no ca n±ma sadd±bhirat±
honti. So ta½ appasaddata½ niss±ya ukkaºµhito j²vakepi ±saªka½ upp±desi.
“Aya½ j²vako mayha½ ambavane a¹¹hate¼as±ni bhikkhusat±n²”ti ±ha. Ettha ca
khipitasaddamattampi na suyyati, abh³ta½ maññe, esa vañcetv± ma½ nagarato
n²haritv± purato balak±ya½ upaµµhapetv± ma½ gaºhitv± attan± chatta½ uss±petu-
k±mo. Ayañhi pañcanna½ hatth²na½ bala½ dh±reti. Mama ca avid³reneva
gacchati, santike ca me ±vudhahattho ekapurisopi natthi. Aho vata me anattho”ti.
Eva½ bh±yitv± ca pana abh²to viya sandh±retumpi n±sakkhi. Attano bh²tabh±va½
tassa ±vi ak±si. Tena vutta½. “Atha kho r±j± …pe… na nigghoso”ti. Tattha
samm±ti vayass±bhil±po esa, kacci ma½ vayass±ti vutta½ hoti. Na palambhes²ti
ya½ natthi ta½ atth²ti vatv± kacci ma½ na vippalambhayasi. Nigghosoti kath±sall±-
panigghoso.
M± bh±yi, mah±r±j±ti j²vako– “aya½ r±j± ma½ na j±n±ti ‘n±ya½ para½ j²vit± voro-
pet²’ti; sace kho pana na½ na ass±sess±mi, vinasseyy±”ti (1.0138) cintayitv±
da¼ha½ katv± samass±sento “m± bh±yi mah±r±j±”ti vatv± “na ta½ dev±”ti-±di-
m±ha. Abhikkam±ti abhimukho kama gaccha, pavis±ti attho. Saki½ vutte pana
da¼ha½ na hot²ti taram±nova dvikkhattu½ ±ha. Ete maº¹alam±¼e d²p± jh±yant²ti
mah±r±ja, corabala½ n±ma na d²pe j±letv± tiµµhati, ete ca maº¹alam±¼e d²p±
jalanti. Et±ya d²pasaññ±ya y±hi mah±r±j±ti vadati.

S±maññaphalapucch±vaººan±

160. N±gassa bh³m²ti yattha sakk± hatthi½ abhir³¼hena gantu½, aya½ n±gassa
bh³mi n±ma. N±g± paccorohitv±ti vih±rassa bahidv±rakoµµhake hatthito orohitv±.
Bh³miya½ patiµµhitasamak±lameva pana bhagavato tejo rañño sar²ra½ phari.
Athassa t±vadeva sakalasar²rato sed± mucci½su, s±µak± p²¼etv± apanetabb± viya
ahesu½. Attano apar±dha½ saritv± mah±bhaya½ uppajji. So ujuka½ bhagavato
santika½ gantu½ asakkonto j²vaka½ hatthe gahetv± ±r±mac±rika½ caram±no
viya “ida½ te samma j²vaka suµµhu k±rita½ ida½ suµµhu k±ritan”ti vih±rassa
vaººa½ bhaºam±no anukkamena yena maº¹alam±¼assa dv±ra½ tenupasa-
ªkami, sampattoti attho.
Kaha½ pana samm±ti kasm± pucch²ti. Eke t±va “aj±nanto”ti vadanti. Imin± kira
daharak±le pitar± saddhi½ ±gamma bhagav± diµµhapubbo, pacch± pana p±pami-
ttasa½saggena pitugh±ta½ katv± abhim±re pesetv± dhanap±la½ muñc±petv±
mah±par±dho hutv± bhagavato sammukh²bh±va½ na upagatapubboti asañj±-
nanto pucchat²ti. Ta½ ak±raºa½, bhagav± hi ±kiººavaralakkhaºo anubyañjanapa-
µimaº¹ito chabbaºº±hi rasm²hi sakala½ ±r±ma½ obh±setv± t±r±gaºaparivuto viya
puººacando bhikkhugaºaparivuto maº¹alam±¼amajjhe nisinno, ta½ ko na j±neyya.
Aya½ pana attano issariyal²l±ya pucchati. Pakati hes± r±jakul±na½, ya½ j±na-
nt±pi aj±nant± viya pucchanti. J²vako pana ta½ sutv±– ‘aya½ r±j± pathaviya½
µhatv± kuhi½ pathav²ti, nabha½ ulloketv± kuhi½ candimas³riy±ti, sinerum³le
µhatv± (1.0139) kuhi½ siner³ti vadam±no viya dasabalassa purato µhatv± kuhi½
bhagav±’ti pucchati. “Handassa bhagavanta½ dassess±m²”ti cintetv± yena
bhagav± tenañjali½ paº±metv± “eso mah±r±j±”ti-±dim±ha. Purakkhatoti pariv±-
retv± nisinnassa purato nisinno.
161. Yena bhagav± tenupasaªkam²ti yattha bhagav± tattha gato, bhagavato
santika½ upagatoti attho. Ekamanta½ aµµh±s²ti bhagavanta½ v± bhikkhusa½gha½
v± asaªghaµµayam±no attano µh±tu½ anucchavike ekasmi½ padese bhagavanta½
abhiv±detv± ekova aµµh±si. Tuºh²bh³ta½ tuºh²bh³tanti yato yato anuviloketi, tato
tato tuºh²bh³tamev±ti attho. Tattha hi ekabhikkhussapi hatthakukkucca½ v± p±da-
kukkucca½ v± khipitasaddo v± natthi, sabb±laªk±rapaµimaº¹ita½ n±µakapari-
v±ra½ bhagavato abhimukhe µhita½ r±j±na½ v± r±japarisa½ v± ekabhikkhupi na
olokesi. Sabbe bhagavanta½yeva olokayam±n± nis²di½su.
R±j± tesa½ upasame pas²ditv± vigatapaªkat±ya vippasannarahadamiva upasa-
ntindriya½ bhikkhusaªgha½ punappuna½ anuviloketv± ud±na½ ud±nesi. Tattha
imin±ti yena k±yikena ca v±casikena ca m±nasikena ca s²l³pasamena bhikkhu-
saªgho upasanto, imin± upasamen±ti d²peti. Tattha “aho vata me putto pabbajitv±
ime bhikkh³ viya upasanto bhaveyy±”ti nayida½ sandh±ya esa evam±ha. Aya½
pana bhikkhusaªgha½ disv± pasanno putta½ anussari. Dullabhañhi laddh± accha-
riya½ v± disv± piy±na½ ñ±timitt±d²na½ anussaraºa½ n±ma lokassa pakatiyeva.
Iti bhikkhusaªgha½ disv± putta½ anussaram±no esa evam±ha.
Api ca putte ±saªk±ya tassa upasama½ iccham±no pesa evam±ha. Eva½
kirassa ahosi, putto me pucchissati– “mayha½ pit± daharo. Ayyako me kuhin”ti.
So “pitar± te gh±tito”ti sutv± “ahampi pitara½ gh±tetv± rajja½ k±ress±m²”ti maññi-
ssati. Iti putte ±saªk±ya tassa upasama½ iccham±no pesa evam±ha. Kiñc±pi hi
esa evam±ha. Atha kho na½ putto gh±tessatiyeva. Tasmiñhi va½se pituvadho
pañcaparivaµµe gato. Aj±tasattu bimbis±ra½ gh±tesi, udayo aj±tasattu½ (1.0140).
Tassa putto mah±muº¹iko n±ma udaya½. Tassa putto anuruddho n±ma mah±mu-
º¹ika½. Tassa putto n±gad±so n±ma anuruddha½. N±gad±sa½ pana– “va½sa-
cchedakar±j±no ime, ki½ imeh²”ti raµµhav±sino kupit± gh±tesu½.
Agam± kho tvanti kasm± evam±ha? Bhagav± kira rañño vac²bhede akateyeva
cintesi– “aya½ r±j± ±gantv± tuºh² niravo µhito, ki½ nu kho cintes²”ti. Athassa citta½
ñatv±– “aya½ may± saddhi½ sallapitu½ asakkonto bhikkhusaªgha½ anuviloketv±
putta½ anussari, na kho pan±ya½ mayi an±lapante kiñci kathetu½ sakkhissati,
karomi tena saddhi½ kath±sall±pan”ti. Tasm± rañño vacan±nantara½ “agam± kho
tva½, mah±r±ja, yath±peman”ti ±ha. Tassattho– mah±r±ja, yath± n±ma unname
vuµµha½ udaka½ yena ninna½ tena gacchati, evameva tva½ bhikkhusaªgha½
anuviloketv± yena pema½ tena gatoti.
Atha rañño etadahosi– “aho acchariy± buddhaguº±, may± sadiso bhagavato
apar±dhak±rako n±ma natthi, may± hissa aggupaµµh±ko gh±tito, devadattassa ca
katha½ gahetv± abhim±r± pesit±, n±¼±giri mutto, ma½ niss±ya devadattena sil±
paviddh±, eva½ mah±par±dha½ n±ma ma½ ±lapato dasabalassa mukha½ nappa-
hoti; aho bhagav± pañcah±k±rehi t±dilakkhaºe suppatiµµhito. Evar³pa½ n±ma
satth±ra½ pah±ya bahiddh± na pariyesiss±m±”ti so somanassaj±to bhagavanta½
±lapanto “piyo me, bhante”ti-±dim±ha.
162. Bhikkhusaªghassa añjali½ paº±metv±ti eva½ kirassa ahosi bhagavanta½
vanditv± itocito ca gantv± bhikkhusaªgha½ vandantena ca bhagav± piµµhito
k±tabbo hoti, garuk±ropi cesa na hoti. R±j±na½ vanditv± upar±j±na½ vandante-
napi hi rañño ag±ravo kato hoti. Tasm± bhagavanta½ vanditv± µhitaµµh±neyeva
bhikkhusaªghassa añjali½ paº±metv± ekamanta½ nis²di. Kañcideva desanti
kañci ok±sa½.
Athassa (1.0141) bhagav± pañhapucchane uss±ha½ janento ±ha– “puccha,
mah±r±ja, yad±kaªkhas²”ti. Tassattho– “puccha yadi ±kaªkhasi, na me pañhavi-
ssajjane bh±ro atthi”. Atha v± “puccha, ya½ ±kaªkhasi, sabba½ te vissajjess±-
m²”ti sabbaññupav±raºa½ pav±resi, as±dh±raºa½ paccekabuddha-aggas±vaka-
mah±s±vakehi. Te hi yad±kaªkhas²ti na vadanti, sutv± vediss±m±ti vadanti.
Buddh± pana– “puccha, ±vuso, yad±kaªkhas²”ti (sa½. ni. 1.237), v± “puccha,
mah±r±ja, yad±kaªkhas²”ti v±,
“Puccha, v±sava, ma½ pañha½, ya½ kiñci manasicchasi;
tassa tasseva pañhassa, aha½ anta½ karomi te”ti. (d². ni. 2.356) v±;
 “B±varissa ca tuyha½ v±, sabbesa½ sabbasa½saya½;
Tena hi tva½, bhikkhu, sake ±sane nis²ditv± puccha, yad±kaªkhas²ti v±,
“B±varissa ca tuyha½ v±, sabbesa½ sabbasa½saya½;
kat±vak±s± pucchavho, ya½ kiñci manasicchath±”ti. (su. ni. 1036) v±;
“Puccha ma½, sabhiya, pañha½, ya½ kiñci manasicchasi;
tassa tasseva pañhassa, aha½ anta½ karomi te”ti. (su. ni. 517) v±;
Tesa½ tesa½ yakkhanarindadevasamaºabr±hmaºaparibb±jak±na½ sabbaññu-
pav±raºa½ pav±renti. Anacchariyañceta½, ya½ bhagav± buddhabh³mi½ patv±
eta½ pav±raºa½ pav±reyya. Yo bodhisattabh³miya½ padesañ±ºe µhito–
“Koº¹añña, pañh±ni viy±karohi;
y±canti ta½ isayo s±dhur³p±.
koº¹añña, eso manujesu dhammo;
ya½ vuddham±gacchati esa bh±ro”ti. (j±. 2.17.60);
Eva½ sakk±d²na½ atth±ya is²hi y±cito–
“Kat±vak±s± pucchantu bhonto,
ya½ kiñci pañha½ manas±bhipatthita½;
ahañhi ta½ ta½ vo viy±karissa½,
ñatv± saya½ lokamima½ parañc±”ti. (j±. 2.17.61);
Eva½ (1.0142) sarabhaªgak±le. Sambhavaj±take ca sakalajambud²pa½
tikkhattu½ vicaritv± pañh±na½ antakara½ adisv± suciratena br±hmaºena,
pañha½ puµµhu½ ok±se k±rite j±tiy± sattavassiko rathik±ya pa½su½ k²¼anto palla-
ªkam±bhujitv± antarav²thiya½ nisinnova–
“Taggha te ahamakkhissa½, yath±pi kusalo tath±;
r±j± ca kho ta½ j±n±ti, yadi k±hati v± na v±”ti. (j±. 1.16.172);

Sabbaññupav±raºa½ pav±resi.

163. Eva½ bhagavat± sabbaññupav±raº±ya pav±rit±ya attamano r±j± pañha½

pucchanto– “yath± nu kho im±ni, bhante”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha sippameva sipp±ya-
tana½. Puthusipp±yatan±n²ti bah³ni sipp±ni. Seyyathidanti katame pana te. Hatth±-
roh±ti-±d²hi ye ta½ ta½ sippa½ niss±ya j²vanti, te dasseti. Ayañhi ass±dhipp±yo–
“yath± imesa½ sipp³paj²v²na½ ta½ ta½ sippa½ niss±ya sandiµµhika½ sippaphala½
paññ±yati. Sakk± nu kho eva½ sandiµµhika½ s±maññaphala½ paññ±petun”ti.
Tasm± sipp±yatan±ni ±haritv± sipp³paj²vino dasseti.
Tattha hatth±roh±ti sabbepi hatth±cariyahatthivejjahatthimeº¹±dayo dasseti.
Ass±roh±ti sabbepi ass±cariya-assavejja-assameº¹±dayo. Rathik±ti sabbepi
rath±cariyarathayodharatharakkh±dayo. Dhanuggah±Ti dhanu-±cariy± iss±s±.
Celak±ti ye yuddhe jayadhaja½ gahetv± purato gacchanti. Calak±ti idha rañño
µh±na½ hotu, idha asukamah±mattass±ti eva½ sen±by³hak±rak±. Piº¹ad±yak±ti
s±hasikamah±yodh±. Te kira parasena½ pavisitv± paras²sa½ piº¹amiva chetv±
chetv± dayanti, uppatitv± uppatitv± niggacchant²ti attho. Ye v± saªg±mamajjhe
yodh±na½ bhattap±ti½ gahetv± parivisanti, tesampeta½ n±ma½. Ugg± r±japu-
tt±ti uggatuggat± saªg±m±vacar± r±japutt±. Pakkhandinoti ye “kassa s²sa½ v±
±vudha½ v± ±har±m±”ti (1.0143) “vatv± asukass±”ti vutt± saªg±ma½ pakkha-
nditv± tadeva ±haranti, ime pakkhandant²ti pakkhandino. Mah±n±g±ti mah±n±g±
viya mah±n±g±, hatthi-±d²supi abhimukha½ ±gacchantesu anivattitayodh±na-
meta½ adhivacana½. S³r±Ti ekantas³r±, ye saj±lik±pi sacammik±pi samudda½
taritu½ sakkonti. Cammayodhinoti ye cammakañcuka½ v± pavisitv± saraparitt±ºa-
camma½ v± gahetv± yujjhanti. D±sikaputt±ti balavasineh± gharad±sayodh±. ¾¼±ri-
k±ti p³vik±. Kappak±ti nh±pik±. Nh±pak±ti ye nh±penti. S³d±ti bhattak±rak±. M±l±-
k±r±dayo p±kaµ±yeva. Gaºak±ti acchiddakap±µhak±. Muddik±ti hatthamudd±ya
gaºana½ niss±ya j²vino. Y±ni v± panaññ±nip²ti ayak±radantak±racittak±r±d²ni.
Eva½gat±n²ti eva½ pavatt±ni. Te diµµheva dhammeti te hatth±roh±dayo t±ni puthu-
sipp±yatan±ni dassetv± r±jakulato mah±sampatti½ labham±n± sandiµµhikameva
sippaphala½ upaj²vanti. Sukhent²ti sukhita½ karonti. P²ºent²ti p²ºita½ th±mabal³-
peta½ karonti. Uddhaggik±d²su upari phalanibbattanato uddha½ aggamass±
atth²ti uddhaggik±. Sagga½ arahat²ti sovaggik±. Sukho vip±ko ass±ti sukhavip±k±.
Suµµhu agge r³pasaddagandharasaphoµµhabba-±yuvaººasukhayasa-±dhipateyya-
saªkh±te dasa dhamme sa½vatteti nibbattet²ti saggasa½vattanik±. Ta½ evar³pa½
dakkhiºa½ d±na½ patiµµhapent²ti attho. S±maññaphalanti ettha paramatthato
maggo s±mañña½. Ariyaphala½ s±maññaphala½. Yath±ha– “katamañca,
bhikkhave, s±mañña½? Ayameva ariyo aµµhaªgiko maggo. Seyyathida½, samm±-
diµµhi …pe… samm±sam±dhi. Ida½ vuccati, bhikkhave, s±mañña½. Katam±ni ca,
bhikkhave, s±maññaphal±ni? Sot±pattiphala½ …pe… arahattaphalan”ti (sa½. ni.
5.35). Ta½ esa r±j± na j±n±ti. Upari ±gata½ pana d±sakassakopama½ sandh±ya
pucchati.
Atha bhagav± pañha½ avissajjetv±va cintesi– “ime bah³ aññatitthiyas±vak±
r±j±macc± idh±gat±, te kaºhapakkhañca sukkapakkhañca d²petv± kath²yam±ne
amh±ka½ r±j± mahantena uss±hena idh±gato, tass±gatak±lato paµµh±ya samaºo
gotamo samaºakol±hala½ samaºabhaº¹anameva (1.0144) kathet²ti ujjh±yissanti,
na sakkacca½ dhamma½ sossanti, raññ± pana kath²yam±ne ujjh±yitu½ na
sakkhissanti, r±j±nameva anuvattissanti. Issar±nuvattako hi loko. ‘Hand±ha½
raññova bh±ra½ karom²’ti rañño bh±ra½ karonto “abhij±n±si no tvan”ti-±dim±ha.
164. Tattha abhij±n±si no tvanti abhij±n±si nu tva½. Ayañca no-saddo parato
pucchit±ti padena yojetabbo. Idañhi vutta½ hoti– “mah±r±ja, tva½ ima½ pañha½
aññe samaºabr±hmaºe pucchit± nu, abhij±n±si ca na½ puµµhabh±va½, na te
sammuµµhan”ti. Sace te agar³ti sace tuyha½ yath± te by±kari½su, tath± idha
bh±situ½ bh±riya½ na hoti, yadi na koci aph±sukabh±vo atthi, bh±sass³ti attho. Na
kho me bhanteti ki½ sandh±y±ha? Paº¹itapatir³pak±nañhi santike kathetu½
dukkha½ hoti, te pade pade akkhare akkhare dosameva vadanti. Ekantapaº¹it±
pana katha½ sutv± sukathita½ pasa½santi, dukkathitesu p±¼ipada-atthabyañja-
nesu ya½ ya½ virujjhati, ta½ ta½ ujuka½ katv± denti. Bhagavat± ca sadiso ekanta-
paº¹ito n±ma natthi. Ten±ha– “na kho me, bhante, garu; yatthassa bhagav±
nisinno bhagavantar³po v±”ti.

P³raºakassapav±davaººan±

165. Ekamid±hanti eka½ idha aha½. Sammodan²ya½ katha½ s±raº²ya½ v²tis±re-

tv±ti sammodajanaka½ saritabbayuttaka½ katha½ pariyos±petv±.
166. “Karoto kho, mah±r±ja, k±rayato”ti-±d²su karototi sahatth± karontassa. K±ra-
yatoti ±ºattiy± k±rentassa. Chindatoti paresa½ hatth±d²ni chindantassa. Pacatoti
pare daº¹ena p²¼entassa. Socayatoti parassa bhaº¹aharaº±d²hi socayato. Soc±pa-
yatoti soka½ saya½ karontassapi parehi k±r±pentassapi (1.0145). Kilamatoti ±h±-
rupacchedabandhan±g±rappavesan±d²hi saya½ kilamantassapi parehi kilam±pe-
ntassapi. Phandato phand±payatoti para½ phandanta½ phandanak±le sayampi
phandato parampi phand±payato. P±ºamatip±t±payatoti p±ºa½ hanantassapi
han±pentassapi. Eva½ sabbattha karaºak±raºavaseneva attho veditabbo.
Sandhinti gharasandhi½. Nillopanti mah±vilopa½. Ek±g±rikanti ekameva
ghara½ pariv±retv± viluppana½. Paripantheti ±gat±gat±na½ acchindanattha½
magge tiµµhato. Karoto na kar²yati p±panti ya½ kiñci p±pa½ karom²ti saññ±ya karo-
topi p±pa½ na kar²yati, natthi p±pa½. Satt± pana p±pa½ karom±ti eva½saññino
hont²ti d²peti. Khurapariyanten±ti khuranemin±, khuradh±rasadisapariyantena v±.
Eka½ ma½sakhalanti eka½ ma½sar±si½. Puñjanti tasseva vevacana½. Tatonid±-
nanti ekama½sakhalakaraºanid±na½.
Dakkhiºanti dakkhiºat²re manuss± kakkha¼± d±ruº±, te sandh±ya “hananto”ti-±-
dim±ha. Uttarat²re satt± saddh± honti pasann± buddham±mak± dhammam±mak±
saªgham±mak±, te sandh±ya dadantoti-±dim±ha. Tattha yajantoti mah±y±ga½
karonto. Damen±ti indriyadamena uposathakammena v±. Sa½yamen±ti s²lasa½-
yamena. Saccavajjen±ti saccavacanena. ¾gamoti ±gamana½, pavatt²ti attho.
Sabbath±pi p±papuññ±na½ kiriyameva paµikkhipati.
Amba½ puµµho labuja½ by±karoti n±ma, yo k²diso ambo k²dis±ni v± ambassa
khandhapaººapupphaphal±n²ti vutte ediso labujo edis±ni v± labujassa khandhapa-
ººapupphaphal±n²ti by±karoti. Vijiteti ±º±pavattidese. Apas±detabbanti viheµhe-
tabba½. Anabhinanditv±ti “s±dhu s±dh³”ti eva½ pasa½sa½ akatv±. Appaµikkosi-
tv±ti b±ladubbh±sita½ tay± bh±sitanti eva½ appaµib±hitv±. Anuggaºhantoti s±rato
aggaºhanto. Anikkujjantoti s±ravaseneva ida½ nissaraºa½, aya½ paramatthoti
hadaye aµµhapento. Byañjana½ pana tena uggahitañceva nikkujjitañca.

Makkhaligos±lav±davaººan±

167-169. Makkhaliv±de (1.0146) paccayoti hetuvevacanameva, ubhayen±pi

vijjam±nameva k±yaduccarit±d²na½ sa½kilesapaccaya½, k±yasucarit±d²nañca
visuddhipaccaya½ paµikkhipati. Attak±reti attak±ro. Yena attan± katakammena
ime satt± devattampi m±rattampi brahmattampi s±vakabodhimpi paccekabo-
dhimpi sabbaññutampi p±puºanti, tampi paµikkhipati. Dutiyapadena ya½ para-
k±ra½ parassa ov±d±nus±sani½ niss±ya µhapetv± mah±satta½ avaseso jano
manussasobhagyata½ ±di½ katv± y±va arahatta½ p±puº±ti, ta½ parak±ra½ paµi-
kkhipati. Evamaya½ b±lo jinacakke pah±ra½ deti n±ma. Natthi purisak±reti yena
purisak±rena satt± vuttappak±r± sampattiyo p±puºanti, tampi paµikkhipati. Natthi
balanti yamhi attano bale patiµµhit± satt± v²riya½ katv± t± sampattiyo p±puºanti,
ta½ bala½ paµikkhipati. Natthi v²riyanti-±d²ni sabb±ni purisak±ravevacan±neva.
“Ida½ no v²riyena ida½ purisath±mena, ida½ purisaparakkamena pavattan”ti eva½
pavattavacanapaµikkhepakaraºavasena panet±ni visu½ ±diyanti.
Sabbe satt±ti oµµhagoºagadrabh±dayo anavasese pariggaºh±ti. Sabbe p±º±ti
ekindriyo p±ºo, dvindriyo p±ºoti-±divasena vadati. Sabbe bh³t±ti aº¹akosavatthi-
kosesu bh³te sandh±ya vadati. Sabbe j²v±ti s±liyavagodhum±dayo sandh±ya
vadati. Tesu hi so vir³hanabh±vena j²vasaññ². Avas± abal± av²riy±ti tesa½ attano
vaso v± bala½ v± v²riya½ v± natthi. Niyatisaªgatibh±vapariºat±ti ettha niyat²ti
niyat±. Saªgat²ti channa½ abhij±t²na½ tattha
tattha gamana½. Bh±voti sabh±voyeva. Eva½ niyatiy± ca saªgatiy± ca bh±vena
ca pariºat± n±nappak±rata½ patt±. Yena hi yath± bhavitabba½, so tatheva
bhavati. Yena na bhavitabba½, so na bhavat²ti dasseti. Chasvev±bhij±t²s³Ti
chasu eva abhij±t²su µhatv± sukhañca dukkhañca paµisa½vedenti. Aññ± sukhadu-
kkhabh³mi natth²ti dasseti.
Yonipamukhasatasahass±n²ti pamukhayon²na½ uttamayon²na½ cuddasasata-
sahass±ni aññ±ni ca saµµhisat±ni aññ±ni ca chasat±ni. Pañca ca kammuno (1.0147)
sat±n²ti pañcakammasat±ni ca. Kevala½ takkamattakena niratthaka½ diµµhi½
d²peti. Pañca ca kamm±ni t²ºi ca kamm±n²ti-±d²supi eseva nayo. Keci pan±hu–
“pañca ca kamm±n²ti pañcindriyavasena bhaºati. T²º²ti k±yakamm±divasen±”ti.
Kamme ca upa¹¹hakamme c±ti ettha panassa k±yakammañca vac²kammañca
kammanti laddhi, manokamma½ upa¹¹hakammanti. Dvaµµhipaµipad±ti dv±saµµhi
paµipad±ti vadati. Dvaµµhantarakapp±ti ekasmi½ kappe catusaµµhi antarakapp±
n±ma honti. Aya½ pana aññe dve aj±nanto evam±ha.
Cha¼±bhij±tiyoti kaºh±bhij±ti, n²l±bhij±ti, lohit±bhij±ti, halidd±bhij±ti, sukk±bhij±ti,
paramasukk±bhij±t²ti im± cha abhij±tiyo vadati. Tattha orabbhik±, s±kuºik±, m±ga-
vik±, s³karik±, ludd±, macchagh±tak± cor±, coragh±tak±, bandhan±g±rik±, ye v±
panaññepi keci kur³rakammant±, aya½ kaºh±bhij±t²ti (a. ni. 6.57) vadati. Bhikkh³
n²l±bhij±t²ti vadati, te kira cat³su paccayesu kaºµake pakkhipitv± kh±danti.
“Bhikkh³ kaºµakavuttik±”ti (a. ni. 6.57) ayañhissa p±¼iyeva. Atha v± kaºµakavuttik±
eva n±ma eke pabbajit±ti vadati. Lohit±bhij±ti n±ma nigaºµh± ekas±µak±ti vadati.
Ime kira purimehi dv²hi paº¹aratar±. Gih² od±tavasan± acelakas±vak± halidd±bhi-
j±t²ti vadati. Eva½ attano paccayad±yake nigaºµhehipi jeµµhakatare karoti. ¾j²vak±
±j²vakiniyo sukk±bhij±t²ti vadati. Te kira purimehi cat³hi paº¹aratar±. Nando,
vaccho, kiso, saªkiccho, makkhaligos±lo, paramasukk±bhij±t²ti (a. ni. 6.57) vadati.
Te kira sabbehi paº¹aratar±.
Aµµha purisabh³miyoti mandabh³mi, khi¹¹±bh³mi, padav²ma½sabh³mi, ujugata-
bh³mi, sekkhabh³mi, samaºabh³mi, jinabh³mi, pannabh³m²ti im± aµµha purisa-
bh³miyoti vadati. Tattha j±tadivasato paµµh±ya sattadivase samb±dhaµµh±nato
nikkhantatt± satt± mand± honti mom³h±, aya½ mandabh³m²ti vadati. Ye pana
duggatito ±gat± honti, te abhiºha½ rodanti ceva viravanti ca, sugatito ±gat± ta½
anussaritv± hasanti, aya½ khi¹¹±bh³mi n±ma. M±t±pit³na½ hattha½ v± p±da½
v± mañca½ v± p²µha½ v± gahetv± bh³miya½ padanikkhipana½ padav²ma½sa-
bh³mi n±ma. Padas± gantu½ samatthak±le ujugatabh³mi n±ma. Sipp±ni sikkhita-
k±le (1.0148) sekkhabh³mi n±ma. Ghar± nikkhamma pabbajitak±le samaºa-
bh³mi n±ma. ¾cariya½ sevitv± j±nanak±le jinabh³mi n±ma. Bhikkhu ca pannako
jino na kiñci ±h±ti eva½ al±bhi½ samaºa½ pannabh³m²ti vadati.
Ek³napaññ±sa ±j²vakasateti ek³napaññ±sa-±j²vakavuttisat±ni. Paribb±jakasa-
teti paribb±jakapabbajj±sat±ni. N±g±v±sasateti n±gamaº¹alasat±ni. V²se indriyasa-
teti v²satindriyasat±ni. Ti½se nirayasateti ti½sa nirayasat±ni. Rajodh±tuyoti raja-o-
kiraºaµµh±n±ni, hatthapiµµhip±dapiµµh±d²ni sandh±ya vadati. Satta saññ²gabbh±ti
oµµhagoºagadrabha-ajapasumigamahi½se sandh±ya vadati. Satta asaññ²ga-
bbh±ti s±liv²hiyavagodh³makaªguvarakakudr³sake sandh±ya vadati. Nigaºµhiga-
bbh±ti gaºµhimhi j±tagabbh±, ucchuve¼una¼±dayo sandh±ya vadati. Satta dev±ti
bah³ dev±. So pana satt±ti vadati. Manuss±pi anant±, so satt±ti vadati. Satta pis±-
c±ti pis±c± mahantamahant± satt±ti vadati. Sar±ti mah±sar±, kaººamuº¹arathak±-
ra-anotattas²happap±tachaddantamand±kin²kuº±ladahe gahetv± vadati.
Pavuµ±ti gaºµhik±. Pap±t±ti mah±pap±t±. Pap±tasat±n²ti khuddakapap±tasa-
t±ni. Supin±ti mah±supin±. Supinasat±n²Ti khuddakasupinasat±ni. Mah±kappi-
noti mah±kapp±na½. Tattha ekamh± mah±sar± vassasate vassasate kusaggena
eka½ udakabindu½ n²haritv± sattakkhattu½ tamhi sare nirudake kate eko mah±ka-
ppoti vadati. Evar³p±na½ mah±kapp±na½ catur±s²tisatasahass±ni khepetv± b±le
ca paº¹ite ca dukkhassanta½ karont²ti ayamassa laddhi. Paº¹itopi kira antar±
visujjhitu½ na sakkoti. B±lopi tato uddha½ na gacchati.
S²len±ti acelakas²lena v± aññena v± yena kenaci. Vaten±ti t±diseneva vatena.
Tapen±ti tapokammena. Aparipakka½ parip±ceti n±ma, yo “aha½ paº¹ito”ti
antar± visujjhati. Paripakka½ phussa phussa byanti½ karoti n±ma yo “aha½ b±lo”-
ti vuttaparim±ºa½ k±la½ atikkamitv± y±ti. Heva½ natth²ti eva½ natthi. Tañhi ubha-
yampi na sakk± (1.0149) k±tunti d²peti. Doºamiteti doºena mita½ viya. Sukhadu-
kkheti sukhadukkha½. Pariyantakateti vuttaparim±ºena k±lena katapariyante.
Natthi h±yanava¹¹haneti natthi h±yanava¹¹han±ni. Na sa½s±ro paº¹itassa
h±yati, na b±lassa va¹¹hat²ti attho. Ukka½s±vaka½seti ukka½s±vaka½s±. H±ya-
nava¹¹han±nameta½ adhivacana½.
Id±ni tamattha½ upam±ya s±dhento “seyyath±pi n±m±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha sutta-
gu¼eti veµhetv± katasuttagu¼e. Nibbeµhiyam±nameva palet²ti pabbate v± rukkhagge
v± µhatv± khitta½ suttappam±ºena nibbeµhiyam±nameva gacchati, sutte kh²ºe
tattheva tiµµhati, na gacchati. Evameva vuttak±lato uddha½ na gacchat²ti dasseti.

Ajitakesakambalav±davaººan±

170-172. Ajitav±de natthi dinnanti dinnaphal±bh±va½ sandh±ya vadati. Yiµµha½

vuccati mah±y±go. Hutanti paheºakasakk±ro adhippeto. Tampi ubhaya½ phal±-
bh±vameva sandh±ya paµikkhipati. Sukatadukkaµ±nanti sukatadukkaµ±na½, kusa-
l±kusal±nanti attho. Phala½ vip±koti ya½ phalanti v± vip±koti v± vuccati, ta½
natth²ti vadati. Natthi aya½ lokoti paraloke µhitassa aya½ loko natthi, natthi paro
lokoti idha loke µhitass±pi paro loko natthi, sabbe tattha tattheva ucchijjant²ti
dasseti. Natthi m±t± natthi pit±ti tesu samm±paµipattimicch±paµipatt²na½ phal±bh±-
vavasena vadati. Natthi satt± opap±tik±ti cavitv± upapajjanak± satt± n±ma natth²ti
vadati.
C±tumah±bh³tikoti catumah±bh³tamayo. Pathav² pathavik±yanti ajjhattikapa-
thav²dh±tu b±hirapathav²dh±tu½. Anupet²ti anuy±yati. Anupagacchat²ti tasseva
vevacana½. Anugacchat²tipi attho. Ubhayen±pi upeti, upagacchat²ti dasseti. ¾p±-
d²supi eseva nayo. Indriy±n²ti manacchaµµh±ni indriy±ni ±k±sa½ pakkhandanti. ¾sa-
ndipañcam±ti nipannamañcena pañcam±, mañco ceva catt±ro mañcap±de
gahetv± µhit± catt±ro puris± c±ti attho. Y±v±¼±han±ti y±va sus±n±. Pad±n²ti ‘aya½
eva½ s²lav± (1.0150) ahosi, eva½ duss²lo’ti-±din± nayena pavatt±ni guº±guºapa-
d±ni, sar²rameva v± ettha pad±n²ti adhippeta½. K±potak±n²ti kapotavaºº±ni, p±r±-
vatapakkhavaºº±n²ti attho. Bhassant±ti bhasmant±, ayameva v± p±¼i. ¾hutiyoti
ya½ paheºakasakk±r±dibheda½ dinnad±na½, sabba½ ta½ ch±rik±vas±nameva
hoti, na tato para½ phalad±yaka½ hutv± gacchat²ti attho. Dattupaññattanti datt³hi
b±lamanussehi paññatta½. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– ‘b±lehi abuddh²hi paññattamida½
d±na½, na paº¹itehi. B±l± denti, paº¹it± gaºhant²’ti dasseti.
Tattha p³raºo “karoto na kar²yati p±pan”ti vadanto kamma½ paµib±hati. Ajito
“k±yassa bhed± ucchijjat²”ti vadanto vip±ka½ paµib±hati. Makkhali “natthi het³”ti
vadanto ubhaya½ paµib±hati. Tattha kamma½ paµib±hanten±pi vip±ko paµib±hito
hoti, vip±ka½ paµib±hanten±pi kamma½ paµib±hita½ hoti. Iti sabbepete atthato
ubhayappaµib±hak± ahetukav±d± ceva akiriyav±d± ca natthikav±d± ca honti.
Ye v± pana tesa½ laddhi½ gahetv± rattiµµh±ne div±µh±ne nisinn± sajjh±yanti
v²ma½santi, tesa½ “karoto na kar²yati p±pa½, natthi hetu, natthi paccayo, mato
ucchijjat²”ti tasmi½ ±rammaºe micch±sati santiµµhati, citta½ ekagga½ hoti, java-
n±ni javanti, paµhamajavane satekicch± honti, tath± dutiy±d²su, sattame buddh±-
nampi atekicch± anivattino ariµµhakaºµakasadis±. Tattha koci eka½ dassana½
okkamati, koci dve, koci t²ºipi, ekasmi½ okkantepi, dv²su t²su okkantesupi, niyata-
micch±diµµhikova hoti; patto saggamagg±varaºañceva mokkhamagg±varaºañca,
abhabbo tassattabh±vassa anantara½ saggampi gantu½, pageva mokkha½.
Vaµµakh±ºu n±mesa satto pathavigopako, yebhuyyena evar³passa bhavato
vuµµh±na½ natthi.
“Tasm± akaly±ºajana½, ±s²visamivoraga½;
±rak± parivajjeyya, bh³tik±mo vicakkhaºo”ti.

Pakudhakacc±yanav±davaººan±

173-175. Pakudhav±de (1.0151) akaµ±ti akat±. Akaµavidh±ti akatavidh±n±. Eva½

karoh²ti kenaci k±r±pit±pi na hont²ti attho. Animmit±ti iddhiy±pi na nimmit±. Animm±-
t±ti animm±pit±, keci animm±petabb±ti pada½ vadanti, ta½ neva p±¼iya½, na aµµha-
kath±ya½ dissati. Vañjh±dipadattaya½ vuttatthameva. Na iñjant²ti esikatthambho
viya µhitatt± na calanti. Na vipariºamant²ti pakati½ na jahanti. Na aññamañña½
by±b±dhent²ti na aññamañña½ upahananti. N±lanti na samatth±. Pathavik±yoti-±-
d²su pathav²yeva pathavik±yo, pathavisam³ho v±. Tatth±ti tesu j²vasattamesu
k±yesu. Sattanna½ tveva k±y±nanti yath± muggar±si-±d²su pahata½ sattha½
mugg±d²na½ antarena pavisati, eva½ sattanna½ k±y±na½ antarena chiddena
vivarena sattha½ pavisati. Tattha aha½ ima½ j²vit± voropem²ti kevala½ saññ±ma-
ttameva hot²ti dasseti.

Nigaºµhan±µaputtav±davaººan±
 176-178. N±µaputtav±de c±tuy±masa½varasa½vutoTi catukoµµh±sena sa½va-
rena sa½vuto. Sabbav±riv±rito c±ti v±ritasabba-udako paµikkhittasabbas²todakoti
attho. So kira s²todake sattasaññ² hoti, tasm± na ta½ va¼añjeti. Sabbav±riyuttoti
sabbena p±pav±raºena yutto. Sabbav±ridhutoti sabbena p±pav±raºena dhuta-
p±po. Sabbav±riphuµoti sabbena p±pav±raºena phuµµho. Gatattoti koµippattacitto.
YatattoTi sa½yatacitto. Ýhitattoti suppatiµµhitacitto. Etassa v±de kiñci s±san±nulo-
mampi atthi, asuddhaladdhit±ya pana sabb± diµµhiyeva j±t±.

Sañcayabelaµµhaputtav±davaººan±

179-181. Sañcayav±do amar±vikkhepe vuttanayo eva.

Paµhamasandiµµhikas±maññaphalavaººan±

182. Soha½ (1.0152), bhanteti so aha½ bhante, v±luka½ p²¼etv± tela½ alabha-
m±no viya titthiyav±desu s±ra½ alabhanto bhagavanta½ pucch±m²ti attho.
183. Yath± te khameyy±ti yath± te rucceyya. D±soti antoj±tadhanakk²takarama-
r±n²tas±ma½d±sabyopagat±na½ aññataro. Kammak±roti analaso kammakaraºa-
s²loyeva. D³rato disv± paµhamameva uµµhahat²ti pubbuµµh±y². Eva½ uµµhito s±mino
±sana½ paññapetv± p±dadhovan±dikattabbakicca½ katv± pacch± nipatati nis²da-
t²ti pacch±nip±t². S±mikamhi v± sayanato
avuµµhite pubbeyeva vuµµh±t²ti pubbuµµh±y². Pacc³sak±lato paµµh±ya y±va s±mino
ratti½ niddokkamana½, t±va sabbakicc±ni katv± pacch± nipatati, seyya½ kappe-
t²ti pacch±nip±t². Ki½ karomi, ki½ karom²ti eva½ ki½k±rameva paµisuºanto vicara-
t²ti ki½ k±rapaµiss±v². Man±pameva kiriya½ karot²ti man±pac±r². Piyameva vada-
t²ti piyav±d². S±mino tuµµhapahaµµha½ mukha½ ullokayam±no vicarat²ti mukhullo-
kako.
Devo maññeti devo viya. So vatass±ha½ puññ±ni kareyyanti so vata aha½ eva-
r³po assa½, yadi puññ±ni kareyyanti attho. “So vatassa’ssan”tipi p±µho, ayame-
vattho. Ya½n³n±hanti sace d±na½ dass±mi, ya½ r±j± ekadivasa½ deti, tato sata-
bh±gampi y±vaj²va½ na sakkhiss±mi d±tunti pabbajj±ya½ uss±ha½ katv± eva½
cintanabh±va½ dasseti.
K±yena sa½vutoti k±yena pihito hutv± akusalassa pavesanadv±ra½ thaketv±ti
attho. Eseva nayo sesapadadvayepi. Gh±sacch±danaparamat±y±ti gh±sacch±da-
nena paramat±ya uttamat±ya, etadatthampi anesana½ pah±ya aggasallekhena
santuµµhoti attho. Abhirato paviveketi “k±yaviveko ca vivekaµµhak±y±na½, cittavi-
veko ca nekkhamm±bhirat±na½, paramavod±nappatt±na½ upadhiviveko ca niru-
padh²na½ puggal±na½ visaªkh±ragat±nan”ti eva½ vutte tividhepi viveke rato;
gaºasaªgaºika½ (1.0153) pah±ya k±yena eko viharati, cittakilesasaªgaºika½
pah±ya aµµhasam±pattivasena eko viharati, phalasam±patti½ v± nirodhasam±-
patti½ v± pavisitv± nibb±na½ patv± viharat²ti attho. Yaggheti codanatthe nip±to.
184. ¾sanenapi nimanteyy±m±ti nisinn±sana½ papphoµetv± idha nis²dath±ti
vadeyy±ma. Abhinimanteyy±mapi nanti abhiharitv±pi na½ nimanteyy±ma. Tattha
duvidho abhih±ro– v±c±ya ceva k±yena ca. Tumh±ka½ icchiticchitakkhaºe
amh±ka½ c²var±d²hi vadeyy±tha yenatthoti vadanto hi v±c±ya abhiharitv± nima-
nteti n±ma. C²var±divekalla½ sallakkhetv± ida½ gaºh±th±ti t±ni dento pana
k±yena abhiharitv± nimanteti n±ma. Tadubhayampi sandh±ya abhinimanteyy±-
mapi nanti ±ha. Ettha ca gil±napaccayabhesajjaparikkh±roti ya½ kiñci gil±nassa
sapp±ya½ osadha½. Vacanattho pana visuddhimagge vutto. Rakkh±varaºagu-
ttinti rakkh±saªkh±tañceva ±varaºasaªkh±tañca gutti½. S± panes± na ±vudha-
hatthe purise µhapentena dhammik± n±ma sa½vidahit± hoti. Yath± pana avel±ya
kaµµhah±rikapaººah±rik±dayo vih±ra½ na pavisanti, migaluddak±dayo vih±ras²-
m±ya mige v± macche v± na gaºhanti, eva½ sa½vidahantena dhammik± n±ma
rakkh± sa½vihit± hoti, ta½ sandh±y±ha– “dhammikan”ti.
185. Yadi eva½ santeti yadi tava d±so tuyha½ santik± abhiv±dan±d²ni labheyya.
Eva½ sante. Addh±ti eka½savacanameta½. Paµhamanti bhaºanto aññass±pi
atthita½ d²peti. Teneva ca r±j± sakk± pana, bhante, aññamp²ti-±dim±ha.

Dutiyasandiµµhikas±maññaphalavaººan±

186-188. Kasat²ti kassako. Gehassa pati, ekagehamatte jeµµhakoti gahapatiko.

Balisaªkh±ta½ kara½ karot²ti karak±rako. Dhaññar±si½ dhanar±siñca va¹¹het²ti
r±siva¹¹hako.
 Appa½ (1.0154) v±ti parittaka½ v± antamaso taº¹ulan±¼imattakampi. Bhogakkha-
ndhanti bhogar±si½. Mahanta½ v±ti vipula½ v±. Yath± hi mahanta½ pah±ya
pabbajitu½ dukkara½, eva½ appamp²ti dassanattha½ ubhayam±ha. D±sav±re
pana yasm± d±so attanopi anissaro, pageva bhog±na½. Yañhi tassa dhana½, ta½
s±mik±naññeva hoti, tasm± bhogaggahaºa½ na kata½. ѱtiyeva ñ±tiparivaµµo.

Paº²tataras±maññaphalavaººan±

189. Sakk± pana, bhante, aññampi diµµheva dhammeti idha evamev±ti na vutta½.
Ta½ kasm±ti ce, evamev±ti hi vuccam±ne pahoti bhagav± sakalampi rattindiva½
tato v± bhiyyopi evar³p±hi upam±hi s±maññaphala½ d²petu½. Tattha kiñc±pi
etassa bhagavato vacanasavane pariyanta½ n±ma natthi, tath±pi attho t±diso-
yeva bhavissat²ti cintetv± upari visesa½ pucchanto evamev±ti avatv±– “abhikka-
ntatarañca paº²tatarañc±”ti ±ha. Tattha abhikkantataranti abhiman±patara½ atise-
µµhataranti attho. Paº²tataranti uttamatara½. Tena h²ti uyyojanatthe nip±to. Savane
uyyojento hi na½ evam±ha. Suºoh²ti abhikkantatarañca paº²tatarañca s±mañña-
phala½ suº±ti.
S±dhuka½ manasikaroh²ti ettha pana s±dhuka½ s±dh³ti ekatthameta½.
Ayañhi s±dhu-saddo ±y±canasampaµicchanasampaha½sanasundara da¼h²ka-
mm±d²su dissati. “S±dhu me, bhante, bhagav± saªkhittena dhamma½ deset³”ti-±-
d²su (sa½. ni. 4.95) hi ±y±cane dissati. “S±dhu, bhanteti kho so bhikkhu bhaga-
vato bh±sita½ abhinanditv± anumoditv±”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 3.86) sampaµicchane.
“S±dhu s±dhu, s±riputt±”ti-±d²su (d². ni. 3.349) sampaha½sane.
“S±dhu dhammaruci r±j±, s±dhu paññ±ºav± naro;
s±dhu mitt±namaddubbho, p±pass±karaºa½ sukhan”ti. (j±. 2.17.101);
¾d²su sundare. “Tena hi, br±hmaºa, suºohi s±dhuka½ manasi karoh²”ti-±d²su (a.
ni. 5.192) s±dhukasaddoyeva da¼h²kamme, ±ºattiyantipi vuccati (1.0155). Idh±pi
assa ettheva da¼h²kamme ca ±ºattiyañca veditabbo. Sundarepi vaµµati. Da¼h²ka-
mmatthena hi da¼hamima½ dhamma½ suº±hi, suggahita½ gaºhanto. ¾ºatti-a-
tthena mama ±ºattiy± suº±hi, sundaratthena sundaramima½ bhaddaka½
dhamma½ suº±h²ti eva½ d²pita½ hoti.
Manasi karoh²ti ±vajja, samann±har±ti attho, avikkhittacitto hutv± nis±mehi, citte
karoh²ti adhipp±yo. Api cettha suºoh²ti sotindriyavikkhepaniv±raºameta½.
S±dhuka½ manasi karoh²ti manasik±re da¼h²kammaniyojanena manindriyavikkhe-
paniv±raºa½. Purimañcettha byañjanavipall±sagg±hav±raºa½, pacchima½ attha-
vipall±sagg±hav±raºa½. Purimena ca dhammassavane niyojeti, pacchimena
sut±na½ dhamm±na½ dh±raº³paparikkh±d²su. Purimena ca sabyañjano aya½
dhammo, tasm± savan²yoti d²peti. Pacchimena sattho, tasm± s±dhuka½ manasi
k±tabboti. S±dhukapada½ v± ubhayapadehi yojetv± yasm± aya½ dhammo
dhammagambh²ro ceva desan±gambh²ro ca, tasm± suº±hi s±dhuka½, yasm±
atthagambh²ro ca paµivedhagambh²ro ca, tasm± s±dhuka½ manasi karoh²ti eva½
yojan± veditabb±. Bh±siss±m²Ti sakk± mah±r±j±ti eva½ paµiññ±ta½ s±maññapha-
ladesana½ vitth±rato bh±siss±mi. “Desess±m²”ti hi saªkhittad²pana½ hoti. Bh±si-
ss±m²ti vitth±rad²pana½. Ten±ha vaªg²satthero–
“Saªkhittenapi deseti, vitth±renapi bh±sati;
s±¼ik±yiva nigghoso, paµibh±na½ ud²ray²”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.214);
Eva½ vutte uss±haj±to hutv±– “eva½, bhante”ti kho r±j± m±gadho aj±tasattu
vedehiputto bhagavato paccassosi bhagavato vacana½ sampaµicchi, paµiggahe-
s²ti vutta½ hoti.
190. Athassa bhagav± etadavoca, eta½ avoca, id±ni vattabba½ “idha mah±r±j±”-
ti-±di½ sakala½ sutta½ avoc±ti attho. Tattha idh±ti des±padese nip±to, sv±ya½
katthaci loka½ up±d±ya vuccati. Yath±ha– “idha tath±gato loke uppajjat²”ti.
Katthaci s±sana½ yath±ha (1.0156)– “idheva, bhikkhave, paµhamo samaºo, idha
dutiyo samaºo”ti (a. ni. 4.241). Katthaci ok±sa½. Yath±ha–
“Idheva tiµµham±nassa, devabh³tassa me sato;
punar±yu ca me laddho, eva½ j±n±hi m±ris±”ti. (d². ni. 2.369);
Katthaci padap³raºamattameva. Yath±ha “idh±ha½, bhikkhave, bhutt±v² assa½
pav±rito”ti (ma. ni. 1.30). Idha pana loka½ up±d±ya vuttoti veditabbo. Mah±r±j±ti
yath± paµiññ±ta½ desana½ desetu½ puna mah±r±j±ti ±lapati. Ida½ vutta½ hoti–
“mah±r±ja imasmi½ loke tath±gato uppajjati araha½ …pe… buddho bhagav±”ti.
Tattha tath±gatasaddo brahmaj±le vutto. Arahanti-±dayo visuddhimagge vitth±rit±.
Loke uppajjat²ti ettha pana lokoti– ok±saloko sattaloko saªkh±ralokoti tividho. Idha
pana sattaloko adhippeto. Sattaloke uppajjam±nopi ca tath±gato na devaloke, na
brahmaloke, manussalokeva uppajjati. Manussalokepi na aññasmi½ cakkav±¼e,
imasmi½yeva cakkav±¼e. Tatr±pi na sabbaµµh±nesu, “puratthim±ya dis±ya gaja-
ªgala½ n±ma nigamo tass±parena mah±s±lo, tato par± paccantim± janapad±
orato majjhe, puratthimadakkhiº±ya dis±ya sala¼avat² n±ma nad². Tato par± pacca-
ntim± janapad±, orato majjhe, dakkhiº±ya dis±ya setakaººika½ n±ma nigamo,
tato par± paccantim± janapad±, orato majjhe, pacchim±ya dis±ya th³ºa½ n±ma
br±hmaºag±mo, tato par± paccantim± janapad±, orato majjhe, uttar±ya dis±ya
usiraddhajo n±ma pabbato, tato par± paccantim± janapad± orato majjhe”ti eva½
paricchinne ±y±mato tiyojanasate, vitth±rato a¹¹hateyyayojanasate, parikkhepato
navayojanasate majjhimapadese uppajjati. Na kevalañca tath±gato, pacceka-
buddh±, aggas±vak±, as²timah±ther±, buddham±t±, buddhapit±, cakkavatt² r±j±
aññe ca s±rappatt± br±hmaºagahapatik± etthevuppajjanti.
Tattha (1.0157) tath±gato suj±t±ya dinnamadhup±y±sabhojanato y±va arahatta-
maggo, t±va uppajjati n±ma, arahattaphale uppanno n±ma. Mah±bhinikkhama-
nato v± y±va arahattamaggo. Tusitabhavanato v± y±va arahattamaggo. D²paªka-
rap±dam³lato v± y±va arahattamaggo, t±va uppajjati n±ma, arahattaphale
uppanno n±ma. Idha sabbapaµhama½ uppannabh±va½ sandh±ya uppajjat²ti
vutta½. Tath±gato loke uppanno hot²ti ayañhettha attho.
So ima½ lokanti so bhagav± ima½ loka½. Id±ni vattabba½ nidasseti. Sadeva-
kanti saha devehi sadevaka½. Eva½ saha m±rena sam±raka½, saha brahmun±
sabrahmaka½, saha samaºabr±hmaºehi sassamaºabr±hmaºi½. Paj±tatt± paj±,
ta½ paja½. Saha devamanussehi sadevamanussa½. Tattha sadevakavacanena
pañca k±m±vacaradevaggahaºa½ veditabba½. Sam±raka– vacanena chaµµhak±-
m±vacaradevaggahaºa½. Sabrahmakavacanena brahmak±yik±dibrahmagga-
haºa½. Sassamaºabr±hmaº²vacanena s±sanassa paccatthikapacc±mittasamaºa-
br±hmaºaggahaºa½, samitap±pab±hitap±pasamaºabr±hmaºaggahaºañca. Paj±-
vacanena sattalokaggahaºa½. Sadevamanussavacanena sammutideva-avasesa-
manussaggahaºa½. Evamettha t²hi padehi ok±salokena saddhi½ sattaloko. Dv²hi
paj±vasena sattalokova gahitoti veditabbo.
Aparo nayo, sadevakaggahaºena ar³p±vacaradevaloko gahito. Sam±rakagga-
haºena cha k±m±vacaradevaloko. Sabrahmakaggahaºena r³p² brahmaloko.
Sassamaºabr±hmaº±diggahaºena catuparisavasena sammutidevehi v± saha
manussaloko, avasesasabbasattaloko v±.
Api cettha sadevakavacanena ukkaµµhaparicchedato sabbassa lokassa sacchi-
katabh±vam±ha. Tato yesa½ ahosi– “m±ro mah±nubh±vo cha k±m±vacarissaro
vasavatt², ki½ sopi etena sacchikato”ti, tesa½ vimati½ vidhamanto “sam±rakan”ti
±ha. Yesa½ pana ahosi– “brahm± mah±nubh±vo ekaªguliy± ekasmi½ cakkav±¼a-
sahasse ±loka½ pharati, dv²hi (1.0158) …pe… dasahi aªgul²hi dasasu cakkav±¼a-
sahassesu ±loka½ pharati. Anuttarañca jh±nasam±pattisukha½ paµisa½vedeti,
ki½ sopi sacchikato”ti, tesa½ vimati½ vidhamanto sabrahmakanti ±ha. Tato ye
cintesu½– “puth³ samaºabr±hmaº± s±sanassa paccatthik±, ki½ tepi sacchika-
t±”ti, tesa½ vimati½ vidhamanto
sassamaºabr±hmaºi½ pajanti ±ha. Eva½ ukkaµµhukkaµµh±na½ sacchikatabh±va½
pak±setv± atha sammutideve avasesamanusse ca up±d±ya ukkaµµhapariccheda-
vasena sesasattalokassa sacchikatabh±va½ pak±sento sadevamanussanti ±ha.
Ayamettha bh±v±nukkamo.
Por±º± pan±hu sadevakanti devehi saddhi½ avasesaloka½. Sam±rakanti
m±rena saddhi½ avasesaloka½. Sabrahmakanti brahmehi saddhi½ avasesa-
loka½. Eva½ sabbepi tibhav³page satte t²h±k±rehi t²su padesu pakkhipitv± puna
dv²hi padehi pariy±diyanto sassamaºabr±hmaºi½ paja½ sadevamanussanti ±ha.
Eva½ pañcahipi padehi tena ten±k±rena tedh±tukameva pariy±dinnanti.
Saya½ abhiññ± sacchikatv± pavedet²ti ettha pana sayanti s±ma½ aparaneyyo
hutv±. Abhiññ±ti abhiññ±ya, adhikena ñ±ºena ñatv±ti attho. Sacchikatv±ti
paccakkha½ katv±, etena anum±n±dipaµikkhepo kato hoti. Pavedet²ti bodheti
viññ±peti pak±seti.
So dhamma½ deseti ±dikaly±ºa½ …pe… pariyos±nakaly±ºanti so bhagav±
sattesu k±ruññata½ paµicca hitv±pi anuttara½ vivekasukha½ dhamma½ deseti.
Tañca kho appa½ v± bahu½ v± desento ±dikaly±º±dippak±rameva deseti. ¾di-
mhipi, kaly±ºa½ bhaddaka½ anavajjameva katv± deseti, majjhepi, pariyos±nepi,
kaly±ºa½ bhaddaka½ anavajjameva katv± deset²ti vutta½ hoti. Tattha atthi desa-
n±ya ±dimajjhapariyos±na½, atthi s±sanassa. Desan±ya t±va catuppadik±yapi
g±th±ya paµhamap±do ±di n±ma, tato dve majjha½ n±ma, ante eko pariyos±na½
n±ma. Ek±nusandhikassa suttassa nid±na½ ±di, idamavoc±ti pariyos±na½, ubhi-
nnamantar± (1.0159) majjha½. Anek±nusandhikassa suttassa paµham±nusandhi
±di, ante anusandhi pariyos±na½, majjhe eko v± dve v± bah³ v± majjhameva.
S±sanassa pana s²lasam±dhivipassan± ±di n±ma. Vuttampi ceta½– “ko c±di
kusal±na½ dhamm±na½? S²lañca suvisuddha½ diµµhi ca ujuk±”ti (sa½. ni. 5.369).
“Atthi, bhikkhave, majjhim± paµipad± tath±gatena abhisambuddh±”ti eva½ vutto
pana ariyamaggo majjha½ n±ma. Phalañceva nibb±nañca pariyos±na½ n±ma.
“Etadatthamida½, br±hmaºa, brahmacariya½, eta½ s±ra½, eta½ pariyos±nan”ti
(ma. ni. 1.324) hi ettha phala½ pariyos±nanti vutta½. “Nibb±nogadha½ hi, ±vuso
vis±kha, brahmacariya½ vussati, nibb±napar±yana½ nibb±napariyos±nan”ti (ma.
ni. 1.466) ettha nibb±na½ pariyos±nanti vutta½. Idha desan±ya ±dimajjhapariyo-
s±na½ adhippeta½. Bhagav± hi dhamma½ desento ±dimhi s²la½ dassetv± majjhe
magga½ pariyos±ne nibb±na½ dasseti. Tena vutta½– “so dhamma½ deseti ±dika-
ly±ºa½ majjhekaly±ºa½ pariyos±nakaly±ºan”ti. Tasm± aññopi dhammakathiko
dhamma½ kathento–
“¾dimhi s²la½ dasseyya, majjhe magga½ vibh±vaye;
pariyos±namhi nibb±na½, es± kathikasaºµhit²”ti.
S±ttha½ sabyañjananti yassa hi y±gubhatta-itthipuris±divaººan±nissit± desan±
hoti, na so s±ttha½ deseti. Bhagav± pana tath±r³pa½ desana½ pah±ya catusati-
paµµh±n±dinissita½ desana½ deseti. Tasm± s±ttha½ deset²ti vuccati. Yassa pana
desan± ekabyañjan±diyutt± v± sabbaniroµµhabyañjan± v± sabbavissaµµhasabbani-
ggah²tabyañjan± v±, tassa dami¼akir±tasavar±dimilakkh³na½ bh±s± viya byañja-
nap±rip³riy± abh±vato abyañjan± n±ma desan± hoti. Bhagav± pana–
“Sithila½ dhanitañca d²gharassa½, garuka½ lahukañca niggah²ta½;
sambandhavavatthita½ vimutta½, dasadh± byañjanabuddhiy± pabhedo”ti.
Eva½ (1.0160) vutta½ dasavidha½ byañjana½ amakkhetv± paripuººabyañjana-
meva katv± dhamma½ deseti, tasm± sabyañjana½ dhamma½ deset²ti vuccati.
Kevalaparipuººanti ettha kevalanti sakal±dhivacana½. Paripuººanti an³n±dhika-
vacana½. Ida½ vutta½ hoti sakalaparipuººameva deseti, ekadesan±pi apari-
puºº± natth²ti. Upanetabba-apanetabbassa abh±vato kevalaparipuººanti vedi-
tabba½. Parisuddhanti nirupakkilesa½. Yo hi ima½ dhammadesana½ niss±ya
l±bha½ v± sakk±ra½ v± labhiss±m²ti deseti, tassa aparisuddh± desan± hoti.
Bhagav± pana lok±misanirapekkho hitapharaºena mett±bh±van±ya muduhadayo
ullumpanasabh±vasaºµhitena cittena deseti. Tasm± parisuddha½ dhamma½ dese-
t²ti vuccati.
Brahmacariya½ pak±set²Ti ettha pan±ya½ brahmacariya-saddo d±ne veyy±-
vacce pañcasikkh±padas²le appamaññ±su methunaviratiya½ sad±rasantose
v²riye uposathaªgesu ariyamagge s±saneti imesvatthesu dissati.
“Ki½ te vata½ ki½ pana brahmacariya½,
kissa suciººassa aya½ vip±ko;
iddh² jut² balav²riy³papatti,
idañca te n±ga, mah±vim±na½.
Ahañca bhariy± ca manussaloke,
saddh± ubho d±napat² ahumh±;
op±nabh³ta½ me ghara½ tad±si,
santappit± samaºabr±hmaº± ca.
Ta½ me vata½ ta½ pana brahmacariya½,
tassa suciººassa aya½ vip±ko;
iddh² jut² balav²riy³papatti,
idañca me dh²ra mah±vim±nan”ti. (j±. 2.17.1595);
Imasmiñhi puººakaj±take d±na½ brahmacariyanti vutta½.
“Kena p±ºi k±madado, kena p±ºi madhussavo;
kena te brahmacariyena, puñña½ p±ºimhi ijjhati.
Tena (1.0161) p±ºi k±madado, tena p±ºi madhussavo;
tena me brahmacariyena, puñña½ p±ºimhi ijjhat²”ti. (pe. va. 275,277);
Imasmi½ aªkurapetavatthumhi veyy±vacca½ brahmacariyanti vutta½. “Eva½,
kho ta½ bhikkhave, tittiriya½ n±ma brahmacariya½ ahos²”ti (c³¼ava. 311) imasmi½
tittiraj±take pañcasikkh±padas²la½ brahmacariyanti vutta½. “Ta½ kho pana me,
pañcasikha, brahmacariya½ neva nibbid±ya na vir±g±ya na nirodh±ya …pe…
y±vadeva brahmalok³papattiy±”ti (d². ni. 2.329) imasmi½ mah±govindasutte
catasso appamaññ±yo brahmacariyanti vutt±. “Pare abrahmac±r² bhavissanti,
mayamettha brahmac±r² bhaviss±m±”ti (ma. ni. 1.83) imasmi½ sallekhasutte
methunavirati brahmacariyanti vutt±.
“Mayañca bhariy± n±tikkam±ma,
 amhe ca bhariy± n±tikkamanti;
aññatra t±hi brahmacariya½ car±ma,
tasm± hi amha½ dahar± na m²yare”ti. (j±. 1.4.97);
Mah±dhammap±laj±take sad±rasantoso brahmacariyanti vutto. “Abhij±n±mi
kho pan±ha½, s±riputta, caturaªgasamann±gata½ brahmacariya½ carit±, tapass²
suda½ hom²”ti (ma. ni. 1.155) lomaha½sanasutte v²riya½ brahmacariyanti vutta½.
“H²nena brahmacariyena, khattiye upapajjati;
majjhimena ca devatta½, uttamena visujjhat²”ti. (j±. 1.8.75);
Eva½ nimij±take attadamanavasena kato aµµhaªgiko uposatho brahmacari-
yanti vutto. “Ida½ kho pana me, pañcasikha, brahmacariya½ ekantanibbid±ya vir±-
g±ya nirodh±ya …pe… ayameva ariyo aµµhaªgiko maggo”ti (d². ni. 2.329) mah±go-
vindasuttasmi½yeva ariyamaggo brahmacariyanti vutto. “Tayida½ brahmacariya½
iddhañceva ph²tañca vitth±rika½ b±hujañña½ puthubh³ta½ y±va devamanussehi
suppak±sitan”ti (d². ni. 3.174) p±s±dikasutte sikkhattayasaªgahita½ sakalas±-
sana½ brahmacariyanti vutta½. Imasmimpi µh±ne idameva brahmacariyanti adhi-
ppeta½. Tasm± brahmacariya½ pak±set²ti so dhamma½ deseti ±dikaly±ºa½
…pe… parisuddha½. Eva½ desento ca sikkhattayasaªgahita½ sakalas±sana½
brahmacariya½ pak±set²ti (1.0162) evamettha attho daµµhabbo. Brahmacariyanti
seµµhaµµhena brahmabh³ta½ cariya½. Brahmabh³t±na½ v± buddh±d²na½ cari-
yanti vutta½ hoti.
191. Ta½ dhammanti ta½ vuttappak±rasampada½ dhamma½. Suº±ti gahapati
v±ti kasm± paµhama½ gahapati½ niddisati? Nihatam±natt±, ussannatt± ca. Yebhu-
yyena hi khattiyakulato pabbajit± j±ti½ niss±ya m±na½ karonti. Br±hmaºakul±
pabbajit± mante niss±ya m±na½ karonti. H²najaccakul± pabbajit± attano attano
vij±tit±ya patiµµh±tu½ na sakkonti. Gahapatid±rak± pana kacchehi seda½ muñca-
ntehi piµµhiy± loºa½ puppham±n±ya bh³mi½ kasitv± t±disassa m±nassa abh±vato
nihatam±nadapp± honti. Te pabbajitv± m±na½ v± dappa½ v± akatv± yath±bala½
sakalabuddhavacana½ uggahetv± vipassan±ya kamma½ karont± sakkonti ara-
hatte patiµµh±tu½. Itarehi ca kulehi nikkhamitv± pabbajit± n±ma na bahuk±, gaha-
patik±va bahuk±. Iti nihatam±natt± ussannatt± ca paµhama½ gahapati½ niddisa-
t²ti.
Aññatarasmi½ v±ti itaresa½ v± kul±na½ aññatarasmi½. Pacc±j±toti patij±to.
Tath±gate saddha½ paµilabhat²ti parisuddha½ dhamma½ sutv± dhammass±-
mimhi tath±gate– “samm±sambuddho vata so bhagav±”ti saddha½ paµilabhati. Iti
paµisañcikkhat²ti eva½ paccavekkhati. Samb±dho ghar±v±soti sacepi saµµhihatthe
ghare yojanasatantarepi v± dve j±yampatik± vasanti, tath±pi nesa½ sakiñcanasa-
palibodhaµµhena ghar±v±so samb±dhoyeva. Rajopathoti r±garaj±d²na½ uµµh±naµµh±-
nanti mah±-aµµhakath±ya½ vutta½. ¾gamanapathotipi vadanti. Alagganaµµhena
abbhok±so viy±ti abbhok±so. Pabbajito hi k³µ±g±raratanap±s±dadevavim±n±d²su
pihitadv±rav±tap±nesu paµicchannesu vasantopi neva laggati, na sajjati, na
bajjhati. Tena vutta½– “abbhok±so pabbajj±”ti. Api ca samb±dho ghar±v±so kusa-
lakiriy±ya ok±s±bh±vato. Rajopatho asa½vutasaªk±raµµh±na½ viya raj±na½ kile-
saraj±na½ sannip±taµµh±nato. Abbhok±so pabbajj± kusalakiriy±ya yath±sukha½
ok±sasabbh±vato.
Nayida½ (1.0163) sukara½ …pe… pabbajeyyanti etth±ya½ saªkhepakath±,
yadeta½ sikkhattayabrahmacariya½ ekampi divasa½ akhaº¹a½ katv± carimaka-
citta½ p±petabbat±ya ekantaparipuººa½, caritabba½ ekadivasampi ca kilesama-
lena amal²na½ katv± carimakacitta½ p±petabbat±ya ekantaparisuddha½. Saªkha-
likhitanti likhitasaªkhasadisa½ dhotasaªkhasappaµibh±ga½ caritabba½. Ida½ na
sukara½ ag±ra½ ajjh±vasat± ag±ramajjhe vasantena
ekantaparipuººa½ …pe… caritu½, ya½n³n±ha½ kese ca massuñca oh±retv±
kas±yarasap²tat±ya k±s±y±ni brahmacariya½ carant±na½ anucchavik±ni
vatth±ni acch±detv± paridahitv± ag±rasm± nikkhamitv± anag±riya½ pabbaje-
yyanti. Ettha ca yasm± ag±rassa hita½ kasiv±ºijj±dikamma½ ag±riyanti vuccati,
tañca pabbajj±ya natthi, tasm± pabbajj± anag±riyanti ñ±tabb±, ta½ anag±riya½.
Pabbajeyyanti paµipajjeyya½.
192-193. Appa½ v±ti sahassato heµµh± bhogakkhandho appo n±ma hoti, saha-
ssato paµµh±ya mah±. ¾bandhanaµµhena ñ±tiyeva ñ±tiparivaµµo. Sopi v²satiy±
heµµh± appo n±ma hoti, v²satiy± paµµh±ya mah±. P±timokkhasa½varasa½vutoti
p±timokkhasa½varena samann±gato. ¾c±ragocarasampannoti ±c±rena ceva
gocarena ca sampanno. Aºumattes³Ti appamattakesu. Vajjes³Ti akusaladha-
mmesu. Bhayadass±v²ti bhayadass². Sam±d±y±ti samm± ±diyitv±. Sikkhati sikkh±-
pades³ti sikkh±padesu ta½ ta½ sikkh±pada½ sam±diyitv± sikkhati. Ayamettha
saªkhepo, vitth±ro pana visuddhimagge vutto.
K±yakammavac²kammena samann±gato kusalena parisuddh±j²voti ettha ±c±ra-
gocaraggahaºeneva ca kusale k±yakammavac²kamme gahitepi yasm± ida½ ±j²va-
p±risuddhis²la½ n±ma na ±k±se v± rukkhagg±d²su v± uppajjati, k±yavac²dv±resu-
yeva pana uppajjati; tasm± tassa uppattidv±radassanattha½ k±yakammavac²ka-
mmena samann±gato kusalen±ti vutta½. Yasm± pana tena samann±gato, tasm±
parisuddh±j²vo. Samaºamuº¹ikaputtasuttantavasena (ma. ni. 2.260) v± eva½
vutta½. Tattha hi “katame ca, thapati, kusal± s²l±? Kusala½ (1.0164) k±yakamma½,
kusala½ vac²kamma½, parisuddha½ ±j²vampi kho aha½ thapati s²lasmi½ vad±m²”-
ti vutta½. Yasm± pana tena samann±gato, tasm± parisuddh±j²voti veditabbo.
S²lasampannoti brahmaj±le vuttena tividhena s²lena samann±gato hoti. Indriyesu
guttadv±roti manacchaµµhesu indriyesu pihitadv±ro hoti. Satisampajaññena sama-
nn±gatoti abhikkante paµikkanteti-±d²su sattasu µh±nesu satiy± ceva sampaja-
ññena ca samann±gato hoti. Santuµµhoti cat³su paccayesu tividhena santosena
santuµµho hoti.

C³¼as²lavaººan±

194-211. Eva½ m±tika½ nikkhipitv± anupubbena bh±jento “kathañca, mah±r±ja,

bhikkhu s²lasampanno hot²”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha idampissa hoti s²lasminti idampi
assa bhikkhuno p±º±tip±t± veramaºi s²lasmi½ eka½ s²la½ hot²ti attho. Paccattava-
canatthe v± eta½ bhumma½. Mah±-aµµhakath±yañhi idampi tassa samaºassa
s²lanti ayameva attho vutto. Sesa½ brahmaj±le vuttanayeneva veditabba½. Ida-
massa hoti s²lasminti ida½ assa s²la½ hot²ti attho.
212. Na kutoci bhaya½ samanupassati, yadida½ s²lasa½varatoti y±ni asa½vara-
m³lak±ni bhay±ni uppajjanti, tesu ya½ ida½ bhaya½ s²lasa½varato bhaveyya, ta½
kutoci ekasa½varatopi na samanupassati. Kasm±? Sa½varato asa½varam³la-
kassa bhayassa abh±v±. Muddh±bhisittoti yath±vidh±navihitena khattiy±bhise-
kena muddhani avasitto. Yadida½ paccatthikatoti ya½ kutoci ekapaccatthikatopi
bhaya½ bhaveyya, ta½ na samanupassati. Kasm±? Yasm± nihatapacc±mitto.
Ajjhattanti niyakajjhatta½, attano sant±neti attho. Anavajjasukhanti anavajja½ ani-
ndita½ kusala½ s²lapadaµµh±nehi avippaµis±rap±mojjap²tipassaddhidhammehi
pariggahita½ k±yikacetasikasukha½ paµisa½vedeti. Eva½ kho, mah±r±ja, bhikkhu
s²lasampanno hot²ti eva½ nirantara½ vitth±retv± dassitena tividhena s²lena sama-
nn±gato bhikkhu s²lasampanno n±ma hot²ti s²lakatha½ niµµh±pesi.

Indriyasa½varakath±

213. Indriyesu (1.0165) guttadv±rabh±jan²ye cakkhun± r³panti aya½ cakkhu-

saddo katthaci buddhacakkhumhi vattati, yath±ha– “buddhacakkhun± loka½ volo-
kes²”ti (mah±va. 9). Katthaci sabbaññutaññ±ºasaªkh±te samantacakkhumhi,
yath±ha– “tath³pama½ dhammamaya½, sumedha, p±s±dam±ruyha samantaca-
kkh³”ti (mah±va. 8). Katthaci dhammacakkhumhi “viraja½ v²tamala½ dhamma-
cakkhu½ udap±d²”ti (mah±va. 16) hi ettha ariyamaggattayapaññ±. “Cakkhu½ uda-
p±di ñ±ºa½ udap±d²”ti (mah±va. 15) ettha pubbeniv±s±diñ±ºa½ paññ±cakkh³ti
vuccati. “Dibbena cakkhun±”ti (ma. ni. 1.284) ±gataµµh±nesu dibbacakkhumhi
vattati. “Cakkhuñca paµicca r³pe c±”ti ettha pas±dacakkhumhi vattati. Idha
pan±ya½ pas±dacakkhuvoh±rena cakkhuviññ±ºe vattati, tasm± cakkhuviññ±ºena
r³pa½ disv±ti ayametthattho. Sesapadesu ya½ vattabba½ siy±, ta½ sabba½ visu-
ddhimagge vutta½. Aby±sekasukhanti kilesaby±sekavirahitatt± aby±seka½ asa-
mmissa½ parisuddha½ adhicittasukha½ paµisa½vedet²ti.

Satisampajaññakath±

214. Satisampajaññabh±jan²yamhi abhikkante paµikkanteti ettha t±va abhi-

kkanta½ vuccati gamana½, paµikkanta½ nivattana½, tadubhayampi cat³su iriy±pa-
thesu labbhati. Gamane t±va purato k±ya½ abhiharanto abhikkamati n±ma. Paµi-
nivattanto paµikkamati n±ma. Ýh±nepi µhitakova k±ya½ purato on±mento abhikka-
mati n±ma, pacchato apan±mento paµikkamati n±ma. Nisajj±ya nisinnakova ±sa-
nassa purima-aªg±bhimukho sa½saranto abhikkamati n±ma, pacchima-aªgapa-
desa½ pacc±sa½saranto paµikkamati n±ma. Nipajjanepi eseva nayo.
Sampaj±nak±r² hot²ti sampajaññena sabbakiccak±r². Sampajaññameva v± k±r².
So hi abhikkant±d²su sampajañña½ karoteva. Na katthaci sampajaññavirahito
hoti. Tattha s±tthakasampajañña½, sapp±yasampajañña½, gocarasampajañña½
asammohasampajaññanti catubbidha½ sampajañña½. Tattha abhikkamanacitte
uppanne cittavaseneva agantv±– “kinnu me ettha gatena attho atthi natth²”ti atth±-
nattha½ pariggahetv± atthapariggaºhana½ s±tthakasampajañña½. Tattha (1.0166)
ca atthoti cetiyadassanabodhisaªghathera-asubhadassan±divasena dhammato
vu¹¹hi. Cetiya½ v± bodhi½ v± disv±pi hi buddh±rammaºa½, saªghadassanena
saªgh±rammaºa½, p²ti½ upp±detv± tadeva khayavayato sammasanto arahatta½
p±puº±ti. There disv± tesa½ ov±de patiµµh±ya, asubha½ disv± tattha paµhama-
jjh±na½ upp±detv± tadeva khayavayato sammasanto arahatta½ p±puº±ti. Tasm±
etesa½ dassana½ s±tthakanti vutta½. Keci pana ±misatopi vu¹¹hi atthoyeva, ta½
niss±ya brahmacariy±nuggah±ya paµipannatt±ti vadanti.
Tasmi½ pana gamane sapp±y±sapp±ya½ pariggahetv± sapp±yaparigga-
ºhana½ sapp±yasampajañña½. Seyyathida½– cetiyadassana½ t±va s±tthaka½,
sace pana cetiyassa mah±p³j±ya dasadv±dasayojanantare paris± sannipatanti,
attano vibhav±nur³p± itthiyopi puris±pi alaªkatapaµiyatt± cittakammar³pak±ni viya
sañcaranti. Tatra cassa iµµhe ±rammaºe lobho hoti, aniµµhe paµigho, asamape-
kkhane moho uppajjati, k±yasa½sagg±patti½ v± ±pajjati. J²vitabrahmacariy±na½
v± antar±yo hoti, eva½ ta½ µh±na½ asapp±ya½ hoti. Vuttappak±ra-antar±y±-
bh±ve sapp±ya½. Bodhidassanepi eseva nayo. Saªghadassanampi s±ttha½.
Sace pana antog±me mah±maº¹apa½ k±retv± sabbaratti½ dhammassavana½
karontesu manussesu vuttappak±reneva janasannip±to ceva antar±yo ca hoti,
eva½ ta½ µh±na½ asapp±ya½ hoti. Antar±y±bh±ve sapp±ya½. Mah±parisapariv±-
r±na½ ther±na½ dassanepi eseva nayo.
Asubhadassanampi s±ttha½, tadatthad²panatthañca ida½ vatthu– eko kira daha-
rabhikkhu s±maºera½ gahetv± dantakaµµhatth±ya gato. S±maºero magg± okka-
mitv± purato gacchanto asubha½ disv± paµhamajjh±na½ nibbattetv± tadeva
p±daka½ katv± saªkh±re sammasanto t²ºi phal±ni sacchikatv± uparimaggatth±ya
kammaµµh±na½ pariggahetv± aµµh±si. Daharo ta½ apassanto s±maºer±ti pakkosi.
So ‘may± pabbajitadivasato paµµh±ya bhikkhun± saddhi½ dve kath± n±ma na
kathitapubb±. Aññasmimpi divase upari visesa½ nibbattess±m²’ti cintetv± ki½,
bhanteti paµivacanamad±si. ‘Eh²’ti ca vutte ekavacaneneva ±gantv±, ‘bhante,
imin± t±va maggeneva gantv± may± µhitok±se muhutta½ (1.0167) puratth±bhi-
mukho µhatv± oloketh±’ti ±ha. So tath± katv± tena pattavisesameva p±puºi. Eva½
eka½ asubha½ dvinna½ jan±na½ atth±ya j±ta½. Eva½ s±tthampi paneta½ puri-
sassa m±tug±m±subha½ asapp±ya½, m±tug±massa ca puris±subha½ asa-
pp±ya½, sabh±gameva sapp±yanti eva½ sapp±yapariggaºhana½ sapp±yasampa-
jañña½ n±ma.
Eva½ pariggahitas±tthakasapp±yassa pana aµµhati½s±ya kammaµµh±nesu
attano cittaruciya½ kammaµµh±nasaªkh±ta½ gocara½ uggahetv± bhikkh±c±rago-
care ta½ gahetv±va gamana½ gocarasampajañña½ n±ma. Tass±vibh±vanattha½
ida½ catukka½ veditabba½–
Idhekacco bhikkhu harati, na pacc±harati; ekacco pacc±harati, na harati;
ekacco pana neva harati, na pacc±harati; ekacco harati ca, pacc±harati c±ti.
Tattha yo bhikkhu divasa½ caªkamena nisajj±ya ca ±varaº²yehi dhammehi citta½
parisodhetv± tath± rattiy± paµhamay±me, majjhimay±me seyya½ kappetv±
pacchimay±mepi nisajjacaªkamehi v²tin±metv± pageva cetiyaªgaºabodhiyaªga-
ºavatta½ katv± bodhirukkhe udaka½ ±siñcitv±, p±n²ya½ paribhojan²ya½ paccupa-
µµhapetv± ±cariyupajjh±yavatt±d²ni sabb±ni khandhakavatt±ni sam±d±ya vattati.
So sar²raparikamma½ katv± sen±sana½ pavisitv± dve tayo pallaªke usuma½
g±h±pento kammaµµh±na½ anuyuñjitv± bhikkh±c±ravel±ya½ uµµhahitv± kamma-
µµh±nas²seneva pattac²varam±d±ya sen±sanato nikkhamitv± kammaµµh±na½
manasikarontova cetiyaªgaºa½ gantv±, sace buddh±nussatikammaµµh±na½ hoti,
ta½ avissajjetv±va cetiyaªgaºa½ pavisati. Añña½ ce kammaµµh±na½ hoti, sop±na-
m³le µhatv± hatthena gahitabhaº¹a½ viya ta½ µhapetv± buddh±rammaºa½ p²ti½
gahetv± cetiyaªgaºa½ ±ruyha, mahanta½ cetiya½ ce, tikkhattu½ padakkhiºa½
katv± cat³su µh±nesu vanditabba½. Khuddaka½ cetiya½ ce, tatheva padakkhiºa½
katv± aµµhasu µh±nesu vanditabba½. Cetiya½ vanditv± bodhiyaªgaºa½ patten±pi
buddhassa bhagavato sammukh± viya nipacc±k±ra½ dassetv± bodhi vanditabb±.
So eva½ cetiyañca bodhiñca vanditv± paµis±mitaµµh±na½ gantv± paµis±mitabha-
º¹aka½ hatthena gaºhanto viya nikkhittakammaµµh±na½ gahetv± g±masam²pe
kammaµµh±nas²seneva c²vara½ p±rupitv± g±ma½ piº¹±ya pavisati. Atha na½
manuss± disv± ayyo no ±gatoti paccuggantv± patta½ gahetv± ±sanas±l±ya v±
gehe v± (1.0168) nis²d±petv± y±gu½ datv± y±va bhatta½ na niµµh±ti, t±va p±de
dhovitv± telena makkhetv± purato te nis²ditv± pañha½ v± pucchanti, dhamma½ v±
sotuk±m± honti. Sacepi na kath±penti, janasaªgahattha½ dhammakath± n±ma
k±tabb± yev±ti aµµhakath±cariy± vadanti. Dhammakath± hi kammaµµh±navinimutt±
n±ma natthi, tasm± kammaµµh±nas²seneva dhammakatha½ kathetv± kammaµµh±-
nas²seneva ±h±ra½ paribhuñjitv± anumodana½ katv± nivattiyam±nehipi manu-
ssehi anugatova g±mato nikkhamitv± tattha te nivattetv± magga½ paµipajjati.
Atha na½ puretara½ nikkhamitv± bahig±me katabhattakicc± s±maºeradahara-
bhikkh³ disv± paccuggantv± pattac²varamassa gaºhanti. Por±ºakabhikkh³ kira
amh±ka½ upajjh±yo ±cariyoti na mukha½ oloketv± vatta½ karonti, sampattapari-
cchedeneva karonti. Te ta½ pucchanti– “bhante, ete manuss± tumh±ka½ ki½
honti, m±tipakkhato sambandh± pitipakkhato”ti? Ki½ disv± pucchath±ti? Tumhesu
etesa½ pema½ bahum±nanti. ¾vuso, ya½ m±t±pit³hipi dukkara½, ta½ ete
amh±ka½ karonti, pattac²varampi no etesa½ santakameva, etesa½ ±nubh±vena
neva bhaye bhaya½, na ch±take ch±taka½ j±n±ma. ¿dis± n±ma amh±ka½ upak±-
rino natth²ti tesa½ guºe kathento gacchati. Aya½ vuccati harati na pacc±harat²ti.
Yassa pana pageva vuttappak±ra½ vattapaµipatti½ karontassa kammajatejo-
dh±tu pajjalati, anup±dinnaka½ muñcitv± up±dinnaka½ gaºh±ti, sar²rato sed±
muñcanti, kammaµµh±na½ v²thi½ n±rohati, so pageva pattac²varam±d±ya vegas±
cetiya½ vanditv± gor³p±na½ nikkhamanavel±yameva g±ma½ y±gubhikkh±ya
pavisitv± y±gu½ labhitv± ±sanas±la½ gantv± pivati, athassa dvattikkhattu½ ajjho-
haraºamatteneva kammajatejodh±tu up±dinnaka½ muñcitv± anup±dinnaka½
gaºh±ti, ghaµasatena nh±to viya tejodh±tu pari¼±hanibb±na½ patv± kammaµµh±na-
s²sena y±gu½ paribhuñjitv± pattañca mukhañca dhovitv± antar±bhatte kamma-
µµh±na½
manasikatv± avasesaµµh±ne piº¹±ya caritv± kammaµµh±nas²sena ±h±rañca pari-
bhuñjitv± tato paµµh±ya poªkh±nupoªkha½ upaµµhaham±na½ kammaµµh±na½
gahetv± ±gacchati, aya½ vuccati pacc±harati (1.0169) na harat²ti. Edis± ca
bhikkh³ y±gu½ pivitv± vipassana½ ±rabhitv± buddhas±sane arahattappatt± n±ma
gaºanapatha½ v²tivatt±. S²ha¼ad²peyeva tesu tesu g±mesu ±sanas±l±ya½ v± na
ta½ ±sanamatthi, yattha y±gu½ pivitv± arahattappatt± bhikkh³ natth²ti.
Yo pana pam±davih±r² hoti, nikkhittadhuro sabbavatt±ni bhinditv± pañcavidha-
cetokh²lavinibandhacitto viharanto– “kammaµµh±na½ n±ma atth²”ti saññampi
akatv± g±ma½ piº¹±ya pavisitv± ananulomikena gihisa½saggena sa½saµµho
caritv± ca bhuñjitv± ca tuccho nikkhamati, aya½ vuccati neva harati na pacc±hara-
t²ti.
Yo pan±ya½– “harati ca pacc±harati c±”ti vutto, so gatapacc±gatavattavase-
neva veditabbo. Attak±m± hi kulaputt± s±sane pabbajitv± dasapi v²sampi
ti½sampi catt±l²sampi paññ±sampi satampi ekato vasant± katikavatta½ katv± viha-
ranti, “±vuso, tumhe na iºaµµ±, na bhayaµµ±, na j²vik±pakat± pabbajit±, dukkh±
muccituk±m± panettha pabbajit±, tasm± gamane uppannakilesa½ gamaneyeva
niggaºhatha, tath± µh±ne, nisajj±ya, sayane uppannakilesa½ sayaneva niggaºha-
th±”ti.
Te eva½ katikavatta½ katv± bhikkh±c±ra½ gacchant± a¹¹ha-usabha-usabha-a-
¹¹hag±vutag±vutantaresu p±s±º± honti, t±ya saññ±ya kammaµµh±na½ manasika-
ront±va gacchanti. Sace kassaci gamane kileso uppajjati, tattheva na½ nigga-
ºh±ti. Tath± asakkonto tiµµhati, athassa pacchato ±gacchantopi tiµµhati. So “aya½
bhikkhu tuyha½ uppannavitakka½ j±n±ti, ananucchavika½ te etan”ti att±na½ paµi-
codetv± vipassana½ va¹¹hetv± tattheva ariyabh³mi½ okkamati; tath± asakkonto
nis²dati. Athassa pacchato ±gacchantopi nis²dat²ti soyeva nayo. Ariyabh³mi½
okkamitu½ asakkontopi ta½ kilesa½ vikkhambhetv± kammaµµh±na½ manasikaro-
ntova gacchati, na kammaµµh±navippayuttena cittena p±da½ uddharati, uddharati
ce, paµinivattitv± purimapadesa½yeva eti. ¾lindakav±s² mah±phussadevatthero
viya.
So (1.0170) kira ek³nav²sativass±ni gatapacc±gatavatta½ p³rento eva vih±si,
manuss±pi addasa½su antar±magge kasant± ca vapant± ca maddant± ca
kamm±ni ca karont± thera½ tath±gacchanta½ disv±– “aya½ thero punappuna½
nivattitv± gacchati, kinnu kho maggam³¼ho, ud±hu kiñci pamuµµho”ti samullapanti.
So ta½ an±diyitv± kammaµµh±nayuttacitteneva samaºadhamma½ karonto v²sativa-
ssabbhantare arahatta½ p±puºi, arahattappattadivase cassa caªkamanakoµiya½
adhivatth± devat± aªgul²hi d²pa½ ujj±letv± aµµh±si. Catt±ropi mah±r±j±no sakko ca
dev±namindo brahm± ca sahampati upaµµh±na½ agama½su. Tañca obh±sa½
disv± vanav±s² mah±tissatthero ta½ dutiyadivase pucchi– “rattibh±ge ±yasmato
santike obh±so ahosi, ki½ so obh±so”ti? Thero vikkhepa½ karonto obh±so n±ma
d²pobh±sopi hoti, maºi-obh±sop²ti evam±dim±ha. Tato ‘paµicch±detha tumhe’ti
nibaddho ‘±m±’ti paµij±nitv± ±rocesi. K±¼avallimaº¹apav±s² mah±n±gatthero viya
ca.
 Sopi kira gatapacc±gatavatta½ p³rento– paµhama½ t±va bhagavato mah±pa-
dh±na½ p³jess±m²ti sattavass±ni µh±nacaªkamameva adhiµµh±si. Puna so¼asava-
ss±ni gatapacc±gatavatta½ p³retv± arahatta½ p±puºi. So kammaµµh±nayutteneva
cittena p±da½ uddharanto, viyuttena uddhaµe paµinivattento g±masam²pa½
gantv± “g±v² nu pabbajito n³”ti ±saªkan²yapadese µhatv± c²vara½ p±rupitv±
kacchakantarato udakena patta½ dhovitv± udakagaº¹³sa½ karoti. Ki½ k±raº±?
M± me bhikkha½ d±tu½ v± vanditu½ v± ±gate manusse ‘d²gh±yuk± hoth±’ti vaca-
namatten±pi kammaµµh±navikkhepo ahos²ti. “Ajja, bhante, katim²”ti divasa½ v±
bhikkhugaºana½ v± pañha½ v± pucchito pana udaka½ gilitv± ±roceti. Sace diva-
s±d²ni pucchak± na honti, nikkhamanavel±ya g±madv±re niµµhubhitv±va y±ti.
Kalambatitthavih±re vass³pagat± paññ±sabhikkh³ viya ca. Te kira ±sa¼hipuººa-
m±ya½ katikavatta½ aka½su– “arahatta½ appatv± aññamañña½ n±lapiss±m±”ti,
g±mañca piº¹±ya pavisant± udakagaº¹³sa½ katv± pavisi½su. Divas±d²su
pucchitesu vuttanayeneva paµipajji½su. Tattha manuss± niµµhubhana½ (1.0171)
disv± j±ni½su– “ajjeko ±gato, ajja dve”ti. Evañca cintesu½– “kinnu kho ete amhehi-
yeva saddhi½ na sallapanti, ud±hu aññamaññampi. Sace aññamaññampi na salla-
panti, addh± viv±daj±t± bhavissanti. Etha ne aññamañña½ kham±pess±m±”ti,
sabbe vih±ra½ gantv± paññ±s±ya bhikkh³su dvepi bhikkh³ ekok±se n±ddasa½su.
Tato yo tesu cakkhum± puriso, so ±ha– “na bho kalahak±rak±na½ vasanok±so
²diso hoti, susammaµµha½ cetiyaªgaºabodhiyaªgaºa½, sunikkhitt± sammajjaniyo,
s³paµµhapita½ p±n²ya½ paribhojan²yan”ti, te tatova nivatt±. Tepi bhikkh³ anto
tem±seyeva arahatta½ patv± mah±pav±raº±ya visuddhipav±raºa½ pav±resu½.
Eva½ k±¼avallimaº¹apav±s² mah±n±gatthero viya, kalambatitthavih±re vass³pa-
gatabhikkh³ viya ca kammaµµh±nayutteneva cittena p±da½ uddharanto g±masa-
m²pa½ gantv± udakagaº¹³sa½ katv± v²thiyo sallakkhetv±, yattha sur±soº¹adhu-
tt±dayo kalahak±rak± caº¹ahatthi-ass±dayo v± natthi, ta½ v²thi½ paµipajjati.
Tattha ca piº¹±ya caram±no na turitaturito viya javena gacchati. Na hi javena
piº¹ap±tiyadhutaªga½ n±ma kiñci atthi. Visamabh³mibh±gappatta½ pana udaka-
sakaµa½ viya niccalo hutv± gacchati. Anughara½ paviµµho ca d±tuk±ma½ v± ad±tu-
k±ma½ v± sallakkhetv± tadanur³pa½ k±la½ ±gamento bhikkha½ paµilabhitv±
±d±ya antog±me v± bahig±me v± vih±rameva v± ±gantv± yath± ph±suke patir³pe
ok±se nis²ditv± kammaµµh±na½ manasikaronto ±h±re paµik³lasañña½ upaµµha-
petv± akkhabbhañjana– vaºalepanaputtama½s³pamavasena paccavekkhanto
aµµhaªgasamann±gata½ ±h±ra½ ±h±reti, neva dav±ya na mad±ya na maº¹an±ya
na vibh³san±ya …pe… bhutt±v² ca udakakicca½ katv± muhutta½ bhattakila-
matha½ paµippassambhetv± yath± purebhatta½, eva½ pacch±bhatta½ purima-
y±ma½ pacchimay±mañca kammaµµh±nameva manasi karoti, aya½ vuccati harati
ca pacc±harati c±Ti.
Ida½ pana haraºapacc±haraºasaªkh±ta½ gatapacc±gatavatta½ p³rento yadi
upanissayasampanno hoti, paµhamavaye eva arahatta½ p±puº±ti. No ce paµhama-
vaye p±puº±ti, atha majjhimavaye; no ce majjhimavaye p±puº±ti, atha maraºasa-
maye; no ce maraºasamaye p±puº±ti, atha (1.0172) devaputto hutv±; no ce deva-
putto hutv± p±puº±ti, anuppanne buddhe nibbatto paccekabodhi½ sacchikaroti.
No ce paccekabodhi½ sacchikaroti, atha buddh±na½ sammukh²bh±ve khipp±-
bhiñño hoti; seyyath±pi thero b±hiyo d±ruc²riyo mah±pañño v±, seyyath±pi thero
s±riputto mahiddhiko v±, seyyath±pi thero mah±moggall±no dhutav±do v±, seyya-
th±pi thero mah±kassapo dibbacakkhuko v±, seyyath±pi thero anuruddho vinaya-
dharo v±, seyyath±pi thero up±li dhammakathiko v±, seyyath±pi thero puººo
mant±ºiputto ±raññiko v±, seyyath±pi thero revato bahussuto v±, seyyath±pi thero
±nando bhikkh±k±mo v±, seyyath±pi thero r±hulo buddhaputtoti. Iti imasmi½
catukke yv±ya½ harati ca pacc±harati ca, tassa gocarasampajañña½ sikh±patta½
hoti.
Abhikkam±d²su pana asammuyhana½ asammohasampajañña½, ta½ eva½
veditabba½– idha bhikkhu abhikkamanto v± paµikkamanto v± yath± andhab±lapu-
thujjan± abhikkam±d²su– “att± abhikkamati, attan± abhikkamo nibbattito”ti v±,
“aha½ abhikkam±mi, may± abhikkamo nibbattito”ti v± sammuyhanti, tath± asa-
mmuyhanto “abhikkam±m²”ti citte uppajjam±ne teneva cittena saddhi½ cittasamu-
µµh±n± v±yodh±tu viññatti½ janayam±n± uppajjati. Iti cittakiriyav±yodh±tuvipph±ra-
vasena aya½ k±yasammato aµµhisaªgh±to abhikkamati. Tasseva½ abhikkamato
ekekap±duddharaºe pathav²dh±tu ±podh±t³ti dve dh±tuyo omatt± honti mand±,
itar± dve adhimatt± honti balavatiyo; tath± atiharaºav²tiharaºesu. Vossajjane tejo-
dh±tu v±yodh±t³ti dve dh±tuyo omatt± honti mand±, itar± dve adhimatt± balava-
tiyo, tath± sannikkhepanasannirujjhanesu. Tattha uddharaºe pavatt± r³p±r³pa-
dhamm± atiharaºa½ na p±puºanti, tath± atiharaºe pavatt± v²tiharaºa½, v²tiharaºe
pavatt± vossajjana½, vossajjane pavatt± sannikkhepana½, sannikkhepane
pavatt± sannirujjhana½ na p±puºanti. Tattha tattheva pabba½ pabba½ sandhi
sandhi odhi odhi hutv± tattakap±le (1.0173) pakkhittatil±ni viya paµapaµ±yant±
bhijjanti. Tattha ko eko abhikkamati, kassa v± ekassa abhikkamana½? Parama-
tthato hi dh±t³na½yeva gamana½, dh±t³na½ µh±na½, dh±t³na½ nisajjana½,
dh±t³na½ sayana½. Tasmi½ tasmi½ koµµh±se saddhi½ r³pena.
Añña½ uppajjate citta½, añña½ citta½ nirujjhati;
av²cimanusambandho, nad²sotova vattat²ti.
Eva½ abhikkam±d²su asammuyhana½ asammohasampajañña½ n±m±ti.
Niµµhito abhikkante paµikkante sampaj±nak±r² hot²ti padassa attho.
¾lokite vilokiteti ettha pana ±lokita½ n±ma purato pekkhaºa½. Vilokita½ n±ma
anudis±pekkhaºa½. Aññ±nipi heµµh± upari pacchato pekkhaºavasena olokita-ullo-
kit±palokit±ni n±ma honti, t±ni idha na gahit±ni. S±ruppavasena pana im±neva
dve gahit±ni, imin± v± mukhena sabb±nipi t±ni gahit±nev±ti.
Tattha “±lokess±m²”ti citte uppanne cittavaseneva anoloketv± atthaparigga-
ºhana½ s±tthakasampajañña½, ta½ ±yasmanta½ nanda½ k±yasakkhi½ katv±
veditabba½. Vuttañheta½ bhagavat±– “sace, bhikkhave, nandassa puratthim±
dis± ±loketabb± hoti, sabba½ cetas± samann±haritv± nando puratthima½ disa½
±loketi– ‘eva½ me puratthima½ disa½ ±lokayato na abhijjh±domanass± p±pak±
akusal± dhamm± anv±ssavissant²’ti. Itiha tattha sampaj±no hoti (a. ni. 8.9). Sace,
bhikkhave, nandassa pacchim± dis± …pe… uttar± dis± …pe… dakkhiº± dis±
…pe… uddha½ …pe… adho …pe… anudis± anuviloketabb± hoti, sabba½ cetas±
samann±haritv± nando anudisa½ anuviloketi– ‘eva½ me anudisa½ anuvilokayato
na abhijjh±domanass± p±pak± akusal± dhamm± anv±ssavissant²’ti. Itiha tattha
sampaj±no hot²”ti.
Api ca idh±pi pubbe vuttacetiyadassan±divaseneva s±tthakat± ca sapp±yat± ca
veditabb±, kammaµµh±nassa pana avijahanameva gocarasampajañña½. Tasm± (1.0
ettha khandhadh±tu-±yatanakammaµµh±nikehi attano kammaµµh±navaseneva,
kasiº±dikammaµµh±nikehi v± pana kammaµµh±nas²seneva ±lokana½ vilokana½
k±tabba½. Abbhantare att± n±ma ±loket± v± viloket± v± natthi, ‘±lokess±m²’ti pana
citte uppajjam±ne teneva cittena saddhi½ cittasamuµµh±n± v±yodh±tu viññatti½
janayam±n± uppajjati. Iti cittakiriyav±yodh±tuvipph±ravasena heµµhima½ akkhi-
dala½ adho s²dati, uparima½ uddha½ laªgheti. Koci yantakena vivaranto n±ma
natthi. Tato cakkhuviññ±ºa½ dassanakicca½ s±dhenta½ uppajjat²ti eva½ paj±-
nana½ panettha asammohasampajañña½ n±ma. Api ca m³lapariññ± ±gantuka-
t±va k±likabh±vavasena pettha asammohasampajañña½ veditabba½. M³lapari-
ññ±vasena t±va–
Bhavaªg±vajjanañceva, dassana½ sampaµicchana½;
sant²raºa½ voµµhabbana½, javana½ bhavati sattama½.
Tattha bhavaªga½ upapattibhavassa aªgakicca½ s±dhayam±na½ pavattati,
ta½ ±vaµµetv± kiriyamanodh±tu ±vajjanakicca½ s±dhayam±n±, ta½nirodh± cakkhu-
viññ±ºa½ dassanakicca½ s±dhayam±na½, ta½nirodh± vip±kamanodh±tu sampa-
µicchanakicca½ s±dhayam±n±, ta½nirodh± vip±kamanoviññ±ºadh±tu sant²raºa-
kicca½ s±dhayam±n±, ta½nirodh± kiriyamanoviññ±ºadh±tu voµµhabbanakicca½
s±dhayam±n±, ta½nirodh± sattakkhattu½ javana½ javati. Tattha paµhamajava-
nepi– “aya½ itth², aya½ puriso”ti rajjanadussanamuyhanavasena ±lokitavilokita½
n±ma na hoti. Dutiyajavanepi …pe… sattamajavanepi. Etesu pana yuddhama-
º¹ale yodhesu viya heµµhupariyavasena bhijjitv± patitesu– “aya½ itth², aya½ puriso”-
ti rajjan±divasena ±lokitavilokita½ hoti. Eva½ t±vettha m³lapariññ±vasena asa-
mmohasampajañña½ veditabba½.
 Cakkhudv±re pana r³pe ±p±tham±gate bhavaªgacalanato uddha½ sakakicca-
nipph±danavasena ±vajjan±d²su uppajjitv± niruddhesu avas±ne javana½ uppa-
jjati, ta½ pubbe uppann±na½ ±vajjan±d²na½ gehabh³te cakkhudv±re ±gantukapu-
riso viya hoti. Tassa yath± paragehe kiñci y±citu½ paviµµhassa ±gantukapurisassa
gehass±mikesu tuºh²m±sinesu ±º±karaºa½ na yutta½, eva½ (1.0175) ±vajjan±-
d²na½ gehabh³te cakkhudv±re ±vajjan±d²supi arajjantesu adussantesu amuyha-
ntesu ca rajjanadussanamuyhana½ ayuttanti eva½ ±gantukabh±vavasena asa-
mmohasampajañña½ veditabba½.
Y±ni panet±ni cakkhudv±re voµµhabbanapariyos±n±ni citt±ni uppajjanti, t±ni
saddhi½ sampayuttadhammehi tattha tattheva bhijjanti, aññamañña½ na passa-
nt²ti, ittar±ni t±vak±lik±ni honti. Tattha yath± ekasmi½ ghare sabbesu m±nusakesu
matesu avasesassa ekassa taªkhaºaññeva maraºadhammassa na yutt± nacca-
g²t±d²su abhirati n±ma. Evameva ekadv±re sasampayuttesu ±vajjan±d²su tattha
tattheva matesu avasesassa taªkhaºeyeva maraºadhammassa javanass±pi rajja-
nadussanamuyhanavasena abhirati n±ma na yutt±ti. Eva½ t±vak±likabh±vava-
sena asammohasampajañña½ veditabba½.
Api ca khandh±yatanadh±tupaccayapaccavekkhaºavasena peta½ veditabba½.
Ettha hi cakkhu ceva r³p± ca r³pakkhandho, dassana½ viññ±ºakkhandho, ta½sa-
mpayutt± vedan± vedan±kkhandho, saññ± saññ±kkhandho, phass±dik± saªkh±ra-
kkhandho. Evametesa½ pañcanna½ khandh±na½ samav±ye ±lokanavilokana½
paññ±yati. Tattha ko eko ±loketi, ko viloketi?
Tath± cakkhu cakkh±yatana½, r³pa½ r³p±yatana½, dassana½ man±yatana½,
vedan±dayo sampayuttadhamm± dhamm±yatana½. Evametesa½ catunna½ ±ya-
tan±na½ samav±ye ±lokanavilokana½ paññ±yati. Tattha ko eko ±loketi, ko vilo-
keti?
Tath± cakkhu cakkhudh±tu, r³pa½ r³padh±tu, dassana½ cakkhuviññ±ºadh±tu,
ta½sampayutt± vedan±dayo dhamm± dhammadh±tu. Evamet±sa½ catunna½
dh±t³na½ samav±ye ±lokanavilokana½ paññ±yati. Tattha ko eko ±loketi, ko vilo-
keti?
Tath± cakkhu nissayapaccayo, r³p± ±rammaºapaccayo, ±vajjana½ anantarasa-
manantar³panissayanatthivigatapaccayo, ±loko upanissayapaccayo, vedan±dayo
sahaj±tapaccayo. Evametesa½ paccay±na½ samav±ye (1.0176) ±lokanavilo-
kana½ paññ±yati. Tattha ko eko ±loketi, ko viloket²ti? Evamettha khandh±yatana-
dh±tupaccayapaccavekkhaºavasenapi asammohasampajañña½ veditabba½.
Samiñjite pas±riteti pabb±na½ samiñjanapas±raºe. Tattha cittavaseneva sami-
ñjanapas±raºa½ akatv± hatthap±d±na½ samiñjanapas±raºapaccay± atth±-
nattha½ pariggaºhitv± atthapariggaºhana½ s±tthakasampajañña½. Tattha hattha-
p±de aticira½ samiñjetv± v± pas±retv± v± µhitassa khaºe khaºe vedan± uppajjati,
citta½ ekaggata½ na labhati, kammaµµh±na½ paripatati, visesa½ n±dhigacchati.
K±le samiñjentassa k±le pas±rentassa pana t± vedan± nuppajjanti, citta½
ekagga½ hoti, kammaµµh±na½ ph±ti½ gacchati, visesamadhigacchat²ti, eva½
atth±natthapariggaºhana½ veditabba½.
 Atthe pana satipi sapp±y±sapp±ya½ pariggaºhitv± sapp±yapariggaºhana½
sapp±yasampajañña½. Tatr±ya½ nayo–
Mah±cetiyaªgaºe kira daharabhikkh³ sajjh±ya½ gaºhanti, tesa½ piµµhipassesu
daharabhikkhuniyo dhamma½ suºanti. Tatreko daharo hattha½ pas±rento k±ya-
sa½sagga½ patv± teneva k±raºena gih² j±to. Aparo bhikkhu p±da½ pas±rento
aggimhi pas±resi, aµµhim±hacca p±do jh±yi. Aparo vammike pas±resi, so ±s²vi-
sena ¹aµµho. Aparo c²varakuµidaº¹ake pas±resi, ta½ maºisappo ¹a½si. Tasm±
evar³pe asapp±ye apas±retv± sapp±ye pas±retabba½. Idamettha sapp±yasampa-
jañña½.
Gocarasampajañña½ pana mah±theravatthun± d²petabba½– mah±thero kira
div±µh±ne nisinno antev±sikehi saddhi½ kathayam±no sahas± hattha½ sami-
ñjetv± puna yath±µh±ne µhapetv± saºika½ samiñjesi. Ta½ antev±sik± pucchi½su–
“kasm±, bhante, sahas± hattha½ samiñjitv± puna yath±µh±ne µhapetv± saºika½
samiñjiyitth±”ti? Yato paµµh±y±ha½, ±vuso, kammaµµh±na½ manasik±tu½ ±raddho,
na me kammaµµh±na½ muñcitv± hattho samiñjitapubbo, id±ni pana me tumhehi
saddhi½ kathayam±nena kammaµµh±na½ muñcitv± samiñjito. Tasm± puna yath±-
µh±ne µhapetv± samiñjesinti. S±dhu (1.0177), bhante, bhikkhun± n±ma evar³pena
bhavitabbanti. Evametth±pi kammaµµh±n±vijahanameva gocarasampajaññanti
veditabba½.
Abbhantare att± n±ma koci samiñjento v± pas±rento v± natthi, vuttappak±racitta-
kiriyav±yodh±tuvipph±rena pana sutt±ka¹¹hanavasena d±ruyantassa hatthap±da-
lacalana½ viya samiñjanapas±raºa½ hot²ti eva½ parij±nana½ panettha asammo-
hasampajaññanti veditabba½.
Saªgh±µipattac²varadh±raºeti ettha saªgh±µic²var±na½ niv±sanap±rupanava-
sena pattassa bhikkh±paµiggahaº±divasena paribhogo dh±raºa½ n±ma. Tattha
saªgh±µic²varadh±raºe t±va niv±setv± v± p±rupitv± v± piº¹±ya carato ±misal±bho
s²tassa paµigh±t±y±ti-±din± nayena bhagavat± vuttappak±royeva ca attho attho
n±ma. Tassa vasena s±tthakasampajañña½ veditabba½.
Uºhapakatikassa pana dubbalassa ca c²vara½ sukhuma½ sapp±ya½, s²t±lu-
kassa ghana½ dupaµµa½. Vipar²ta½ asapp±ya½. Yassa kassaci jiººa½ asapp±ya-
meva, agga¼±did±nena hissa ta½ palibodhakara½ hoti. Tath± paµµuººaduk³l±di-
bheda½ lobhan²yac²vara½. T±disañhi araññe ekakassa niv±santar±yakara½ j²vita-
ntar±yakarañc±pi hoti. Nippariy±yena pana ya½ nimittakamm±dimicch±j²vava-
sena uppanna½, yañcassa sevam±nassa akusal± dhamm± abhiva¹¹hanti, kusal±
dhamm± parih±yanti, ta½ asapp±ya½. Vipar²ta½ sapp±ya½. Tassa vasenettha
sapp±yasampajañña½. Kammaµµh±n±vijahanavaseneva gocarasampajañña½
veditabba½.
Abbhantare att± n±ma koci c²vara½ p±rupento natthi, vuttappak±rena cittakiriya-
v±yodh±tuvipph±reneva pana c²varap±rupana½ hoti. Tattha c²varampi acetana½,
k±yopi acetano. C²vara½ na j±n±ti– “may± k±yo p±rupito”ti. K±yopi na j±n±ti–
“aha½ c²varena p±rupito”ti. Dh±tuyova dh±tusam³ha½ paµicch±denti paµapilotik±-
yapotthakar³papaµicch±dane viya. Tasm± neva sundara½ c²vara½ labhitv± soma-
nassa½ k±tabba½, na asundara½ labhitv± domanassa½.
N±gavammikacetiyarukkh±d²su (1.0178) hi keci m±l±gandhadh³mavatth±d²hi
sakk±ra½ karonti, keci g³thamuttakaddamadaº¹asatthappah±r±d²hi asakk±ra½.
Na tehi n±gavammikarukkh±dayo somanassa½ v± domanassa½ v± karonti. Eva-
meva neva sundara½ c²vara½ labhitv± somanassa½ k±tabba½, na asundara½
labhitv± domanassanti, eva½ pavattapaµisaªkh±navasenettha asammohasampa-
jañña½ veditabba½.
Pattadh±raºepi patta½ sahas±va aggahetv± ima½ gahetv± piº¹±ya caram±no
bhikkha½ labhiss±m²ti, eva½ pattaggahaºapaccay± paµilabhitabba½ atthavasena
s±tthakasampajañña½ veditabba½.
Kisadubbalasar²rassa pana garupatto asapp±yo, yassa kassaci catupañcaga-
ºµhik±hato dubbisodhan²yo asapp±yova. Duddhotapattopi na vaµµati, ta½ dhova-
ntasseva cassa palibodho hoti. Maºivaººapatto pana lobhan²yo, c²vare vuttanaye-
neva asapp±yo, nimittakamm±divasena laddho pana yañcassa sevam±nassa aku-
sal± dhamm± abhiva¹¹hanti, kusal± dhamm± parih±yanti, aya½ ekanta-asapp±-
yova. Vipar²to sapp±yo. Tassa vasenettha sapp±yasampajañña½. Kammaµµh±n±-
vijahanavaseneva ca gocarasampajañña½ veditabba½.
Abbhantare att± n±ma koci patta½ gaºhanto natthi, vuttappak±rena cittakiriya-
v±yodh±tuvipph±ravaseneva pattaggahaºa½ n±ma hoti. Tattha pattopi acetano,
hatth±pi acetan±. Patto na j±n±ti– “aha½ hatthehi gahito”ti. Hatth±pi na j±nanti–
“amhehi patto gahito”ti. Dh±tuyova dh±tusam³ha½ gaºhanti, saº¹±sena aggiva-
ººapattaggahaºe viy±ti. Eva½ pavattapaµisaªkh±navasenettha asammohasampa-
jañña½ veditabba½.
Api ca yath± chinnahatthap±de vaºamukhehi paggharitapubbalohitakimikule
n²lamakkhikasamparikiººe an±thas±l±ya½ nipanne an±thamanusse disv±, ye
day±luk± puris±, te tesa½ vaºamattaco¼ak±ni ceva kap±l±d²hi ca bhesajj±ni upan±-
menti. Tattha co¼ak±nipi kesañci saºh±ni, kesañci th³l±ni p±puºanti. Bhesajjaka-
p±lak±nipi kesañci (1.0179) susaºµh±n±ni, kesañci dussaºµh±n±ni p±puºanti, na
te tattha suman± v± dumman± v± honti. Vaºapaµicch±danamatteneva hi co¼akena,
bhesajjapaµiggahaºamatteneva ca kap±lakena tesa½ attho. Evameva yo bhikkhu
vaºaco¼aka½ viya c²vara½, bhesajjakap±laka½ viya ca patta½, kap±le bhesajja-
miva ca patte laddha½ bhikkha½ sallakkheti, aya½ saªgh±µipattac²varadh±raºe
asammohasampajaññena uttamasampaj±nak±r²ti veditabbo.
Asit±d²su asiteti piº¹ap±tabhojane. P²teti y±gu-±dip±ne. Kh±yiteti piµµhakhajj±di-
kh±dane. S±yiteti madhuph±ºit±dis±yane. Tattha neva dav±y±ti-±din± nayena
vutto aµµhavidhopi attho attho n±ma. Tasseva vasena s±tthakasampajañña½ vedi-
tabba½.
L³khapaº²tatittamadhuraras±d²su pana yena bhojanena yassa ph±su na hoti,
ta½ tassa asapp±ya½. Ya½ pana nimittakamm±divasena paµiladdha½, yañcassa
bhuñjato akusal± dhamm± abhiva¹¹hanti, kusal± dhamm± parih±yanti, ta½ eka-
nta-asapp±yameva, vipar²ta½ sapp±ya½. Tassa vasenettha sapp±yasampa-
jañña½. Kammaµµh±n±vijahanavaseneva ca gocarasampajañña½ veditabba½.
 Abbhantare att± n±ma koci bhuñjako natthi, vuttappak±racittakiriyav±yodh±tuvi-
pph±reneva pattappaµiggahaºa½ n±ma hoti. Cittakiriyav±yodh±tuvipph±reneva
hatthassa patte ot±raºa½ n±ma hoti. Cittakiriyav±yodh±tuvipph±reneva ±lopaka-
raºa½ ±lopa-uddh±raºa½ mukhavivaraºañca hoti, na koci kuñcik±ya yantakena
v± hanukaµµh²ni vivarati. Cittakiriyav±yodh±tuvipph±reneva ±lopassa mukhe
µhapana½, uparidant±na½ musalakiccas±dhana½, heµµhimadant±na½ udukkhala-
kiccas±dhana½, jivh±ya hatthakiccas±dhanañca hoti. Iti tattha aggajivh±ya tanuka-
khe¼o m³lajivh±ya bahalakhe¼o makkheti. Ta½ heµµh±danta-udukkhale jivh±hattha-
parivattaka½ khe¼odakena temita½ uparidantamusalasañcuººita½ koci kaµa-
cchun± v± dabbiy± v± antopavesento n±ma natthi, v±yodh±tuy±va pavisati.
Paviµµha½ paviµµha½ koci pal±lasanth±ra½ katv± dh±rento n±ma natthi, v±yodh±tu-
vaseneva tiµµhati. Ýhita½ µhita½ koci uddhana½ katv± aggi½ j±letv± pacanto n±ma
natthi, tejodh±tuy±va paccati. Pakka½ pakka½ koci daº¹akena v± (1.0180)
yaµµhiy± v± bahi n²h±rako n±ma natthi, v±yodh±tuyeva n²harati. Iti v±yodh±tu paµi-
harati ca, v²tiharati ca, dh±reti ca, parivatteti ca, sañcuººeti ca, visoseti ca, n²ha-
rati ca. Pathav²dh±tu dh±reti ca, parivatteti ca, sañcuººeti ca, visoseti ca. ¾po-
dh±tu sineheti ca, allattañca anup±leti. Tejodh±tu antopaviµµha½ parip±ceti. ¾k±sa-
dh±tu añjaso hoti. Viññ±ºadh±tu tattha tattha samm±payogamanv±ya ±bhujat²ti.
Eva½ pavattapaµisaªkh±navasenettha asammohasampajañña½ veditabba½.
Api ca gamanato pariyesanato paribhogato ±sayato nidh±nato aparipakkato
paripakkato phalato nissandato sammakkhanatoti, eva½ dasavidhapaµik³labh±va-
paccavekkhaºato pettha asammohasampajañña½ veditabba½. Vitth±rakath±
panettha visuddhimagge ±h±rapaµik³lasaññ±niddesato gahetabb±.
Ucc±rapass±vakammeti ucc±rassa ca pass±vassa ca karaºe. Tattha pattak±le
ucc±rapass±va½ akarontassa sakalasar²rato sed± muccanti, akkh²ni bhamanti,
citta½ na ekagga½ hoti, aññe ca rog± uppajjanti. Karontassa pana sabba½ ta½
na hot²ti ayamettha attho. Tassa vasena s±tthakasampajañña½ veditabba½.
Aµµh±ne ucc±rapass±va½ karontassa pana ±patti hoti, ayaso va¹¹hati, j²vitanta-
r±yo hoti, patir³pe µh±ne karontassa sabba½ ta½ na
hot²ti idamettha sapp±ya½ tassa vasena sapp±yasampajañña½. Kammaµµh±n±vi-
jahanavaseneva ca gocarasampajañña½ veditabba½.
Abbhantare att± n±ma ucc±rapass±vakamma½ karonto natthi, cittakiriyav±yo-
dh±tuvipph±reneva pana ucc±rapass±vakamma½ hoti. Yath± v± pana pakke
gaº¹e gaº¹abhedena pubbalohita½ ak±mat±ya nikkhamati. Yath± ca atibharit±
udakabh±jan± udaka½ ak±mat±ya nikkhamati. Eva½ pakk±sayamuttavatth²su
sannicit± ucc±rapass±v± v±yuvegasamupp²¼it± ak±mat±yapi nikkhamanti. So
pan±ya½ eva½ nikkhamanto ucc±rapass±vo neva (1.0181) tassa bhikkhuno
attano hoti, na parassa, kevala½ sar²ranissandova hoti. Yath± ki½? Yath± udakatu-
mbato pur±ºudaka½ cha¹¹entassa neva ta½ attano hoti, na paresa½; kevala½
paµijagganamattameva hoti; eva½ pavattapaµisaªkh±navasenettha asammohasa-
mpajañña½ veditabba½.
Gat±d²su gateti gamane. Ýhiteti µh±ne. Nisinneti nisajj±ya. Sutteti sayane. J±gari-
teti j±garaºe. Bh±siteti kathane. Tuºh²bh±veti akathane. “Gacchanto v± gacch±-
m²ti paj±n±ti, µhito v± µhitomh²ti paj±n±ti, nisinno v± nisinnomh²ti paj±n±ti, say±no
v± say±nomh²ti paj±n±t²”ti imasmiñhi sutte addh±na-iriy±path± kathit±. “Abhi-
kkante paµikkante ±lokite vilokite samiñjite pas±rite”ti imasmi½ majjhim±. “Gate
µhite nisinne sutte j±garite”ti idha pana khuddakacuººiya-iriy±path± kathit±.
Tasm± tesupi vuttanayeneva sampaj±nak±rit± veditabb±.
Tipiµakamah±sivatthero pan±ha– yo cira½ gantv± v± caªkamitv± v± apara-
bh±ge µhito iti paµisañcikkhati– “caªkamanak±le pavatt± r³p±r³padhamm± ettheva
niruddh±”ti. Aya½ gate sampaj±nak±r² n±ma.
Yo sajjh±ya½ v± karonto, pañha½ v± vissajjento, kammaµµh±na½ v± manasika-
ronto cira½ µhatv± aparabh±ge nisinno iti paµisañcikkhati– “µhitak±le pavatt± r³p±-
r³padhamm± ettheva niruddh±”ti. Aya½ µhite sampaj±nak±r² n±ma.
Yo sajjh±y±dikaraºavaseneva cira½ nis²ditv± aparabh±ge uµµh±ya iti paµisañci-
kkhati– “nisinnak±le pavatt± r³p±r³padhamm± ettheva niruddh±”ti. Aya½ nisinne
sampaj±nak±r² n±ma.
Yo pana nipannako sajjh±ya½ v± karonto kammaµµh±na½ v± manasikaronto
nidda½ okkamitv± aparabh±ge uµµh±ya iti paµisañcikkhati– “sayanak±le pavatt±
r³p±r³padhamm± ettheva niruddh±”ti. Aya½ sutte j±garite ca sampaj±nak±r²
n±ma. Kiriyamayacitt±nañhi appavattana½ soppa½ n±ma, pavattana½ j±garita½
n±ma.
Yo (1.0182) pana bh±sam±no– “aya½ saddo n±ma oµµhe ca paµicca, dante ca
jivhañca t±luñca paµicca, cittassa ca tadanur³pa½ payoga½ paµicca j±yat²”ti sato
sampaj±nova bh±sati. Cira½ v± pana k±la½ sajjh±ya½ v± katv±, dhamma½ v±
kathetv±, kammaµµh±na½ v± pavattetv±, pañha½ v± vissajjetv±, aparabh±ge tuºh²-
bh³to iti paµisañcikkhati– “bh±sitak±le uppann± r³p±r³padhamm± ettheva niru-
ddh±”ti. Aya½ bh±site sampaj±nak±r² n±ma.
Yo tuºh²bh³to cira½ dhamma½ v± kammaµµh±na½ v± manasikatv± aparabh±ge
iti paµisañcikkhati– “tuºh²bh³tak±le pavatt± r³p±r³padhamm± ettheva niruddh±”ti.
Up±d±r³pappavattiyañhi sati bh±sati n±ma, asati tuºh² bhavati n±m±ti. Aya½
tuºh²bh±ve sampaj±nak±r² n±m±ti.
Tayida½ mah±sivattherena vutta½ asammohadhura½ mah±satipaµµh±nasutte
adhippeta½. Imasmi½ pana s±maññaphale sabbampi catubbidha½ sampajañña½
labbhati. Tasm± vuttanayeneva cettha catunna½ sampajaññ±na½ vasena sampa-
j±nak±rit± veditabb±. Sampaj±nak±r²ti ca sabbapadesu satisampayuttasseva
sampajaññassa vasena attho veditabbo. Satisampajaññena samann±gatoti
etassa hi padassa aya½ vitth±ro. Vibhaªgappakaraºe pana– “sato sampaj±no
abhikkamati, sato sampaj±no paµikkamat²”ti eva½ et±ni pad±ni vibhatt±neva. Eva½,
kho mah±r±j±ti eva½ satisampayuttassa sampajaññassa vasena abhikkam±d²ni
pavattento satisampajaññena samann±gato n±ma hot²ti attho.

Santosakath±

215. Idha, mah±r±ja, bhikkhu santuµµho hot²ti ettha santuµµhoti itar²tarapaccaya-

santosena samann±gato. So panesa santoso dv±dasavidho hoti, seyyathida½–
c²vare yath±l±bhasantoso, yath±balasantoso, yath±s±ruppasantosoti tividho.
Eva½ piº¹ap±t±d²su. Tass±ya½ pabhedavaººan±–
Idha bhikkhu c²vara½ labhati, sundara½ v± asundara½ v±. So teneva y±peti,
añña½ na pattheti, labhantopi na gaºhati. Ayamassa c²vare yath±l±bhasantoso.
Atha pana pakatidubbalo v± hoti, ±b±dhajar±bhibh³to (1.0183) v±, garuc²vara½
p±rupanto kilamati. So sabh±gena bhikkhun± saddhi½ ta½ parivattetv± lahukena
y±pentopi santuµµhova hoti. Ayamassa c²vare yath±balasantoso. Aparo paº²tapa-
ccayal±bh² hoti. So pattac²var±d²na½ aññatara½ mahagghapattac²vara½ bah³ni
v± pana pattac²var±ni labhitv± ida½ ther±na½ cirapabbajit±na½, ida½ bahussu-
t±na½ anur³pa½, ida½ gil±n±na½, ida½ appal±bh²na½ hot³ti datv± tesa½ pur±ºa-
c²vara½ v± gahetv± saªk±rak³µ±dito v± nantak±ni uccinitv± tehi saªgh±µi½ katv±
dh±rentopi santuµµhova hoti. Ayamassa c²vare yath±s±ruppasantoso.
Idha pana bhikkhu piº¹ap±ta½ labhati l³kha½ v± paº²ta½ v±, so teneva y±peti,
añña½ na pattheti, labhantopi na gaºhati. Ayamassa piº¹ap±te yath±l±bhasa-
ntoso. Yo pana attano pakativiruddha½ v± by±dhiviruddha½ v± piº¹ap±ta½
labhati, yenassa paribhuttena aph±su hoti. So sabh±gassa bhikkhuno ta½ datv±
tassa hatthato sapp±yabhojana½ bhuñjitv± samaºadhamma½ karontopi santu-
µµhova hoti. Ayamassa piº¹ap±te yath±balasantoso. Aparo bahu½ paº²ta½ piº¹a-
p±ta½ labhati. So ta½ c²vara½ viya theracirapabbajitabahussuta-appal±bh²gil±-
n±na½ datv± tesa½ v± sesaka½ piº¹±ya v± caritv± missak±h±ra½ bhuñjantopi
santuµµhova hoti. Ayamassa piº¹ap±te yath±s±ruppasantoso.
Idha pana bhikkhu sen±sana½ labhati, man±pa½ v± aman±pa½ v±, so tena
neva somanassa½, na domanassa½ upp±deti; antamaso tiºasanth±rakenapi
yath±laddheneva tussati. Ayamassa sen±sane yath±l±bhasantoso. Yo pana
attano pakativiruddha½ v± by±dhiviruddha½ v± sen±sana½ labhati, yatthassa
vasato aph±su hoti, so ta½ sabh±gassa bhikkhuno datv± tassa santake sapp±ya-
sen±sane vasantopi santuµµhova hoti. Ayamassa sen±sane yath±balasantoso.
 Aparo mah±puñño leºamaº¹apak³µ±g±r±d²ni bah³ni paº²tasen±san±ni labhati.
So t±ni c²vara½ viya theracirapabbajitabahussuta-appal±bh²gil±n±na½ datv±
yattha katthaci vasantopi santuµµhova hoti. Ayamassa (1.0184) sen±sane yath±s±-
ruppasantoso. Yopi– “uttamasen±sana½ n±ma pam±daµµh±na½, tattha nisinnassa
thinamiddha½ okkamati, nidd±bhibh³tassa puna paµibujjhato k±mavitakk± p±tu-
bhavant²”ti paµisañcikkhitv± t±disa½ sen±sana½ pattampi na sampaµicchati. So
ta½ paµikkhipitv± abbhok±sarukkham³l±d²su vasantopi santuµµhova hoti. Aya-
mpissa sen±sane yath±s±ruppasantoso.
Idha pana bhikkhu bhesajja½ labhati, l³kha½ v± paº²ta½ v±, so ya½ labhati,
teneva tussati, añña½ na pattheti, labhantopi na gaºhati. Ayamassa gil±napa-
ccaye yath±l±bhasantoso. Yo pana telena atthiko ph±ºita½ labhati. So ta½ sabh±-
gassa bhikkhuno datv± tassa hatthato tela½ gahetv± aññadeva v± pariyesitv±
bhesajja½ karontopi santuµµhova hoti. Ayamassa gil±napaccaye yath±balasantoso.
Aparo mah±puñño bahu½ telamadhuph±ºit±dipaº²tabhesajja½ labhati. So ta½
c²vara½ viya theracirapabbajitabahussuta-appal±bh²gil±n±na½ datv± tesa½ ±bha-
tena yena kenaci y±pentopi santuµµhova hoti. Yo pana ekasmi½ bh±jane muttaha-
r²µaka½ µhapetv± ekasmi½ catumadhura½– “gaºh±hi, bhante, yadicchas²”ti vucca-
m±no sacassa tesu aññatarenapi rogo v³pasammati, atha muttahar²µaka½ n±ma
buddh±d²hi vaººitanti catumadhura½ paµikkhipitv± muttahar²µakeneva bhesajja½
karonto paramasantuµµhova hoti. Ayamassa gil±napaccaye yath±s±ruppasantoso.
Imin± pana dv±dasavidhena itar²tarapaccayasantosena samann±gatassa
bhikkhuno aµµha parikkh±r± vaµµanti. T²ºi c²var±ni, patto, dantakaµµhacchedana-
v±si, ek± s³ci, k±yabandhana½ pariss±vananti. Vuttampi ceta½–
“Tic²varañca patto ca, v±si s³ci ca bandhana½;
pariss±vanena aµµhete, yuttayogassa bhikkhuno”ti.
Te sabbe k±yaparih±rik±pi honti kucchiparih±rik±pi. Katha½? Tic²vara½ t±va
niv±setv± ca p±rupitv± ca vicaraºak±le k±ya½ pariharati, poset²ti k±yaparih±rika½
hoti. C²varakaººena udaka½ pariss±vetv± (1.0185) pivanak±le kh±ditabbaphal±-
phalagahaºak±le ca kucchi½ pariharati; poset²ti kucchiparih±rika½ hoti.
Pattopi tena udaka½ uddharitv± nh±nak±le kuµiparibhaº¹akaraºak±le ca k±ya-
parih±riko hoti. ¾h±ra½ gahetv± bhuñjanak±le kucchiparih±riko.
V±sipi t±ya dantakaµµhacchedanak±le mañcap²µh±na½ aªgap±dac²varakuµida-
º¹akasajjanak±le ca k±yaparih±rik± hoti. Ucchuchedanan±¼iker±ditacchanak±le
kucchiparih±rik±.
S³cipi c²varasibbanak±le k±yaparih±rik± hoti. P³va½ v± phala½ v± vijjhitv±
kh±danak±le kucchiparih±rik±.
K±yabandhana½ bandhitv± vicaraºak±le k±yaparih±rika½. Ucchu-±d²ni
bandhitv± gahaºak±le kucchiparih±rika½.
Pariss±vana½ tena udaka½ pariss±vetv± nh±nak±le, sen±sanaparibhaº¹akara-
ºak±le ca k±yaparih±rika½. P±n²ya½ pariss±vanak±le, teneva tilataº¹ulaputhuk±-
d²ni gahetv± kh±danak±le ca kucchiparih±riya½. Aya½ t±va aµµhaparikkh±rikassa
parikkh±ramatt±. Navaparikkh±rikassa pana seyya½ pavisantassa tatraµµhaka½
paccattharaºa½ v± kuñcik± v± vaµµati. Dasaparikkh±rikassa nis²dana½ v± camma-
khaº¹a½ v± vaµµati. Ek±dasaparikkh±rikassa pana kattarayaµµhi v± telan±¼ik± v±
vaµµati. Dv±dasaparikkh±rikassa chatta½ v± up±hana½ v± vaµµati. Etesu ca aµµha-
parikkh±rikova santuµµho, itare asantuµµh± mahicch± mah±bh±r±ti na vattabb±.
Etepi hi appicch±va santuµµh±va subhar±va sallahukavuttinova. Bhagav± pana na
yima½ sutta½ tesa½ vasena kathesi, aµµhaparikkh±rikassa vasena kathesi. So hi
khuddakav±siñca s³ciñca pariss±vane pakkhipitv± pattassa anto µhapetv± patta½
a½sak³µe laggetv± tic²vara½ k±yapaµibaddha½ katv± yenicchaka½ sukha½
pakkamati. Paµinivattetv± gahetabba½ n±massa na hoti. Iti (1.0186) imassa
bhikkhuno sallahukavuttita½ dassento bhagav±– “santuµµho hoti k±yaparih±rikena
c²varen±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha k±yaparih±riken±ti k±yapariharaºamattakena. Kucchi-
parih±riken±ti kucchipariharaºamattakena. Sam±d±yeva pakkamat²ti aµµhapari-
kkh±ramattaka½ sabba½ gahetv±va k±yapaµibaddha½ katv±va gacchati. “Mama
vih±ro pariveºa½ upaµµh±ko”ti ±saªgo v± bandho v± na hoti. So jiy± mutto saro
viya, y³th± apakkanto madahatth² viya ca icchiticchita½ sen±sana½ vanasaº¹a½
rukkham³la½ vanapabbh±ra½ paribhuñjanto ekova tiµµhati, ekova nis²dati. Sabbi-
riy±pathesu ekova adutiyo.
“C±tuddiso appaµigho ca hoti,
santussam±no itar²tarena;
 parissay±na½ sahit± achambh²,
eko care khaggavis±ºakappo”ti. (su. ni. 42);
Eva½ vaººita½ khaggavis±ºakappata½ ±pajjati.
Id±ni tamattha½ upam±ya s±dhento– “seyyath±p²”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha pakkh² saku-
ºoti pakkhayutto sakuºo. Þet²ti uppatati. Aya½ panettha saªkhepattho– sakuº±
n±ma “asukasmi½ padese rukkho paripakkaphalo”ti ñatv± n±n±dis±hi ±gantv±
nakhapattatuº¹±d²hi tassa phal±ni vijjhant± vidhunant± kh±danti. ‘Ida½ ajjatan±ya,
ida½ sv±tan±ya bhavissat²’ti tesa½ na hoti. Phale pana kh²ºe neva rukkhassa
±rakkha½ µhapenti, na tattha patta½ v± nakha½ v± tuº¹a½ v± µhapenti. Atha kho
tasmi½ rukkhe anapekkho hutv±, yo ya½ dis±bh±ga½ icchati, so tena sapattabh±-
rova uppatitv± gacchati. Evameva aya½ bhikkhu nissaªgo nirapekkho yena
k±ma½ pakkamati. Tena vutta½ “sam±d±yeva pakkamat²”ti.

N²varaºappah±nakath±

216. So (1.0187) imin± c±ti-±din± ki½ dasseti? Araññav±sassa paccayasa-

mpatti½ dasseti. Yassa hi ime catt±ro paccay± natthi, tassa araññav±so na ijjhati.
Tiracch±nagatehi v± vanacarakehi v± saddhi½ vattabbata½ ±pajjati. Araññe adhi-
vatth± devat±– “ki½ evar³passa p±pabhikkhuno araññav±sen±”ti bheravasadda½
s±venti, hatthehi s²sa½ paharitv± pal±yan±k±ra½ karonti. “Asuko bhikkhu
arañña½ pavisitv± idañcidañca p±pakamma½ ak±s²”ti ayaso pattharati. Yassa
panete catt±ro paccay± atthi, tassa araññav±so ijjhati. So hi attano s²la½ paccave-
kkhanto kiñci k±¼aka½ v± tilaka½ v± apassanto p²ti½ upp±detv± ta½ khayavayato
sammasanto ariyabh³mi½ okkamati. Araññe adhivatth± devat± attaman± vaººa½
bhaºanti. Itissa udake pakkhittatelabindu viya yaso vitth±riko hoti.
Tattha vivittanti suñña½, appasadda½, appanigghosanti attho. Etadeva hi
sandh±ya vibhaªge– “vivittanti santike cepi sen±sana½ hoti, tañca an±kiººa½
gahaµµhehi pabbajitehi. Tena ta½ vivittan”ti vutta½. Seti ceva ±sati ca etth±ti sen±-
sana½ mañcap²µh±d²nameta½ adhivacana½. Ten±ha– “sen±sananti mañcopi
sen±sana½, p²µhampi, bhisipi, bimbohanampi, vih±ropi, a¹¹hayogopi, p±s±dopi,
hammiyampi, guh±pi, aµµopi, m±¼opi leºampi, ve¼ugumbopi, rukkham³lampi,
maº¹apopi, sen±sana½, yattha v± pana bhikkh³ paµikkamanti, sabbameta½ sen±-
sanan”ti (vibha. 527).
Api ca– “vih±ro a¹¹hayogo p±s±do hammiya½ guh±”ti ida½ vih±rasen±sana½
n±ma. “Mañco p²µha½ bhisi bimbohanan”ti ida½ mañcap²µhasen±sana½ n±ma.
“Cimilik± cammakhaº¹o tiºasanth±ro paººasanth±ro”ti ida½ santhatasen±sana½
n±ma. “Yattha v± pana bhikkh³ paµikkamant²”ti ida½ ok±sasen±sana½ n±m±ti.
Eva½ catubbidha½ sen±sana½ hoti, ta½ sabba½ sen±sanaggahaºena saªgahita-
meva.
Idha panassa sakuºasadisassa c±tuddisassa bhikkhuno anucchavikasen±-
sana½ dassento arañña½ rukkham³lanti-±dim±ha. Tattha araññanti nikkhamitv±
(1.0188) bahi indakh²l± sabbameta½ araññanti. Ida½ bhikkhun²na½ vasena
±gata½. “¾raññaka½ n±ma sen±sana½ pañcadhanusatika½ pacchiman”ti (p±r±.
654) ida½ pana imassa bhikkhuno anur³pa½. Tassa lakkhaºa½ visuddhimagge
dhutaªganiddese vutta½. Rukkham³lanti ya½ kiñci sandacch±ya½ vivittarukkha-
m³la½. Pabbatanti sela½. Tattha hi udakasoº¹²su udakakicca½ katv± s²t±ya
rukkhacch±y±ya nisinnassa n±n±dis±su kh±yam±n±su s²tena v±tena b²jiyam±-
nassa citta½ ekagga½ hoti. Kandaranti ka½ vuccati udaka½, tena d±rita½, uda-
kena bhinna½ pabbatapadesa½. Ya½ nad²tumbantipi, nad²kuñjantipi vadanti.
Tattha hi rajatapaµµasadis± v±lik± hoti, matthake maºivit±na½ viya vanagahaºa½,
maºikhandhasadisa½ udaka½ sandati. Evar³pa½ kandara½ oruyha p±n²ya½
pivitv± gatt±ni s²t±ni katv± v±lika½ uss±petv± pa½suk³lac²vara½ paññapetv± nisi-
nnassa samaºadhamma½ karoto citta½ ekagga½ hoti. Giriguhanti dvinna½
pabbat±na½ antare, ekasmi½yeva v± umaggasadisa½ mah±vivara½ sus±nala-
kkhaºa½ visuddhimagge vutta½. Vanapatthanti g±manta½ atikkamitv± manu-
ss±na½ anupac±raµµh±na½, yattha na kasanti na vapanti, tenev±ha– “vanapa-
tthanti d³r±nameta½ sen±san±na½ adhivacanan”ti-±di. Abbhok±santi acchanna½.
¾kaªkham±no panettha c²varakuµi½ katv± vasati. Pal±lapuñjanti pal±lar±si. Mah±-
pal±lapuñjato hi pal±la½ nikka¹¹hitv± pabbh±raleºasadise ±laye karonti, gaccha-
gumbh±d²nampi upari pal±la½ pakkhipitv± heµµh± nisinn± samaºadhamma½
karonti. Ta½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½.
Pacch±bhattanti bhattassa pacchato. Piº¹ap±tapaµikkantoti piº¹ap±tapariyesa-
nato paµikkanto. Pallaªkanti samantato ³rubaddh±sana½. ¾bhujitv±ti bandhitv±.
Uju½ k±ya½ paºidh±y±ti uparima½ sar²ra½ uju½ µhapetv± aµµh±rasa piµµhikaºµaka-
µµhike koµiy± koµi½ paµip±detv±. Evañhi nisinnassa cammama½sanh±r³ni na paºa-
manti. Athassa y± tesa½ paºamanapaccay± khaºe khaºe vedan± uppajjeyyu½,
t± nuppajjanti. T±su anuppajjam±n±su citta½ ekagga½ hoti, kammaµµh±na½ na
paripatati, vu¹¹hi½ ph±ti½ vepulla½ upagacchati. Parimukha½ sati½ upaµµhape-
tv±ti kammaµµh±n±bhimukha½ sati½ µhapayitv±. Mukhasam²pe (1.0189) v±
katv±ti attho. Teneva vibhaªge vutta½– “aya½ sati upaµµhit± hoti s³paµµhit± n±si-
kagge v± mukhanimitte v±, tena vuccati parimukha½ sati½ upaµµhapetv±”ti (vibha.
537). Athav± par²ti pariggahaµµho. Mukhanti niyy±naµµho. Sat²ti upaµµh±naµµho.
Tena vuccati– “parimukha½ satin”ti. Eva½ paµisambhid±ya½ vuttanayenapettha
attho daµµhabbo. Tatr±ya½ saªkhepo– “pariggahitaniyy±nasati½ katv±”ti.
217. Abhijjha½ loketi ettha lujjanapalujjanaµµhena pañcup±d±nakkhandh± loko,
tasm± pañcasu up±d±nakkhandhesu r±ga½ pah±ya k±macchanda½ vikkhambhe-
tv±ti ayametthattho. Vigat±bhijjhen±ti vikkhambhanavasena pah²natt± vigat±bhi-
jjhena, na cakkhuviññ±ºasadisen±ti attho. Abhijjh±ya citta½ parisodhet²ti abhi-
jjh±to citta½ parimoceti. Yath± ta½ s± muñcati ceva, muñcitv± ca na puna gaºhati,
eva½ karot²ti attho. By±p±dapadosa½ pah±y±Ti-±d²supi eseva nayo. By±pajjati
imin± citta½ p³tikumm±s±dayo viya purimapakati½ vijahat²ti by±p±do. Vik±r±pa-
ttiy± padussati, para½ v± pad³seti vin±set²ti padoso. Ubhayameta½ kodhassev±-
dhivacana½. Thina½ cittagelañña½. Middha½ cetasikagelañña½, thinañca
middhañca thinamiddha½. ¾lokasaññ²ti rattimpi div±diµµh±lokasañj±nanasama-
tth±ya vigatan²varaº±ya parisuddh±ya saññ±ya samann±gato. Sato sampaj±noti
satiy± ca ñ±ºena ca samann±gato. Ida½ ubhaya½ ±lokasaññ±ya upak±ratt±
vutta½. Uddhaccañca kukkuccañca uddhaccakukkucca½. Tiººavicikicchoti vici-
kiccha½ taritv± atikkamitv± µhito. “Kathamida½ kathamidan”ti eva½ nappavatta-
t²ti akatha½kath². Kusalesu dhammes³ti anavajjesu dhammesu. “Ime nu kho
kusal± kathamime kusal±”ti eva½ na vicikicchati. Na kaªkhat²ti attho. Ayamettha
saªkhepo. Imesu pana n²varaºesu vacanatthalakkhaº±dibhedato ya½ vattabba½
siy±, ta½ sabba½ visuddhimagge vutta½.
218. Y± pan±ya½ seyyath±pi mah±r±j±ti upam± vutt±. Tattha iºa½ ±d±y±ti
va¹¹hiy± dhana½ gahetv±. Byanti½ kareyy±ti vigatanta½ kareyya (1.0190), yath±
tesa½ k±kaºikamattopi pariyanto n±ma n±vasissati, eva½ kareyya; sabbaso paµi-
niyy±teyy±ti attho. Tato nid±nanti ±ºaºyanid±na½. So hi “aºaºomh²”ti ±vajjanto
balavap±mojja½ labhati, somanassa½ adhigacchati, tena vutta½– “labhetha
p±mojja½, adhigaccheyya somanassan”ti.
219. Visabh±gavedanuppattiy± kakaceneva catu-iriy±patha½ chindanto ±b±dha-
t²ti ±b±dho, sv±ssa atth²ti ±b±dhiko. Ta½ samuµµh±nena dukkhena dukkhito. Adhi-
mattagil±noti b±¼hagil±no. Nacch±deyy±ti adhimattaby±dhiparetat±ya na rucceyya.
Balamatt±ti balameva, balañcassa k±ye na bhaveyy±ti attho. Tatonid±nanti ±ro-
gyanid±na½. Tassa hi– “arogomh²”ti ±vajjayato tadubhaya½ hoti. Tena vutta½–
“labhetha p±mojja½, adhigaccheyya somanassan”ti.
220. Na cassa kiñci bhog±na½ vayoti k±kaºikamattampi bhog±na½ vayo na
bhaveyya. Tatonid±nanti bandhan±mokkhanid±na½. Sesa½ vuttanayeneva
sabbapadesu yojetabba½.
221-222. Anatt±dh²noTi na attani adh²no, attano ruciy± kiñci k±tu½ na labhati.
Par±dh²noti paresu adh²no parasseva ruciy± vattati. Na yena k±ma½ gamoTi yena
dis±bh±genassa gantuk±mat± hoti, icch± uppajjati gaman±ya, tena gantu½ na
labhati. D±saby±ti d±sabh±v±. Bhujissoti attano santako. Tatonid±nanti bhujissa-
nid±na½. Kant±raddh±namagganti kant±ra½ addh±namagga½, nirudaka½ d²gha-
magganti attho. Tatonid±nanti khemantabh³minid±na½.
223. Ime pañca n²varaºe appah²neti ettha bhagav± appah²nak±macchandan²va-
raºa½ iºasadisa½, ses±ni rog±disadis±ni katv± dasseti. Tatr±ya½ sadisat±. Yo
hi paresa½ iºa½ gahetv± vin±seti, so tehi iºa½ deh²ti vuccam±nopi pharusa½
vuccam±nopi bajjham±nopi vadh²yam±nopi (1.0191) kiñci paµib±hitu½ na sakkoti,
sabba½ titikkhati. Titikkh±k±raºa½ hissa ta½ iºa½ hoti. Evameva yo yamhi k±ma-
cchandena rajjati, taºh±sahagatena ta½ vatthu½ gaºhati, so tena pharusa½
vuccam±nopi bajjham±nopi vadh²yam±nopi sabba½ titikkhati, titikkh±k±raºa½
hissa so k±macchando hoti, gharas±mikehi vadh²yam±n±na½ itth²na½ viy±ti, eva½
iºa½ viya k±macchando daµµhabbo.
Yath± pana pittarog±turo madhusakkar±d²supi dinnesu pittarog±turat±ya tesa½
rasa½ na vindati, “tittaka½ tittakan”ti uggiratiyeva. Evameva by±pannacitto hitak±-
mehi ±cariyupajjh±yehi appamattakampi ovadiyam±no ov±da½ na gaºhati. “Ati
viya me tumhe upaddaveth±”ti-±d²ni vatv± vibbhamati. Pittarog±turat±ya so puriso
madhusakkar±d²na½ viya kodh±turat±ya jh±nasukh±dibheda½ s±sanarasa½ na
vindat²ti. Eva½ rogo viya by±p±do daµµhabbo.
Yath± pana nakkhattadivase bandhan±g±re baddho puriso nakkhattassa neva
±di½ na majjha½ na pariyos±na½ passati. So dutiyadivase mutto aho hiyyo
nakkhatta½ man±pa½, aho nacca½, aho g²tanti-±d²ni sutv±pi paµivacana½ na
deti. Ki½ k±raº±? Nakkhattassa ananubh³tatt±. Evameva thinamiddh±bhibh³to
bhikkhu vicittanayepi dhammassavane pavattam±ne neva tassa ±di½ na majjha½
na pariyos±na½ j±n±ti. Sopi uµµhite dhammassavane aho dhammassavana½, aho
k±raºa½, aho upam±ti dhammassavanassa vaººa½ bhaºam±n±na½ sutv±pi
paµivacana½ na deti. Ki½ k±raº±? Thinamiddhavasena dhammakath±ya ananu-
bh³tatt±. Eva½ bandhan±g±ra½ viya thinamiddha½ daµµhabba½.
Yath± pana nakkhatta½ k²¼antopi d±so– “ida½ n±ma acc±yika½ karaº²ya½ atthi,
s²gha½ tattha gacch±hi. No ce gacchasi, hatthap±da½ v± te chind±mi kaººa-
n±sa½ v±”ti vutto s²gha½ gacchatiyeva. Nakkhattassa ±dimajjhapariyos±na½ anu-
bhavitu½ na labhati, kasm±? Par±dh²nat±ya, evameva vinaye apakataññun± vive-
katth±ya arañña½ paviµµhen±pi kismiñcideva (1.0192) antamaso kappiyama½-
sepi akappiyama½sasaññ±ya uppann±ya viveka½ pah±ya s²lavisodhanattha½
vinayadharassa santika½ gantabba½ hoti, vivekasukha½ anubhavitu½ na labhati,
kasm±? Uddhaccakukkucc±bhibh³tat±y±ti. Eva½ d±sabya½ viya uddhaccaku-
kkucca½ daµµhabba½.
Yath± pana kant±raddh±namaggappaµipanno puriso corehi manuss±na½ vilutto-
k±sa½ pahatok±sañca disv± daº¹akasaddenapi sakuºasaddenapi “cor± ±gat±”ti
ussaªkitaparisaªkitova hoti, gacchatipi tiµµhatipi nivattatipi, gataµµh±nato agataµµh±-
nameva bahutara½ hoti. So kicchena kasirena khemantabh³mi½ p±puº±ti v± na
v± p±puº±ti.
Evameva yassa aµµhasu µh±nesu vicikicch± uppann± hoti, so– “buddho nu kho, no
nu kho buddho”ti-±din± nayena vicikicchanto adhimuccitv± saddh±ya gaºhitu½ na
sakkoti. Asakkonto magga½ v± phala½ v± na p±puº±t²ti. Yath± kant±raddh±na-
magge– “cor± atthi natth²”ti punappuna½ ±sappanaparisappana½ apariyog±-
hana½ chambhitatta½ cittassa upp±dento khemantapattiy± antar±ya½ karoti,
eva½ vicikicch±pi– “buddho nu kho, na buddho”ti-±din± nayena punappuna½ ±sa-
ppanaparisappana½ apariyog±hana½ chambhitatta½ cittassa upp±dayam±n± ari-
yabh³mippattiy± antar±ya½ karot²ti kant±raddh±namaggo viya vicikicch±
daµµhabb±.
224. Id±ni– “seyyath±pi, mah±r±ja, ±ºaºyan”ti ettha bhagav± pah²nak±maccha-
ndan²varaºa½ ±ºaºyasadisa½, ses±ni ±rogy±disadis±ni katv± dasseti. Tatr±ya½
sadisat±, yath± hi puriso iºa½ ±d±ya kammante payojetv± samiddhata½ patto–
“ida½ iºa½ n±ma palibodham³lan”ti cintetv± sava¹¹hika½ iºa½ niyy±tetv±
paººa½ ph±l±peyya. Athassa tato paµµh±ya neva koci d³ta½ peseti, na paººa½.
So iºas±mike disv±pi sace icchati, ±san± uµµhahati, no ce na uµµhahati, kasm±?
Tehi saddhi½ nillepat±ya alaggat±ya. Evameva bhikkhu– “aya½ k±macchando
n±ma palibodham³lan”ti cintetv± cha dhamme bh±vetv± k±macchandan²varaºa½
pajahati. Te pana cha dhamme mah±satipaµµh±ne vaººayiss±ma. Tasseva½ pah²-
nak±macchandassa (1.0193) yath± iºamuttassa purisassa iºass±mike disv± neva
bhaya½ na chambhitatta½ hoti. Evameva paravatthumhi neva saªgo na baddho
hoti. Dibb±nipi r³p±ni passato kileso na samud±carati. Tasm± bhagav± ±ºaºya-
miva k±macchandappah±na½ ±ha.
Yath± pana so pittarog±turo puriso bhesajjakiriy±ya ta½ roga½ v³pasametv±
tato paµµh±ya madhusakkar±d²na½ rasa½ vindati. Evameva bhikkhu “aya½
by±p±do n±ma mah± anatthakaro”ti cha dhamme bh±vetv± by±p±dan²varaºa½
pajahati. Sabban²varaºesu cha dhamme mah±satipaµµh±neyeva vaººayiss±ma.
Na kevalañca teyeva, yepi thinamiddh±d²na½ pah±n±ya bh±vetabb±, tepi sabbe
tattheva vaººayiss±ma. So eva½ pah²naby±p±do yath± pittarogavimutto puriso
madhusakkar±d²na½ rasa½ sampiy±yam±no paµisevati, evameva ±c±rapaººatti-±-
d²ni sikkh±pad±ni siras± sampaµicchitv± sampiy±yam±no sikkhati. Tasm±
bhagav± ±rogyamiva by±p±dappah±na½ ±ha.
Yath± so nakkhattadivase bandhan±g±ra½ pavesito puriso aparasmi½ nakkha-
ttadivase– “pubbepi aha½ pam±dadosena baddho, tena nakkhatta½ n±nubhavi½.
Id±ni appamatto bhaviss±m²”ti yath±ssa paccatthik± ok±sa½ na labhanti, eva½
appamatto hutv± nakkhatta½ anubhavitv±– ‘aho nakkhatta½, aho nakkhattan’ti
ud±na½ ud±nesi, evameva bhikkhu– “ida½ thinamiddha½ n±ma mah±-anatthaka-
ran”ti cha dhamme bh±vetv± thinamiddhan²varaºa½ pajahati, so eva½ pah²nathi-
namiddho yath± bandhan± mutto puriso satt±hampi nakkhattassa ±dimajjhapariyo-
s±na½ anubhavati, evameva dhammanakkhattassa ±dimajjhapariyos±na½ anu-
bhavanto saha paµisambhid±hi arahatta½ p±puº±ti. Tasm± bhagav± bandhan±
mokkhamiva thinamiddhappah±na½ ±ha.
Yath± pana d±so kiñcideva mitta½ upaniss±ya s±mik±na½ dhana½ datv±
att±na½ bhujissa½ katv± tato paµµh±ya ya½ icchati, ta½ karoti. Evameva bhikkhu–
“ida½ uddhaccakukkucca½ n±ma mah± anatthakaran”ti cha dhamme bh±vetv±
uddhaccakukkucca½ pajahati. So eva½ pah²na-uddhaccakukkucco yath±
bhujisso puriso ya½ icchati, ta½ karoti, na ta½ koci balakk±rena tato nivatteti (1.0194
evameva yath± sukha½ nekkhammapaµipada½ paµipajjati, na ta½ uddhaccaku-
kkucca½ balakk±rena tato nivatteti. Tasm± bhagav± bhujissa½ viya uddhaccaku-
kkuccappah±na½ ±ha.
Yath± balav± puriso hatthas±ra½ gahetv± sajj±vudho sapariv±ro kant±ra½ paµi-
pajjeyya, ta½ cor± d³ratova disv± pal±yeyyu½. So sotthin± ta½ kant±ra½ nittha-
ritv± khemanta½ patto haµµhatuµµho assa. Evameva bhikkhu “aya½ vicikicch±
n±ma mah± anatthak±rik±”ti cha dhamme bh±vetv± vicikiccha½ pajahati. So eva½
pah²navicikiccho yath± balav± puriso sajj±vudho sapariv±ro nibbhayo core tiºa½
viya agaºetv± sotthin± nikkhamitv± khemantabh³mi½ p±puº±ti, evameva bhikkhu
duccaritakant±ra½ nittharitv± parama½ khemantabh³mi½ amata½ mah±ni-
bb±na½ p±puº±ti. Tasm± bhagav± khemantabh³mi½ viya vicikicch±pah±na½
±ha.
225. P±mojja½ j±yat²ti tuµµh±k±ro j±yati. Pamuditassa p²ti j±yat²ti tuµµhassa saka-
lasar²ra½ khobhayam±n± p²ti j±yati. P²timanassa k±yo passambhat²ti p²tisampayu-
ttacittassa puggalassa n±mak±yo passambhati, vigatadaratho hoti. Sukha½ vede-
t²ti k±yikampi cetasikampi sukha½ vedayati. Citta½ sam±dhiyat²ti imin± nekkha-
mmasukhena sukhitassa upac±ravasenapi appan±vasenapi citta½ sam±dhiyati.

Paµhamajjh±nakath±

226. So vivicceva k±mehi …pe… paµhama½ jh±na½ upasampajja viharat²ti-±di

pana upac±rasam±dhin± sam±hite citte uparivisesadassanattha½ appan±sam±-
dhin± sam±hite citte tassa sam±dhino pabhedadassanattha½ vuttanti veditabba½.
Imameva k±yanti ima½ karajak±ya½. Abhisandet²ti temeti sneheti, sabbattha
pavattap²tisukha½ karoti. Parisandet²ti samantato sandeti. Parip³ret²ti v±yun±
bhasta½ viya p³reti. Parippharat²ti samantato phusati. Sabb±vato k±yass±ti assa
bhikkhuno sabbakoµµh±savato k±yassa kiñci up±dinnakasantatipavattiµµh±ne
chavima½salohit±nugata½ (1.0195) aºumattampi µh±na½ paµhamajjh±nasukhena
aphuµa½ n±ma na hoti.
227. Dakkhoti cheko paµibalo nh±n²yacuºº±ni k±tuñceva payojetuñca sanne-
tuñca. Ka½sath±leti yena kenaci lohena katabh±jane. Mattikabh±jana½ pana
thira½ na hoti. Sannentassa bhijjati. Tasm± ta½ na dasseti. Paripphosaka½ pari-
pphosakanti siñcitv± siñcitv±. Sanneyy±ti v±mahatthena ka½sath±la½ gahetv±
dakkhiºahatthena pam±ºayutta½ udaka½ siñcitv± siñcitv± parimaddanto piº¹a½
kareyya. Sneh±nugat±ti udakasinehena anugat±. Snehaparet±ti udakasinehena
pariggahit±. Santarab±hir±ti saddhi½ antopadesena ceva bahipadesena ca sabba-
tthakameva udakasinehena phuµ±ti attho. Na ca paggharaº²ti na ca bindu bindu
udaka½ paggharati, sakk± hoti hatthenapi dv²hipi t²hipi aªgul²hi gahetu½ ovaµµik±-
yapi k±tunti attho.

Dutiyajjh±nakath±

228-229. Dutiyajjh±nasukh³pam±ya½ ubbhidodakoti ubbhinna-udako, na

heµµh± ubbhijjitv± uggacchanaka-udako. Antoyeva pana ubbhijjanaka-udakoti
attho. ¾yamukhanti ±gamanamaggo. Devoti megho. K±lena k±lanti k±le k±le,
anvaddham±sa½ v± anudas±ha½ v±ti attho. Dh±ranti vuµµhi½. Na anuppavecche-
yy±ti na ca paveseyya, na vasseyy±ti attho. S²t± v±ridh±r± ubbhijjitv±ti s²ta½
dh±ra½ uggantv± rahada½ p³rayam±na½ ubbhijjitv±. Heµµh± uggacchana-uda-
kañhi uggantv± uggantv± bhijjanta½ udaka½ khobheti, cat³hi dis±hi pavisana-u-
daka½ pur±ºapaººatiºakaµµhadaº¹ak±d²hi udaka½ khobheti, vuµµhi-udaka½
dh±r±nip±tapubbu¼akehi udaka½ khobheti. Sannisinnameva pana hutv± iddhini-
mmitamiva uppajjam±na½ udaka½ ima½ padesa½ pharati, ima½ padesa½ na
pharat²ti natthi, tena aphuµok±so n±ma na hot²ti. Tattha rahado viya karajak±yo.
Udaka½ viya dutiyajjh±nasukha½. Sesa½ purimanayeneva veditabba½.

Tatiyajjh±nakath±

230-231. Tatiyajjh±nasukh³pam±ya½ (1.0196) uppal±ni ettha sant²ti uppalin².

Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Ettha ca setarattan²lesu ya½ kiñci uppala½ uppala-
meva. Ðnakasatapatta½ puº¹ar²ka½, satapatta½ paduma½. Pattaniyama½ v±
vin±pi seta½ paduma½, ratta½ puº¹ar²kanti ayamettha vinicchayo. Udak±nuggat±-
n²ti udakato na uggat±ni. Anto nimuggapos²n²ti udakatalassa anto nimugg±niyeva
hutv± pos²ni, va¹¹h²n²ti attho. Sesa½ purimanayeneva veditabba½.

Catutthajjh±nakath±

232-233. Catutthajjh±nasukh³pam±ya½ parisuddhena cetas± pariyod±ten±ti

ettha nirupakkilesaµµhena parisuddha½, pabhassaraµµhena pariyod±tanti vedi-
tabba½. Od±tena vatthen±ti ida½ utupharaºattha½ vutta½. Kiliµµhavatthena hi utu-
pharaºa½ na hoti, taªkhaºadhotaparisuddhena utupharaºa½ balava½ hoti. Imi-
ss±ya hi upam±ya vattha½ viya karajak±yo, utupharaºa½ viya catutthajjh±na-
sukha½. Tasm± yath± sunh±tassa purisassa parisuddha½ vattha½ sas²sa½ p±ru-
pitv± nisinnassa sar²rato utu sabbameva vattha½ pharati. Na koci vatthassa aphu-
µok±so hoti. Eva½ catutthajjh±nasukhena bhikkhuno karajak±yassa na koci ok±so
aphuµo hot²ti. Evamettha attho daµµhabbo. Imesa½ pana catunna½ jh±n±na½ anu-
padavaººan± ca bh±van±nayo ca visuddhimagge vuttoti idha na vitth±rito.
Ett±vat± cesa r³pajjh±nal±bh²yeva, na ar³pajjh±nal±bh²ti na veditabbo. Na hi
aµµhasu sam±patt²su cuddasah±k±rehi ciººavas²bh±va½ vin± upari abhiññ±dhi-
gamo hoti. P±¼iya½ pana r³pajjh±n±niyeva ±gat±ni. Ar³pajjh±n±ni ±haritv± kathe-
tabb±ni.
 Vipassan±ñ±ºakath±

234. So eva½ sam±hite citte …pe… ±neñjappatteti so cuddasah±k±rehi aµµhasu

sam±patt²su ciººavas²bh±vo bhikkh³ti dasseti (1.0197). Sesamettha visuddhi-
magge vuttanayena veditabba½. ѱºadassan±ya citta½ abhin²harat²ti ettha ñ±ºa-
dassananti maggañ±ºampi, vuccati phalañ±ºampi, sabbaññutaññ±ºampi, pacca-
vekkhaºañ±ºampi, vipassan±ñ±ºampi. “Ki½ nu kho, ±vuso, ñ±ºadassanavisu-
ddhattha½ bhagavati brahmacariya½ vussat²”ti (mah±ni. 1.257) ettha hi magga-
ñ±ºa½ ñ±ºadassananti vutta½. “Ayamañño uttarimanussadhammo alamariyañ±-
ºadassanaviseso adhigato ph±suvih±ro”ti (ma. ni. 1.328) ettha phalañ±ºa½.
“Bhagavatopi kho ñ±ºadassana½ udap±di satt±hak±laªkato ±¼±ro k±l±mo”ti
(mah±va. 10) ettha sabbaññutaññ±ºa½. “ѱºañca pana me dassana½ udap±di
akupp± me vimutti, ayamantim± j±t²”ti (mah±va. 16) ettha paccavekkhaºañ±ºa½
idha pana ñ±ºadassan±ya cittanti ida½ vipassan±ñ±ºa½ ñ±ºadassananti
vuttanti.
Abhin²harat²ti vipassan±ñ±ºassa nibbattanatth±ya tanninna½ tappoºa½ tappa-
bbh±ra½ karoti. R³p²ti ±d²namattho vuttoyeva. Odanakumm±s³pacayoti odanena
ceva kumm±sena ca upacito va¹¹hito. Aniccucch±danaparimaddanabhedanavi-
ddha½sanadhammoti hutv± abh±vaµµhena aniccadhammo. Duggandhavigh±ta-
tth±ya tanuvilepanena ucch±danadhammo. Aªgapaccaªg±b±dhavinodanatth±ya
khuddakasamb±hanena parimaddanadhammo. Daharak±le v± ³r³su say±petv±
gabbh±v±sena dussaºµhit±na½ tesa½ tesa½ aªg±na½ saºµh±nasamp±danattha½
añchanap²¼an±divasena parimaddanadhammo. Eva½ pariharitopi bhedanavi-
ddha½sanadhammo bhijjati ceva vikirati ca, eva½ sabh±voti attho. Tattha r³p² c±tu-
mah±bh³tikoti-±d²su chahi padehi samudayo kathito. Aniccapadena saddhi½
pacchimehi dv²hi atthaªgamo. Ettha sita½ ettha paµibaddhanti ettha c±tumah±bh³-
tike k±ye nissitañca paµibaddhañca.
235. Subhoti sundaro. J±tim±ti parisuddh±karasamuµµhito. Suparikammakatoti
suµµhu kataparikammo apan²tap±s±ºasakkharo. Acchoti tanucchavi. Vippasa-
nnoti suµµhu pasanno. Sabb±k±rasampannoti dhovanavedhan±d²hi sabbehi ±k±-
rehi sampanno. N²lanti-±d²hi vaººasampatti½ dasseti. T±disañhi ±vuta½ p±kaµa½
hoti. Evameva khoti ettha eva½ upam±sa½sandana½ veditabba½. Maºi viya hi
karajak±yo. ¾vutasutta½ (1.0198) viya vipassan±ñ±ºa½. Cakkhum± puriso viya
vipassan±l±bh² bhikkhu, hatthe karitv± paccavekkhato aya½ kho maº²ti maºino
±vibh³tak±lo viya vipassan±ñ±ºa½, abhin²haritv± nisinnassa bhikkhuno c±tumah±-
bh³tikak±yassa
±vibh³tak±lo, tatrida½ sutta½ ±vutanti suttass±vibh³tak±lo viya vipassan±ñ±ºa½,
abhin²haritv± nisinnassa bhikkhuno tad±rammaº±na½ phassapañcamak±na½ v±
sabbacittacetasik±na½ v± vipassan±ñ±ºasseva v± ±vibh³tak±loti.
Idañca vipassan±ñ±ºa½ maggañ±º±nantara½. Eva½ santepi yasm± abhiññ±-
v±re ±raddhe etassa antar±v±ro natthi tasm± idheva dassita½. Yasm± ca anicc±-
divasena akatasammasanassa dibb±ya sotadh±tuy± bherava½ sadda½ suºato,
pubbeniv±s±nussatiy± bherave khandhe anussarato, dibbena cakkhun± bhera-
vampi r³pa½ passato bhayasant±so uppajjati, na anicc±divasena katasammasa-
nassa tasm± abhiñña½ pattassa bhayavinodanahetusamp±danatthampi ida½
idheva dassita½. Api ca yasm± vipassan±sukha½ n±meta½ maggaphalasukhasa-
mp±daka½ p±µiyekka½ sandiµµhika½ s±maññaphala½ tasm±pi ±ditova ida½ idha
dassitanti veditabba½.

Manomayiddhiñ±ºakath±

236-237. Manomayanti manena nibbattita½. Sabbaªgapaccaªginti sabbehi

aªgehi ca paccaªgehi ca samann±gata½. Ah²nindriyanti saºµh±navasena avikali-
ndriya½. Iddhimat± nimmitar³pañhi sace iddhim± od±to tampi od±ta½. Sace avi-
ddhakaººo tampi aviddhakaººanti eva½ sabb±k±rehi tena sadisameva hoti.
Muñjamh± ²sikanti-±di upam±ttayampi hi sadisabh±vadassanatthameva vutta½.
Muñjasadis± eva hi tassa anto ²sik± hoti. Kosisadisoyeva asi, vaµµ±ya kosiy±
vaµµa½ asimeva pakkhipanti, patthaµ±ya patthaµa½. Karaº¹±ti idampi ahikañcu-
kassa n±ma½, na vil²vakaraº¹akassa. Ahikañcuko hi ahin± sadisova hoti. Tattha
kiñc±pi “puriso ahi½ karaº¹± uddhareyy±”ti hatthena uddharam±no viya dassito,
atha kho cittenevassa uddharaºa½ veditabba½. Ayañhi ahi n±ma saj±tiya½ µhito,
kaµµhantara½ v± rukkhantara½ v± niss±ya, tacato sar²ra½ nikka¹¹hanappayogasa-
ªkh±tena (1.0199) th±mena, sar²ra½ kh±dayam±na½ viya pur±ºataca½ jiguccha-
ntoti imehi cat³hi k±raºehi sayameva kañcuka½ pajahati, na sakk± tato aññena
uddharitu½, tasm± cittena uddharaºa½ sandh±ya ida½ vuttanti veditabba½. Iti
muñj±disadisa½ imassa bhikkhuno sar²ra½, ²sik±disadisa½ nimmitar³panti. Ida-
mettha opammasa½sandana½. Nimm±navidh±na½ panettha parato ca iddhivi-
dh±dipañca-abhiññ±kath± sabb±k±rena visuddhimagge vitth±rit±ti tattha vuttana-
yeneva veditabb±. Upam±mattameva hi idha adhika½.

Iddhividhañ±º±dikath±

238-239. Tattha chekakumbhak±r±dayo viya iddhividhañ±ºal±bh² bhikkhu

daµµhabbo. Suparikammakatamattik±dayo viya iddhividhañ±ºa½ daµµhabba½.
Icchiticchitabh±janavikati-±dikaraºa½ viya tassa bhikkhuno vikubbana½
daµµhabba½.
240-241. Dibbasotadh±tu-upam±ya½ yasm± kant±raddh±namaggo s±saªko
hoti sappaµibhayo. Tattha ussaªkitaparisaªkitena ‘aya½ bherisaddo’, ‘aya½ mudi-
ªgasaddo’ti na sakk± vavatthapetu½, tasm± kant±raggahaºa½ akatv± khema-
magga½ dassento addh±namaggappaµipannoti ±ha. Appaµibhayañhi khema-
magga½ s²se s±µaka½ katv± saºika½ paµipanno vuttappak±re sadde sukha½
vavatthapeti. Tassa savanena tesa½ tesa½ sadd±na½ ±vibh³tak±lo viya yogino
d³rasantikabhed±na½ dibb±nañceva m±nussak±nañca sadd±na½ ±vibh³tak±lo
veditabbo.
242-243. Cetopariyañ±º³pam±ya½ daharoti taruºo. Yuv±ti yobbannena sama-
nn±gato. Maº¹anakaj±tikoti yuv±pi sam±no na ±lasiyo na kiliµµhavatthasar²ro, atha
kho maº¹anapakatiko, divasassa dve tayo v±re nh±yitv± suddhavatthaparidaha-
na-alaªk±rakaraºas²loti attho. Sakaºikanti k±¼atilakavaªgamukhad³sip²¼ak±d²na½
aññatarena sadosa½. Tattha yath± tassa mukhanimitta½ paccavekkhato mukhe
doso p±kaµo hoti, eva½ cetopariyañ±º±ya citta½ abhin²haritv± nisinnassa
bhikkhuno paresa½ so¼asavidha½ citta½ p±kaµa½ hot²ti veditabba½.
244-245. Pubbeniv±sañ±º³pam±ya½ (1.0200) ta½ divasa½ katakiriy± p±kaµ±
hot²ti ta½ divasa½ gatag±mattayameva gahita½. Tattha g±mattayagatapuriso viya
pubbeniv±sañ±ºal±bh² daµµhabbo, tayo g±m± viya tayo bhav± daµµhabb±, tassa
purisassa t²su g±mesu ta½ divasa½ katakiriy±ya ±vibh±vo viya pubbeniv±s±ya
citta½ abhin²haritv± nisinnassa bhikkhuno t²su bhavesu katakiriy±ya p±kaµabh±vo
daµµhabbo.
246-247. Dibbacakkh³pam±ya½ v²thi½ sañcaranteti apar±para½ sañcarante.
V²thi½ carantetipi p±µho. Ayamevattho. Tattha nagaramajjhe siªgh±µakamhi
p±s±do viya imassa bhikkhuno karajak±yo daµµhabbo, p±s±de µhito cakkhum±
puriso viya ayameva dibbacakkhu½ patv± µhito bhikkhu, geha½ pavisant± viya
paµisandhivasena m±tukucchiya½ pavisant±, geh± nikkhamant± viya m±tuku-
cchito nikkhamant±, rathik±ya v²thi½ sañcarant± viya apar±para½ sañcaraºaka-
satt±, purato abbhok±saµµh±ne majjhe siªgh±µake nisinn± viya t²su bhavesu tattha
tattha nibbattasatt±, p±s±datale µhitapurisassa tesa½ manuss±na½ ±vibh³tak±lo
viya dibbacakkhuñ±º±ya citta½ abhin²haritv± nisinnassa bhikkhuno t²su bhavesu
nibbattasatt±na½ ±vibh³tak±lo daµµhabbo. Idañca desan±sukhatthameva vutta½.
¾ruppe pana dibbacakkhussa gocaro natth²ti.

¾savakkhayañ±ºakath±

248. So eva½ sam±hite citteti idha vipassan±p±daka½ catutthajjh±nacitta½

veditabba½. ¾sav±na½ khayañ±º±y±ti ±sav±na½ khayañ±ºanibbattanatth±ya.
Ettha ca ±sav±na½ khayo n±ma maggopi phalampi nibb±nampi bhaªgopi vuccati.
“Khaye ñ±ºa½, anupp±de ñ±ºan”ti ettha hi maggo ±sav±na½ khayoti vutto. “¾sa-
v±na½ khay± samaºo hot²”ti (ma. ni. 1.438) ettha phala½.
“Paravajj±nupassissa, nicca½ ujjh±nasaññino;
±sav± tassa va¹¹hanti, ±r± so ±savakkhay±”ti. (dha. pa. 253);
Ettha (1.0201) nibb±na½. “¾sav±na½ khayo vayo bhedo aniccat± antaradh±na-
n”ti ettha bhaªgo. Idha pana nibb±na½ adhippeta½. Arahattamaggopi vaµµatiyeva.
 Citta½ abhin²harat²ti vipassan± citta½ tanninna½ tappoºa½ tappabbh±ra½
karoti. So ida½ dukkhanti-±d²su “ettaka½ dukkha½, na ito bhiyyo”ti sabbampi
dukkhasacca½ sarasalakkhaºapaµivedhena yath±bh³ta½ paj±n±t²ti attho. Tassa
ca dukkhassa nibbattika½ taºha½ “aya½ dukkhasamudayo”ti. Tadubhayampi
ya½ µh±na½ patv± nirujjhati, ta½ tesa½ appavatti½ nibb±na½ “aya½ dukkhaniro-
dho”ti; tassa ca samp±paka½ ariyamagga½ “aya½ dukkhanirodhag±min² paµipa-
d±”ti sarasalakkhaºapaµivedhena yath±bh³ta½ paj±n±t²ti attho.
Eva½ sar³pato sacc±ni dassetv± puna kilesavasena pariy±yato dassento “ime
±sav±”ti-±dim±ha. Tassa eva½ j±nato eva½ passatoti tassa bhikkhuno eva½ j±na-
ntassa eva½ passantassa, saha vipassan±ya koµippatta½ magga½ kathesi. K±m±-
sav±ti k±m±savato. Vimuccat²ti imin± maggakkhaºa½ dasseti. Vimuttasminti
imin± phalakkhaºa½. Vimuttamiti ñ±ºa½ hot²ti imin± paccavekkhaºañ±ºa½. Kh²º±
j±t²ti-±d²hi tassa bh³mi½. Tena hi ñ±ºena kh²º±savo paccavekkhanto kh²º± j±t²ti-±-
d²ni paj±n±ti.
Katam± panassa j±ti kh²º±? Kathañca na½ paj±n±t²ti? Na t±vassa at²t± j±ti
kh²º±, pubbeva kh²ºatt±. Na an±gat±, an±gate v±y±m±bh±vato. Na paccuppann±,
vijjam±natt±. Y± pana maggassa abh±vitatt± uppajjeyya ekacatupañcavok±rabha-
vesu ekacatupañcakkhandhappabhed± j±ti, s± maggassa bh±vitatt± ±yati½ anu-
pp±dadhammata½ ±pajjanena kh²º±. Ta½ so maggabh±van±ya pah²nakilese
paccavekkhitv± “kiles±bh±ve vijjam±nampi kamma½ ±yati½ appaµisandhika½va
hot²”ti j±nanto paj±n±ti.
Vusitanti vuttha½ parivuttha½. Brahmacariyanti maggabrahmacariya½. Puthu-
jjanakaly±ºakena hi saddhi½ satta sekkh± brahmacariyav±sa½ vasanti n±ma,
kh²º±savo vutthav±so, tasm± so attano brahmacariyav±sa½ paccavekkhanto
vusita½ brahmacariyanti paj±n±ti. Kata½ karaº²yanti cat³su saccesu cat³hi
maggehi pariññ±pah±nasacchikiriy±bh±van±vasena (1.0202) so¼asavidha½
kicca½ niµµh±pita½. Tena tena maggena pah±tabbakiles± pah²n±, dukkham³la½
samucchinnanti attho. Puthujjanakaly±ºak±dayo hi ta½ kicca½ karonti, kh²º±savo
katakaraº²yo. Tasm± so attano karaº²ya½ paccavekkhanto kata½ karaº²yanti
paj±n±ti. N±para½ itthatt±y±ti id±ni puna itthabh±v±ya eva½ so¼asakiccabh±v±ya
kilesakkhayabh±v±ya v± kattabba½ maggabh±van±kicca½ me natth²ti paj±n±ti.
Atha v± itthatt±y±ti itthabh±vato imasm± eva½ pak±r±. Id±ni vattam±nakhandha-
sant±n± apara½ khandhasant±na½ mayha½ natthi. Ime pana pañcakkhandh±
pariññ±t± tiµµhanti chinnam³lak± rukkh± viya, te carimakacittanirodhena anup±-
d±no viya j±tavedo nibb±yissanti apaººattikabh±vañca gamissant²ti paj±n±ti.
249. PabbatasaªkhepeTi pabbatamatthake. An±viloti nikkaddamo. Sippiyo ca
sambuk± ca sippisambuka½. Sakkhar± ca kathal±ni ca sakkharakathala½.
Macch±na½ gumb± ghaµ±ti macchagumba½. Tiµµhantampi carantamp²ti ettha
sakkharakathala½ tiµµhatiyeva, itar±ni carantipi tiµµhantipi. Yath± pana antarantar±
µhit±supi nisinn±supi vijjam±n±supi “et± g±vo carant²”ti carantiyo up±d±ya itar±pi
carant²ti vuccanti. Eva½ tiµµhantameva sakkharakathala½ up±d±ya itarampi
dvaya½ tiµµhantanti vutta½. Itarañca dvaya½ caranta½ up±d±ya sakkharakatha-
lampi carantanti vutta½. Tattha cakkhumato purisassa t²re µhatv± passato sippika-
sambuk±d²na½ vibh³tak±lo viya ±sav±na½ khay±ya citta½ abhin²haritv± nisi-
nnassa bhikkhuno catunna½ sacc±na½ vibh³tak±lo daµµhabboti.
Ett±vat± vipassan±ñ±ºa½, manomayañ±ºa½, iddhividhañ±ºa½, dibbasota-
ñ±ºa½, cetopariyañ±ºa½, pubbeniv±sañ±ºa½, dibbacakkhuvasena nipphanna½
an±gata½sañ±ºayath±kamm³pagañ±ºadvaya½, dibbacakkhuñ±ºa½, ±savakkha-
yañ±ºanti dasa ñ±º±ni niddiµµh±ni honti. Tesa½ ±rammaºavibh±go j±nitabbo–
tattha vipassan±ñ±ºa½ parittamahaggata-at²t±n±gatapaccuppanna-ajjhattabahi-
ddh±vasena sattavidh±rammaºa½. Manomayañ±ºa½ nimmitabbar³p±yatanama-
ttameva ±rammaºa½ karot²ti (1.0203) parittapaccuppannabahiddh±rammaºa½.
¾savakkhayañ±ºa½ appam±ºabahiddh±navattabb±rammaºa½. Avases±na½ ±ra-
mmaºabhedo visuddhimagge vutto. Uttaritara½ v± paº²tatara½ v±ti yena kenaci
pariy±yena ito seµµhatara½ s±maññaphala½ n±ma natth²ti bhagav± arahattanik³-
µena desana½ niµµh±pesi.

Aj±tasattu-up±sakattapaµivedan±kath±

250. R±j± tattha tattha s±dhuk±ra½ pavattento ±dimajjhapariyos±na½

sakkacca½ sutv± “cira½ vatamhi ime pañhe puth³ samaºabr±hmaºe pucchanto,
thuse koµµento viya kiñci s±ra½ n±lattha½, aho vata bhagavato guºasampad±, yo
me d²pasahassa½ j±lento viya mahanta½ ±loka½ katv± ime pañhe vissajjesi.
Sucira½ vatamhi dasabalassa guº±nubh±va½ aj±nanto vañcito”ti cintetv± buddha-
guº±nussaraºasambh³t±ya pañcavidh±ya p²tiy± phuµasar²ro attano pas±da½ ±vi-
karonto up±sakatta½ paµivedesi. Ta½ dassetu½ “eva½ vutte r±j±”ti-±di ±raddha½.
Tattha abhikkanta½, bhanteti aya½ abhikkantasaddo khayasundar±bhir³pa-a-
bbhanumodanesu dissati. “Abhikkant± bhante, ratti, nikkhanto paµhamo y±mo,
ciranisinno bhikkhusaªgho”ti-±d²su (a. ni. 8.20) hi khaye dissati. “Aya½ me
puggalo khamati, imesa½ catunna½ puggal±na½ abhikkantataro ca paº²tataro c±”-
ti-±d²su (a. ni. 4.100) sundare.
“Ko me vandati p±d±ni, iddhiy± yasas± jala½;
 abhikkantena vaººena, sabb± obh±saya½ dis±”ti. (vi. va. 857);
¾d²su abhir³pe. “Abhikkanta½ bho, gotam±”ti-±d²su (p±r±. 15) abbhanumodane.
Idh±pi abbhanumodaneyeva. Yasm± ca abbhanumodane, tasm± ‘s±dhu s±dhu
bhante’ti vutta½ hot²ti veditabbo.
Bhaye kodhe pasa½s±ya½, turite kot³halacchare;
h±se soke pas±de ca, kare ±me¹ita½ budhoti.
Imin± (1.0204) ca lakkhaºena idha pas±davasena, pasa½s±vasena c±ya½
dvikkhattu½ vuttoti veditabbo. Athav± abhikkantanti abhikanta½ ati-iµµha½ atima-
n±pa½ atisundaranti vutta½ hoti.
Ettha ekena abhikkantasaddena desana½ thometi, ekena attano pas±da½. Aya-
ñhettha adhipp±yo, abhikkanta½ bhante, yadida½ bhagavato dhammadesan±,
‘abhikkanta½’ yadida½ bhagavato dhammadesana½ ±gamma mama pas±doti.
Bhagavatoyeva v± vacana½ dve dve atthe sandh±ya thometi. Bhagavato vacana½
abhikkanta½ dosan±sanato, abhikkanta½ guº±dhigamanato. Tath± saddh±jana-
nato, paññ±jananato, s±tthato, sabyañjanato, utt±napadato, gambh²ratthato,
kaººasukhato, hadayaªgamato, anattukka½sanato, aparavambhanato, karuº±s²-
talato, paññ±vad±tato, ±p±tharamaº²yato, vimaddakkhamato, suyyam±nasukhato,
v²ma½siyam±nahitatoti evam±d²hi yojetabba½.
Tato parampi cat³hi upam±hi desana½yeva thometi. Tattha nikkujjitanti adho-
mukhaµhapita½ heµµh±mukhaj±ta½ v±. Ukkujjeyy±ti upari mukha½ kareyya. Paµi-
cchannanti tiºapaºº±dich±dita½. Vivareyy±ti uggh±µeyya. M³¼hassa v±ti dis±m³-
¼hassa. Magga½ ±cikkheyy±ti hatthe gahetv± “esa maggo”ti vadeyya, andhak±-
reti k±¼apakkhac±tuddas² a¹¹harattaghanavanasaº¹ameghapaµalehi caturaªge
tame. Aya½ t±va anutt±napadattho. Aya½ pana s±dhipp±yayojan±. Yath± koci
nikkujjita½ ukkujjeyya, eva½ saddhammavimukha½ asaddhamme patita½ ma½
asaddhamm± vuµµh±pentana. Yath± paµicchanna½ vivareyya, eva½ kassapassa
bhagavato s±sanantaradh±n± pabhuti micch±diµµhigahanapaµicchanna½ s±sana½
vivarantena, yath± m³¼hassa magga½ ±cikkheyya, eva½ kummaggamicch±ma-
ggappaµipannassa me saggamokkhamagga½ ±vikarontena, yath± andhak±re tela-
pajjota½ dh±reyya, eva½ mohandhak±ranimuggassa me buddh±diratanar³p±ni
apassato tappaµicch±dakamohandhak±raviddha½sakadesan±pajjotadh±rakena
mayha½ bhagavat± etehi pariy±yehi pak±sitatt± anekapariy±yena dhammo pak±-
sitoti.
Eva½ desana½ thometv± im±ya desan±ya ratanattaye pasannacitto pasann±-
k±ra½ karonto es±hanti-±dim±ha. Tattha es±hanti eso aha½ (1.0205). Bhaga-
vanta½ saraºa½ gacch±m²ti bhagav± me saraºa½, par±yana½, aghassa t±t±,
hitassa ca vidh±t±ti. Imin± adhipp±yena bhagavanta½ gacch±mi bhaj±mi sev±mi
payirup±s±mi, eva½ v± j±n±mi bujjh±m²ti. Yesañhi dh±t³na½ gati-attho, buddhipi
tesa½ attho. Tasm± gacch±m²ti imassa j±n±mi bujjh±m²ti ayampi attho vutto.
Dhammañca bhikkhusaªghañc±Ti ettha pana adhigatamagge sacchikatanirodhe
yath±nusiµµha½ paµipajjam±ne cat³su ap±yesu apatam±ne dh±ret²ti dhammo, so
atthato ariyamaggo ceva nibb±nañca. Vuttañceta½– “y±vat±, bhikkhave, dhamm±
saªkhat±, ariyo aµµhaªgiko maggo tesa½ aggamakkh±yat²”ti (a. ni. 4.34) vitth±ro.
Na kevalañca ariyamaggo ceva nibb±nañca. Api ca kho ariyaphalehi saddhi½
pariyattidhammopi. Vuttañheta½ chattam±ºavakavim±ne–
“R±gavir±gamanejamasoka½, dhammamasaªkhatamappaµik³la½;
madhuramima½ paguºa½ suvibhatta½, dhammamima½ saraºatthamupeh²”-
ti. (vi. va. 887);
Ettha hi r±gavir±goTi maggo kathito. Anejamasokanti phala½. Dhammamasa-
ªkhatanti nibb±na½. Appaµik³la½ madhuramima½ paguºa½ suvibhattanti piµaka-
ttayena vibhatt± dhammakkhandh±ti. Diµµhis²lasa½gh±tena sa½hatoti saªgho, so
atthato aµµha ariyapuggalasam³ho. Vuttañheta½ tasmiññeva vim±ne–
“Yattha ca dinnamahapphalam±hu, cat³su suc²su pur²sayugesu;
aµµha ca puggaladhammadas± te, saªghamima½ saraºatthamupeh²”ti. (vi.
va. 888);
Bhikkh³na½ saªgho bhikkhusaªgho. Ett±vat± r±j± t²ºi saraºagaman±ni paµive-
desi.

Saraºagamanakath±

Id±ni tesu saraºagamanesu kosallattha½ saraºa½, saraºagamana½, yo ca

saraºa½ gacchati, saraºagamanappabhedo, saraºagamanaphala½, saªkileso,
bhedoti, aya½ vidhi veditabbo. Seyyathida½– saraºatthato t±va hi½sat²ti saraºa½.
Saraºagat±na½ teneva saraºagamanena bhaya½ sant±sa½ dukkha½ duggatipa-
rikilesa½ hanati vin±set²ti attho, ratanattayasseveta½ adhivacana½.
Atha (1.0206) v± hite pavattanena ahit± ca nivattanena satt±na½ bhaya½
hi½sati buddho. Bhavakant±r± utt±raºena ass±sad±nena ca dhammo; appak±-
nampi k±r±na½ vipulaphalapaµil±bhakaraºena saªgho. Tasm± imin±pi pariy±-
yena ratanattaya½ saraºa½. Tappas±dataggarut±hi vihatakileso tappar±yaºat±k±-
rappavatto cittupp±do saraºagamana½. Ta½ samaªg²satto saraºa½ gacchati.
Vuttappak±rena cittupp±dena et±ni me t²ºi ratan±ni saraºa½, et±ni par±yaºanti
eva½ upet²ti attho. Eva½ t±va saraºa½, saraºagamana½, yo ca saraºa½
gacchati, ida½ taya½ veditabba½.
Saraºagamanappabhede pana duvidha½ saraºagamana½– lokuttara½ loki-
yañca. Tattha lokuttara½ diµµhasacc±na½ maggakkhaºe saraºagamanupakkilesa-
samucchedena ±rammaºato nibb±n±rammaºa½ hutv± kiccato sakalepi ratana-
ttaye ijjhati. Lokiya½ puthujjan±na½ saraºagamanupakkilesavikkhambhanena ±ra-
mmaºato buddh±diguº±rammaºa½ hutv± ijjhati. Ta½ atthato buddh±d²su
vatth³su saddh±paµil±bho saddh±m³lik± ca samm±diµµhi dasasu puññakiriyava-
tth³su diµµhijukammanti vuccati. Tayida½ catudh± vattati– attasanniyy±tanena,
tappar±yaºat±ya, sissabh±v³pagamanena, paºip±ten±ti.
Tattha attasanniyy±tana½ N±ma– “ajj±di½ katv± aha½ att±na½ buddhassa
niyy±temi, dhammassa, saªghass±”ti eva½ buddh±d²na½ attapariccajana½. Tappa-
r±yaºat± n±ma “ajj±di½ katv± ‘aha½ buddhapar±yaºo, dhammapar±yaºo, saªgha-
par±yaºo’ti. Ma½ dh±reth±”ti eva½ tappar±yaºabh±vo. Sissabh±v³pagamana½
N±ma– “ajj±di½ katv±– ‘aha½ buddhassa antev±siko, dhammassa, saªghassa
antev±siko’ti ma½ dh±reth±”ti eva½ sissabh±v³pagamo. Paºip±to n±ma– “ajj±di½
katv± aha½ abhiv±danapaccuµµh±na-añjalikammas±m²cikamma½ buddh±d²na½-
yeva tiººa½ vatth³na½ karom²’ti ma½ dh±reth±”ti eva½ buddh±d²su paramanipa-
cc±k±ro. Imesañhi catunna½ ±k±r±na½ aññatarampi karontena gahita½yeva hoti
saraºa½.
Api ca bhagavato att±na½ pariccaj±mi, dhammassa, saªghassa, att±na½ pari-
ccaj±mi, j²vita½ pariccaj±mi, pariccattoyeva me att±, pariccatta½yeva j²vita½, j²vita-
pariyantika½ buddha½ saraºa½ gacch±mi, buddho me saraºa½ leºa½ t±ºanti (1.02
evampi attasanniyy±tana½ veditabba½. “Satth±rañca vat±ha½ passeyya½,
bhagavantameva passeyya½, sugatañca vat±ha½ passeyya½, bhagavantameva
passeyya½, samm±sambuddhañca vat±ha½ passeyya½, bhagavantameva passe-
yyan”ti (sa½. ni. 2.154). Evampi mah±kassapassa saraºagamana½ viya sissabh±-
v³pagamana½ veditabba½.
“So aha½ vicariss±mi, g±m± g±ma½ pur± pura½;
namassam±no sambuddha½, dhammassa ca sudhammatan”ti. (su. ni. 194).
Evampi ±¼avak±d²na½ saraºagamana½ viya tappar±yaºat± veditabb±. Atha
kho brahm±yu br±hmaºo uµµh±y±san± eka½sa½ uttar±saªga½ karitv± bhagavato
p±desu siras± nipatitv± bhagavato p±d±ni mukhena ca paricumbati, p±º²hi ca
parisamb±hati, n±mañca s±veti– “brahm±yu aha½, bho gotama br±hmaºo,
brahm±yu aha½, bho gotama br±hmaºo”ti (ma. ni. 2.394) evampi paºip±to
daµµhabbo.
So panesa ñ±tibhay±cariyadakkhiºeyyavasena catubbidho hoti. Tattha dakkhi-
ºeyyapaºip±tena saraºagamana½ hoti, na itarehi. Seµµhavaseneva hi saraºa½
gaºh±ti, seµµhavasena ca bhijjati. Tasm± yo s±kiyo v± koliyo v±– “buddho
amh±ka½ ñ±tako”ti vandati, aggahitameva hoti saraºa½. Yo v±– “samaºo gotamo
r±jap³jito mah±nubh±vo avand²yam±no anatthampi kareyy±”ti bhayena vandati,
aggahitameva hoti saraºa½. Yo v± bodhisattak±le bhagavato santike kiñci ugga-
hita½ saram±no buddhak±le v±–
“Catudh± vibhaje bhoge, paº¹ito gharam±vasa½;
ekena bhoga½ bhuñjeyya, dv²hi kamma½ payojaye;
catutthañca nidh±peyya, ±pad±su bhavissat²”ti. (d². ni. 3.265);
Evar³pa½ anus±sani½ uggahetv±– “±cariyo me”ti vandati, aggahitameva hoti
saraºa½. Yo pana– “aya½ loke aggadakkhiºeyyo”ti vandati, teneva gahita½ hoti
saraºa½.
Eva½ gahitasaraºassa ca up±sakassa v± up±sik±ya v± aññatitthiyesu pabbaji-
tampi ñ±ti½– “ñ±tako me ayan”ti vandato saraºagamana½ na (1.0208) bhijjati,
pageva apabbajita½. Tath± r±j±na½ bhayavasena vandato. So hi raµµhap³jitatt±
avand²yam±no anatthampi kareyy±ti. Tath± ya½ kiñci sippa½ sikkh±paka½ titthi-
yampi– “±cariyo me ayan”ti vandatopi na bhijjati, eva½ saraºagamanappabhedo
veditabbo.
 Ettha ca lokuttarassa saraºagamanassa catt±ri s±maññaphal±ni vip±kaphala½,
sabbadukkhakkhayo ±nisa½saphala½. Vuttañheta½–
“Yo ca buddhañca dhammañca, saªghañca saraºa½ gato;
catt±ri ariyasacc±ni, sammappaññ±ya passati.
Dukkha½ dukkhasamupp±da½, dukkhassa ca atikkama½;
ariya½ aµµhaªgika½ magga½, dukkh³pasamag±mina½.
Eta½ kho saraºa½ khema½, eta½ saraºamuttama½;
eta½ saraºam±gamma, sabbadukkh± pamuccat²”ti. (dha. pa. 192);
Api ca nicc±dito anupagaman±divasena petassa ±nisa½saphala½ veditabba½.
Vuttañheta½– “aµµh±nameta½ anavak±so, ya½ diµµhisampanno puggalo kañci
saªkh±ra½ niccato upagaccheyya …pe… kañci saªkh±ra½ sukhato …pe…
kañci dhamma½ attato upagaccheyya …pe… m±tara½ j²vit± voropeyya …pe…
pitara½ …pe… arahanta½ …pe… paduµµhacitto tath±gatassa lohita½ upp±deyya
…pe saªgha½ bhindeyya …pe… añña½ satth±ra½ uddiseyya, neta½ µh±na½
vijjat²”ti (a. ni. 1.290). Lokiyassa pana saraºagamanassa bhavasampad±pi bhoga-
sampad±pi phalameva. Vuttañheta½–
“Ye keci buddha½ saraºa½ gat±se, na te gamissanti ap±yabh³mi½;
 pah±ya m±nusa½ deha½, devak±ya½ parip³ressant²”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.37);
Aparampi vutta½– “atha kho sakko dev±namindo as²tiy± devat±sahassehi
saddhi½ yen±yasm± mah±moggall±no tenupasaªkami …pe… ekamanta½ µhita½
kho sakka½ dev±naminda½ ±yasm± mah±moggall±no etadavoca– “s±dhu kho,
dev±naminda, buddha½ saraºagamana½ hoti. Buddha½ saraºagamanahetu kho,
dev±naminda, evamidhekacce satt± k±yassa bhed± para½ (1.0209) maraº±
sugati½ sagga½ loka½ upapajjanti …pe… te aññe deve dasahi µh±nehi adhiga-
ºhanti– dibbena ±yun±, dibbena vaººena, dibbena sukhena, dibbena yasena,
dibbena ±dhipateyyena, dibbehi r³pehi saddehi gandhehi rasehi phoµµhabbeh²”ti
(sa½. ni. 4.341). Esa nayo dhamme ca saªghe ca. Api ca vel±masutt±d²na½ vase-
n±pi saraºagamanassa phalaviseso veditabbo. Eva½ saraºagamanassa phala½
veditabba½.
Tattha ca lokiyasaraºagamana½ t²su vatth³su aññ±ºasa½sayamicch±ñ±º±-
d²hi sa½kilissati, na mah±jutika½ hoti, na mah±vipph±ra½. Lokuttarassa natthi
sa½kileso. Lokiyassa ca saraºagamanassa duvidho bhedo– s±vajjo ca anavajjo
ca. Tattha s±vajjo aññasatth±r±d²su attasanniyy±tan±d²hi hoti, so ca aniµµhaphalo
hoti. Anavajjo k±lakiriy±ya hoti, so avip±katt± aphalo. Lokuttarassa pana nevatthi
bhedo. Bhavantarepi hi ariyas±vako añña½ satth±ra½ na uddisat²ti. Eva½ saraºa-
gamanassa sa½kileso ca bhedo ca veditabboti.
Up±saka½ ma½ bhante bhagav± dh±ret³ti ma½ bhagav± “up±sako ayan”ti
eva½ dh±retu, j±n±t³ti attho. Up±sakavidhikosallattha½ panettha– ko up±sako?
Kasm± up±sakoti vuccati? Kimassa s²la½? Ko ±j²vo? K± vipatti? K± sampatt²ti?
Ida½ pakiººaka½ veditabba½.
Tattha ko up±sakoti yo koci saraºagato gahaµµho. Vuttañheta½– “yato kho,
mah±n±ma, buddha½ saraºa½ gato hoti, dhamma½ saraºa½ gato hoti, saªgha½
saraºa½ gato hoti. Ett±vat± kho, mah±n±ma, up±sako hot²”ti (sa½. ni. 5.1033).
Kasm± up±sakoti ratanattaya½ up±sanato. So hi buddha½ up±sat²ti up±sako,
tath± dhamma½ sa½gha½.
Kimassa s²lanti pañca veramaºiyo. Yath±ha– “yato kho, mah±n±ma, up±sako
p±º±tip±t± paµivirato hoti, adinn±d±n±… k±mesumicch±c±r±… mus±v±d±… sur±-
merayamajjapam±daµµh±n± paµivirato hoti, ett±vat± kho, mah±n±ma, up±sako
s²lav± hot²”ti (sa½. ni. 5.1033).
Ko (1.0210) ±j²voti pañca micch±vaºijj± pah±ya dhammena samena j²vitaka-
ppana½. Vuttañheta½– “pañcim±, bhikkhave, vaºijj± up±sakena akaraº²y±.
Katam± pañca? Satthavaºijj±, sattavaºijj±, ma½savaºijj±, majjavaºijj±, visavaºijj±.
Im± kho, bhikkhave, pañca vaºijj± up±sakena akaraº²y±”ti (a. ni. 5.177).
K± vipatt²ti y± tasseva s²lassa ca ±j²vassa ca vipatti, ayamassa vipatti. Api ca
y±ya esa caº¹±lo ceva hoti, malañca patikuµµho ca, s±pissa vipatt²ti veditabb±. Te
ca atthato assaddhiy±dayo pañca dhamm± honti. Yath±ha– “pañcahi, bhikkhave,
dhammehi samann±gato up±sako up±sakacaº¹±lo ca hoti, up±sakamalañca, up±-
sakapatikuµµho ca. Katamehi pañcahi? Assaddho hoti, duss²lo hoti, kot³halama-
ªgaliko hoti, maªgala½ pacceti, no kamma½, ito ca bahiddh± dakkhiºeyya½ pari-
yesati, tattha ca pubbak±ra½ karot²”ti (a. ni. 5.175).
K± sampatt²ti y± cassa s²lasampad± ceva ±j²vasampad± ca, s± sampatti; ye
cassa ratanabh±v±dikar± saddh±dayo pañca dhamm±. Yath±ha– “pañcahi,
bhikkhave, dhammehi samann±gato up±sako up±sakaratanañca hoti, up±sakapa-
dumañca, up±sakapuº¹ar²kañca. Katamehi pañcahi? Saddho hoti, s²lav± hoti, na
kot³halamaªgaliko hoti, kamma½ pacceti, no maªgala½, na ito bahiddh± dakkhi-
ºeyya½ gavesati, idha ca pubbak±ra½ karot²”ti (a. ni. 5.175).
Ajjataggeti etth±ya½ aggasaddo ±dikoµikoµµh±saseµµhesu dissati. “Ajjatagge,
samma dov±rika, ±var±mi dv±ra½ nigaºµh±na½ nigaºµh²nan”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 2.70)
hi ±dimhi dissati. “Teneva aªgulaggena ta½ aªgulagga½ par±maseyya.
Ucchagga½ ve¼aggan”ti-±d²su (kath±. 281) koµiya½. “Ambilagga½ v± madhu-
ragga½ v± tittakagga½ v± vih±raggena v± pariveºaggena v± bh±jetun”ti-±d²su
(c³¼ava. 317) koµµh±se. “Y±vat±, bhikkhave, satt± apad± v± …pe… tath±gato
tesa½ aggamakkh±yat²”ti-±d²su (a. ni. 4.34) seµµhe. Idha pan±ya½ ±dimhi
daµµhabbo. Tasm± ajjataggeti ajjata½ ±di½ katv±ti evametthattho veditabbo. Ajja-
tanti (1.0211) ajjabh±va½. Ajjadaggeti v± p±µho, dak±ro padasandhikaro. Ajja
agganti attho.
P±ºupetanti p±ºehi upeta½. Y±va me j²vita½ pavattati, t±va upeta½ anaññasa-
tthuka½ t²hi saraºagamanehi saraºa½ gata½ up±saka½ kappiyak±raka½ ma½
bhagav± dh±retu j±n±tu. Ahañhi sacepi me tikhiºena asin± s²sa½ chindeyya, neva
buddha½ “na buddho”ti v±, dhamma½ “na dhammo”ti v±, saªgha½ “na
saªgho”ti v± vadeyyanti.
Eva½ attasanniyy±tanena saraºa½ gantv± attan± kata½ apar±dha½ pak±sento
accayo ma½, bhanteti-±dim±ha. Tattha accayoTi apar±dho. Ma½ accagam±ti
ma½ atikkamma abhibhavitv± pavatto. Dhammika½ dhammar±j±nanti ettha
dhamma½ carat²ti dhammiko. Dhammeneva r±j± j±to, na pitugh±tan±din± adha-
mmen±ti dhammar±j±. J²vit± voropesinti j²vit± viyojesi½. Paµiggaºh±t³ti khamatu.
¾yati½ sa½var±y±ti an±gate sa½varatth±ya. Puna evar³passa apar±dhassa
dosassa khalitassa akaraºatth±ya.
251. Taggh±ti eka½se nip±to. Yath± dhamma½ paµikaros²ti yath± dhammo µhito
tatheva karosi, kham±pes²ti vutta½ hoti. Ta½ te maya½ paµiggaºh±m±ti ta½ tava
apar±dha½ maya½ kham±ma. Vu¹¹hihes±, mah±r±ja ariyassa vinayeti es±,
mah±r±ja, ariyassa vinaye buddhassa bhagavato s±sane vu¹¹hi n±ma. Katam±?
Y±ya½ accaya½ accayato disv± yath±dhamma½ paµikaritv± ±yati½ sa½var±pa-
jjan±, desana½ pana puggal±dhiµµh±na½ karonto– “yo accaya½ accayato disv±
yath±dhamma½ paµikaroti, ±yati½ sa½vara½ ±pajjat²”ti ±ha.
252. Eva½ vutteTi eva½ bhagavat± vutte. Handa ca d±ni maya½ bhanteti ettha
hand±ti vacas±yatthe nip±to. So hi gamanavacas±ya½ katv± evam±ha. Bahuki-
cc±ti balavakicc±. Bahukaraº²y±ti tasseva vevacana½. Yassad±ni tvanti yassa
id±ni tva½ mah±r±ja gamanassa k±la½ maññasi j±n±si, tassa k±la½ tvameva j±n±-
s²ti vutta½ hoti. Padakkhiºa½ katv± pakk±m²ti tikkhattu½ padakkhiºa½ katv±
dasanakhasamodh±nasamujjala½ añjali½ (1.0212) sirasi patiµµhapetv± y±va
dassanavisaya½ bhagavato abhimukhova paµikkamitv± dassanavijahanaµµh±na-
bh³miya½ pañcapatiµµhitena vanditv± pakk±mi.
253. Khat±ya½, bhikkhave, r±j±ti khato aya½, bhikkhave, r±j±. Upahat±yanti
upahato aya½. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– aya½, bhikkhave, r±j± khato upahato bhinnapa-
tiµµho j±to, tath±nena attan±va att± khato, yath± attano patiµµh± na j±t±ti. Virajanti
r±garaj±divirahita½. R±gamal±d²na½yeva vigatatt± v²tamala½. Dhammaca-
kkhunti dhammesu v± cakkhu½, dhammamaya½ v± cakkhu½, aññesu µh±nesu
tiººa½ magg±nameta½ adhivacana½. Idha pana sot±pattimaggasseva. Ida½
vutta½ hoti– sace imin± pit± gh±tito n±bhavissa, id±ni idhev±sane nisinno sot±pa-
ttimagga½ patto abhavissa, p±pamittasa½saggena panassa antar±yo j±to. Eva½
santepi yasm± aya½ tath±gata½ upasaªkamitv± ratanattaya½ saraºa½ gato,
tasm± mama s±sanamahantat±ya yath± n±ma koci purisassa vadha½ katv±
pupphamuµµhimattena daº¹ena mucceyya, evameva lohakumbhiya½ nibbattitv±
ti½savassasahass±ni adho patanto heµµhimatala½ patv± ti½savassasahass±ni
uddha½ gacchanto punapi uparimatala½ p±puºitv± muccissat²ti idampi kira
bhagavat± vuttameva, p±¼iya½ pana na ±r³¼ha½.
Ida½ pana sutta½ sutv± raññ± koci ±nisa½so laddhoti? Mah±-±nisa½so laddho.
Ayañhi pitu m±ritak±lato paµµh±ya neva ratti½ na div± nidda½ labhati, satth±ra½
pana upasaªkamitv± im±ya madhur±ya ojavantiy± dhammadesan±ya sutak±lato
paµµh±ya nidda½ labhi. Tiººa½ ratan±na½ mah±sakk±ra½ ak±si. Pothujjanik±ya
saddh±ya samann±gato n±ma imin± raññ± sadiso n±hosi. An±gate pana vijit±v²
n±ma paccekabuddho hutv± parinibb±yissat²ti. Idamavoca bhagav±. Attaman± te
bhikkh³ bhagavato bh±sita½ abhinandunti.

Iti sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya½

S±maññaphalasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

3. Ambaµµhasuttavaººan±

Addh±nagamanavaººan±

254. Eva½ (1.0213) me suta½ …pe… kosales³ti ambaµµhasutta½. Tatr±ya½

apubbapadavaººan±. Kosales³ti kosal± n±ma j±napadino r±jakum±r±. Tesa½
niv±so ekopi janapado r³¼h²saddena kosal±ti vuccati, tasmi½ kosalesu janapade.
Por±º± pan±hu– yasm± pubbe mah±pan±da½ r±jakum±ra½ n±n±n±µak±d²ni disv±
sitamattampi akaronta½ sutv± r±j± ±ha– “yo mama putta½ has±peti, sabb±laªk±-
rena na½ alaªkarom²”ti. Tato naªgal±nipi cha¹¹etv± mah±janak±ye sannipatite
manuss± s±tirek±ni sattavass±ni n±n±k²¼±yo dassetv±pi ta½ has±petu½ n±sa-
kkhi½su, tato sakko devar±j± n±µaka½ pesesi, so dibban±µaka½ dassetv± has±-
pesi. Atha te manuss± attano attano vasanok±s±bhimukh± pakkami½su. Te paµi-
pathe mittasuhajj±dayo disv± paµisanth±ra½ karont±– “kacci bho kusala½, kacci
bho kusalan”ti ±ha½su. Tasm± ta½ “kusalan”ti vacana½ up±d±ya so padeso
kosal±ti vuccat²ti.
C±rika½ caram±noti addh±nagamana½ gacchanto. C±rik± ca n±mes± bhaga-
vato duvidh± hoti– turitac±rik± ca, aturitac±rik± ca. Tattha d³repi bodhaneyyapu-
ggala½ disv± tassa bodhanatth±ya sahas± gamana½ turitac±rik± n±ma, s± mah±-
kassapassa paccuggaman±d²su daµµhabb±. Bhagav± hi mah±kassapatthera½
paccuggacchanto muhuttena tig±vuta½ magga½ agam±si. ¾¼avakassatth±ya
ti½sayojana½, tath± aªgulim±lassa. Pakkus±tissa pana pañcacatt±l²sayojana½.
Mah±kappinassa v²sayojanasata½. Dhaniyassatth±ya sattayojanasat±ni agam±si.
Dhammasen±patino saddhivih±rikassa vanav±s²tissas±maºerassa tig±vut±-
dhika½ v²sayojanasata½.
Ekadivasa½ kira thero– “tissas±maºerassa santika½, bhante, gacch±m²”ti ±ha.
Bhagav±– “ahampi gamiss±m²”ti vatv± ±yasmanta½ ±nanda½ (1.0214) ±mantesi–
“±nanda, v²satisahass±na½ cha¼abhiññ±na½ ±rocehi, bhagav± kira vanav±sissa
tissas±maºerassa santika½ gamissat²”ti. Tato dutiyadivase v²satisahassakh²º±sa-
vapariv±ro ±k±se uppatitv± v²satiyojanasatamatthake tassa gocarag±madv±re ota-
ritv± c²vara½ p±rupi. Ta½ kammanta½ gaccham±n± manuss± disv±– “satth± no
±gato, m± kammanta½ agamitth±”ti vatv± ±san±ni paññapetv± y±gu½ datv± p±ta-
r±sabhatta½ karont±– “kuhi½, bhante, bhagav± gacchat²”ti daharabhikkh³
pucchi½su. Up±sak± na bhagav± aññattha gacchati, idheva tissas±maºerassa
dassanatth±y±gatoti. Te– “amh±ka½ kul³pakassa kira therassa dassanatth±ya
satth± ±gato, no vata no thero oramattako”ti somanassaj±t± ahesu½.
Atha kho bhagavato bhattakiccapariyos±ne s±maºero g±me piº¹±ya caritv±–
“up±sak±, mah±bhikkhusaªgho”ti pucchi. Athassa te
“satth±, bhante, ±gato”ti ±rocesu½. So bhagavanta½ upasaªkamitv± piº¹ap±tena
±pucchi. Satth± tassa patta½ hatthena gahetv±– “ala½, tissa, niµµhita½ bhattakicca-
n”ti ±ha. Tato upajjh±ya½ ±pucchitv± attano patt±sane nis²ditv± bhattakiccama-
k±si. Athassa bhattakiccapariyos±ne satth± maªgala½ vatv± nikkhamitv± g±ma-
dv±re µhatv±– “kataro te, tissa, vasanaµµh±na½ gatamaggo”ti ±ha. Aya½ bhaga-
v±ti. Magga½ desayam±no purato y±hi tiss±ti. Bhagav± kira sadevakassa lokassa
maggadesakopi sam±no sakale tig±vute magge ‘s±maºera½ daµµhu½ lacch±m²’ti
ta½ maggadesaka½ ak±si.
So attano vasanaµµh±na½ gantv± bhagavato vattamak±si. Atha na½ bhagav±–
“kataro te, tissa, caªkamo”ti pucchitv± tattha gantv± s±maºerassa nis²danap±-
s±ºe nis²ditv±– “tissa, imasmi½ µh±ne sukha½ vas²”ti pucchi. So ±ha– “±ma,
bhante, imasmi½ µh±ne vasantassa s²habyagghahatthimigamor±d²na½ sadda½
suºato araññasaññ± uppajjati, t±ya sukha½ vas±m²”ti. Atha na½ bhagav±– “tissa,
bhikkhusaªgha½ sannip±tehi, buddhad±yajja½ te dass±m²”ti vatv± sannipatite
bhikkhusaªghe upasamp±detv± attano vasanaµµh±nameva agam±s²ti. Aya½ turita-
c±rik± n±ma. Ya½ (1.0215) pana g±manigamapaµip±µiy± devasika½ yojanadviyoja-
navasena piº¹ap±tacariy±d²hi loka½ anuggaºhantassa gamana½, aya½ aturitac±-
rik± n±ma.
Ima½ pana c±rika½ caranto bhagav± mah±maº¹ala½, majjhimamaº¹ala½,
antomaº¹alanti imesa½ tiººa½ maº¹al±na½ aññatarasmi½ carati. Tattha mah±-
maº¹ala½ navayojanasatika½, majjhimamaº¹ala½ chayojanasatika½, antoma-
º¹ala½ tiyojanasatika½. Yad± mah±maº¹ale c±rika½ carituk±mo hoti, mah±pav±-
raº±ya pav±retv± p±µipadadivase mah±bhikkhusaªghapariv±ro nikkhamati.
Samant± yojanasata½ ekakol±hala½ hoti. Purima½ purima½ ±gat± nimantetu½
labhanti. Itaresu dv²su maº¹alesu sakk±ro mah±maº¹ale osarati. Tattha bhagav±
tesu tesu g±manigamesu ek±ha½ dv²ha½ vasanto mah±jana½ ±misappaµigga-
hena anuggaºhanto dhammad±nena cassa vivaµµasannissita½ kusala½
va¹¹hento navahi m±sehi c±rika½ pariyos±peti. Sace pana antovasse
bhikkh³na½ samathavipassan± taruº± honti, mah±pav±raº±ya apav±retv± pav±-
raº±saªgaha½ datv± kattikapuººam±ya½ pav±retv± migasirassa paµhamap±µipa-
dadivase mah±bhikkhusaªghapariv±ro nikkhamitv± majjhimamaº¹ale osarati.
Aññenapi k±raºena majjhimamaº¹ale c±rika½ carituk±mo catum±sa½ vasitv±va
nikkhamati. Vuttanayeneva itaresu dv²su maº¹alesu sakk±ro majjhimamaº¹ale
osarati. Bhagav± purimanayeneva loka½ anuggaºhanto aµµhahi m±sehi c±rika½
pariyos±peti. Sace pana catum±sa½ vutthavassass±pi bhagavato veneyyasatt±
aparipakkindriy± honti, tesa½ indriyaparip±ka½ ±gamayam±no aparampi eka-
m±sa½ v± dviticatum±sa½ v± tattheva vasitv± mah±bhikkhusaªghapariv±ro
nikkhamati. Vuttanayeneva itaresu dv²su maº¹alesu sakk±ro antomaº¹ale osa-
rati. Bhagav± purimanayeneva loka½ anuggaºhanto sattahi v± chahi v± pañcahi
v± cat³hi v± m±sehi c±rika½ pariyos±peti. Iti imesu t²su maº¹alesu yattha
katthaci c±rika½ caranto na c²var±dihetu carati. Atha kho ye duggatab±lajiººaby±-
dhit±, te kad± tath±gata½ ±gantv± passissanti. Mayi pana c±rika½ carante mah±-
jano tath±gatassa dassana½ labhissati. Tattha keci citt±ni pas±dessanti (1.0216),
keci m±l±d²hi p³jessanti, keci kaµacchubhikkha½ dassanti, keci micch±dassana½
pah±ya samm±diµµhik± bhavissanti. Ta½ nesa½ bhavissati d²gharatta½ hit±ya
sukh±y±ti. Eva½ lok±nukampak±ya c±rika½ carati.
Api ca cat³hi k±raºehi buddh± bhagavanto c±rika½ caranti, jaªghavih±rava-
sena sar²raph±sukatth±ya, atthuppattik±l±bhikaªkhanatth±ya, bhikkh³na½ sikkh±-
padapaññ±panatth±ya, tattha tattha parip±kagatindriye bodhaneyyasatte bodhana-
tth±y±ti. Aparehipi cat³hi k±raºehi buddh± bhagavanto c±rika½ caranti buddha½
saraºa½ gacchissant²ti v±, dhamma½, saªgha½ saraºa½ gacchissant²ti v±,
mahat± dhammavassena catasso paris± santappess±m²ti v±. Aparehipi pañcahi
k±raºehi buddh± bhagavanto c±rika½ caranti p±º±tip±t± viramissant²ti v±, adinn±-
d±n±, k±mesumicch±c±r±, mus±v±d±, sur±merayamajjapam±daµµh±n± viramissa-
nt²ti v±. Aparehipi aµµhahi k±raºehi buddh± bhagavanto c±rika½ caranti–
paµhama½ jh±na½ paµilabhissant²ti v±, dutiya½ jh±na½ …pe… nevasaññ±n±sa-
ññ±yatanasam±patti½ paµilabhissant²ti v±. Aparehipi aµµhahi k±raºehi buddh±
bhagavanto c±rika½ caranti– sot±pattimagga½ adhigamissant²ti v±, sot±patti-
phala½ …pe… arahattaphala½ sacchikarissant²ti v±ti. Aya½ aturitac±rik±, idha
c±rik±ti adhippet±. S± panes± duvidh± hoti– anibaddhac±rik± ca nibaddhac±rik±
ca. Tattha ya½ g±manigamanagarapaµip±µivasena carati, aya½ anibaddhac±rik±
n±ma. Ya½ panekasseva bodhaneyyasattassatth±ya gacchati, aya½ nibaddhac±-
rik± n±ma. Es± idha adhippet±.
Tad± kira bhagavato pacchimay±makiccapariyos±ne dasasahassilokadh±tuy±
ñ±ºaj±la½ pattharitv± bodhaneyyabandhave olokentassa pokkharas±tibr±hmaºo
sabbaññutaññ±ºaj±lassa anto paviµµho. Atha bhagav± aya½ br±hmaºo mayha½
ñ±ºaj±le paññ±yati, “atthi nu khvassa upanissayo”ti v²ma½santo sot±pattima-
ggassa upanissaya½ disv±– “eso mayi eta½ janapada½ gate lakkhaºapariyesa-
nattha½ ambaµµha½ antev±si½ pahiºissati, so may± saddhi½ v±dapaµiv±da½
katv± n±nappak±ra½ asabbhiv±kya½ vakkhati, tamaha½ dametv± nibbisevana½
kariss±mi. So (1.0217) ±cariyassa kathessati, athass±cariyo ta½ katha½ sutv±
±gamma mama lakkhaº±ni pariyesissati, tass±ha½ dhamma½ desess±mi. So
desan±pariyos±ne sot±pattiphale patiµµhahissati. Desan± mah±janassa saphal±
bhavissat²”ti pañcabhikkhusatapariv±ro ta½ janapada½ paµipanno. Tena vutta½–
“kosalesu c±rika½ caram±no mahat± bhikkhusaªghena saddhi½ pañcamattehi
bhikkhusateh²”ti.
Yena icch±naªgalanti yena dis±bh±gena icch±naªgala½ avasaritabba½.
Yasmi½ v± padese icch±naªgala½. Ijjh±naªgalantipi p±µho. Tadavasar²ti tena ava-
sari, ta½ v± avasari. Tena dis±bh±gena gato, ta½ v± padesa½ gatoti attho. Icch±na-
ªgale viharati icch±naªgalavanasaº¹eti icch±naªgala½ upaniss±ya icch±naªgala-
vanasaº¹e s²lakhandh±v±ra½ bandhitv± sam±dhikonta½ uss±petv± sabbaññuta-
ññ±ºasara½ parivattayam±no dhammar±j± yath±bhirucitena vih±rena viharati.

Pokkharas±tivatthuvaººan±
 255. Tena kho pana samayen±ti yena samayena bhagav± tattha viharati, tena
samayena, tasmi½ samayeti ayamattho. Brahma½ aºat²ti br±hmaºo, mante
sajjh±yat²ti attho. Idameva hi j±tibr±hmaº±na½ niruttivacana½. Ariy± pana b±hita-
p±patt± br±hmaº±ti vuccanti. Pokkharas±t²ti ida½ tassa n±ma½. Kasm± pokkhara-
s±t²ti vuccati. Tassa kira k±yo setapokkharasadiso, devanagare uss±pitarajatato-
raºa½ viya sobhati. S²sa½ panassa k±¼avaººa½ indan²lamaºimaya½ viya.
Massupi candamaº¹ale k±¼ameghar±ji viya kh±yati. Akkh²ni n²luppalasadis±ni.
N±s± rajatapan±¼ik± viya suvaµµit± suparisuddh±. Hatthap±datal±ni ceva mukha-
dv±rañca katal±kh±rasaparikamma½ viya sobhati, ativiya sobhaggappatto
br±hmaºassa attabh±vo. Ar±jake µh±ne r±j±na½ k±tu½ yuttamima½ br±hmaºa½.
Evamesa sassiriko. Iti na½ pokkharasadisatt± pokkharas±t²ti sañj±nanti.
Aya½ (1.0218) pana kassapasamm±sambuddhak±le tiººa½ ved±na½ p±rag³
dasabalassa d±na½ datv± dhammadesana½ sutv± devaloke nibbatti. So tato
manussalokam±gacchanto m±tukucchiv±sa½ jigucchitv± himavantapadese mah±-
sare padumagabbhe nibbatti. Tassa ca sarassa avid³re t±paso paººas±l±ya
vasati. So t²re µhito ta½ paduma½ disv±– “ida½ paduma½ avasesapadumehi
mahantatara½. Pupphitak±le na½ gahess±m²”ti cintesi. Ta½ satt±hen±pi na
pupphati. T±paso kasm± nu kho ida½ satt±hen±pi na pupphati. Handa na½ gahe-
ss±m²ti otaritv± gaºhi. Ta½ tena n±¼ato chinnamatta½yeva pupphita½. Athassa-
bbhantare suvaººacuººapiñjara½ viya rajatabimbaka½ padumareºupiñjara½
setavaººa½ d±raka½ addasa. So mah±puñño esa bhavissati. Handa na½ paµija-
gg±m²ti paººas±la½ netv± paµijaggitv± sattavassak±lato paµµh±ya tayo vede ugga-
ºh±pesi. D±rako tiººa½ ved±na½ p±ra½ gantv± paº¹ito byatto jambud²pe agga-
br±hmaºo ahosi. So aparena samayena rañño kosalassa sippa½ dassesi.
Athassa sippe pasanno r±j± ukkaµµha½ n±ma mah±nagara½ brahmadeyya½
ad±si. Iti na½ pokkhare sayitatt± pokkharas±t²ti sañj±nanti.
Ukkaµµha½ ajjh±vasat²ti ukkaµµhan±make nagare vasati. Abhibhavitv± v± ±va-
sati. Tassa nagarassa s±miko hutv± y±ya mariy±d±ya tattha vasitabba½, t±ya
mariy±d±ya vasi. Tassa kira nagarassa vatthu½ ukk± µhapetv± ukk±su jalam±-
n±su aggahesu½, tasm± ta½ ukkaµµhanti vuccati. Okkaµµhantipi p±µho, soyevattho.
Upasaggavasena panettha bhummatthe upayogavacana½ veditabba½. Tassa
anupayogatt± ca sesapadesu. Tattha lakkhaºa½ saddasatthato pariyesitabba½.
Sattussadanti sattehi ussada½, ussanna½ bahujana½ ±kiººamanussa½. Pos±-
vaniyahatthi-assamoramig±di-anekasattasam±kiººañc±ti attho. Yasm± paneta½
nagara½ bahi ±vijjhitv± j±tena hatthi-ass±d²na½ gh±satiºena ceva gehacch±dana-
tiºena ca sampanna½. Tath± d±rukaµµhehi ceva gehasambh±rakaµµhehi ca.
Yasm± cassabbhantare vaµµacaturass±disaºµh±n± bah³ pokkharaºiyo jalajakusu-
mavicitt±ni ca bah³ni anek±ni ta¼±k±ni udakassa niccabharit±neva honti, tasm±
satiºakaµµhodakanti vutta½. Saha dhaññen±ti sadhañña½ Pubbaºº±paraºº±di-
bheda½ bahudhaññasannicayanti attho (1.0219). Ett±vat± yasmi½ nagare
br±hmaºo setacchatta½ uss±petv± r±jal²l±ya vasati, tassa samiddhisampatti d²pit±
hoti.
R±jato laddha½ bhogga½ r±jabhogga½. Kena dinnanti ce? Raññ± pasenadin±
kosalena dinna½. R±jad±yanti rañño d±yabh³ta½, d±yajjanti attho. Brahmade-
yyanti seµµhadeyya½, chatta½ uss±petv± r±jasaªkhepena bhuñjitabbanti attho.
Atha v± r±jabhogganti sabba½ chejjabhejja½ anus±santena nad²titthapabbat±d²su
suªka½ gaºhantena setacchatta½ uss±petv± raññ± hutv± bhuñjitabba½. Raññ±
pasenadin± kosalena dinna½ r±jad±yanti ettha ta½ nagara½ raññ± dinnatt± r±ja-
d±ya½ d±yakar±jad²panattha½ panassa “raññ± pasenadin± kosalena dinnan”ti
ida½ vutta½. Brahmadeyyanti seµµhadeyya½. Yath± dinna½ na puna gahetabba½
hoti, nissaµµha½ pariccatta½. Eva½ dinnanti attho.
Assos²ti suºi upalabhi, sotadv±rasampattavacananigghos±nus±rena aññ±si.
Khoti avadh±raºatthe padap³raºamatte v± nip±to. Tattha avadh±raºatthena
assosi eva, n±ssa koci savanantar±yo ahos²ti ayamattho veditabbo. Padap³ra-
ºena pana padabyañjanasiliµµhat±mattameva.
Id±ni yamattha½ br±hmaºo pokkharas±ti assosi, ta½ pak±sento– “samaºo
khalu bho gotamo”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha samitap±patt± samaºoti veditabbo. Vutta-
ñheta½– “samit±ssa honti p±pak± akusal± dhamm±”ti-±di (ma. ni. 1.434).
Bhagav± ca anuttarena ariyamaggena samitap±po. Tenassa yath±bh³taguº±dhi-
gatameta½ n±ma½, yadida½ samaºoti. Khal³ti anussavanatthe nip±to. BhoTi
br±hmaºaj±tisamud±gata½ ±lapanamatta½. Vuttampi ceta½– “bhov±d² n±ma so
hoti, sace hoti sakiñcano”ti (dha. pa. 55). Gotamoti bhagavanta½ gottavasena
parikitteti. Tasm± samaºo khalu bho gotamoti ettha samaºo kira bho gotamago-
ttoti evamattho daµµhabbo.
Sakyaputtoti ida½ pana bhagavato ucc±kulaparid²pana½. Sakyakul± pabbaji-
toti saddh±pabbajitabh±vaparid²pana½. Kenaci p±rijuññena anabhibh³to apari-
kkh²ºa½yeva (1.0220) ta½ kula½ pah±ya saddh±ya pabbajitoti vutta½ hoti. Tato
para½ vuttatthameva. Ta½ kho pan±ti-±di s±maññaphale vuttameva. S±dhu kho
pan±ti sundara½ kho pana. Atth±vaha½ sukh±vahanti vutta½ hoti. Tath±r³p±na½
arahatanti yath±r³po so bhava½ gotamo, evar³p±na½ yath±bh³taguº±dhiga-
mena loke arahantoti laddhasaddh±na½ arahata½. Dassana½ hot²ti pas±daso-
mm±ni akkh²ni umm²letv± dassanamattampi s±dhu hot²ti, eva½ ajjh±saya½ katv±.

Ambaµµham±ºavakath±
 256. Ajjh±yakoti ida½– “na d±nime jh±yanti, na d±nime jh±yant²ti kho, v±seµµha,
ajjh±yak± ajjh±yak± tveva tatiya½ akkhara½ upanibbattan”ti, eva½ paµhamaka-
ppikak±le jh±navirahit±na½ br±hmaº±na½ garahavacana½. Id±ni pana ta½ ajjh±-
yat²ti ajjh±yako. Mante parivattet²ti imin± atthena pasa½s±vacana½ katv± voha-
ranti. Mante dh±ret²ti mantadharo.
Tiººa½ ved±nanti iruvedayajuvedas±maved±na½. Oµµhapahatakaraºavasena
p±ra½ gatoti p±rag³. Saha nighaº¹un± ca keµubhena ca sanighaº¹ukeµubh±na½.
Nighaº¹³ti nighaº¹urukkh±d²na½ vevacanapak±saka½ sattha½. Keµubhanti kiri-
y±kappavikappo kav²na½ upak±r±vaha½ sattha½. Saha akkharappabhedena
s±kkharappabhed±na½. Akkharappabhedoti sikkh± ca nirutti ca. Itih±sapañcam±-
nanti ±thabbaºaveda½ catuttha½ katv± itiha ±sa, itiha ±s±ti ²disavacanapaµisa½-
yutto pur±ºakath±saªkh±to itih±so pañcamo etesanti itih±sapañcam±, tesa½ itih±-
sapañcam±na½ ved±na½.
Pada½ tadavasesañca by±karaºa½ adh²yati vedeti c±ti padako veyy±karaºo.
Lok±yata½ vuccati vitaº¹av±dasattha½. Mah±purisalakkhaºanti mah±puris±na½
buddh±d²na½ lakkhaºad²paka½ dv±dasasahassaganthapam±ºa½ sattha½.
Yattha so¼asasahassag±th±parim±º± buddhamant± n±ma ahesu½, yesa½
vasena imin± lakkhaºena samann±gat± buddh± n±ma honti, imin± pacceka-
buddh±, imin± dve aggas±vak±, as²ti mah±s±vak± (1.0221), buddham±t±, buddha-
pit±, aggupaµµh±ko, aggupaµµh±yik±, r±j± cakkavatt²ti aya½ viseso paññ±yati.
Anavayoti imesu lok±yatamah±purisalakkhaºesu an³no parip³rak±r², avayo na
hot²ti vutta½ hoti. Avayo n±ma yo t±ni atthato ca ganthato ca sandh±retu½ na
sakkoti. Anuññ±tapaµiññ±toti anuññ±to ceva paµiññ±to ca. ¾cariyenassa “ya½
aha½ j±n±mi, ta½ tva½ j±n±s²”ti-±din± anuññ±to. “¾ma ±cariy±”ti attan± tassa
paµivacanad±napaµiññ±ya paµiññ±toti attho. Katarasmi½ adhik±re? Sake ±cari-
yake tevijjake p±vacane. Esa kira br±hmaºo cintesi “imasmi½ loke ‘aha½ buddho,
aha½ buddho’ti uggatassa n±ma½ gahetv± bah³ jan± vicaranti. Tasm± na me
anussavamatteneva upasaªkamitu½ yutta½. Ekaccañhi upasaªkamantassa apa-
kkamanampi garu hoti, anatthopi uppajjati. Ya½n³n±ha½ mama antev±sika½
pesetv±– ‘buddho v±, no v±’ti j±nitv±va upasaªkameyyan”ti, tasm± m±ºava½ ±ma-
ntetv± aya½ t±t±ti-±dim±ha.
257. Ta½ bhavantanti tassa bhoto gotamassa. Tath± santa½ yev±ti tath± sato-
yeva. Idh±pi hi itthambh³t±khy±natthavaseneva upayogavacana½.
258. Yath± katha½ pan±ha½, bho, tanti ettha katha½ pan±ha½ bho ta½
bhavanta½ gotama½ j±niss±mi, yath± sakk± so ñ±tu½, tath± me ±cikkh±h²ti attho.
Yath±Ti v± nip±tamattameveta½. Kathanti aya½ ±k±rapucch±. Ken±k±ren±ha½
ta½ bhavanta½ gotama½ j±niss±m²ti attho. Eva½ vutte kira na½ upajjh±yo “ki½
tva½, t±ta, pathaviya½ µhito, pathavi½ na pass±m²ti viya; candimas³riy±na½
obh±se µhito, candimas³riye na pass±m²ti viya vadas²”ti-±d²ni vatv± j±nan±k±ra½
dassento ±gat±ni kho, t±t±ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha mantes³ti vedesu. Tath±gato kira uppajjissat²ti paµikacceva suddh±v±s±
dev± vedesu lakkhaº±ni pakkhipitv± buddhamant± n±meteti br±hmaºaveseneva
vede v±centi. Tadanus±rena mahesakkh± satt± tath±gata½ j±nissant²ti. Tena
pubbe vedesu mah±purisalakkhaº±ni (1.0222) ±gacchanti. Parinibbute pana tath±-
gate anukkamena antaradh±yanti. Tenetarahi natth²ti. Mah±purisass±ti paºidhisa-
m±d±nañ±ºakaruº±diguºamahato purisassa. Dveyeva gatiyoti dveyeva niµµh±.
K±mañc±ya½ gatisaddo “pañca kho im±, s±riputta, gatiyo”ti-±d²su (ma. ni. 1.153)
bhavabhede vattati. “Gati mig±na½ pavanan”ti-±d²su (pari. 399) niv±saµµh±ne.
“Eva½ adhimattagatimanto”ti-±d²su paññ±ya½. “Gatigatan”ti-±d²su visaµabh±ve.
Idha pana niµµh±ya½ vattat²ti veditabbo.
Tattha kiñc±pi yehi lakkhaºehi samann±gato r±j± cakkavatt² hoti, na teheva
buddho hoti; j±tis±maññato pana t±niyeva t±n²ti vuccanti. Tena vutta½– “yehi
samann±gatass±”ti. Sace ag±ra½ ajjh±vasat²ti yadi ag±re vasati. R±j± hoti cakka-
vatt²ti cat³hi acchariyadhammehi, saªgahavatth³hi ca loka½ rañjanato r±j±, cakka-
ratana½ vatteti, cat³hi sampatticakkehi vattati, tehi ca para½ vatteti, parahit±ya ca
iriy±pathacakk±na½ vatto etasmi½ atth²ti cakkavatt². Ettha ca r±j±ti s±mañña½.
Cakkavatt²ti visesa½. Dhammena carat²ti dhammiko. ѱyena samena vattat²ti
attho. Dhammena rajja½ labhitv± r±j± j±toti dhammar±j±. Parahitadhammakara-
ºena v± dhammiko. Attahitadhammakaraºena dhammar±j±. Caturant±ya issaroti
c±turanto, catusamudda-ant±ya, catubbidhad²pavibh³sit±ya pathaviy± issaroti
attho. Ajjhatta½ kop±dipaccatthike bahiddh± ca sabbar±j±no vijet²ti vijit±v². Janapa-
datth±variyappattoti janapade dhuvabh±va½ th±varabh±va½ patto, na sakk±
kenaci c±letu½. Janapado v± tamhi th±variyappatto anuyutto sakammanirato
acalo asampavedh²ti janapadatth±variyappatto.
Seyyathidanti nip±to, tassa cet±ni katam±n²ti attho. Cakkaratananti-±d²su
cakkañca, ta½ ratijananaµµhena ratanañc±ti cakkaratana½. Esa nayo sabbattha.
Imesu pana ratanesu aya½ cakkavattir±j± cakkaratanena ajita½ jin±ti, hatthi-assa-
ratanehi vijite yath±sukha½ anucarati, pariº±yakaratanena (1.0223) vijitamanura-
kkhati, avasesehi upabhogasukhamanubhavati. Paµhamena cassa uss±hasatti-
yogo, pacchimena mantasattiyogo, hatthi-assagahapatiratanehi pabhusattiyogo
suparipuººo hoti, itthimaºiratanehi tividhasattiyogaphala½. So itthimaºiratanehi
bhogasukhamanubhavati, sesehi issariyasukha½. Visesato cassa purim±ni t²ºi
adosakusalam³lajanitakamm±nubh±vena sampajjanti, majjhim±ni alobhakusala-
m³lajanitakamm±nubh±vena, pacchimameka½ amohakusalam³lajanitakamm±nu-
bh±ven±ti veditabba½. Ayamettha saªkhepo. Vitth±ro pana bojjhaªgasa½yutte
ratanasuttassa upadesato gahetabbo.
Parosahassanti atirekasahassa½. S³r±ti abh²rukaj±tik±. V²raªgar³p±ti devapu-
ttasadisak±y±. Eva½ t±va eke vaººayanti. Aya½ panettha sabbh±vo. V²r±ti utta-
mas³r± vuccanti, v²r±na½ aªga½ v²raªga½, v²rak±raºa½ v²riyanti vutta½ hoti. V²ra-
ªgar³pa½ etesanti v²raªgar³p±, v²riyamayasar²r± viy±ti vutta½ hoti. Parasenappa-
maddan±ti sace paµimukha½ tiµµheyya parasen± ta½ parimadditu½ samatth±ti
adhipp±yo. Dhammen±ti “p±ºo na hantabbo”ti-±din± pañcas²ladhammena. Araha½
hoti samm±sambuddho loke vivaµµacchadoti ettha r±gadosamoham±nadiµµhi-avijj±-
duccaritachadanehi sattahi paµicchanne kilesandhak±re loke ta½ chadana½ viva-
µµetv± samantato sañj±t±loko hutv± µhitoti vivaµµacchado. Tattha paµhamena
padena p³j±rahat±. Dutiyena tass± hetu, yasm± samm±sambuddhoti, tatiyena
buddhattahetubh³t± vivaµµacchadat± vutt±ti veditabb±. Atha v± vivaµµo ca vicchado
c±ti vivaµµacchado, vaµµarahito chadanarahito c±ti vutta½ hoti. Tena araha½ vaµµ±-
bh±vena, samm±sambuddho chadan±bh±ven±ti eva½ purimapadadvayasseva
hetudvaya½ vutta½ hoti, dutiyena ves±rajjena cettha purimasiddhi, paµhamena
dutiyasiddhi, tatiyacatutthehi tatiyasiddhi hoti. Purimañca dhammacakkhu½,
dutiya½ buddhacakkhu½, tatiya½ samantacakkhu½ s±dhet²ti veditabba½. Tva½
mant±na½ paµiggahet±ti imin±’ssa mantesu s³rabh±va½ janeti.
259. Sopi (1.0224) t±ya ±cariyakath±ya lakkhaºesu vigatasammoho ekobh±sa-
j±te viya buddhamante sampassam±no eva½ bhoti ±ha. Tassattho– ‘yath±, bho,
tva½ vadasi, eva½ kariss±m²’ti. Va¼av±ratham±ruyh±ti va¼av±yutta½ ratha½ abhi-
r³hitv±. Br±hmaºo kira yena rathena saya½ vicarati, tameva ratha½ datv±
m±ºava½ pesesi. M±ºav±pi pokkharas±tisseva antev±sik±. So kira tesa½– “amba-
µµhena saddhi½ gacchath±”ti sañña½ ad±si.
Y±vatik± y±nassa bh³m²ti yattaka½ sakk± hoti y±nena gantu½, aya½ y±nassa
bh³mi n±ma. Y±n± paccorohitv±ti ay±nabh³mi½, dv±rakoµµhakasam²pa½ gantv±
y±nato paµi-orohitv±.
Tena kho pana samayen±ti yasmi½ samaye ambaµµho ±r±ma½ p±visi. Tasmi½
pana samaye, µhitamajjhanhikasamaye. Kasm± pana tasmi½ samaye caªkama-
nt²ti? Paº²tabhojanapaccayassa thinamiddhassa vinodanattha½, div±padh±nik±
v± te. T±dis±nañhi pacch±bhatta½ caªkamitv± nh±yitv± sar²ra½ utu½ g±h±petv±
nisajja samaºadhamma½ karont±na½ citta½ ekagga½ hoti. Yena te bhikkh³ti so
kira– “kuhi½ samaºo gotamo”ti pariveºato pariveºa½ an±gantv± “pucchitv±va
pavisiss±m²”ti vilokento araññahatth² viya mah±caªkame caªkamam±ne pa½suk³-
like bhikkh³ disv± tesa½ santika½ agam±si. Ta½ sandh±ya yena te bhikkh³ti-±di
vutta½. Dassan±y±ti daµµhu½, passituk±m± hutv±ti attho.
260. Abhiññ±takolaññoti p±kaµakulajo. Tad± kira jambud²pe ambaµµhakula½
n±ma p±kaµakulamahosi. Abhiññ±tass±ti r³paj±timantakul±padesehi p±kaµassa.
Agar³ti abh±riko. Yo hi ambaµµha½ ñ±petu½ na sakkuºeyya, tassa tena saddhi½
kath±sall±po garu bhaveyya. Bhagavato pana t±dis±na½ m±ºav±na½ saten±pi
sahassen±pi (1.0225) pañha½ puµµhassa vissajjane dandh±yitatta½ natth²ti
maññam±n±– “agaru kho pan±”ti cintayi½su. Vih±roti gandhakuµi½ sandh±ya
±ha½su.
Ataram±noti aturito, saºika½ padappam±ºaµµh±ne pada½ nikkhipanto vatta½
katv± susammaµµha½ mutt±dalasinduv±rasantharasadisa½ v±lika½ avin±sentoti
attho. ¾¼indanti pamukha½. Ukk±sitv±ti ukk±sitasadda½ katv±. Agga¼anti dv±raka-
v±µa½. ¾koµeh²ti agganakhehi saºika½ kuñcikacchiddasam²pe ±koµeh²ti vutta½
hoti. Dv±ra½ kira ati-upari amanuss±, atiheµµh± d²ghaj±tik± koµenti. Tath± an±ko-
µetv± majjhe chiddasam²pe koµetabbanti ida½ dv±r±koµanavattanti d²pent±
vadanti.
261. Vivari bhagav± dv±ranti na bhagav± uµµh±ya dv±ra½ vivari. Vivariyat³ti
pana hattha½ pas±resi. Tato “bhagav± tumhehi anek±su kappakoµ²su d±na½
dadam±nehi na sahatth± dv±ravivaraºakamma½ katan”ti sayameva dv±ra½
vivaµa½. Ta½ pana yasm± bhagavato manena vivaµa½, tasm± vivari bhagav±
dv±ranti vattu½ vaµµati.
Bhagavat± saddhi½ sammodi½s³Ti yath± khaman²y±d²ni pucchanto bhagav±
tehi, eva½ tepi bhagavat± saddhi½ samappavattamod± ahesu½. S²todaka½ viya
uºhodakena sammodita½ ek²bh±va½ agama½su. Y±ya ca “kacci, bho gotama,
khaman²ya½; kacci y±pan²ya½, kacci bhoto ca gotamassa s±vak±nañca app±-
b±dha½, app±taªka½, lahuµµh±na½, bala½, ph±suvih±ro”ti-±dik±ya kath±ya
sammodi½su, ta½ p²tip±mojjasaªkh±tasammodajananato sammoditu½ yuttabh±-
vato ca sammodan²ya½, atthabyañjanamadhurat±ya sucirampi k±la½ s±retu½
nirantara½ pavattetu½ arahabh±vato saritabbabh±vato ca s±raº²ya½. Suyyam±-
nasukhato sammodan²ya½, anussariyam±nasukhato ca s±raº²ya½. Tath± byañja-
naparisuddhat±ya sammodan²ya½, atthaparisuddhat±ya s±raº²ya½. Eva½ ane-
kehi pariy±yehi sammodan²ya½ katha½ s±raº²ya½ v²tis±retv± pariyos±petv±
niµµhapetv± ekamanta½ nis²di½su.
Ambaµµho (1.0226) pana m±ºavoti so kira bhagavato r³pasampattiya½ cittappa-
s±damattampi akatv± “dasabala½ apas±dess±m²”ti udare baddhas±µaka½
muñcitv± kaºµhe olambetv± ekena hatthena dussakaººa½ gahetv± caªkama½
abhir³hitv± k±lena b±hu½, k±lena udara½, k±lena piµµhi½ dassento, k±lena hattha-
vik±ra½, k±lena bhamukavik±ra½ karonto, “kacci te bho, gotama, dh±tusamat±,
kacci bhikkh±h±rena na kilamatha, akilamath±k±royeva pana te paññ±yati;
th³l±ni hi te aªgapaccaªg±ni, p±s±dikattha gatagataµµh±ne. ‘te bahujan± r±japa-
bbajitoti ca buddho’ti ca uppannabahum±n± paº²ta½ ojavantam±h±ra½ denti.
Passatha, bho, geha½, cittas±l± viya, dibbap±s±do viya. Ima½ mañca½ passatha,
bimbohana½ passatha, ki½
evar³pe µh±ne vasantassa samaºadhamma½ k±tu½ dukkaran”ti evar³pa½ uppa-
º¹anakatha½ an±c±rabh±vas±raº²ya½ katheti, tena vutta½– “ambaµµho pana
m±ºavo caªkamantopi nisinnena bhagavat± kiñci kiñci katha½ s±raº²ya½ v²tis±-
reti, µhitopi nisinnena bhagavat± kiñci kiñci katha½ s±raº²ya½ v²tis±ret²”ti.
262. Atha kho bhagav±ti atha bhagav±– “aya½ m±ºavo hattha½ pas±retv±
bhavagga½ gahetuk±mo viya, p±da½ pas±retv± av²ci½ vicarituk±mo viya, mah±-
samudda½ tarituk±mo viya, sineru½ ±rohituk±mo viya ca aµµh±ne v±yamati,
handa, tena saddhi½ mantem²”ti ambaµµha½ m±ºava½ etadavoca. ¾cariyap±cari-
yeh²ti ±cariyehi ca tesa½ ±cariyehi ca.

Paµhama-ibbhav±davaººan±

263. Gacchanto v±ti ettha k±ma½ t²su iriy±pathesu br±hmaºo ±cariyabr±hma-

ºena saddhi½ sallapitumarahati. Aya½ pana m±ºavo m±nathaddhat±ya kath±sa-
ll±pa½ karonto catt±ropi iriy±pathe yojess±m²ti “say±no v± hi, bho gotama, say±ne-
n±”ti ±ha.
Tato (1.0227) kira ta½ bhagav±– “ambaµµha, gacchantassa v± gacchantena,
µhitassa v± µhitena, nisinnassa v± nisinnen±cariyena saddhi½ kath± n±ma sabb±-
cariyesu labbhati. Tva½ pana say±no say±nen±cariyena saddhi½ kathesi, ki½ te
±cariyo gor³pa½, ud±hu tvan”ti ±ha. So kujjhitv±– “ye ca kho te, bho gotama,
muº¹ak±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha muº¹e muº¹±ti samaºe ca samaº±ti vattu½
vaµµeyya. Aya½ pana h²¼ento muº¹ak± samaºak±ti ±ha. Ibbh±ti gahapatik±.
Kaºh±ti kaºh±, k±¼ak±ti attho. Bandhup±d±pacc±ti ettha bandh³ti brahm± adhi-
ppeto. Tañhi br±hmaº± pit±mahoti voharanti. P±d±na½ apacc± p±d±pacc±,
brahmuno piµµhip±dato j±t±ti adhipp±yo. Tassa kira aya½ laddhi– br±hmaº±
brahmuno mukhato nikkhant±, khattiy± urato, vess± n±bhito, sudd± j±ºuto,
samaº± piµµhip±datoti. Eva½ kathento ca panesa kiñc±pi aniyametv± katheti. Atha
kho bhagavantameva vad±m²ti katheti.
Atha kho bhagav±– “aya½ ambaµµho ±gatak±lato paµµh±ya may± saddhi½ katha-
yam±no m±nameva niss±ya kathesi, ±s²visa½ g²v±ya½ gaºhanto viya, aggi-
kkhandha½ ±liªganto viya, mattav±raºa½ soº¹±ya par±masanto viya, attano
pam±ºa½ na j±n±ti. Handa na½ j±n±pess±m²”ti cintetv± “atthikavato kho pana te,
ambaµµh±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha ±gantv± kattabbakiccasaªkh±to attho, etassa atth²ti
atthika½, tassa m±ºavassa citta½. Atthikamassa atth²ti atthikav±, tassa atthika-
vato tava idh±gamana½ ahos²ti attho.
Kho pan±ti nip±tamatta½. Y±yeva kho panatth±y±ti yeneva kho panatthena. ¾ga-
ccheyy±th±ti mama v± aññesa½ v± santika½ yad± kad±ci ±gaccheyy±tha. Tameva
atthanti ida½ purisaliªgavaseneva vutta½. Manasi kareyy±th±ti citte kareyy±tha.
Ida½ vutta½ hoti– tva½ ±cariyena attano karaº²yena pesito, na amh±ka½ paribha-
vanatth±ya, tasm± tameva kicca½ manasi karoh²ti. Evamassa aññesa½ santika½
±gat±na½ vatta½ dassetv± m±naniggaºhanattha½ “avusitav±yeva kho pan±”ti-±-
dim±ha. Tassattho passatha bho aya½ ambaµµho m±ºavo ±cariyakule avusitav± (1.0
asikkhito appassutova sam±no. Vusitam±n²ti “aha½ vusitav± sikkhito bahussuto”-
ti att±na½ maññati. Etassa hi eva½ pharusavacanasamud±c±re k±raºa½ kima-
ññatra avusitatt±ti ±cariyakule asa½vuddh± asikkhit± appassut±yeva hi eva½
vadant²ti.
264. Kupitoti kuddho. Anattamanoti asakamano, ki½ pana bhagav± tassa kujjha-
nabh±va½ ñatv± evam±ha ud±hu añatv±ti? Ñatv± ±h±ti. Kasm± ñatv± ±h±ti?
Tassa m±nanimmadanattha½. Bhagav± hi aññ±si– “aya½ may± eva½ vutte
kujjhitv± mama ñ±take akkosissati. Athass±ha½ yath± n±ma kusalo bhisakko
dosa½ uggiletv± n²harati, evameva gottena gotta½, kul±padesena kul±padesa½,
uµµh±petv± bhavaggappam±ºena viya uµµhita½ m±naddhaja½ m³le chetv± nip±te-
ss±m²”ti. Khu½sentoti ghaµµento. Vambhentoti h²¼ento. P±pito bhavissat²ti caº¹a-
bh±v±didosa½ p±pito bhavissati.
Caº¹±ti m±nanissitakodhayutt±. Pharus±ti khar±. Lahus±ti lahuk±. Appakeneva
tussanti v± dussanti v± udakapiµµhe al±bukaµ±ha½ viya appakeneva uplavanti.
Bhass±ti bahubh±ºino. Saky±na½ mukhe vivaµe aññassa vacanok±so natth²ti
adhipp±yeneva vadati. Sam±n±ti ida½ sant±ti purimapadassa vevacana½. Na
sakkaront²Ti na br±hmaº±na½ sundaren±k±rena karonti. Na garu½ karont²ti
br±hmaºesu g±rava½ na karonti. Na m±nent²ti na manena piy±yanti. Na p³jent²ti
m±l±d²hi nesa½ p³ja½ na karonti. Na apac±yant²ti abhiv±dan±d²hi nesa½ apaciti-
kamma½ n²cavutti½ na dassenti tayidanti ta½ ida½. Yadime saky±ti ya½ ime
saky± na br±hmaºe sakkaronti …pe… na apac±yanti, ta½ tesa½ asakk±rakara-
º±di sabba½ na yutta½, n±nulomanti attho.

Dutiya-ibbhav±davaººan±

265. Aparaddhunti aparajjhi½su. Ekamid±hanti ettha idanti nip±tamatta½. Eka½

ahanti attho. Sandh±g±ranti rajja-anus±sanas±l±. Saky±ti abhisittar±j±no (1.0229).
Sakyakum±r±ti anabhisitt±. Ucces³ti yath±nur³pesu pallaªkap²µhakavett±sana-
phalakacittattharaº±dibhedesu. Sañjagghant±ti uppaº¹anavasena mah±hasita½
hasant±. Sa½k²¼ant±ti hasitamatta karaºa-aªgulisaªghaµµanap±ºippah±rad±n±-
d²ni karont±. Mamaññeva maññeti evamaha½ maññ±mi, mamaññeva anuhasanti,
na aññanti.
Kasm± pana te evamaka½s³ti? Te kira ambaµµhassa kulava½sa½ j±nanti.
Ayañca tasmi½ samaye y±va p±dant± olambetv± nivatthas±µakassa ekena
hatthena dussakaººa½ gahetv± khandhaµµhika½ n±metv± m±namadena matto
viya ±gacchati. Tato– “passatha bho amh±ka½ d±sassa kaºh±yanagottassa amba-
µµhassa ±gamanak±raºan”ti vadant± evamaka½su. Sopi attano kulava½sa½
j±n±ti. Tasm± “mamaññeva maññe”ti takkayittha.
¾sanen±ti “idam±sana½, ettha nis²d±h²”ti eva½ ±sanena nimantana½ n±ma
hoti, tath± na koci ak±si.

Tatiya-ibbhav±davaººan±
 266. Laµukik±ti khettale¹¹³na½ antareniv±sin² khuddakasakuºik±. Kul±vaketi
niv±sanaµµh±ne. K±mal±pin²ti yadicchakabh±ºin², ya½ ya½ icchati ta½ ta½ lapati,
na ta½ koci ha½so v± koñco v± moro v± ±gantv± “ki½ tva½ lapas²’ti nisedheti.
Abhisajjitunti kodhavasena laggitu½.
Eva½ vutte m±ºavo– “aya½ samaºo gotamo attano ñ±take laµukikasadise katv±
amhe ha½sakoñcamorasadise karoti, nimm±no d±ni j±to”ti maññam±no uttari
catt±ro vaººe dasseti.

D±siputtav±davaººan±

267. Nimm±det²ti nimmadeti nimm±ne karoti. Ya½n³n±hanti yadi pan±ha½.

“Kaºh±yanohamasmi, bho gotam±”ti ida½ kira vacana½ ambaµµho tikkhattu½ (1.023
mah±saddena avoca. Kasm± avoca? Ki½ asuddhabh±va½ na j±n±t²ti? ¾ma
j±n±ti. J±nantopi bhavapaµicchannameta½ k±raºa½, ta½ anena na diµµha½. Apa-
ssanto mah±samaºo ki½ vakkhat²ti maññam±no m±nathaddhat±ya avoca. M±t±pe-
ttikanti m±t±pit³na½ santaka½. N±magottanti paººattivasena n±ma½, paveº²va-
sena gotta½. Anussaratoti anussarantassa kulakoµi½ sodhentassa. Ayyaputt±ti
s±mino putt±. D±siputtoti gharad±siy±va putto. Tasm± yath± d±sena s±mino upa-
saªkamitabb±, eva½ anupasaªkamanta½ ta½ disv± saky± anujagghi½s³ti
dasseti.
Ito para½ tassa d±sabh±va½ saky±nañca s±mibh±va½ pak±setv± attano ca
ambaµµhassa ca kulava½sa½ ±haranto saky± kho pan±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha daha-
nt²ti µhapenti, okk±ko no pubbapurisoti, eva½ karont²ti attho. Tassa kira rañño
kathanak±le ukk± viya mukhato pabh± niccharati, tasm± ta½ “okk±ko”ti sañj±ni½-
s³ti. Pabb±jes²ti n²hari.
Id±ni te n±mavasena dassento– “okk±mukhan”ti-±dim±ha. Tatr±ya½ anupubb²
kath±– paµhamakappik±na½ kira rañño mah±sammatassa rojo n±ma putto ahosi.
Rojassa vararojo, vararojassa kaly±ºo, kaly±ºassa varakaly±ºo, varakaly±ºassa
mandh±t±, mandh±tussa varamandh±t±, varamandh±tussa uposatho, uposa-
thassa varo, varassa upavaro, upavarassa maghadevo, maghadevassa parampa-
r±ya catur±s²tikhattiyasahass±ni ahesu½. Tesa½ pacchato tayo okk±kava½s±
ahesu½. Tesu tatiya-okk±kassa pañca mahesiyo ahesu½– hatth±, citt±, jantu,
j±lin², vis±kh±ti. Ekekiss± pañcapañca-itthisatapariv±r±. Sabbajeµµh±ya catt±ro
putt±– okk±mukho, karakaº¹u, hatthiniko, sinis³roti. Pañca dh²taro– piy±, suppiy±,
±nand±, vijit±, vijitasen±ti. Iti s± nava putte vij±yitv± k±lamak±si.
Atha r±j± añña½ dahari½ abhir³pa½ r±jadh²tara½ ±netv± aggamahesiµµh±ne
µhapesi. S± jantu½ n±ma putta½ vij±yi. Atha na½ pañcamadivase alaªkaritv± (1.023
rañño dassesi. R±j± tuµµho tass± vara½ ad±si. S± ñ±takehi saddhi½ mantetv±
puttassa rajja½ y±ci. R±j±– “nassa, vasali, mama putt±na½ antar±ya½ icchas²”ti
tajjesi. S± punappuna½ raho r±j±na½ paritosetv±– “mah±r±ja, mus±v±do n±ma na
vaµµat²”ti-±d²ni vatv± y±catiyeva. Atha r±j± putte ±mantesi– “aha½ t±t±, tumh±ka½
kaniµµha½ jantukum±ra½ disv± tassa m±tuy± sahas± vara½ ad±si½, s± puttassa
rajja½ pariº±metu½ icchati. Tumhe µhapetv± maªgalahatthi½ maªgala-assa½
maªgalarathañca yattake icchatha, tattake hatthi-assarathe gahetv± gacchatha.
Mamaccayena ±gantv± rajja½ kareyy±th±”ti, aµµhahi amaccehi saddhi½ uyyojesi.
Te n±nappak±ra½ roditv± kanditv±– “t±ta, amh±ka½ dosa½ khamath±”ti r±j±na-
ñceva r±jorodhe ca kham±petv±, “mayampi bh±t³hi saddhi½ gacch±m±”ti r±j±na½
±pucchitv± nagar± nikkhant± bhaginiyo ±d±ya caturaªginiy± sen±ya parivut±
nagar± nikkhami½su. “Kum±r± pitu-accayena ±gantv± rajja½ k±ressanti,
gacch±ma ne upaµµhah±m±”ti cintetv± bah³ manuss± anubandhi½su. Paµhamadi-
vase yojanamatt± sen± ahosi, dutiye dviyojanamatt±, tatiye tiyojanamatt±. Kum±r±
mantayi½su– “mah± balak±yo, sace maya½ kañci s±mantar±j±na½ madditv± jana-
pada½ gaºheyy±ma, sopi no nappasaheyya. Ki½ paresa½ p²¼±ya kat±ya, mah±
aya½ jambud²po, araññe nagara½ m±pess±m±”ti himavant±bhimukh± gantv±
nagaravatthu½ pariyesi½su.
Tasmiñca samaye amh±ka½ bodhisatto br±hmaºamah±s±lakule nibbattitv±
kapilabr±hmaºo n±ma hutv± nikkhamma isipabbajja½ pabbajitv± himavantapasse
pokkharaºiy± t²re s±kavanasaº¹e paººas±la½ m±petv± vasati. So kira bhumma-
j±la½ n±ma vijja½ j±n±ti, y±ya uddha½ as²tihatthe ±k±se, heµµh± ca bh³miyampi
guºadosa½ passati. Etasmi½ padese tiºagumbalat± dakkhiº±vaµµ± p±c²n±bhi-
mukh± j±yanti. S²habyaggh±dayo migas³kare sappabi¼±r± ca maº¹³kam³sike
anubandham±n± ta½ padesa½ patv± na sakkonti te anubandhitu½. Tehi te añña-
datthu (1.0232) santajjit± nivattantiyeva. So– “aya½ pathaviy± aggapadeso”ti
ñatv± tattha attano paººas±la½ m±pesi.
Atha te kum±re nagaravatthu½ pariyesam±ne attano vasanok±sa½ ±gate disv±
pucchitv± ta½ pavatti½ ñatv± tesu anukampa½ janetv± avoca– “imasmi½ paººa-
s±laµµh±ne m±pita½ nagara½ jambud²pe agganagara½ bhavissati. Ettha j±tapuri-
sesu ekeko purisasatampi purisasahassampi abhibhavitu½ sakkhissati. Ettha
nagara½ m±petha,
paººas±laµµh±ne rañño ghara½ karotha. Imasmiñhi ok±se µhatv± caº¹±laputtopi
cakkavattibalena atiseyyo”ti. Nanu, bhante, ayyassa vasanok±soti? “Mama vasa-
nok±so”ti m± cintayittha. Mayha½ ekapasse paººas±la½ katv± nagara½ m±petv±
kapilavatthunti n±ma½ karoth±”ti. Te tath± katv± tattha niv±sa½ kappesu½.
Ath±macc±– “ime d±rak± vayappatt±, sace nesa½ pit± santike bhaveyya, so
±v±haviv±ha½ kareyya. Id±ni pana amh±ka½ bh±ro”ti cintetv± kum±rehi saddhi½
mantayi½su. Kum±r± amh±ka½ sadis± khattiyadh²taro n±ma na pass±ma, n±pi
bhagin²na½ sadise khattiyakum±rake, asadisasa½yoge ca no uppann± putt±
m±tito v± pitito v± aparisuddh± j±tisambheda½ p±puºissanti. Tasm± maya½
bhagin²hiyeva saddhi½ sa½v±sa½ rocem±ti. Te j±tisambhedabhayena jeµµhaka-
bhagini½ m±tuµµh±ne µhapetv± avases±hi sa½v±sa½ kappesu½.
Tesa½ puttehi ca dh²t±hi ca va¹¹ham±n±na½ aparena samayena jeµµhakabha-
giniy± kuµµharogo udap±di, kovi¼±rapupphasadis±ni gatt±ni ahesu½. R±jakum±r±
im±ya saddhi½ ekato nisajjaµµh±nabhojan±d²ni karont±nampi upari aya½ rogo
saªkamat²ti cintetv± ekadivasa½ uyy±nak²¼a½ gacchant± viya ta½ y±ne ±ropetv±
arañña½ pavisitv± bh³miya½ pokkharaºi½ khaº±petv± tattha kh±dan²yabhojan²-
yena saddhi½ ta½ pakkhipitv± gharasaªkhepena upari padara½ paµicch±detv±
pa½su½ datv± pakkami½su.
Tena (1.0233) ca samayena r±mo n±ma b±r±ºasir±j± kuµµharogo n±µakitth²hi ca
orodhehi ca jigucchiyam±no tena sa½vegena jeµµhaputtassa rajja½ datv± arañña½
pavisitv± tattha paººas±la½ m±petv± m³laphal±ni paribhuñjanto nacirasseva
arogo suvaººavaººo hutv± ito cito ca vicaranto mahanta½ susirarukkha½ disv±
tassabbhantare so¼asahatthappam±ºa½ ok±sa½ sodhetv± dv±rañca v±tap±-
nañca yojetv± nisseºi½ bandhitv± tattha v±sa½ kappesi. So aªg±rakaµ±he aggi½
katv± ratti½ migas³kar±d²na½ sadde suºanto sayati. So– “asukasmi½ padese
s²ho saddamak±si, asukasmi½ byaggho”ti sallakkhetv± pabh±te tattha gantv±
vigh±sama½sa½ ±d±ya pacitv± kh±dati.
Athekadivasa½ tasmi½ pacc³sasamaye aggi½ j±letv± nisinne r±jadh²t±ya sar²-
ragandhena ±gantv± byaggho tasmi½ padese pa½su½ viy³hanto padare vivara-
mak±si, tena ca vivarena s± byaggha½ disv± bh²t± vissaramak±si. So ta½ sadda½
sutv±– “itthisaddo eso”ti ca sallakkhetv± p±tova tattha gantv±– “ko etth±”ti ±ha.
M±tug±mo s±m²ti. Ki½ j±tik±s²ti? Okk±kamah±r±jassa dh²t± s±m²ti. Nikkham±ti?
Na sakk± s±m²ti. Ki½ k±raº±ti? Chavirogo me atth²ti. So sabba½ pavatti½
pucchitv± khattiyam±nena anikkhamanti½– “ahampi khattiyo”ti attano khattiya-
bh±va½ j±n±petv± nisseºi½ datv± uddharitv± attano vasanok±sa½ netv± saya½
paribhuttabhesajj±niyeva datv± nacirasseva aroga½ suvaººavaººa½ katv± t±ya
saddhi½ sa½v±sa½ kappesi. S± paµhamasa½v±seneva gabbha½ gaºhitv± dve
putte vij±yi, punapi dveti, eva½ so¼asakkhattumpi vij±yi. Eva½ dvatti½sa bh±taro
ahesu½. Te anupubbena vu¹¹hippatte pit± sabbasipp±ni sikkh±pesi.
Athekadivasa½ eko r±marañño nagarav±s² vanacarako pabbate ratan±ni gave-
santo r±j±na½ disv± sañj±nitv± ±ha– “j±n±maha½, deva, tumhe”ti. Tato na½ r±j±
sabba½ pavatti½ pucchi. Tasmi½yeva ca khaºe te d±rak± ±gami½su. So te disv±–
“ke ime”ti ±ha. “Putt± me”ti ca vutte tesa½ m±tikava½sa½ pucchitv±– “laddha½
d±ni me (1.0234) p±bhatan”ti nagara½ gantv± rañño ±rocesi. So ‘pitara½ ±nayi-
ss±m²’ti caturaªginiy± sen±ya tattha gantv± pitara½ vanditv±– “rajja½, deva,
sampaµicch±”ti y±ci. So– “ala½, t±ta, na tattha gacch±mi, idheva me ima½ rukkha½
apanetv± nagara½ m±peh²”ti ±ha. So tath± katv± tassa nagarassa kolarukkha½
apanetv± katatt± kolanagaranti ca byagghapathe katatt± byagghapathanti c±ti dve
n±m±ni ±ropetv± pitara½ vanditv± attano nagara½ agam±si.
Tato vayappatte kum±re m±t± ±ha– “t±t±, tumh±ka½ kapilavatthuv±sino saky±
m±tul± santi. M±tuladh²t±na½ pana vo evar³pa½ n±ma kesaggahaºa½ hoti, eva-
r³pa½ dussagahaºa½. Yad± t± nh±natittha½ ±gacchanti, tad± gantv± yassa y±
ruccati, so ta½ gaºhat³”ti. Te tatheva gantv± t±su nhatv± s²sa½ sukkh±payam±-
n±su ya½ ya½ icchi½su, ta½ ta½ gahetv± n±ma½ s±vetv± agami½su. Sakyar±-
j±no sutv± “hotu, bhaºe, amh±ka½ ñ±tak± eva te”ti tuºh² ahesu½. Aya½ sakyako-
liy±na½ uppatti. Eva½ tesa½ sakyakoliy±na½ aññamañña½ ±v±haviv±ha½ karo-
nt±na½ y±va buddhak±l± anupacchinnova va½so ±gato. Tattha bhagav± sakya-
va½sa½ dassetu½– “te raµµhasm± pabb±jit± himavantapasse pokkharaºiy± t²re”-
ti-±dim±ha. Tattha sammant²ti vasanti. Saky± vata bhoti raµµhasm± pabb±jit±
araññe vasant±pi j±tisambhedamakatv± kulava½sa½ anurakkhitu½ saky±,
samatth±, paµibal±ti attho. Tadaggeti ta½ agga½ katv±, tato paµµh±y±ti attho. So ca
nesa½ pubbapurisoti so okk±ko r±j± etesa½ pubbapuriso. Natthi etesa½ gahapa-
tiva½sena sambhedamattamp²ti.
Eva½ sakyava½sa½ pak±setv± id±ni ambaµµhava½sa½ pak±sento– “rañño kho
pan±”ti-±dim±ha. Kaºha½ n±ma janes²ti k±¼avaººa½ antokucchiya½yeva sañj±ta-
danta½ par³¼hamassud±µhika½ putta½ vij±yi. Paby±h±s²ti yakkho j±toti bhayena
pal±yitv± dv±ra½ pidh±ya µhitesu gharam±nusakesu ito cito ca vicaranto dhovatha
manti-±d²ni vadanto ucc±saddamak±si.
268. Te (1.0235) m±ºavak± bhagavanta½ etadavocunti attano up±rambhamo-
canatth±ya– “eta½ m± bhavan”ti-±divacana½ avocu½. Tesa½ kira etadahosi–
“ambaµµho amh±ka½ ±cariyassa jeµµhantev±s², sace maya½ evar³pe µh±ne eka-
dvevacanamattampi na vakkh±ma, aya½ no ±cariyassa santike amhe paribhindi-
ssat²”ti up±rambhamocanattha½ eva½ avocu½. Cittena panassa nimmada-
bh±va½ ±kaªkhanti. Aya½ kira m±nanissitatt± tesampi appiyova. Kaly±ºav±kkara-
ºoti madhuravacano. Asmi½ vacaneti attan± uggahite vedattayavacane. Paµimante-
tunti pucchita½ pañha½ paµikathetu½, vissajjetunti attho. Etasmi½ v± d±siputtava-
cane. Paµimantetunti uttara½ kathetu½.
269. Atha kho bhagav±ti atha kho bhagav±– “sace ime m±ºavak± ettha nisinn±
eva½ ucc±sadda½ karissanti, aya½ kath± pariyos±na½ na gamissati. Handa, ne
nissadde katv± ambaµµheneva saddhi½ kathem²”ti te m±ºavake etadavoca. Tattha
mantavhoti mantayatha. May± saddhi½ paµimantet³ti may± saha kathetu. Eva½
vutte m±ºavak± cintayi½su– “ambaµµho t±va d±siputtos²ti vutte puna s²sa½ ukkhi-
pitu½ n±sakkhi. Aya½ kho j±ti n±ma dujj±n±, sace aññampi kiñci samaºo gotamo
‘tva½ d±so’ti vakkhati, ko tena saddhi½ a¹¹a½ karissati. Ambaµµho attan±
baddha½ puµaka½ attan±va mocet³”ti att±na½ parimocetv± tasseva upari
khipant±– “suj±to ca bho gotam±”ti-±dim±ha½su.
270. Sahadhammikoti sahetuko sak±raºo. Ak±m± by±k±tabboti attan± aniccha-
ntenapi by±karitabbo, avassa½ vissajjetabboti attho. Aññena v± añña½ paµicarissa-
s²Ti aññena vacanena añña½ vacana½ paµicarissasi ajjhottharissasi, paµicch±de-
ssas²ti attho. Yo hi “ki½ gotto tvan”ti eva½ puµµho– “aha½ tayo vede j±n±m²”ti-±-
d²ni vadati, aya½ aññena añña½ paµicarati n±ma. Pakkamissasi v±Ti pucchita½
pañha½ j±nantova akathetuk±mat±ya uµµh±y±san± pakkamissasi v±.
Tuºh² (1.0236) ahos²Ti samaºo gotamo ma½ s±ma½yeva d±siputtabh±va½
kath±petuk±mo, s±ma½ kathite ca d±so n±ma j±toyeva hoti. Aya½ pana dvati-
kkhattu½ codetv± tuºh² bhavissati, tato aha½ parivattitv± pakkamiss±m²ti cintetv±
tuºh² ahosi.
271. Vajira½ p±ºimhi ass±ti vajirap±ºi. Yakkhoti na yo v± so v± yakkho, sakko
devar±j±ti veditabbo. ¾dittanti aggivaººa½. Sampajjalitanti suµµhu pajjalita½. Sajoti-
bh³tanti samantato jotibh³ta½, ekaggij±labh³tanti attho. Ýhito hot²ti mahanta½
s²sa½, kandalamaku¼asadis± d±µh± bhay±nak±ni akkhin±s±d²ni eva½ vir³par³pa½
m±petv± µhito.
Kasm± panesa ±gatoti? Diµµhivissajj±panattha½. Api ca– “ahañceva kho pana
dhamma½ deseyya½, pare ca me na ±j±neyyun”ti eva½ dhammadesan±ya appo-
ssukkabh±va½ ±panne bhagavati sakko mah±brahmun± saddhi½ ±gantv±–
“bhagav± dhamma½ desetha, tumh±ka½ ±º±ya avattam±ne maya½ vatt±pe-
ss±ma, tumh±ka½ dhammacakka½ hotu, amh±ka½ ±º±cakkan”ti paµiñña½ ak±si.
Tasm±– “ajja ambaµµha½ t±setv± pañha½ vissajj±pess±m²”ti ±gato.
Bhagav± ceva passati ambaµµho c±ti yadi hi ta½ aññepi passeyyu½, ta½
k±raºa½ agaru assa, “aya½ samaºo gotamo ambaµµha½ attano v±de anotaranta½
ñatv± yakkha½ ±v±hetv± dassesi, tato ambaµµho bhayena kathes²”ti vadeyyu½.
Tasm± bhagav± ceva passati ambaµµho ca. Tassa ta½ disv±va sakalasar²rato
sed± mucci½su. Antokucchi viparivattam±n± mah±rava½ viravi. So “aññepi nu
kho passant²”ti olokento kassaci lomaha½samattampi n±ddasa. Tato– “ida½
bhaya½ mameva uppanna½, sac±ha½ yakkhoti vakkh±mi, ‘ki½ tavameva
akkh²ni atthi, tvameva yakkha½ passasi, paµhama½ yakkha½ adisv± samaºena
gotamena v±dasaªghaµµe pakkhittova yakkha½ passas²’ti vadeyyun”ti cintetv± “na
d±ni me (1.0237) idha añña½ paµisaraºa½ atthi, aññatra samaº± gotam±”ti
maññam±no atha kho ambaµµho m±ºavo …pe… bhagavanta½ etadavoca.
272. T±ºa½ gaves²ti t±ºa½ gavesam±no. Leºa½ gaves²ti leºa½ gavesam±no.
Saraºa½ gaves²Ti saraºa½ gavesam±no. Ettha ca t±yati rakkhat²ti t±ºa½. Nil²-
yanti etth±ti leºa½. Sarat²ti saraºa½, bhaya½ hi½sati, viddha½set²ti attho. Upanis²-
ditv±ti upagamma heµµh±sane nis²ditv±. Bravit³ti vadatu.

Ambaµµhava½sakath±

273-274. Dakkhiºajanapadanti dakkhiº±pathoti p±kaµa½. Gaªg±ya dakkhiºato

p±kaµajanapada½. Tad± kira dakkhiº±pathe bah³ br±hmaºat±pas± honti, so
tattha gantv± eka½ t±pasa½ vattapaµipattiy± ±r±dhesi. So tassa upak±ra½ disv±
±ha– “ambho, purisa, manta½ te demi, ya½ icchasi, ta½ manta½ gaºh±h²”ti. So
±ha– “na me ±cariya, aññena mantena, kicca½ atthi, yass±nubh±vena ±vudha½
na parivattati, ta½ me manta½ deh²”ti. So– “bhadra½, bho”ti tassa dhanu-agama-
n²ya½ ambaµµha½ n±ma vijja½ ad±si, so ta½ vijja½ gahetv± tattheva v²ma½sitv±–
“id±ni me manoratha½ p³ress±m²”ti isivesa½ gahetv± okk±kassa santika½ gato.
Tena vutta½– “dakkhiºajanapada½ gantv± brahmamante adh²yitv± r±j±na½
okk±ka½ upasaªkamitv±”ti.
Ettha brahmamanteti ±nubh±vasampannat±ya seµµhamante. Ko neva½’re aya½
mayha½ d±siputtoti ko nu eva½ are aya½ mama d±siputto. So ta½ khurappanti
so r±j± ta½ m±retuk±mat±ya sannahita½ sara½ tassa mant±nubh±vena neva
khipitu½ na apanetu½ sakkhi, t±vadeva sakalasar²re sañj±tasedo bhayena vedha-
m±no aµµh±si.
Amacc±ti mah±macc±. P±risajj±ti itare paris±vacar±. Etadavocunti– “daº¹ak²-
rañño kisavacchat±pase aparaddhassa ±vudhavuµµhiy± sakalaraµµha½ vinaµµha½
(1.0238). N±¼ikero pañcasu t±pasasatesu ajjuno ca aªg²rase aparaddho pathavi½
bhinditv± niraya½ paviµµho”ti cintayant± bhayena eta½ sotthi, bhaddanteti-±diva-
cana½ avocu½.
Sotthi bhavissati raññoti ida½ vacana½ kaºho cira½ tuºh² hutv± tato anekappa-
k±ra½ y±c²yam±no– “tumh±ka½ raññ± m±disassa isino khurappa½ sannayha-
ntena bh±riya½ kamma½ katan”ti-±d²ni ca vatv± pacch± abh±si. Undriyissat²ti
bhijjissati, thusamuµµhi viya vippakiriyissat²ti. Ida½ so “jana½ t±sess±m²”ti mus±
bhaºati. Sarasanthambhanamatteyeva hissa vijj±ya ±nubh±vo, na aññatra. Ito
paresupi vacanesu eseva nayo.
 Pallomoti pannalomo. Lomaha½sanamattampissa na bhavissati. Ida½ kira so
“sace me r±j± ta½ d±rika½ dassat²”ti paµiñña½ k±retv± avaca. Kum±re khurappa½
patiµµhapes²ti tena “saro otarat³”ti mante parivatti, te kum±rassa n±bhiya½ patiµµha-
pesi. Dh²tara½ ad±s²ti s²sa½ dhovitv± ad±sa½ bhujissa½ katv± dh²tara½ ad±si,
u¼±re ca ta½ µh±ne µhapesi. M± kho tumhe m±ºavak±ti ida½ pana bhagav±–
“ekena pakkhena ambaµµho saky±na½ ñ±ti hot²”ti pak±sento tassa samass±sa-
nattha½ ±ha. Tato ambaµµho ghaµasatena abhisitto viya passaddhadaratho hutv±
samass±setv± samaºo gotamo ma½ “tosess±m²”ti ekena pakkhena ñ±ti½ karoti,
khattiyo kir±hamasm²”ti cintesi.

Khattiyaseµµhabh±vavaººan±

275. Atha kho bhagav±– “aya½ ambaµµho khattiyosm²”ti sañña½ karoti, attano
akhattiyabh±va½ na j±n±ti, handa na½ j±n±pess±m²ti khattiyava½sa½ dassetu½
uttaridesana½ va¹¹hento– “ta½ ki½ maññasi ambaµµh±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha idh±ti
imasmi½ loke. Br±hmaºes³Ti br±hmaº±na½ antare. ¾sana½ v± udaka½ v±ti
agg±sana½ v± aggodaka½ v±. Saddheti matake uddissa katabhatte. Th±lip±keti
maªgal±dibhatte. Yaññeti yaññabhatte. P±huneti p±hunak±na½ katabhatte paºº±-
k±rabhatte v±. Api nuss±ti api nu assa khattiyaputtassa. ¾vaµa½ v± assa an±-
vaµa½ v±ti (1.0239), br±hmaºakaññ±su niv±raºa½ bhaveyya v± no v±, br±hmaºa-
d±rika½ labheyya v± na v± labheyy±ti attho. Anupapannoti khattiyabh±va½ apatto,
aparisuddhoti attho.
276. Itthiy± v± itthi½ karitv±ti itthiy± v± itthi½ pariyesitv±. Kismiñcideva pakara-
ºeti kismiñcideva dose br±hmaº±na½ ayutte akattabbakaraºe. Bhassapuµen±ti
bhasmapuµena, s²se ch±rika½ okiritv±ti attho.
277. Janetasminti janitasmi½, paj±y±ti attho. Ye gottapaµis±rinoTi ye janetasmi½
gotta½ paµisaranti– “aha½ gotamo, aha½ kassapo”ti, tesu loke gottapaµis±r²su
khattiyo seµµho. Anumat± may±ti mama sabbaññutaññ±ºena saddhi½ sa½sa-
nditv± desit± may± anuññ±t±.

Paµhamabh±ºav±ravaººan± niµµhit±.

Vijj±caraºakath±vaººan±

278. Im±ya pana g±th±ya vijj±caraºasampannoti ida½ pada½ sutv± ambaµµho

cintesi– “vijj± n±ma tayo ved±, caraºa½ pañca s²l±ni, tayida½ amh±ka½yeva atthi,
vijj±caraºasampanno ce seµµho, mayameva seµµh±”ti niµµha½ gantv± vijj±caraºa½
pucchanto– “katama½ pana ta½, bho gotama, caraºa½, katam± ca pana s±
vijj±”ti ±ha. Athassa bhagav± ta½ br±hmaºasamaye siddha½ j±tiv±d±dipaµisa½-
yutta½ vijj±caraºa½ paµikkhipitv± anuttara½ vijj±caraºa½ dassetuk±mo– “na kho
ambaµµh±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha j±tiv±doti j±ti½ ±rabbha v±do, br±hmaºassevida½
vaµµati, na suddass±ti-±di vacananti attho. Esa nayo sabbattha. J±tiv±daviniba-
ddh±ti j±tiv±de vinibaddh±. Esa nayo sabbattha.
Tato ambaµµho– “yattha d±ni maya½ laggiss±m±ti cintayimha, tato no samaºo
gotamo mah±v±te thusa½ dhunanto viya d³rameva avakkhipi. Yattha pana
maya½ na lagg±ma, tattha no niyojesi. Aya½ no vijj±caraºasampad± ñ±tu½ vaµµa-
t²”ti cintetv± puna vijj±caraºasampada½ pucchi. Athassa (1.0240) bhagav± samu-
d±gamato pabhuti vijj±caraºa½ dassetu½– “idha ambaµµha tath±gato”ti-±dim±ha.
279. Ettha ca bhagav± caraºapariy±pannampi tividha½ s²la½ vibhajanto “ida-
massa hoti caraºasmin”ti aniyy±tetv± “idampissa hoti s²lasmin”ti s²lavaseneva
niyy±tesi. Kasm±? Tassapi hi kiñci kiñci s²la½ atthi, tasm± caraºavasena niyy±tiya-
m±ne “mayampi caraºasampann±”ti tattha tattheva laggeyya. Ya½ pana tena
supinepi na diµµhapubba½, tasseva vasena niyy±tento paµhama½ jh±na½ upasa-
mpajja viharati. Idampissa hoti caraºasmi½ …pe… catuttha½ jh±na½ upasa-
mpajja viharati, idampissa hoti caraºasminti-±dim±ha. Ett±vat± aµµhapi sam±pa-
ttiyo caraºanti niyy±tit± honti, vipassan± ñ±ºato pana paµµh±ya aµµhavidh±pi paññ±
vijj±ti niyy±tit±.

Catu-ap±yamukhakath±vaººan±

280. Ap±yamukh±n²ti vin±samukh±ni. Anabhisambhuºam±noti asamp±puºanto,

avisaham±no v±. Kh±rividham±d±y±ti ettha kh±r²ti araº² kamaº¹alu suj±dayo t±pa-
saparikkh±r±. Vidhoti k±jo. Tasm± kh±ribharita½ k±jam±d±y±ti attho. Ye pana
kh±rivividhanti paµhanti, te “kh±r²ti k±jassa n±ma½, vividhanti bahukamaº¹alu-±-
diparikkh±ran”ti vaººayanti. Pavattaphalabhojanoti patitaphalabhojano. Paric±ra-
koti kappiyakaraºapattapaµiggahaºap±dadhovan±divattakaraºavasena paric±-
rako. K±mañca guº±dhikopi kh²º±savas±maºero puthujjanabhikkhuno vuttana-
yena paric±rako hoti, aya½ pana na t±diso guºavasenapi veyy±vaccakaraºavase-
napi l±makoyeva.
Kasm± pana t±pasapabbajj± s±sanassa vin±samukhanti vutt±ti? Yasm±
gacchanta½ gacchanta½ s±sana½ t±pasapabbajj±vasena osakkissati. Ima-
smiñhi s±sane pabbajitv± tisso sikkh± p³retu½ asakkonta½ lajjino sikkh±k±m±–
“natthi tay± saddhi½ uposatho v± pav±raº± v± saªghakamma½ v±”ti jigucchitv±
parivajjenti. So “dukkara½ khuradh±r³pama½ s±sane paµipattip³raºa½ dukkha½,
t±pasapabbajj± pana sukar± ceva bahujanasammat± c±”ti vibbhamitv± t±paso
hoti. Aññe ta½ disv±– “ki½ tay± katan”ti pucchanti. So– “bh±riya½ tumh±ka½
s±sane kamma½, idha pana sachandac±rino mayan”ti (1.0241) vadati. Sopi, yadi
eva½ ahampi ettheva pabbaj±m²ti tassa anusikkhanto t±paso hoti. Evamaññepi
aññep²ti kamena t±pas±va bahuk± honti. Tesa½ uppannak±le s±sana½ osakkita½
n±ma bhavissati. Loke evar³po buddho n±ma uppajji, tassa ²disa½ n±ma s±sana½
ahos²ti sutamattameva bhavissati. Ida½ sandh±ya bhagav± t±pasapabbajja½
s±sanassa vin±samukhanti ±ha.
Kud±lapiµakanti kandam³laphalaggahaºattha½ kud±lañceva piµakañca. G±mas±-
manta½ v±ti vijj±caraºasampad±d²ni anabhisambhuºanto, kasikamm±d²hi ca
j²vita½ nipph±detu½ dukkhanti maññam±no bahujanakuh±panattha½ g±mas±-
mante v± nigamas±mante v± aggis±la½ katv± sappiteladadhimadhuph±ºitatilata-
º¹ul±d²hi ceva n±n±d±r³hi ca homakaraºavasena aggi½ paricaranto acchati.
Catudv±ra½ ag±ra½ karitv±ti catumukha½ p±n±g±ra½ katv± tassa dv±re
maº¹apa½ katv± tattha p±n²ya½ upaµµhapetv± ±gat±gate p±n²yena ±pucchati.
Yampissa addhik± kilant± p±n²ya½ pivitv± parituµµh± bhattapuµa½ v± taº¹ul±d²ni
v± denti, ta½ sabba½ gahetv± ambilay±gu-±d²ni katv± bahutara½ ±misagaha-
ºattha½ kesañci anna½ deti, kesañci bhattapacanabh±jan±d²ni. Tehipi dinna½
±misa½ v± pubbaºº±d²ni v± gaºhati, t±ni va¹¹hiy± payojeti. Eva½ va¹¹ham±navi-
bhavo gomahi½sad±s²d±sapariggaha½ karoti, mahanta½ kuµumba½ saºµhapeti.
Ima½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½– “catudv±ra½ ag±ra½ karitv± acchat²”ti. “Tamaha½
yath±satti yath±bala½ paµip³jess±m²”ti ida½ panassa paµipattimukha½. Imin± hi
mukhena so eva½ paµipajjat²ti. Ett±vat± ca bhagavat± sabb±pi t±pasapabbajj±
niddiµµh± honti.
Katha½? Aµµhavidh± hi t±pas±– saputtabhariy±, uñch±cariy±, anaggipakkik±,
as±map±k±, asmamuµµhik±, dantavakkalik±, pavattaphalabhojan±, paº¹upal±si-
k±ti. Tattha ye keºiyajaµilo viya kuµumba½ saºµhapetv± vasanti, te saputtabhariy±
n±ma.
Ye (1.0242) pana “saputtad±rabh±vo n±ma pabbajitassa ayutto”ti l±yanamadda-
naµµh±nesu v²himuggam±satil±d²ni saªka¹¹hitv± pacitv± paribhuñjanti, te uñch±ca-
riy± N±ma.
Ye “khalena khala½ vicaritv± v²hi½ ±haritv± koµµetv± paribhuñjana½ n±ma ayu-
ttan”ti g±manigamesu taº¹ulabhikkha½ gahetv± pacitv± paribhuñjanti, te anaggipa-
kkik± n±ma.
Ye pana “ki½ pabbajitassa s±map±ken±”ti g±ma½ pavisitv± pakkabhikkha-
meva gaºhanti, te as±map±k± n±ma.
Ye “divase divase bhikkh±pariyeµµhi n±ma dukkh± pabbajitass±”ti muµµhip±s±-
ºena amb±µak±d²na½ rukkh±na½ taca½ koµµetv± kh±danti, te asmamuµµhik±
N±ma.
Ye pana “p±s±ºena taca½ koµµetv± vicaraºa½ n±ma dukkhan”ti danteheva
ubb±µetv± kh±danti, te dantavakkalik± n±ma.
Ye “dantehi ubb±µetv± kh±dana½ n±ma dukkha½ pabbajitass±”ti le¹¹udaº¹±-
d²hi paharitv± patit±ni phal±ni paribhuñjanti, te pavattaphalabhojan± n±ma.
Ye pana “le¹¹udaº¹±d²hi p±tetv± paribhogo n±ma as±ruppo pabbajitass±”ti
saya½ patit±neva pupphaphalapaº¹upal±s±d²ni kh±dant± y±penti, te paº¹upal±-
sik± n±ma.
Te tividh±– ukkaµµhamajjhimamudukavasena. Tattha ye nisinnaµµh±nato anu-
µµh±ya hatthena p±puºanaµµh±neva patita½ gahetv± kh±danti, te ukkaµµh±. Ye eka-
rukkhato añña½ rukkha½ na gacchanti, te majjhim±. Ye ta½ ta½ rukkham³la½
gantv± pariyesitv± kh±danti, te muduk±.
Im± pana aµµhapi t±pasapabbajj± im±hi cat³hiyeva saªgaha½ gacchanti.
Katha½? Et±su hi saputtabhariy± ca uñch±cariy± ca ag±ra½ bhajanti. Anaggipa-
kkik± ca as±map±k± ca agy±g±ra½ bhajanti. Asmamuµµhik± ca dantavakkalik± ca
kandam³laphalabhojana½ bhajanti. Pavattaphalabhojan± ca paº¹upal±sik± ca
pavattaphalabhojana½ bhajanti. Tena vutta½– “ett±vat± ca bhagavat± sabb±pi
t±pasapabbajj± niddiµµh± hont²”ti.
281-282. Id±ni (1.0243) bhagav± s±cariyakassa ambaµµhassa vijj±caraºasampa-
d±ya ap±yamukhampi appattabh±va½ dassetu½ ta½ ki½ maññasi ambaµµh±ti-±-
dim±ha. Ta½ utt±natthameva. Attan± ±p±yikopi aparip³ram±noti attan± vijj±cara-
ºasampad±ya ±p±yiken±pi aparip³ram±nena.

Pubbaka-isibh±v±nuyogavaººan±

283. Dattikanti dinnaka½. Sammukh²bh±vampi na dad±t²ti kasm± na dad±ti? So

kira sammukh± ±vaµµani½ n±ma vijja½ j±n±ti. Yad± r±j± mah±rahena alaªk±rena
alaªkato hoti, tad± rañño sam²pe µhatv± tassa alaªk±rassa n±ma½ gaºhati. Tassa
r±j± n±me gahite na dem²ti vattu½ na sakkoti. Datv± puna chaºadivase alaªk±ra½
±harath±ti vatv±, natthi, deva, tumhehi br±hmaºassa dinnoti vutto, “kasm± me
dinno”ti pucchi. Te amacc± ‘so br±hmaºo sammukh± ±vaµµanim±ya½ j±n±ti. T±ya
tumhe ±vaµµetv± gahetv± gacchat²’ti ±ha½su. Apare raññ± saha tassa atisah±ya-
bh±va½ asahant± ±ha½su– “deva, etassa br±hmaºassa sar²re saªkhaphalita-
kuµµha½ n±ma atthi. Tumhe eta½ disv±va ±liªgatha par±masatha, idañca kuµµha½
n±ma k±yasa½saggavasena anugacchati, m± eva½ karoth±”ti. Tato paµµh±ya
tassa r±j± sammukh²bh±va½ na deti.
Yasm± pana so br±hmaºo paº¹ito khattavijj±ya kusalo, tena saha mantetv±
katakamma½ n±ma na virujjhati, tasm± s±ºip±k±rassa anto µhatv± bahi µhitena
tena saddhi½ manteti. Ta½ sandh±ya vutta½ “tiro dussantena mantet²”ti. Tattha
tirodussanten±ti tirodussena. Ayameva v± p±µho. Dhammikanti anavajja½. Pay±-
tanti abhiharitv± dinna½. Katha½ tassa r±j±ti yassa
rañño br±hmaºo ²disa½ bhikkha½ paµiggaºheyya, katha½ tassa br±hmaºassa so
r±j± sammukh²bh±vampi na dadeyya. Aya½ pana adinnaka½ m±y±ya gaºhati,
tenassa sammukh²bh±va½ r±j± na det²ti niµµhamettha gantabbanti ayamettha adhi-
pp±yo. “Ida½ pana k±raºa½ µhapetv± r±j±nañceva br±hmaºañca na añño koci
j±n±ti. Tadeta½ eva½ rahassampi paµicchannampi addh± sabbaññ³ samaºo gota-
moti niµµha½ gamissat²”ti bhagav± pak±sesi.
284. Id±ni (1.0244) ayañca ambaµµho, ±cariyo cassa mante niss±ya atim±nino.
Tena tesa½ mantanissitam±nanimmadanattha½ uttari desana½ va¹¹hento ta½
ki½ maññasi, ambaµµha, idha r±j±ti-±dim±ha. Tattha rath³patthareti rathamhi
rañño µh±nattha½ attharitv± sajjitapadese. Uggehi v±ti uggatuggatehi v± ama-
ccehi. R±jaññeh²ti anabhisittakum±rehi. Kiñcideva mantananti asukasmi½ dese
ta¼±ka½ v± m±tika½ v± k±tu½ vaµµati, asukasmi½ g±ma½ v± nigama½ v± nagara½
v± nivesetunti evar³pa½ p±kaµamantana½. Tadeva mantananti ya½ raññ±
mantita½ tadeva. T±disehiyeva s²sukkhepabhamukkhep±d²hi ±k±rehi manteyya.
R±jabhaºitanti yath± raññ± bhaºita½, tassatthassa s±dhanasamattha½. Sopi
tassatthassa s±dhanasamatthameva bhaºita½ bhaºat²ti attho.
285. Pavatt±roti pavattayit±ro. Yesanti yesa½ santaka½. Mantapadanti vedasa-
ªkh±ta½ mantameva. G²tanti aµµhak±d²hi dasahi por±ºakabr±hmaºehi sarasampa-
ttivasena sajjh±yita½. Pavuttanti aññesa½ vutta½, v±citanti attho. Samihitanti
samupaby³¼ha½ r±sikata½, piº¹a½ katv± µhapitanti attho. Tadanug±yant²ti eta-
rahi br±hmaº± ta½ tehi pubbe g²ta½ anug±yanti anusajjh±yanti. Tadanubh±sa-
nt²ti ta½ anubh±santi, ida½ purimasseva vevacana½. Bh±sitamanubh±sant²ti tehi
bh±sita½ sajjh±yita½ anusajjh±yanti. V±citamanuv±cent²ti tehi aññesa½ v±cita½
anuv±centi.
Seyyathidanti te katamehi attho. Aµµhakoti-±d²ni tesa½ n±m±ni. Te kira dibbena
cakkhun± oloketv± par³pagh±ta½ akatv± kassapasamm±sambuddhassa bhaga-
vato p±vacanena saha sa½sanditv± mante ganthi½su. Apar±pare pana
br±hmaº± p±º±tip±t±d²ni pakkhipitv± tayo vede bhinditv± buddhavacanena
saddhi½ viruddhe aka½su. Neta½ Ýh±na½ vijjat²ti yena tva½ isi bhaveyy±si, eta½
k±raºa½ na vijjati. Idha bhagav± yasm±– “esa pucchiyam±nopi, attano avatthara-
ºabh±va½ ñatv± paµivacana½ na dassat²”ti j±n±ti, tasm± paµiñña½ agahetv±va
ta½ isibh±va½ paµikkhipi.
286. Id±ni (1.0245) yasm± te por±º± dasa br±hmaº± nir±magandh± anitthi-
gandh± rajojalladhar± brahmac±rino araññ±yatane pabbatap±desu vanam³lapha-
l±h±r± vasi½su. Yad± katthaci gantuk±m± honti, iddhiy± ±k±seneva gacchanti,
natthi tesa½ y±nena kicca½. Sabbadis±su ca nesa½ mett±dibrahmavih±rabh±va-
n±va ±rakkh± hoti, natthi tesa½ p±k±rapurisagutt²hi attho. Imin± ca ambaµµhena
sutapubb± tesa½ paµipatti; tasm± imassa s±cariyakassa tesa½ paµipattito ±raka-
bh±va½ dassetu½– “ta½ ki½ maññasi, ambaµµh±”ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha vicitak±¼akanti vicinitv± apan²tak±¼aka½. Veµhakanatapass±h²ti dussapa-
µµadussaveºi ±d²hi veµhakehi namitaph±suk±hi. Kuttav±leh²ti sobh±karaºattha½
kappetu½, yuttaµµh±nesu kappitav±lehi. Ettha ca va¼av±na½yeva v±l± kappit±, na
rath±na½, va¼avapayuttatt± pana rath±pi “kuttav±l±”ti vutt±. Ukkiººaparikh±s³ti
khataparikh±su. Okkhittapaligh±s³Ti µhapitapaligh±su. Nagar³pak±rik±s³ti ettha
upak±rik±ti paresa½ ±rohaniv±raºattha½ samant± nagara½ p±k±rassa adho-
bh±ge katasudh±kamma½ vuccati. Idha pana t±hi upak±rik±hi yutt±ni nagar±neva
“nagar³pak±rik±yo”ti adhippet±ni. Rakkh±pent²ti t±disesu nagaresu vasant±pi
att±na½ rakkh±penti. Kaªkh±ti “sabbaññ³, na sabbaññ³”ti eva½ sa½sayo. Vima-
t²ti tasseva vevacana½, vir³p± mati, vinicchinitu½ asamatth±ti attho. Ida½
bhagav± “ambaµµhassa imin± attabh±vena maggap±tubh±vo natthi, kevala½
divaso v²tivattati, aya½ kho pana lakkhaºapariyesanattha½ ±gato, tampi kicca½
nassarati. Handassa satijananattha½ naya½ dem²”ti ±ha.

Dvelakkhaºadassanavaººan±

287. Eva½ vatv± pana yasm± buddh±na½ nisinn±na½ v± nipann±na½ v± koci

lakkhaºa½ pariyesitu½ na sakkoti, µhit±na½ pana caªkamant±na½ v± sakkoti.
¾ciººañceta½ buddh±na½ lakkhaºapariyesanattha½ ±gatabh±va½ ñatv± uµµh±y±-
san± caªkam±dhiµµh±na½ n±ma, tena bhagav± uµµh±y±san± bahi nikkhanto.
Tasm± atha kho bhagav±ti-±di vutta½.
Samannes²ti (1.0246) gavesi, eka½ dveti v± gaºayanto sam±nayi. Yebhuyye-
n±ti p±yena, bahuk±ni addasa, app±ni na addas±ti attho. Tato y±ni na addasa
tesa½ d²panattha½ vutta½– “µhapetv± dve”ti. Kaªkhat²ti “aho vata passeyyan”ti
patthana½ upp±deti. Vicikicchat²ti tato tato t±ni vicinanto kicchati na sakkoti
daµµhu½. N±dhimuccat²ti t±ya vicikicch±ya sanniµµh±na½ na gacchati. Na sampas²-
dat²ti tato– “paripuººalakkhaºo ayan”ti bhagavati pas±da½ n±pajjati. Kaªkh±ya v±
dubbal± vimati vutt±, vicikicch±ya majjhim±, anadhimuccanat±ya balavat², asampa-
s±dena tehi t²hi dhammehi cittassa k±lusiyabh±vo. Kosohiteti vatthikosena paµi-
cchanne. Vatthaguyheti aªgaj±te bhagavato hi varav±raºasseva kosohita½ vattha-
guyha½ suvaººavaººa½ padumagabbhasam±na½. Ta½ so vatthapaµicchannatt±
apassanto, antomukhagat±ya ca jivh±ya pah³tabh±va½ asallakkhento tesu dv²su
lakkhaºesu kaªkh² ahosi vicikicch².
288. Tath±r³panti ta½ r³pa½. Kimettha aññena vattabba½? Vuttameta½ n±ga-
senatthereneva milindaraññ± puµµhena– “dukkara½, bhante, n±gasena, bhagavat±
katanti. Ki½ mah±r±j±ti? Mah±janena hirikaraºok±sa½ brahm±yu br±hmaºassa
ca antev±si uttarassa ca, b±varissa antev±s²na½ so¼asabr±hmaº±nañca, selassa
br±hmaºassa ca antev±s²na½ tisatam±ºav±nañca dassesi, bhanteti. Na, mah±-
r±ja, bhagav± guyha½ dassesi. Ch±ya½ bhagav± dassesi. Iddhiy± abhisaªkha-
ritv± niv±sananivattha½ k±yabandhanabaddha½ c²varap±ruta½ ch±y±r³paka-
matta½ dassesi mah±r±j±ti. Ch±ya½ diµµhe sati diµµha½yeva nanu, bhanteti? Tiµµha-
teta½, mah±r±ja, hadayar³pa½ disv± bujjhanakasatto bhaveyya, hadayama½sa½
n²haritv± dasseyya samm±sambuddhoti. Kallosi, bhante, n±gasen±”ti.
Ninn±metv±ti n²haritv±. Anumas²ti kathinas³ci½ viya katv± anumajji, tath±kara-
ºena cettha mudubh±vo, kaººasot±numasanena d²ghabh±vo, n±sikasot±numasa-
nena tanubh±vo, nal±µacch±danena puthulabh±vo pak±sitoti veditabbo.
289. Paµim±nentoti (1.0247) ±gamento, ±gamanamassa patthento udikkhantoti
attho.
290. Kath±sall±poti kath± ca sall±po ca, kathana½ paµikathananti attho.
291. Aho vat±ti garahavacanameta½. Reti ida½ h²¼anavasena ±mantana½.
Paº¹itak±ti tameva jigucchanto ±ha. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Evar³pena
kira bho puriso atthacaraken±ti ida½ y±diso tva½, edise atthacarake hitak±rake
sati puriso niraya½yeva gaccheyya, na aññatr±ti imamattha½ sandh±ya vadati.
¾sajja ±sajj±ti ghaµµetv± ghaµµetv±. Amhepi eva½ upaneyya upaneyy±ti br±hmaºo
kho pana ambaµµha pokkharas±t²ti-±d²ni vatv± eva½ upanetv± upanetv± paµi-
cchanna½ k±raºa½ ±vikaritv± suµµhu d±s±dibh±va½ ±ropetv± avaca, tay± amhe
akkos±pit±ti adhipp±yo. Padas±yeva pavattes²ti p±dena paharitv± bh³miya½
p±tesi. Yañca so pubbe ±cariyena saddhi½ ratha½ ±ruhitv± s±rathi hutv± aga-
m±si, tampissa µh±na½ acchinditv± rathassa purato padas± yevassa gamana½
ak±si.

Pokkharas±tibuddh³pasaªkamanavaººan±

292-296. Ativik±loti suµµhu vik±lo, sammodan²yakath±yapi k±lo natthi. ¾gam± nu

khvidha bhoti ±gam± nu kho idha bho. Adhiv±set³ti sampaµicchatu. Ajjatan±y±ti
ya½ me tumhesu k±ra½ karoto ajja bhavissati puññañca p²tip±mojjañca tada-
tth±ya. Adhiv±sesi bhagav± tuºh²bh±ven±ti bhagav± k±yaªga½ v± v±caªga½ v±
acopetv± abbhantareyeva khanti½ dh±rento tuºh²bh±vena adhiv±sesi. Br±hma-
ºassa anuggahaºattha½ manas±va sampaµicch²ti vutta½ hoti.
297. Paº²ten±ti uttamena. Sahatth±ti sahatthena. Santappes²ti suµµhu tappesi
paripuººa½ suhita½ y±vadattha½ ak±si. Sampav±res²ti (1.0248) suµµhu pav±resi,
ala½ alanti hatthasaññ±ya paµikkhip±pesi. Bhutt±vinti bhuttavanta½. On²tapattap±-
ºinti pattato on²tap±ºi½, apan²tahatthanti vutta½ hoti. Onittapattap±ºintipi p±µho.
Tassattho– onitta½ n±n±bh³ta½ vin±bh³ta½ patta½ p±ºito ass±ti onittapattap±ºi,
ta½ onittapattap±ºi½. Hatthe ca pattañca dhovitv± ekamante patta½ nikkhipitv±
nisinnanti attho. Ekamanta½ nis²d²ti bhagavanta½ eva½ bh³ta½ ñatv± ekasmi½
ok±se nis²d²ti attho.
298. Anupubbi½ kathanti anupaµip±µikatha½. ¾nupubbikath± n±ma d±n±na-
ntara½ s²la½, s²l±nantara½ saggo, sagg±nantara½ maggoti etesa½ atth±na½
d²panakath±. Teneva– “seyyathida½ d±nakathan”ti-±dim±ha. Ok±ranti avak±ra½
l±makabh±va½. S±mukka½sik±ti s±ma½ ukka½sik±, attan±yeva uddharitv±
gahit±, sayambh³ñ±ºena diµµh±, as±dh±raº± aññesanti attho. K± pana s±ti? Ariya-
saccadesan±. Tenev±ha– “dukkha½, samudaya½, nirodha½, maggan”ti. Dhamma-
cakkhunti ettha sot±pattimaggo adhippeto. Tassa uppatti-±k±radassanattha½–
“ya½ kiñci samudayadhamma½, sabba½ ta½ nirodhadhamman”ti ±ha. Tañhi
nirodha½ ±rammaºa½ katv± kiccavasena eva½ sabbasaªkhata½ paµivijjhanta½
uppajjati.
 Pokkharas±ti-up±sakattapaµivedan±vaººan±

299. Diµµho ariyasaccadhammo eten±ti diµµhadhammo. Esa nayo sesapadesupi.

Tiºº± vicikicch± anen±ti tiººavicikiccho. Vigat± katha½kath± ass±ti vigatakatha½-
katho. Ves±rajjappattoti vis±radabh±va½ patto. Kattha? Satthus±sane. N±ssa
paro paccayo, na parassa saddh±ya ettha vattat²ti aparappaccayo. Sesa½
sabbattha vuttanayatt± utt±natthatt± ca p±kaµamev±ti.

Iti sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya½

Ambaµµhasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

4. Soºadaº¹asuttavaººan±

300. Eva½ (1.0249) me suta½ …pe… aªges³ti soºadaº¹asutta½. Tatr±ya½

apubbapadavaººan±. Aªges³ti aªg± n±ma aªgap±s±dikat±ya eva½ laddhavo-
h±r± j±napadino r±jakum±r±, tesa½ niv±so ekopi janapado r³¼hisaddena aªg±ti
vuccati, tasmi½ aªgesu janapade. C±rikanti idh±pi aturitac±rik± ceva nibaddhac±-
rik± ca adhippet±. Tad± kira bhagavato dasasahassilokadh±tu½ olokentassa
soºadaº¹o br±hmaºo ñ±ºaj±lassa anto paññ±yittha. Atha bhagav± aya½
br±hmaºo mayha½ ñ±ºaj±le paññ±yati. ‘Atthi nu khvassupanissayo’ti v²ma½santo
addasa. ‘Mayi tattha gate etassa antev±sino dv±dasah±k±rehi br±hmaºassa
vaººa½ bh±sitv± mama santike ±gantu½ na dassanti. So pana tesa½ v±da½
bhinditv± ek³nati½sa ±k±rehi mama vaººa½ bh±sitv± ma½ upasaªkamitv±
pañha½ pucchissati. So pañhavissajjanapariyos±ne saraºa½ gamissat²’ti, disv±
pañcasatabhikkhupariv±ro ta½ janapada½ paµipanno. Tena vutta½– aªgesu
c±rika½ caram±no …pe… yena
camp± tadavasar²ti.
Gaggar±ya pokkharaºiy± t²reTi tassa camp±nagarassa avid³re gaggar±ya
n±ma r±jaggamahesiy± khaºitatt± gaggar±ti laddhavoh±r± pokkharaº² atthi.
Tass± t²re samantato n²l±dipañcavaººakusumapaµimaº¹ita½ mahanta½ campaka-
vana½. Tasmi½ bhagav± kusumagandhasugandhe campakavane viharati. Ta½
sandh±ya gaggar±ya pokkharaºiy± t²reti vutta½. M±gadhena seniyena bimbis±re-
n±ti ettha so r±j± magadh±na½ issaratt± m±gadho. Mahatiy± sen±ya samann±ga-
tatt± seniyo. Bimb²ti suvaººa½. Tasm± s±rasuvaººasadisavaººat±ya bimbis±roti
vuccati.
301-302. Bah³ bah³ hutv± sa½hat±ti saªgh±. Ekekiss±ya dis±ya saªgho
etesa½ atth²ti saªgh². Pubbe nagarassa anto agaº± bahi nikkhamitv± gaºata½
patt±ti gaº²bh³t±. Khatta½ ±mantes²ti. Khatt± vuccati pucchitapañhe by±karaºasa-
mattho mah±matto, ta½ ±mantesi ±gament³ti muhutta½ paµim±nentu, m± gaccha-
nt³ti vutta½ hoti.

Soºadaº¹aguºakath±

303. N±n±verajjak±nanti (1.0250) n±n±vidhesu rajjesu, aññesu aññesu k±siko-

sal±d²su rajjesu j±t±, t±ni v± tesa½ niv±s±, tato v± ±gat±ti n±n±verajjak±, tesa½
n±n±verajjak±na½. Kenacideva karaº²yen±ti tasmi½ kira nagare dv²hi karaº²yehi
br±hmaº± sannipatanti– yaññ±nubhavanattha½ v± mantasajjh±yanattha½ v±.
Tad± ca tasmi½ nagare yamaññ± natthi. Soºadaº¹assa pana santike mantasa-
jjh±yanattha½ ete sannipatit±. Ta½ sandh±ya vutta½– “kenacideva karaº²yen±”ti.
Te tassa gamana½ sutv± cintesu½– “aya½ soºadaº¹o uggatabr±hmaºo yebhu-
yyena ca aññe br±hmaº± samaºa½ gotama½ saraºa½ gat±, ayameva na gato.
Sv±ya½ sace tattha gamissati, addh± samaºassa gotamassa ±vaµµaniy± m±y±ya
±vaµµito, ta½ saraºa½ gamissati. Tato etass±pi gehadv±re br±hmaº±na½ sanni-
p±to na bhavissat²”ti. “Handassa gamanantar±ya½ karom±”ti sammantayitv±
tattha agama½su. Ta½ sandh±ya– atha kho te br±hmaº±ti-±di vutta½.
Tattha imin±paªgen±Ti imin±pi k±raºena. Eva½ eta½ k±raºa½ vatv± puna–
“attano vaººe bhaññam±ne atussanakasatto n±ma natthi. Handassa vaººa½
bhaºanena gamana½ niv±ress±m±”ti cintetv± bhavañhi soºadaº¹o ubhato suj±to-
ti-±d²ni k±raº±ni ±ha½su.
Ubhatoti dv²hi pakkhehi. M±tito ca pitito c±ti bhoto m±t± br±hmaº², m±tum±t±
br±hmaº², tass±pi m±t± br±hmaº²; pit± br±hmaºo, pitupit± br±hmaºo, tass±pi pit±
br±hmaºoti, eva½ bhava½ ubhato suj±to m±tito ca pitito ca. Sa½suddhagahaºi-
koti sa½suddh± te m±tugahaº² kucch²ti attho. Samavep±kiniy± gahaºiy±ti ettha
pana kammajatejodh±tu “gahaº²”ti vuccati.
Y±va sattam± pit±mahayug±ti ettha pitupit± pit±maho, pit±mahassa yuga½ pit±-
mahayuga½. Yuganti ±yuppam±ºa½ vuccati. Abhil±pamattameva ceta½. Atthato
pana pit±mahoyeva pit±mahayuga½. Tato uddha½ sabbepi pubbapuris± pit±ma-
haggahaºeneva gahit±. Eva½ y±va sattamo puriso (1.0251), t±va sa½suddhaga-
haºiko. Atha v± akkhitto anupakuµµho j±tiv±den±ti dassenti. Akkhittoti– “apanetha
eta½, ki½ imin±”ti eva½ akkhitto anavakkhitto. Anupakuµµhoti na upakuµµho, na
akkosa½ v± ninda½ v± laddhapubbo. Kena k±raºen±ti? J±tiv±dena. Itipi– “h²naj±-
tiko eso”ti evar³pena vacanen±ti attho.
A¹¹hoti issaro. Mahaddhanoti mahat± dhanena samann±gato. Bhavato hi gehe
pathaviya½ pa½suv±lik± viya bahudhana½, samaºo pana gotamo adhano
bhikkh±ya udara½ p³retv± y±pet²ti dassenti. Mah±bhogoti pañcak±maguºava-
sena mah±-upabhogo. Eva½ ya½ ya½ guºa½ vadanti, tassa tassa paµipakkhava-
sena bhagavato aguºa½yeva dassem±ti maññam±n± vadanti.
Abhir³poti aññehi manussehi abhir³po adhikar³po. Dassan²yoti divasampi
passant±na½ atittikaraºato dassanayoggo. Dassaneneva cittapas±dajananato
p±s±diko. Pokkharat± vuccati sundarabh±vo, vaººassa pokkharat± vaººapokkha-
rat±, t±ya vaººasampattiy± yuttoti attho. Por±º± pan±hu– “pokkharanti sar²ra½
vadanti, vaººa½ vaººamev±”ti. Tesa½ matena vaººañca pokkharañca vaººapo-
kkhar±ni. Tesa½ bh±vo vaººapokkharat±. Iti param±ya vaººapokkharat±y±ti utta-
mena parisuddhena vaººena ceva sar²rasaºµh±nasampattiy± c±ti attho. Brahmava-
ºº²ti seµµhavaºº². Parisuddhavaººesupi seµµhena suvaººavaººena samann±ga-
toti attho. Brahmavacchas²ti mah±brahmuno sar²rasadiseneva sar²rena samann±-
gato. Akhudd±vak±so dassan±y±Ti “bhoto sar²re dassanassa ok±so na khuddako
mah±, sabb±neva te aªgapaccaªg±ni dassan²y±neva, t±ni c±pi mahant±nev±”ti
d²penti.
S²lamassa atth²ti s²lav±. Vuddha½ vaddhita½ s²lamass±ti vuddhas²l². Vuddhas²le-
n±ti vuddhena vaddhitena s²lena. Samann±gatoti yutto. Ida½ vuddhas²l²pada-
sseva vevacana½. Sabbameta½ pañcas²lamattameva sandh±ya vadanti.
Kaly±ºav±coti-±d²su kaly±º± sundar± parimaº¹alapadabyañjan± v±c± ass±ti
kaly±ºav±co. Kaly±ºa½ madhura½ v±kkaraºa½ ass±ti kaly±ºav±kkaraºo (1.0252).
V±kkaraºanti ud±haraºaghoso. Guºaparipuººabh±vena pure bhav±ti por². Pure
v± bhavatt± por². Poriy± n±garikitthiy± sukhum±lattanena sadis±ti por², t±ya poriy±.
Vissaµµh±y±ti apalibuddh±ya sandiµµhavilambit±didosarahit±ya. Anelagal±y±ti ela-
ga¼enavirahit±ya. Yassa kassaci hi kathentassa el± ga¼anti, l±l± v± paggharanti,
khe¼aphusit±ni v± nikkhamanti, tassa v±c± elaga¼a½ n±ma hoti, tabbiparit±y±ti
attho. Atthassa viññ±paniy±ti ±dimajjhapariyos±na½ p±kaµa½ katv± bh±sita-
tthassa viññ±panasamatth±ya.
Jiººoti jar±jiººat±ya jiººo. Vuddhoti aªgapaccaªg±na½ vuddhibh±vamariy±da-
ppatto. MahallakoTi j±timahallakat±ya samann±gato. Cirak±lappasutoti vutta½
hoti. Addhagatoti addh±na½ gato, dve tayo r±japarivaµµe at²toti adhipp±yo. Vayo-a-
nuppattoti pacchimavaya½ sampatto, pacchimavayo n±ma vassasatassa
pacchimo tatiyabh±go.
Api ca jiººoti por±ºo, cirak±lappavattakulanvayoti vutta½ hoti. Vuddhoti s²l±c±r±-
diguºavuddhiy± yutto. Mahallakoti vibhavamahant±ya samann±gato. Addhaga-
toti maggappaµipanno br±hmaº±na½ vatacariy±dimariy±da½ av²tikkamma caraºa-
s²lo. Vayo-anuppattoti j±tivuddhabh±vampi antimavaya½ anuppatto.
 Buddhaguºakath±

304. Eva½ vutteTi eva½ tehi br±hmaºehi vutte. Soºadaº¹o– “ime br±hmaº±
j±ti-±d²hi mama vaººa½ vadanti, na kho pana meta½ yutta½ attano vaººe rajjitu½.
Hand±ha½ etesa½ v±da½ bhinditv± samaºassa gotamassa mahantabh±va½
ñ±petv± etesa½ tattha gamana½ karom²”ti cintetv± tena hi– bho mamapi suº±th±-
ti-±dim±ha. Tattha yepi ubhato suj±toti ±dayo attano guºehi sadis± guº± tepi (1.0253
“ko c±ha½ ke ca samaºassa gotamassa j±tisampatti-±dayo guº±”ti attano
guºehi uttaritareyeva maññam±no, itare pana ekanteneva bhagavato mahanta-
bh±vad²panattha½ pak±seti.
Mayameva arah±m±ti eva½ niy±mentovettha ida½ d²peti– “yadi guºamahanta-
t±ya upasaªkamitabbo n±ma hoti. Yath± hi sineru½ upanidh±ya s±sapo, mah±sa-
mudda½ upanidh±ya gopadaka½, sattasu mah±saresu udaka½ upanidh±ya uss±-
vabindu paritto l±mako. Evameva samaºassa gotamassa j±tisampatti-±dayopi
guºe upanidh±ya amh±ka½ guº± paritt± l±mak±; tasm± mayameva arah±ma ta½
bhavanta½ gotama½ dassan±ya upasaªkamitun”ti.
Mahanta½ ñ±tisa½gha½ oh±y±ti m±tipakkhe as²tikulasahass±ni, pitipakkhe as²-
tikulasahass±n²ti eva½ saµµhikulasatasahassa½ oh±ya pabbajito.
Bh³migatañca veh±saµµhañc±ti ettha r±jaªgaºe ceva uyy±ne ca sudh±maµµhapo-
kkharaºiyo sattaratan±na½ p³retv± bh³miya½ µhapita½ dhana½ bh³migata½
n±ma. P±s±daniy³h±dayo parip³retv± µhapita½ veh±saµµha½ n±ma. Eta½ t±va
kulapariy±yena ±gata½. Tath±gatassa pana j±tadivaseyeva saªkho, elo, uppalo,
puº¹ar²koti catt±ro nidhayo uggat±. Tesu saªkho g±vutiko, elo a¹¹hayojaniko,
uppalo tig±vutiko, puº¹ar²ko yojaniko. Tesupi gahita½ gahita½ p³ratiyeva, iti
bhagav± pah³ta½ hiraññasuvaººa½ oh±ya pabbajitoti veditabbo.
Daharova sam±noti taruºova sam±no. Susuk±¼akesoti suµµhu k±¼akeso, añjana-
vaººasadisakeso hutv± v±ti attho. Bhadren±ti bhaddakena. Paµhamena vayas±ti
tiººa½ vay±na½ paµhamavayena. Ak±mak±nanti aniccham±n±na½. An±daratthe
s±mivacana½. Ass³ni mukhe etesanti assumukh±, tesa½ assumukh±na½,
ass³hi kilinnamukh±nanti attho. Rudant±nanti (1.0254) kanditv± rodam±n±na½.
Akhudd±vak±soti ettha bhagavato aparim±ºoyeva dassan±ya ok±soti veditabbo.
Tatrida½ vatthu– r±jagahe kira aññataro br±hmaºo samaºassa gotamassa
pam±ºa½ gahetu½ na sakkot²ti sutv± bhagavato piº¹±ya pavisanak±le saµµhi-
hattha½ ve¼u½ gahetv± nagaradv±rassa bahi µhatv± sampatte bhagavati ve¼u½
gahetv± sam²pe aµµh±si. Ve¼u bhagavato j±ºukamatta½ p±puºi. Puna divase dve
ve¼³ ghaµetv± sam²pe aµµh±si. Bhagav±pi dvinna½ ve¼³na½ upari kaµimattameva
paññ±yam±no– “br±hmaºa, ki½ karos²”ti ±ha. Tumh±ka½ pam±ºa½ gaºh±m²ti.
“Br±hmaºa, sacepi tva½ sakalacakkav±¼agabbha½ p³retv± µhite ve¼³ ghaµetv±
±gamissasi, neva me pam±ºa½ gahetu½ sakkhissasi. Na hi may± catt±ri asa-
ªkhyey±ni kappasatasahassañca tath± p±ramiyo p³rit±, yath± me paro pam±ºa½
gaºheyya, atulo, br±hmaºa, tath±gato appameyyo”ti vatv± dhammapade g±tha-
m±ha–
“Te t±dise p³jayato, nibbute akutobhaye;
na sakk± puñña½ saªkh±tu½, imettamapi kenac²”ti. (dha. pa. 36);
G±th±pariyos±ne catur±s²tip±ºasahass±ni amata½ pivi½su.
Aparampi vatthu– r±hu kira asurindo catt±ri yojanasahass±ni aµµha ca yojanasa-
t±ni ucco. B±hantaramassa dv±dasayojanasat±ni. Bahalantarena cha yojanasa-
t±ni. Hatthatalap±datal±na½ puthulato t²ºi yojanasat±ni. Aªgulipabb±ni paºº±sa-
yojan±ni. Bhamukantara½ paºº±sayojana½. Mukha½ dviyojanasata½ tiyojanasa-
tagambh²ra½ tiyojanasataparimaº¹ala½. G²v± tiyojanasata½. Nal±µa½ tiyojana-
sata½. S²sa½ navayojanasata½. “So aha½ uccosmi, satth±ra½ onamitv± olo-
ketu½ na sakkhiss±m²”ti cintetv± n±gacchi. So ekadivasa½ bhagavato vaººa½
sutv±– “yath±kathañca olokess±m²”ti ±gato.
Atha bhagav± tassajjh±saya½ viditv±– “cat³su iriy±pathesu katarena dassess±-
m²”ti cintetv± “µhitako n±ma n²copi ucco viya paññ±yati. Nipannovassa (1.0255)
att±na½ dassess±m²”ti “±nanda, gandhakuµipariveºe mañcaka½ paññ±peh²”ti
vatv± tattha s²haseyya½ kappesi. R±hu ±gantv± nipanna½ bhagavanta½ g²va½
unn±metv± nabhamajjhe puººacanda½ viya ullokesi. Kimida½ asurind±ti ca vutte–
“bhagav± onamitv± oloketu½ na sakkhiss±m²”ti n±gacchinti. Na may±, asurinda,
adhomukhena p±ramiyo p³rit±. Uddhaggameva katv± d±na½ dinnanti. Ta½
divasa½ r±hu saraºa½ agam±si. Eva½ bhagav± akhudd±vak±so dassan±ya.
 Catup±risuddhis²lena s²lav±, ta½ pana s²la½ ariya½ uttama½ parisuddha½.
Ten±ha– “ariyas²l²”ti. Tadeta½ anavajjaµµhena kusala½. Ten±ha– “kusalas²l²”ti. Kusa-
las²len±ti idamassa vevacana½.
Bah³na½ ±cariyap±cariyoti bhagavato ekek±ya dhammadesan±ya catur±s²tip±-
ºasahass±ni aparim±º±pi devamanuss± maggaphal±mata½ pivanti, tasm±
bah³na½ ±cariyo. S±vakaveneyy±na½ pana p±cariyoti.
Kh²ºak±mar±goti ettha k±ma½ bhagavato sabbepi kiles± kh²º±. Br±hmaºo
pana te na j±n±ti. Attano j±nanaµµh±neyeva guºa½ katheti. Vigatac±palloti– “patta-
maº¹an± c²varamaº¹an± sen±sanamaº¹an± imassa v± p³tik±yassa …pe…
kelan± paµikelan±”ti (vibha. 854) eva½ vuttac±pall± virahito.
Ap±papurekkh±roti ap±pe nava lokuttaradhamme purato katv± vicarati. Brahma-
ññ±ya paj±y±ti s±riputtamoggall±namah±kassap±dibhed±ya br±hmaºapaj±ya, eti-
ss±ya ca paj±ya purekkh±ro. Ayañhi paj± samaºa½ gotama½ purakkhatv± cara-
t²ti attho. Api ca ap±papurekkh±roti na p±pa½ purekkh±ro na p±pa½ purato katv±
carati, na p±pa½ icchat²ti attho. Kassa? Brahmaññ±ya paj±ya. Attan± saddhi½
paµiviruddh±yapi br±hmaºapaj±ya aviruddho hitasukhatthiko yev±ti vutta½ hoti.
Tiroraµµh±ti pararaµµhato. Tirojanapad±ti parajanapadato. Pañha½ pucchitu½ ±ga-
cchant²ti khattiyapaº¹it±dayo ceva devabrahman±gagandhabb±dayo ca (1.0256)–
“pañhe abhisaªkharitv± pucchiss±m±”ti ±gacchanti. Tattha keci pucch±ya v±
dosa½ vissajjanasampaµicchane v± asamatthata½ sallakkhetv± apucchitv±va
tuºh² nis²danti. Keci pucchanti. Kesañci bhagav± pucch±ya uss±ha½ janetv±
vissajjeti. Eva½ sabbesampi tesa½ vimatiyo t²ra½ patv± mah±samuddassa ³miyo
viya bhagavanta½ patv± bhijjanti.
Ehi sv±gatav±d²Ti devamanussapabbajitagahaµµhesu ta½ ta½ attano santika½
±gata½– “ehi sv±gatan”ti eva½ vadat²ti attho. Sakhiloti tattha katama½ s±khalya½?
“Y± s± v±c± nel± kaººasukh±”ti-±din± nayena vuttas±khalyena samann±gato,
muduvacanoti attho. Sammodakoti paµisanth±rakusalo, ±gat±gat±na½ catunna½
paris±na½– “kacci, bhikkhave, khaman²ya½, kacci y±pan²yan”ti-±din± nayena
sabba½ addh±nadaratha½ v³pasamento viya paµhamatara½ sammodan²ya½
katha½ katt±ti attho. Abbh±kuµikoti yath± ekacce parisa½ patv± thaddhamukh±
saªkuµitamukh± honti, na ediso, parisadassanena panassa b±l±tapasampha-
ssena viya paduma½ mukhapaduma½ vikasati puººacandasassirika½ hoti. Utt±na-
mukhoti yath± ekacce nikujjitamukh± viya sampatt±ya paris±ya na kiñci kathenti,
atidullabhakath± honti, na evar³po. Samaºo pana gotamo sulabhakatho. Na tassa
santika½ ±gat±gat±na½– “kasm± maya½ idh±gat±”ti vippaµis±ro uppajjati
dhamma½ pana sutv± attaman±va hont²ti dasseti. Pubbabh±s²ti bh±santo ca
paµhamatara½ bh±sati, tañca kho k±layutta½ pam±ºayutta½ atthanissitameva
bh±sati, na niratthakakatha½.
Na tasmi½ g±me v±ti yattha kira bhagav± paµivasati, tattha mahesakkh± devat±
±rakkha½ gaºhanti, ta½ niss±ya manuss±na½ upaddavo na hoti, pa½supis±cak±-
dayoyeva hi manusse viheµhenti, te t±sa½ ±nubh±vena d³ra½ apakkamanti. Api
ca bhagavato mett±balenapi na amanuss± manusse viheµhenti.
 Saªgh²ti-±d²su anus±sitabbo saya½ v± upp±dito saªgho assa atth²ti saªgh².
T±diso cassa gaºo atth²ti gaº². Purimapadasseva v± vevacanameta½. ¾c±rasi-
kkh±panavasena gaºassa ±cariyoti gaº±cariyo (1.0257). Puthutitthakar±nanti
bah³na½ titthakar±na½. Yath± v± tath± v±ti yena v± tena v± acelak±dimattake-
n±pi k±raºena. Samud±gacchat²ti samantato upagacchati abhiva¹¹hati.
Atithi no te hont²ti te amh±ka½ ±gantuk±, navak± p±hunak± hont²ti attho. Pariy±-
puº±m²ti j±n±mi. Aparim±ºavaººoti tath±r³peneva sabbaññun±pi appameyya-
vaººo– “pageva m±disen±”ti dasseti. Vuttampi cetta½–
“Buddhopi buddhassa bhaºeyya vaººa½,
kappampi ce aññamabh±sam±no;
kh²yetha kappo cirad²ghamantare,
vaººo na kh²yetha tath±gatass±”ti.
305. Ima½ pana satthu guºakatha½ sutv± te br±hmaº± cintayi½su– yath± soºa-
daº¹o br±hmaºo samaºassa gotamassa vaººe bhaºati, anomaguºo so bhava½
gotamo; eva½ tassa guºe j±nam±nena kho pana ±cariyena aticira½ adhiv±sita½,
handa na½ anuvatt±m±ti anuvatti½su. Tasm± eva½ vutte “te br±hmaº±”ti-±di
vutta½. Tattha alamev±ti yuttameva. Api puµosen±ti puµosa½ vuccati p±theyya½,
ta½ gahetv±pi upasaªkamitu½ yuttamev±ti attho. Puµa½sen±tipi p±µho, tassattho,
puµo a½se ass±ti puµa½so, tena puµa½sena. A½sena hi p±theyyapuµa½ vahante-
n±p²ti vutta½ hoti.

Soºadaº¹aparivitakkavaººan±

306-308. Tirovanasaº¹agatass±ti antovanasaº¹e gatassa, vih±rabbhantara½

paviµµhass±ti attho. Añjali½ paº±metv±ti ete ubhatopakkhik±, te eva½ cintayi½su–
“sace no micch±diµµhik± codessanti– ‘kasm± tumhe samaºa½ gotama½ vanditth±’-
ti? Tesa½– ‘ki½ añjalimattakaraºen±pi vandana½ n±ma hot²’ti vakkh±ma. Sace no
samm±diµµhik± codessanti– ‘kasm± tumhe bhagavanta½ na vanditth±’ti. ‘Ki½
s²sena bh³miya½ paharanteneva vandana½ n±ma hoti, nanu añjalikammampi
vandana½ ev±’ti (1.0258) vakkh±m±”ti. N±magottanti “bho, gotama, aha½ asu-
kassa putto datto n±ma, mitto n±ma, idh±gato”ti vadant± n±ma½ s±venti n±ma.
“Bho, gotama, aha½ v±seµµho n±ma, kacc±no n±ma, idh±gato”ti vadant± gotta½
s±venti n±ma. Ete kira dalidd± jiºº± kulaputt± “parisamajjhe n±magottavasena
p±kaµ± bhaviss±m±”ti evamaka½su. Ye pana tuºh²bh³t± nis²di½su, te ker±µik±
ceva andhab±l± ca. Tattha ker±µik±– “eka½ dve kath±sall±pepi karonto viss±siko
hoti, atha viss±se sati eka½ dve bhikkh± ad±tu½ na yuttan”ti tato att±na½
mocetv± tuºh² nis²danti. Andhab±l± aññ±ºat±yeva avakkhittamattik±piº¹o viya
yattha katthaci tuºh²bh³t± nis²danti.

Br±hmaºapaññattivaººan±

309-310. Cetas± cetoparivitakkanti bhagav±– “aya½ br±hmaºo ±gatak±lato

paµµh±ya adhomukho thaddhagatto ki½ cintayam±no nisinno, ki½ nu kho cintet²”ti
±vajjanto attano cetas± tassa citta½ aññ±si. Tena vutta½– “cetas± cetoparivitakka-
maññ±y±”ti. Vihaññat²ti vigh±ta½ ±pajjati. Anuviloketv± parisanti bhagavato saka-
samaye pañhapucchanena udake miyam±no ukkhipitv± thale µhapito viya samapa-
ssaddhak±yacitto hutv± parisa½ saªgaºhanattha½ diµµhisañj±neneva “upadh±-
rentu me bhonto vacanan”ti vadanto viya anuviloketv± parisa½ bhagavanta½ eta-
davoca.
311-313. Suja½ paggaºhant±nanti yaññayajanatth±ya suja½ gaºhantesu
br±hmaºesu paµhamo v± dutiyo v±ti attho. Suj±ya diyyam±na½ mah±y±ga½ paµi-
ggaºhant±nanti por±º±. Iti br±hmaºo sakasamayavasena sammadeva pañha½
vissajjesi. Bhagav± pana visesato uttamabr±hmaºassa dassanattha½– “imesa½
pan±”ti-±dim±ha. Etadavocunti sace j±tivaººamantasampanno br±hmaºo na hoti,
atha ko carahi loke br±hmaºo (1.0259) bhavissati? N±seti no aya½ soºadaº¹o,
handassa v±da½ paµikkhipiss±m±ti cintetv± etadavocu½. Apavadat²ti paµikkhipati.
Anupakkhandat²ti anupavisati. Ida½– “sace tva½ pas±davasena samaºa½
gotama½ saraºa½ gantuk±mo, gaccha; m± br±hmaºassa samaya½ bhind²”ti
adhipp±yena ±ha½su.
314. Etadavoc±ti imesu br±hmaºesu eva½ ekappah±reneva viravantesu “aya½
kath± pariyos±na½ na gamissati, handa ne nissadde katv± soºadaº¹eneva
saddhi½ kathem²”ti cintetv±– “eta½ sace kho tumh±kan”ti-±dika½ vacana½ avoca.
315-316. Sahadhammen±ti sak±raºena. Samasamoti µhapetv± ekadesasa-
matta½ samabh±vena samo, sabb±k±rena samoti attho. Ahamassa m±t±pitaro
j±n±m²ti bhaginiy± puttassa m±t±pitaro ki½ na j±nissati, kulakoµiparid²pana½
sandh±yeva vadati. Mus±v±dampi bhaºeyy±ti atthabhañjanaka½ mus±v±da½
katheyya. Ki½ vaººo karissat²ti abbhantare guºe asati ki½ karissati? Kimassa
br±hmaºabh±va½ rakkhitu½ sakkhissat²ti attho. Ath±pi siy± puna– “pakatis²le
µhitassa br±hmaºabh±va½ s±dhent²”ti evampi s²lameva s±dhessati, tasmi½ hissa
asati br±hmaºabh±vo n±hos²ti sammohamatta½ vaºº±dayo. Ida½ pana sutv± te
br±hmaº±– “sabh±va½ ±cariyo ±ha, ak±raº±va maya½ ujjh±yimh±”ti tuºh² ahesu½.

S²lapaññ±kath±vaººan±

317. Tato bhagav± ‘kathito br±hmaºena pañho, ki½ panettha patiµµh±tu½

sakkhissati, na sakkhissat²’ti? Tassa v²ma½sanattha½– “imesa½ pana br±hmaº±”-
ti-±dim±ha. S²laparidhot±ti s²laparisuddh±. Yattha s²la½ tattha paññ±ti yasmi½
puggale s²la½, tattheva paññ±, kuto duss²le paññ±? Paññ±rahite v± ja¼e e¼am³ge
kuto s²lanti? S²lapaññ±ºanti s²lañca paññ±ºañca s²lapaññ±ºa½. Paññ±ºanti
paññ±yeva. Evameta½ br±hmaº±ti (1.0260) bhagav± br±hmaºassa vacana½ anu-
j±nanto ±ha. Tattha s²laparidhot± paññ±ti catup±risuddhis²lena dhot±. Katha½
pana s²lena pañña½ dhovat²ti? Yassa puthujjanassa s²la½ saµµhi-as²tivass±ni
akhaº¹a½ hoti, so maraºak±lepi sabbakilese gh±tetv± s²lena pañña½ dhovitv±
arahatta½ gaºh±ti. Kandaras±lapariveºe mah±saµµhivassatthero viya. There kira
maraºamañce nipajjitv± balavavedan±ya nitthunante, tissamah±r±j± “thera½
passiss±m²”ti gantv± pariveºadv±re µhito ta½ sadda½ sutv± pucchi– “kassa saddo
ayan”ti? Therassa nitthunanasaddoti. “Pabbajj±ya saµµhivassena vedan±parigga-
hamattampi na kata½, na d±ni na½ vandiss±m²”ti nivattitv± mah±bodhi½ vanditu½
gato. Tato upaµµh±kadaharo thera½ ±ha– “ki½ no, bhante, lajj±petha, saddhopi
r±j± vippaµis±r² hutv± na vandiss±m²”ti gatoti. Kasm± ±vusoti? Tumh±ka½ nitthuna-
nasadda½ sutv±ti. “Tena hi me ok±sa½ karoth±”ti vatv± vedana½ vikkhambhitv±
arahatta½ patv± daharassa sañña½ ad±si– “gacch±vuso, id±ni r±j±na½ amhe
vand±peh²”ti. Daharo gantv±– “id±ni kira thera½, vandath±”ti ±ha. R±j± sa½sum±-
rapatitena thera½ vandanto– “n±ha½ ayyassa arahatta½ vand±mi, puthujjanabh³-
miya½ pana µhatv± rakkhitas²lameva vand±m²”ti ±ha, eva½ s²lena pañña½
dhovati n±ma. Yassa pana abbhantare s²lasa½varo natthi, uggh±µitaññut±ya pana
catuppadikag±th±pariyos±ne paññ±ya s²la½ dhovitv± saha paµisambhid±hi ara-
hatta½ p±puº±ti. Aya½ paññ±ya s²la½ dhovati n±ma. Seyyath±pi santatimah±-
matto.
318. Katama½ pana ta½ br±hmaº±ti kasm± ±ha? Bhagav± kira cintesi–
“br±hmaº± br±hmaºasamaye pañcas²l±ni ‘s²lan’ti paññ±penti, vedattaya-uggaha-
ºapaññ± paññ±ti. Uparivisesa½ na j±nanti. Ya½n³n±ha½ br±hmaºassa uttarivise-
sabh³ta½ maggas²la½, phalas²la½, maggapañña½, phalapaññañca dassetv± ara-
hattanik³µena desana½ niµµhapeyyan”ti. Atha na½ kathetukamyat±ya pucchanto–
“katama½ pana ta½, br±hmaºa, s²la½ katam± s± paññ±”ti ±ha. Atha br±hmaºo–
“may± sakasamayavasena pañho vissajjito. Samaºo pana ma½ gotamo puna
nivattitv± pucchati, id±niss±ha½ citta½ paritosetv± vissajjitu½ (1.0261) sakku-
ºeyya½ v± na v±? Sace na sakkhissa½ paµhama½
uppann±pi me lajj± bhijjissati. Asakkontassa pana na sakkom²ti vacane doso
natth²”ti puna nivattitv± bhagavatoyeva bh±ra½ karonto “ettakaparam±va mayan”-
ti-±dim±ha. Tattha ettakaparam±ti ettaka½ s²lapaññ±ºanti vacanameva parama½
amh±ka½, te maya½ ettakaparam±, ito para½ etassa bh±sitassa attha½ na j±n±-
m±ti attho.
Athassa bhagav± s²lapaññ±ya m³labh³tassa tath±gatassa upp±dato pabhuti
s²lapaññ±ºa½ dassetu½– “idha br±hmaºa, tath±gato”ti-±dim±ha. Tassattho s±ma-
ññaphale vuttanayeneva veditabbo, aya½ pana viseso, idha tividhampi s²la½– “ida-
mpissa hoti s²lasmin”ti eva½ s²lamicceva niyy±tita½ paµhamajjh±n±d²ni catt±ri
jh±n±ni atthato paññ±sampad±. Eva½ paññ±vasena pana aniyy±tetv± vipassan±-
paññ±ya padaµµh±nabh±vamattena dassetv± vipassan±paññ±to paµµh±ya paññ±
niyy±tit±ti.

Soºadaº¹a-up±sakattapaµivedan±kath±

319-322. Sv±tan±y±ti padassa attho ajjatan±y±ti ettha vuttanayeneva veditabbo.

Tena ma½ s± paris± paribhaveyy±ti tena tumhe d³ratova disv± ±san± vuµµhitak±ra-
ºena ma½ s± paris±– “aya½ soºadaº¹o pacchimavaye µhito mahallako, gotamo
pana daharo yuv± natt±pissa nappahoti, so n±ma attano nattumattabh±vampi
appattassa ±san± vuµµh±t²”ti paribhaveyya. ¾san± me ta½ bhava½ gotamo paccu-
µµh±nanti mama ag±ravena avuµµh±na½ n±ma natthi, bhogan±sanabhayena pana
na vuµµhahiss±mi, ta½ tumhe hi ceva may± ca ñ±tu½ vaµµati. Tasm± ±san± me
eta½ bhava½ gotamo paccuµµh±na½ dh±ret³ti, imin± kira sadiso kuhako dullabho,
bhagavati panassa ag±rava½ n±ma natthi, tasm± bhogan±sanabhay± kuhanava-
sena eva½ vadati. Parapadesupi eseva nayo. Dhammiy± kath±y±ti-±d²su taªkha-
º±nur³p±ya dhammiy± kath±ya diµµhadhammikasampar±yika½ attha½ sanda-
ssetv± kusale dhamme sam±dapetv± gaºh±petv±. Tattha na½ samuttejetv±
sa-uss±ha½ katv± t±ya ca sa-uss±hat±ya aññehi ca vijjam±naguºehi sampaha½-
setv± dhammaratanavassa½ vassitv± uµµh±y±san± (1.0262) pakk±mi. Br±hmaºo
pana attano kuhakat±ya evampi bhagavati dhammavassa½ vassite visesa½
nibbattetu½ n±sakkhi. Kevalamassa ±yati½ nibb±natth±ya v±san±bh±giy±ya ca
sabb± purimapacchimakath± ahos²ti.

Iti sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya½

Soºadaº¹asuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

5. K³µadantasuttavaººan±

323. Eva½ (1.0263) me suta½ …pe… magadhes³ti k³µadantasutta½. Tatr±ya½

apubbapadavaººan±. Magadhes³ti magadh± n±ma j±napadino r±jakum±r±, tesa½
niv±so ekopi janapado r³¼h²saddena magadh±ti vuccati, tasmi½ magadhesu jana-
pade. Ito para½ purimasuttadvaye vuttanayameva. Ambalaµµhik± brahmaj±le vutta-
sadis±va. K³µadantoti tassa br±hmaºassa n±ma½. Upakkhaµoti sajjito. Vacchatara-
sat±n²Ti vacchasat±ni. Urabbh±ti taruºameº¹ak± vuccanti. Ete t±va p±¼iya½ ±ga-
t±yeva. P±¼iya½ pana an±gat±nampi anekesa½ migapakkh²na½ sattasattasat±ni
sampiº¹it±nev±ti veditabb±ni. Sabbasattasatikay±ga½ kiresa yajituk±mo hoti.
Th³º³pan²t±n²ti bandhitv± µhapanatth±ya y³pasaªkh±ta½ th³ºa½ upan²t±ni.
328. Tividhanti ettha vidh± vuccati µhapan±, tiµµhapananti attho. So¼asaparikkh±-
ranti so¼asapariv±ra½.
330-336. Paµivasant²ti yaññ±nubhavanatth±ya paµivasanti. Bh³tapubbanti ida½
bhagav± pathav²gata½ nidhi½ uddharitv± purato r±si½ karonto viya bhavapaµi-
cchanna½ pubbacarita½ dassento ±ha. Mah±vijitoTi so kira s±garapariyanta½
mahanta½ pathav²maº¹ala½ vijini, iti mahanta½ vijitamass±ti mah±vijito tveva
saªkhya½ agam±si. A¹¹hoti-±d²su yo koci attano santakena vibhavena a¹¹ho
hoti, aya½ pana na kevala½ a¹¹hoyeva, mahaddhano mahat± aparim±ºasa-
ªkhyena dhanena samann±gato. Pañcak±maguºavasena mahant± u¼±r± bhog±
ass±ti mah±bhogo. Piº¹apiº¹avasena ceva suvaººam±sakarajatam±sak±diva-
sena ca j±tar³parajatassa pah³tat±ya pah³taj±tar³parajato, anekakoµisaªkhyena
j±tar³parajatena samann±gatoti attho. Vitt²ti tuµµhi, vittiy± upakaraºa½ vitt³paka-
raºa½ tuµµhik±raºanti attho. Pah³ta½ n±n±vidh±laªk±rasuvaººarajatabh±jan±di-
bheda½ vitt³pakaraºamass±ti pah³tavitt³pakaraºo. Sattaratanasaªkh±tassa nida-
hitv± µhapitadhanassa sabbapubbaºº±paraººasaªgahitassa dhaññassa ca pah³-
tat±ya pah³tadhanadhañño (1.0264). Athav± idamassa devasika½ paribbayad±-
naggahaº±divasena parivattanadhanadhaññavasena vutta½.
Paripuººakosakoµµh±g±roTi koso vuccati bhaº¹±g±ra½, nidahitv± µhapitena
dhanena paripuººakoso, dhaññena paripuººakoµµh±g±ro c±ti attho. Athav± catu-
bbidho koso– hatth², ass±, rath±, patt²ti. Koµµh±g±ra½ tividha½– dhanakoµµh±g±ra½,
vatthakoµµh±g±ra½, dhaññakoµµh±g±ranti, ta½ sabbampi paripuººamass±ti paripu-
ººakosakoµµh±g±ro. Udap±d²ti uppajji. Aya½ kira r±j± ekadivasa½ ratan±valokana-
c±rika½ n±ma nikkhanto. So bhaº¹±g±rika½ pucchi– “t±ta, ida½ eva½ bahu-
dhana½ kena saªgharitan”ti? Tumh±ka½ pitupit±mah±d²hi y±va sattam± kulapari-
vaµµ±ti. Ida½ pana dhana½ saªgharitv± te kuhi½ gat±ti? Sabbeva te, deva, mara-
ºavasa½ patt±ti. Attano dhana½ agahetv±va gat±, t±t±ti? Deva, ki½ vadetha,
dhana½ n±meta½ pah±ya gaman²yameva, no ±d±ya gaman²yanti. Atha r±j± niva-
ttitv± sir²gabbhe nisinno– ‘adhigat± kho me’ti-±d²ni cintesi. Tena vutta½– “eva½
cetaso parivitakko udap±d²”ti.
337. Br±hmaºa½ ±mantetv±ti kasm± ±mantesi? Aya½ kireva½ cintesi– “d±na½
dentena n±ma ekena paº¹itena saddhi½ mantetv± d±tu½ vaµµati, an±mantetv±
katakammañhi pacch±nut±pa½ karot²”ti. Tasm± ±mantesi. Atha br±hmaºo
cintesi– “aya½ r±j± mah±d±na½ d±tuk±mo, janapade cassa bah³ cor±, te av³pa-
sametv± d±na½ dentassa kh²radadhitaº¹ul±dike d±nasambh±re ±harant±na½
nippuris±ni geh±ni cor± vilumpissanti janapado corabhayeneva kol±halo bhavi-
ssati, tato rañño d±na½ na cira½ pavattissati, cittampissa ekagga½ na bhavissati,
handa, na½ etamattha½ saññ±pem²”ti tato tamattha½ saññ±pento “bhoto, kho
rañño”ti-±dim±ha.
338. Tattha sakaºµakoti corakaºµakehi sakaºµako. Panthaduhan±ti panthaduh±,
panthagh±tak±ti attho. Akiccak±r² ass±ti akattabbak±r² (1.0265) adhammak±r²
bhaveyya. Dassukh²lanti corakh²la½. Vadhena v±ti m±raºena v± koµµanena v±.
Bandhanen±ti addubandhan±din±. J±niy±ti h±niy±; “sata½ gaºhatha, sahassa½
gaºhath±”ti eva½ pavattitadaº¹en±ti attho. Garah±y±ti pañcasikhamuº¹akaraºa½,
gomayasiñcana½, g²v±ya kudaº¹akabandhananti evam±d²ni katv± garahap±pa-
nena. Pabb±jan±y±ti raµµhato n²haraºena. Sam³haniss±m²Ti samm± hetun±
nayena k±raºena ³haniss±mi. Hat±vasesak±ti mat±vasesak±. Ussahant²ti
uss±ha½ karonti. Anuppadet³ti dinne appahonte puna aññampi b²jañca bhattañca
kasi-upakaraºabhaº¹añca sabba½ det³ti attho. P±bhata½ anuppadet³ti sakkhi½
akatv± paººe an±ropetv± m³lacchejjavasena bhaº¹am³la½ det³ti attho. Bhaº¹a-
m³lassa hi p±bhatanti n±ma½. Yath±ha–
“Appakenapi medh±v², p±bhatena vicakkhaºo;
samuµµh±peti att±na½, aºu½ aggi½va sandhaman”ti. (j±. 1.1.4);
Bhattavetananti devasika½ bhattañceva m±sik±diparibbayañca tassa tassa
kusalakammas³rabh±v±nur³pena µh±nantarag±manigam±did±nena saddhi½
det³ti attho. Sakammapasut±ti kasiv±ºijj±d²su sakesu kammesu uyyutt± by±vaµ±.
R±sikoti dhanadhaññ±na½ r±siko. Khemaµµhit±ti khemena µhit± abhay±. Akaºµa-
k±ti corakaºµakarahit±. Mud± modam±n±ti mod± modam±n±. Ayameva v± p±µho,
aññamañña½ pamuditacitt±ti adhipp±yo. Ap±rutaghar±ti cor±na½ abh±vena
dv±r±ni asa½varitv± vivaµadv±r±ti attho. Etadavoc±ti janapadassa sabb±k±rena
iddhaph²tabh±va½ ñatv± eta½ avoca.

Catuparikkh±ravaººan±

339. Tena hi bhava½ r±j±ti br±hmaºo kira cintesi– “aya½ r±j± mah±d±na½
d±tu½ ativiya uss±haj±to. Sace pana attano anuyant± khattiy±dayo an±mantetv±
dassati. N±ssa te attaman± bhavissanti; yath± d±na½ te attaman± honti, tath±
kariss±m²”ti. Tasm± “tena hi bhavan”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha negam±ti nigamav±sino.
J±napad±ti janapadav±sino (1.0266). ¾mantayatanti ±mantetu j±n±petu. Ya½
mama ass±ti ya½ tumh±ka½ anuj±nana½ mama bhaveyya. Amacc±ti piyasah±-
yak±. P±risajj±ti ses± ±ºattik±rak±. Yajata½ bhava½ r±j±ti yajatu bhava½, te kira–
aya½ r±j± “aha½ issaro”ti pasayha d±na½ adatv± amhe ±mantesi, ahonena
suµµhu katan”ti attaman± evam±ha½su. An±mantite panassa yaññaµµh±na½ dassa-
n±yapi na gaccheyyu½. Yaññak±lo mah±r±j±ti deyyadhammasmiñhi asati maha-
llakak±le ca evar³pa½ d±na½ d±tu½ na sakk±, tva½ pana mah±dhano ceva
taruºo ca, etena te yaññak±loti dassent± vadanti. Anumatipakkh±ti anumatiy±
pakkh±, anumatid±yak±ti attho. Parikkh±r± bhavant²ti pariv±r± bhavanti. “Ratho
s²laparikkh±ro, jh±nakkho cakkav²riyo”ti (sa½. ni. 5.4) ettha pana alaªk±ro pari-
kkh±roti vutto.

Aµµhaparikkh±ravaººan±

340. Aµµhahaªgeh²ti ubhato suj±t±d²hi aµµhahi aªgehi. Yasas±ti ±º±µhapanasa-

matthat±ya. Saddhoti d±nassa phala½ atth²ti saddahati. D±yakoti d±nas³ro. Na
saddh±mattakeneva tiµµhati, pariccajitumpi sakkot²ti attho. D±napat²ti ya½ d±na½
deti, tassa pati hutv± deti, na d±so, na sah±yo. Yo hi attan± madhura½ bhuñjati,
paresa½ amadhura½ deti, so d±nasaªkh±tassa deyyadhammassa d±so hutv±
deti. Yo ya½ attan± bhuñjati, tadeva deti, so sah±yo hutv± deti. Yo pana attan±
yena kenaci y±peti, paresa½ madhura½ deti, so pati jeµµhako s±m² hutv± deti,
aya½ t±disoti attho. Samaºabr±hmaºakapaºaddhikavaºibbakay±cak±nanti ettha
samitap±p± samaº±, b±hitap±p± br±hmaº±. Kapaº±ti duggat± daliddamanuss±.
Addhik±ti path±vino. Vaºibbak±ti ye– “iµµha½ dinna½, kanta½, man±pa½, k±lena
anavajja½ dinna½, dada½ citta½ pas±deyya, gacchatu bhava½ brahmalokan”ti-±-
din± nayena d±nassa vaººa½ thomayam±n± vicaranti. Y±cak±ti ye– “pasata-
matta½ detha, sar±vamatta½ deth±”ti-±d²ni vatv± y±cam±n± vicaranti. Op±nabh³-
toti udap±nabh³to. Sabbesa½ s±dh±raºaparibhogo, catumah±pathe khatapokkha-
raº² (1.0267) viya hutv±ti attho. Sutaj±tass±ti ettha sutameva sutaj±ta½. At²t±n±ga-
tapaccuppanne atthe cintetunti ettha– “at²te puññassa katatt±yeva me aya½
sampatt²”ti, eva½ cintento at²tamattha½ cintetu½ paµibalo n±ma hoti. “Id±ni
puñña½ katv±va an±gate sakk± sampatti½ p±puºitun”ti cintento an±gatamattha½
cintetu½ paµibalo n±ma hoti. “Ida½ puññakamma½ n±ma sappuris±na½ ±ciººa½,
mayhañca bhog±pi sa½vijjanti, d±yakacittampi atthi; hand±ha½ puññ±ni karo-
m²”ti cintento paccuppannamattha½ cintetu½ paµibalo n±ma hot²ti veditabbo. Iti im±-
n²Ti eva½ yath± vutt±ni et±ni. Etehi kira aµµhahaªgehi samann±gatassa d±na½
sabbadis±hi mah±jano upasaªkamati. “Aya½ dujj±to kittaka½ k±la½ dassati,
id±ni vippaµis±r² hutv± upacchindissat²”ti evam±d²ni cintetv± na koci upasaªkami-
tabba½ maññati. Tasm± et±ni aµµhaªg±ni parikkh±r± bhavant²ti vutt±ni.

Catuparikkh±r±divaººan±
 341. Suja½ paggaºhant±nanti mah±y±gapaµiggaºhanaµµh±ne d±nakaµacchu½
paggaºhant±na½. Imehi cat³h²ti etehi suj±t±d²hi. Etesu hi asati– “eva½ dujj±tassa
sa½vidh±nena pavattad±na½ kittaka½ k±la½ pavattissat²”ti-±d²ni vatv± upasaªka-
mit±ro na honti. Garahitabb±bh±vato pana upasaªkamantiyeva. Tasm± im±nipi
parikkh±r± bhavant²ti vutt±ni.
342. Tisso vidh± deses²ti t²ºi µhapan±ni desesi. So kira cintesi– “d±na½ dada-
m±n± n±ma tiººa½ µh±n±na½ aññatarasmi½ calanti hand±ha½ ima½ r±j±na½
tesu µh±nesu paµhamataraññeva niccala½ karom²”ti. Tenassa tisso vidh± deses²ti.
So bhoto raññoti ida½ karaºatthe s±mivacana½. Bhot± raññ±ti v± p±µho. Vippaµi-
s±ro na karaº²yoti “bhog±na½ vigamahetuko pacch±nut±po na kattabbo, pubbace-
tan± pana acal± patiµµhapetabb±, evañhi d±na½ mahapphala½ hot²”ti dasseti. Ita-
resupi dv²su µh±nesu eseva nayo. Muñcacetan±pi hi pacch±samanussaraºace-
tan± (1.0268) ca niccal±va k±tabb±. Tath± akarontassa d±na½ na mahapphala½
hoti, n±pi u¼±resu bhogesu citta½ namati, mah±roruva½ upapannassa seµµhigaha-
patino viya.
343. Dasah±k±reh²ti dasahi k±raºehi. Tassa kira eva½ ahosi– sac±ya½ r±j±
duss²le disv±– “nassati vata me d±na½, yassa me evar³p± duss²l± bhuñjant²”ti s²la-
vantesupi vippaµis±ra½ upp±dessati, d±na½ na mahapphala½ bhavissati. Vippaµi-
s±ro ca n±ma d±yak±na½ paµigg±hakatova uppajjati, handassa paµhamameva ta½
vippaµis±ra½ vinodem²ti. Tasm± dasah±k±rehi upacchijjitu½ yutta½ paµigg±hake-
supi vippaµis±ra½ vinodes²ti. Tesaññeva ten±ti tesaññeva tena p±pena aniµµho
vip±ko bhavissati, na aññesanti dasseti. Yajata½ bhavanti detu bhava½. Sajja-
tanti vissajjatu. Antaranti abbhantara½.
344. So¼asahi ±k±rehi citta½ sandasses²ti idha br±hmaºo rañño mah±d±n±nu-
modana½ n±ma ±raddho. Tattha sandasses²ti– ‘ida½ d±na½ d±t± evar³pa½
sampatti½ labhat²’ti dassetv± dassetv± kathesi. Sam±dapes²ti tadattha½ sam±da-
petv± kathesi. Samuttejes²ti vippaµis±ravinodanenassa citta½ vod±pesi. Sampaha½-
ses²ti ‘sundara½ te kata½, mah±r±ja, d±na½ dadam±nen±’ti thuti½ katv± kathesi.
Vatt± dhammato natth²ti dhammena samena k±raºena vatt± natthi.
345. Na rukkh± chijji½su y³patth±ya na dabbh± l³yi½su barihisatth±y±ti ye
y³pan±make mah±thambhe uss±petv±– “asukar±j± asuk±macco asukabr±hmaºo
evar³pa½ n±ma mah±y±ga½ yajat²”ti n±ma½ likhitv± µhapenti. Y±ni ca dabbhati-
º±ni l±yitv± vanam±l±saªkhepena yaññas±la½ parikkhipanti, bh³miya½ v± pattha-
ranti, tepi na rukkh± chijji½su, na dabbh± l³yi½su. Ki½ pana g±vo v± aj±dayo v±
haññissant²ti dasseti. D±s±ti antogehad±s±dayo. Pess±ti ye pubbameva dhana½
gahetv± kamma½ karonti. Kammakar±ti ye bhattavetana½ gahetv± karonti.
Daº¹atajjit± n±ma daº¹ayaµµhimuggar±d²ni gahetv±– “kamma½ karotha karo-
th±”ti eva½ (1.0269) tajjit±. Bhayatajjit± n±ma– sace kamma½ karosi, kusala½. No
ce karosi, chindiss±ma v± bandhiss±ma v± m±ress±ma v±ti eva½ bhayena tajjit±.
Ete pana na daº¹atajjit±, na bhayatajjit±, na assumukh± rodam±n± parikamm±ni
aka½su. Atha kho piyasamud±c±reneva samud±cariyam±n± aka½su. Na hi tattha
d±sa½ v± d±s±ti, pessa½ v± pess±ti, kammakara½ v± kammakar±ti ±lapanti.
Yath±n±mavaseneva pana piyasamud±c±rena ±lapitv± itthipurisabalavantadubba-
l±na½ anur³pameva kamma½ dassetv±– “idañcidañca karoth±”ti vadanti. Tepi
attano rucivaseneva karonti. Tena vutta½– “ye icchi½su, te aka½su; ye na
icchi½su, na te aka½su. Ya½ icchi½su, ta½ aka½su; ya½ na icchi½su, na ta½
aka½s³”ti. Sappitelanavan²tadadhimadhuph±ºitena ceva so yañño niµµh±namaga-
m±s²ti r±j± kira bahinagarassa cat³su dv±resu antonagarassa ca majjheti pañcasu
µh±nesu mah±d±nas±l±yo k±r±petv± ekekiss±ya s±l±ya satasahassa½ satasa-
hassa½ katv± divase divase pañcasatasahass±ni vissajjetv± s³riyuggamanato
paµµh±ya tassa tassa k±lassa anur³pehi sahatthena suvaººakaµacchu½ gahetv±
paº²tehi sappitel±disammisseheva y±gukhajjakabhattabyañjanap±nak±d²hi mah±-
jana½ santappesi. Bh±jan±ni p³retv± gaºhituk±m±na½ tatheva d±pesi. S±yaºha-
samaye pana vatthagandham±l±d²hi samp³jesi. Sappi-±d²na½ pana mah±c±µiyo
p³r±petv±– “yo ya½ paribhuñjituk±mo, so ta½ paribhuñjat³”ti anekasatesu
µh±nesu µhap±pesi. Ta½ sandh±ya vutta½– “sappitelanavan²tadadhimadhuph±ºi-
tena ceva so yañño niµµh±namagam±s²”ti.
346. Pah³ta½ s±pateyya½ ±d±y±ti bahu½ dhana½ gahetv±. Te kira cintesu½–
“aya½ r±j± sappitel±d²ni janapadato an±har±petv± attano santakameva n²haritv±
mah±d±na½ deti. Amhehi pana ‘r±j± na kiñci ±har±pet²’ti na yutta½ tuºh² bhavitu½.
Na hi rañño ghare dhana½ akkhayadhammameva, amhesu ca adentesu ko añño
rañño dassati, handassa dhana½ upasa½har±m±”ti te g±mabh±gena ca nigama-
bh±gena ca nagarabh±gena ca s±pateyya½ sa½haritv± sakaµ±ni p³retv± rañño
upahari½su. Ta½ sandh±ya– “pah³ta½ s±pateyyan”ti-±dim±ha.
347. Puratthimena (1.0270) Yaññav±µass±ti puratthimato nagaradv±re d±nas±-
l±ya puratthimabh±ge. Yath± puratthimadisato ±gacchant± khattiy±na½ d±nas±-
l±ya y±gu½ pivitv± rañño d±nas±l±ya bhuñjitv± nagara½ pavisanti. Evar³pe µh±ne
paµµhapesu½. Dakkhiºena yaññav±µass±ti dakkhiºato nagaradv±re d±nas±l±ya
vuttanayeneva dakkhiºabh±ge paµµhapesu½. Pacchimuttaresupi eseva nayo.
348. Aho yañño, aho yaññasampad±ti br±hmaº± sappi-±d²hi niµµh±nagamana½
sutv±– “ya½ loke madhura½, tadeva samaºo gotamo katheti, handassa yañña½
pasa½s±m±”ti tuµµhacitt± pasa½sam±n± evam±ha½su. Tuºh²bh³tova nisinno
hot²ti upari vattabbamattha½ cintayam±no nissaddova nisinno hoti. Abhij±n±ti pana
bhava½ gotamoti ida½ br±hmaºo parih±rena pucchanto ±ha. Itarath± hi– “ki½
pana tva½, bho gotama, tad± r±j± ahosi, ud±hu purohito br±hmaºo”ti eva½ ujuka-
meva pucchayam±no ag±ravo viya hoti.

Niccad±na-anukulayaññavaººan±

349. Atthi pana, bho gotam±ti– ida½ br±hmaºo “sakalajambud²pav±s²na½

uµµh±ya samuµµh±ya d±na½ n±ma d±tu½ garuka½ sakalajanapado ca attano
kamm±ni akaronto nassissati, atthi nu kho amh±kampi imamh± yaññ± añño
yañño appasam±rambhataro ceva mahapphalataro c±”ti etamattha½ pucchanto
±ha. Niccad±n±n²ti dhuvad±n±ni niccabhatt±ni. Anukulayaññ±n²ti– “amh±ka½ pitu-
pit±mah±d²hi pavattit±n²”ti katv± pacch± duggatapurisehipi va½saparampar±ya
pavattetabb±ni y±g±ni, evar³p±ni kira s²lavante uddissa nibaddhad±n±ni tasmi½
kule dalidd±pi na upacchindanti.
Tatrida½ vatthu– an±thapiº¹ikassa kira ghare pañca niccabhattasat±ni d²yi½su.
Dantamayasal±k±ni pañcasat±ni ahesu½. Atha ta½ kula½ anukkamena d±liddi-
yena abhibh³ta½, ek± tasmi½ kule d±rik± ekasal±kato uddha½ d±tu½ n±sakkhi.
S±pi pacch± setav±hanarajja½ gantv± khala½ sodhetv± laddhadhaññena ta½
sal±ka½ ad±si. Eko thero rañño (1.0271) ±rocesi. R±j± ta½ ±netv± aggamahesi-
µµh±ne µhapesi. S± tato paµµh±ya puna pañcapi sal±kabhattasat±ni pavattesi.
Daº¹appah±r±ti– “paµip±µiy± tiµµhatha tiµµhath±”ti uju½ gantv± gaºhatha gaºha-
th±ti ca ±d²ni vatv± d²yam±n± daº¹appah±r±pi galagg±h±pi dissanti. Aya½ kho,
br±hmaºa, hetu …pe… mah±nisa½satarañc±ti. Ettha yasm± mah±yaññe viya
imasmi½ sal±kabhatte na bah³hi veyy±vaccakarehi v± upakaraºehi v± attho atthi,
tasm± eta½ appaµµhatara½. Yasm± cettha na bah³na½ kammacchedavasena p²¼±-
saªkh±to sam±rambho atthi, tasm± appasam±rambhatara½. Yasm± ceta½
saªghassa yiµµha½ pariccatta½, tasm± yaññanti vutta½, yasm± pana cha¼aªgasa-
mann±gat±ya dakkhiº±ya mah±samudde udakasseva na sukara½ puññ±bhisa-
ndassa pam±ºa½ k±tu½, idañca tath±vidha½. Tasm± ta½ mahapphalatarañca
mah±nisa½satarañc±ti veditabba½. Ida½ sutv± br±hmaºo cintesi– idampi nicca-
bhatta½ uµµh±ya samuµµh±ya dadato divase divase ekassa kamma½ nassati.
Navanavo uss±ho ca janetabbo hoti, atthi nu kho itopi añño yañño appaµµhataro ca
appasam±rambhataro c±ti. Tasm± “atthi pana, bho gotam±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha
yasm± sal±kabhatte kiccapariyos±na½ natthi, ekena uµµh±ya samuµµh±ya añña½
kamma½ akatv± sa½vidh±tabbameva. Vih±rad±ne pana kiccapariyos±na½ atthi.
Paººas±la½ v± hi k±retu½ koµidhana½ vissajjetv± mah±vih±ra½ v±, ekav±ra½
dhanaparicc±ga½ katv± k±rita½ sattaµµhavass±nipi vassasatampi vassasaha-
ssampi gacchatiyeva. Kevala½ jiººapatitaµµh±ne paµisaªkharaºamattameva
k±tabba½ hoti. Tasm± ida½ vih±rad±na½ sal±kabhattato appaµµhatara½ appasa-
m±rambhatarañca hoti. Yasm± panettha suttantapariy±yena y±vadeva s²tassa
paµigh±t±y±ti ±dayo nav±nisa½s± vutt±, khandhakapariy±yena.
“S²ta½ uºha½ paµihanti, tato v±¼amig±ni ca;
siri½sape ca makase ca, sisire c±pi vuµµhiyo.
Tato v±t±tapo ghoro, sañj±to paµihaññati;
leºatthañca sukhatthañca, jh±yituñca vipassitu½.
Vih±rad±na½ saªghassa, agga½ buddhena vaººita½;
tasm± hi paº¹ito poso, sampassa½ atthamattano;
vih±re k±raye ramme, v±sayettha bahussute.
Tasm± annañca p±nañca, vatthasen±san±ni ca;
dadeya ujubh³tesu, vippasannena cetas±.
Te tassa dhamma½ desenti, sabbadukkh±pan³dana½;
ya½ so dhamma½ idhaññ±ya, parinibb±ti an±savo”ti. (c³¼ava. 295);
Sattaras±nisa½s± vutt±. Tasm± eta½ sal±kabhattato mahapphalatarañca mah±-
nisa½satarañc±ti veditabba½. Saªghassa pana pariccattatt±va yaññoti vuccati.
Idampi sutv± br±hmaºo cintesi– “dhanaparicc±ga½ katv± vih±rad±na½ (1.0272)
n±ma dukkara½, attano santak± hi k±kaºik±pi parassa duppariccaj±, hand±ha½
itopi appaµµhatarañca appasam±rambhatarañca yañña½ pucch±m²”ti. Tato ta½
pucchanto– “atthi pana bho”ti-±dim±ha.
350-351. Tattha yasm± saki½ pariccattepi vih±re punappuna½ ch±danakhaº¹a-
phullappaµisaªkharaº±divasena kicca½ atthiyeva, saraºa½ pana ekabhikkhussa
v± santike saªghassa v± gaºassa v± saki½ gahita½ gahitameva hoti, natthi tassa
punappuna½ kattabbat±, tasm± ta½ vih±rad±nato appaµµhatarañca appasam±ra-
mbhatarañca hoti. Yasm± ca saraºagamana½ n±ma tiººa½ ratan±na½ j²vitapari-
cc±gamaya½ puññakamma½ saggasampatti½ deti, tasm± mahapphalatarañca
mah±nisa½satarañc±ti veditabba½. Tiººa½ pana ratan±na½ j²vitaparicc±gava-
sena yaññoti vuccati.
352. Ida½ sutv± br±hmaºo cintesi– “attano j²vita½ n±ma parassa pariccajitu½
dukkara½, atthi nu kho itopi appaµµhataro yañño”ti tato ta½ pucchanto puna “atthi
pana, bho gotam±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha p±º±tip±t± veramaº²ti-±d²su veramaº² n±ma
virati. S± tividh± hoti– sampattavirati, sam±d±navirati setugh±tavirat²ti. Tattha yo
sikkh±pad±ni agahetv±pi kevala½ attano j±tigottakul±pades±d²ni anussaritv±– “na
me ida½ patir³pan”ti p±º±tip±t±d²ni na karoti, sampattavatthu½ pariharati. Tato
±rak± viramati. Tassa s± virati
sampattavirat²ti veditabb±.
“Ajjatagge j²vitahetupi p±ºa½ na han±m²”ti v± “p±º±tip±t± viram±m²”ti v± “vera-
maºi½ sam±diy±m²”ti v± eva½ sikkh±pad±ni gaºhantassa pana virati sam±d±na-
virat²ti veditabb±.
Ariyas±vak±na½ pana maggasampayutt± virati setugh±tavirati n±ma. Tattha
purim± dve viratiyo ya½ voropan±divasena v²tikkamitabba½ j²vitindriy±divatthu,
ta½ ±rammaºa½ katv± pavattanti. Pacchim± nibb±n±rammaº±va. Ettha ca yo
pañca sikkh±pad±ni ekato gaºhati, tassa ekasmi½ bhinne sabb±ni bhinn±ni honti.
Yo ekeka½ gaºhati, so ya½ v²tikkamati, tadeva (1.0273) bhijjati. Setugh±taviratiy±
pana bhedo n±ma natthi, bhavantarepi hi ariyas±vako j²vitahetupi neva p±ºa½
hanati na sura½ pivati. Sacepissa surañca kh²rañca missetv± mukhe pakkhipanti,
kh²rameva pavisati, na sur±. Yath± ki½? Koñcasakuº±na½ kh²ramissake udake
kh²rameva pavisati? Na udaka½. Ida½ yonisiddhanti ce, ida½ dhammat±si-
ddhanti ca veditabba½. Yasm± pana saraºagamane diµµhi-ujukakaraºa½ n±ma
bh±riya½. Sikkh±padasam±d±ne pana viratimattakameva. Tasm± eta½ yath± v±
tath± v± gaºhantass±pi s±dhuka½ gaºhantass±pi appaµµhatarañca appasam±ra-
mbhatarañca. Pañcas²lasadisassa pana d±nassa abh±vato ettha mahapphalat±
mah±nisa½sat± ca veditabb±. Vuttañheta½–
“Pañcim±ni, bhikkhave, d±n±ni mah±d±n±ni aggaññ±ni rattaññ±ni va½sa-
ññ±ni por±º±ni asa½kiºº±ni asa½kiººapubb±ni na saªkiyanti na saªkiyissanti
appaµikuµµh±ni samaºehi br±hmaºehi viññ³hi. Katam±ni pañca? Idha,
bhikkhave, ariyas±vako p±º±tip±ta½ pah±ya p±º±tip±t± paµivirato hoti. P±º±ti-
p±t± paµivirato, bhikkhave, ariyas±vako aparim±º±na½ satt±na½ abhaya½ deti,
avera½ deti aby±pajjha½ deti. Aparim±º±na½ satt±na½ abhaya½ datv± avera½
datv± aby±pajjha½ datv± aparim±ºassa abhayassa averassa aby±pajjhassa
bh±g² hoti. Ida½, bhikkhave, paµhama½ d±na½ mah±d±na½ …pe… viññ³h²ti.
Puna capara½, bhikkhave, ariyas±vako adinn±d±na½ pah±ya …pe… k±me-
sumicch±c±ra½ pah±ya …pe… mus±v±da½ pah±ya …pe… sur±merayamajja-
pam±daµµh±na½ pah±ya …pe… im±ni kho, bhikkhave, pañca d±n±ni mah±d±-
n±ni aggaññ±ni …pe… viññ³h²”ti (a. ni. 8.39).
Idañca pana s²lapañcaka½– “attasinehañca j²vitasinehañca pariccajitv± rakkhi-
ss±m²”ti sam±dinnat±ya yaññoti vuccati. Tattha kiñc±pi pañcas²lato saraºagama-
nameva jeµµhaka½, ida½ pana saraºagamaneyeva patiµµh±ya rakkhitas²lavasena
mahapphalanti vutta½.
353. Idampi (1.0274) sutv± br±hmaºo cintesi– “pañcas²la½ n±ma rakkhitu½
garuka½, atthi nu kho añña½ kiñci ²disameva hutv± ito appaµµhatarañca maha-
pphalatarañc±”ti. Tato ta½ pucchanto punapi– “atthi pana, bho gotam±”ti-±dim±ha.
Athassa bhagav± tividhas²lap±rip³riya½ µhitassa paµhamajjh±n±d²na½ yaññ±na½
appaµµhatarañca mahapphalatarañca dassetuk±mo buddhupp±dato paµµh±ya
desana½ ±rabhanto “idha br±hmaº±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha yasm± heµµh± vuttehi
guºehi samann±gato paµhama½ jh±na½, paµhamajjh±n±d²su µhito dutiyajjh±n±-
d²ni nibbattento na kilamati, tasm± t±ni appaµµh±ni appasam±rambh±ni. Yasm±
panettha paµhamajjh±na½ eka½ kappa½ brahmaloke ±yu½ deti. Dutiya½ aµµha-
kappe. Tatiya½ catusaµµhikappe. Catuttha½ pañcakappasat±ni. Tadeva ±k±s±na-
ñc±yatan±disam±pattivasena bh±vita½ v²sati, catt±l²sa½, saµµhi, catur±s²ti ca
kappasahass±ni ±yu½ deti; tasm± mahapphalatarañca mah±nisa½satarañca.
N²varaº±d²na½ pana paccan²k±na½ dhamm±na½ pariccattatt± ta½ yaññanti vedi-
tabba½.
Vipassan±ñ±ºampi yasm± catutthajjh±napariyos±nesu guºesu patiµµh±ya nibba-
ttento na kilamati, tasm± appaµµha½ appasam±rambha½; vipassan±sukhasadi-
sassa pana sukhassa abh±v± mahapphala½. Paccan²kakilesaparicc±gato
yaññoti. Manomayiddhipi yasm± vipassan±ñ±ºe patiµµh±ya nibbattento na kila-
mati, tasm± appaµµh± appasam±rambh±; attano sadisar³panimm±nasamatthat±ya
mahapphal±. Attano paccan²kakilesaparicc±gato yañño. Iddhividhañ±º±d²nipi
yasm± manomayañ±º±d²su patiµµh±ya nibbattento na kilamati, tasm± appaµµh±ni
appasam±rambh±ni, attano attano paccan²kakilesappah±nato yañño. Iddhividha½
panettha n±n±vidhavikubbanadassanasamatthat±ya. Dibbasota½ devamanu-
ss±na½ saddasavanasamatthat±ya; cetopariyañ±ºa½ paresa½ so¼asavidhacitta-
j±nanasamatthat±ya; pubbeniv±s±nussatiñ±ºa½ icchiticchitaµµh±nasamanussara-
ºasamatthat±ya; dibbacakkhu icchiticchitar³padassanasamatthat±ya; ±savakkha-
yañ±ºa½ atipaº²talokuttaramaggasukhanipph±danasamatthat±ya mahapphalanti
veditabba½. Yasm± pana arahattato visiµµhataro añño yañño n±ma natthi, tasm±
arahattanik³µeneva desana½ sam±pento– “ayampi kho, br±hmaº±”ti-±dim±ha.

K³µadanta-up±sakattapaµivedan±vaººan±

354-358. Eva½ (1.0275) vutteti eva½ bhagavat± vutte desan±ya pas²ditv±

saraºa½ gantuk±mo k³µadanto br±hmaºo– ‘eta½ abhikkanta½ bho, gotam±’ti-±-
dika½ vacana½ avoca. Upav±yat³ti upagantv± sar²radaratha½ nibb±pento tanus²-
talo v±to v±yat³ti. Idañca pana vatv± br±hmaºo purisa½ pesesi– “gaccha, t±ta,
yaññav±µa½ pavisitv± sabbe te p±ºayo bandhan± moceh²”ti. So “s±dh³”ti paµissu-
ºitv± tath± katv± ±gantv± “mutt± bho, te p±ºayo”ti ±rocesi. Y±va br±hmaºo ta½
pavatti½ na suºi, na t±va bhagav± dhamma½ desesi. Kasm±? “Br±hmaºassa
citte ±kulabh±vo atth²”ti. Sutv± panassa “bah³ vata me p±º± mocit±”ti cittac±ro
vippas²dati. Bhagav± tassa vippasannamanata½ ñatv± dhammadesana½ ±rabhi.
Ta½ sandh±ya– “atha kho bhagav±”ti-±di vutta½. Puna ‘kallacittan’ti-±di ±nupu-
bbikath±nubh±vena vikkhambhitan²varaºata½ sandh±ya vutta½. Sesa½ utt±na-
tthamev±ti.

Iti sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya½

K³µadantasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.
 6. Mah±lisuttavaººan±

Br±hmaºad³tavatthuvaººan±

359. Eva½ (1.0276) me suta½– eka½ samaya½ bhagav± ves±liyanti mah±li-

sutta½. Tatr±ya½ apubbapadavaººan±. Ves±liyanti punappuna½ vis±labh±v³pa-
gamanato ves±l²ti laddhan±make nagare. Mah±vaneti bahinagare himavantena
saddhi½ ek±baddha½ hutv± µhita½ saya½ j±tavana½ atthi, ya½ mahantabh±ve-
neva mah±vananti vuccati, tasmi½ mah±vane. K³µ±g±ras±l±yanti tasmi½ vana-
saº¹e saªgh±r±ma½ patiµµhapesu½. Tattha kaººika½ yojetv± thambh±na½ upari
k³µ±g±ras±l±saªkhepena devavim±nasadisa½ p±s±da½ aka½su, ta½ up±d±ya
sakalopi saªgh±r±mo “k³µ±g±ras±l±”ti paññ±yittha. Bhagav± ta½ ves±li½ upani-
ss±ya tasmi½ saªgh±r±me viharati. Tena vutta½– “ves±liya½ viharati mah±vane
k³µ±g±ras±l±yan”ti. Kosalak±ti kosalaraµµhav±sino. M±gadhak±ti magadharaµµha-
v±sino. Karaº²yen±ti avassa½ kattabbakammena. Yañhi ak±tumpi vaµµati, ta½
kiccanti vuccati, ya½ avassa½ k±tabbameva, ta½ karaº²ya½ n±ma.
360. Paµisall²no bhagav±ti n±n±rammaºac±rato paµikkamma sall²no nil²no, ek²-
bh±va½ upagamma ekatt±rammaºe jh±narati½ anubhavat²ti attho. Tatthev±ti
tasmiññeva vih±re. Ekamantanti tasm± µh±n± apakkamma t±su t±su rukkhacch±-
y±su nis²di½su.

Oµµhaddhalicchav²vatthuvaººan±

361. Oµµhaddhoti addhoµµhat±ya eva½laddhan±mo. Mahatiy± licchav²paris±y±ti

purebhatta½ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaªghassa d±na½ datv± bhagavato
santike uposathaªg±ni adhiµµhahitv± gandham±l±d²ni g±h±petv± ugghosan±ya
mahati½ licchavir±japarisa½ sannip±t±petv± t±ya n²lap²t±divaººavatth±bharaºa-
vilepanapaµimaº¹it±ya t±vati½saparisasappaµibh±g±ya mahatiy± licchaviparis±ya
saddhi½ upasaªkami. Ak±lo kho mah±l²ti (1.0277) tassa oµµhaddhassa mah±l²ti
m³lan±ma½, tena m³lan±mamattena na½ thero mah±l²ti ±lapati. Ekamanta½ nis²-
d²ti patir³p±su rukkhacch±y±su t±ya licchaviparis±ya saddhi½ ratanattayassa
vaººa½ kathayanto nis²di.
362. S²ho samaºuddesoti ±yasmato n±gitassa bh±gineyyo sattavassak±le
pabbajitv± s±sane yuttapayutto “s²ho”ti eva½n±mako s±maºero, so kira ta½
mah±parisa½ disv±– “aya½ paris± mahat², sakala½ vih±ra½ p³retv± nisinn±,
addh± bhagav± ajja imiss± paris±ya mahantena uss±hena dhamma½ desessati,
ya½n³n±ha½ upajjh±yass±cikkhitv± bhagavato mah±paris±ya sannipatitabh±va½
±roc±peyyan”ti cintetv± yen±yasm± n±gito tenupasaªkami. Bhante kassap±ti
thera½ gottena ±lapati. Es± janat±ti eso janasam³ho.
Tvaññeva bhagavato ±roceh²ti s²ho kira bhagavato viss±siko, ayañhi thero th³la-
sar²ro, tenassa sar²ragarut±ya uµµh±nanisajj±d²su ±lasiyabh±vo ²saka½ appah²no
viya hoti. Ath±ya½ s±maºero bhagavato k±lena k±la½ vatta½ karoti. Tena na½
thero “tvampi dasabalassa viss±siko”ti vatv± gaccha tvaññev±roceh²ti ±ha. Vih±ra-
pacch±y±yanti vih±rach±y±ya½, k³µ±g±ramah±gehacch±y±ya pharitok±seti attho.
S± kira k³µ±g±ras±l± dakkhiºuttarato d²gh± p±c²namukh±, tenass± purato mahat²
ch±y± patthaµ± hoti, s²ho tattha bhagavato ±sana½ paññapesi.
363. Atha kho bhagav± dv±rantarehi ceva v±tap±nantarehi ca nikkhamitv±
vidh±vant±hi vippharant²hi chabbaºº±hi buddharasm²hi sa½s³citanikkhamano
val±hakantarato puººacando viya k³µ±g±ras±lato nikkhamitv± paññattavarabu-
ddh±sane nis²di. Tena vutta½– “atha kho bhagav± vih±r± nikkhamma vih±rapa-
cch±y±ya paññatte ±sane nis²d²”ti.
364-365. Purim±ni (1.0278), bhante, divas±ni purimatar±n²ti ettha hiyyo divasa½
purima½ n±ma, tato para½ purimatara½. Tato paµµh±ya pana sabb±ni purim±ni
ceva purimatar±ni ca honti. Yadaggeti m³ladivasato paµµh±ya ya½ divasa½ agga½
parakoµi½ katv± vihar±m²ti attho, y±va vih±sinti vutta½ hoti. Id±ni tassa parim±ºa½
dassento “nacira½ t²ºi vass±n²”ti ±ha. Atha v± yadaggeti ya½ divasa½ agga½
katv± nacira½ t²ºi vass±ni vihar±m²tipi attho. Ya½ divasa½ ±di½ katv± nacira½
vih±si½ t²ºiyeva vass±n²ti vutta½ hoti. Aya½ kira bhagavato pattac²vara½
gaºhanto t²ºi sa½vacchar±ni bhagavanta½ upaµµh±si, ta½ sandh±ya eva½ vadati.
Piyar³p±n²ti piyaj±tik±ni s±taj±tik±ni. K±m³pasa½hit±n²ti k±mass±dayutt±ni. Raja-
n²y±n²ti r±gajanak±ni. No ca kho dibb±ni sadd±n²ti kasm± sunakkhatto t±ni na
suº±ti? So kira bhagavanta½ upasaªkamitv± dibbacakkhuparikamma½ y±ci,
tassa bhagav± ±cikkhi, so yath±nusiµµha½ paµipanno dibbacakkhu½ upp±detv±
devat±na½ r³p±ni disv± cintesi “imasmi½ sar²rasaºµh±ne saddena madhurena
bhavitabba½, katha½ nu kho na½ suºeyyan”ti bhagavanta½ upasaªkamitv±
dibbasotaparikamma½ pucchi. Ayañca at²te eka½ s²lavanta½ bhikkhu½ kaººasa-
kkhaliya½ paharitv± badhiramak±si. Tasm± parikamma½ karontopi abhabbo
dibbasot±dhigam±ya. Tenassa na bhagav± parikamma½ kathesi. So ett±vat±
bhagavati ±gh±ta½ bandhitv± cintesi– “addh± samaºassa gotamassa eva½ hoti–
‘ahampi khattiyo ayampi khattiyo, sacassa ñ±ºa½ va¹¹hissati, ayampi sabbaññ³
bhavissat²’ti us³y±ya mayha½ na kathes²”ti. So anukkamena gihibh±va½ patv±
tamattha½ mah±lilicchavino kathento evam±ha.
366-371. Eka½sabh±vitoti eka½s±ya ekakoµµh±s±ya bh±vito, dibb±na½ v±
r³p±na½ dassanatth±ya dibb±na½ v± sadd±na½ savanatth±ya bh±vitoti attho. Tiri-
yanti anudis±ya.
Ubhaya½sabh±vitoti ubhaya½s±ya ubhayakoµµh±s±ya bh±vitoti attho. Aya½ kho
mah±li het³ti aya½ dibb±na½yeva r³p±na½ dassan±ya eka½sabh±vito sam±dhi
hetu. Imamattha½ sutv± so licchav² cintesi– “ida½ dibbasotena saddasuºana½
imasmi½ s±sane uttamatthabh³ta½ maññe imassa n³na atth±ya ete (1.0279)
bhikkh³ paññ±sampi saµµhipi vass±ni apaººaka½ brahmacariya½ caranti, ya½n³-
n±ha½ dasabala½ etamattha½ puccheyyan”ti.
372. Tato tamattha½ pucchanto “et±sa½ n³na, bhante”ti-±dim±ha. Sam±dhibh±-
van±nanti ettha sam±dhiyeva sam±dhibh±van±, ubhaya½sabh±vit±na½ sam±dh²-
nanti attho. Atha yasm± s±sanato b±hir± et± sam±dhibh±van±, na ajjhattik±.
Tasm± t± paµikkhipitv± yadattha½ bhikkh³ brahmacariya½ caranti, ta½ dassento
bhagav± “na kho mah±l²”ti-±dim±ha.

Catu-ariyaphalavaººan±

373. Tiººa½ sa½yojan±nanti sakk±yadiµµhi-±d²na½ tiººa½ bandhan±na½.

T±ni hi vaµµadukkhamaye rathe satte sa½yojenti, tasm± sa½yojan±n²ti vuccanti.
Sot±panno hot²ti maggasota½ ±panno hoti. Avinip±tadhammoti cat³su ap±yesu
apatanadhammo. NiyatoTi dhammaniy±mena niyato. Sambodhipar±yaºoti upari-
maggattayasaªkh±t± sambodhi para½ ayana½ assa, anena v± pattabb±ti sambo-
dhipar±yaºo.
Tanutt±ti pariyuµµh±namandat±ya ca kad±ci karahaci uppattiy± ca tanubh±v±.
Orambh±giy±nanti heµµh±bh±giy±na½, ye hi baddho upari suddh±v±sabh³miya½
nibbattitu½ na sakkoti. Opap±tikoti sesayonipaµikkhepavacanameta½. Tattha
parinibb±y²ti tasmi½ uparibhaveyeva parinibb±nadhammo. An±vattidhammoti tato
brahmalok± puna paµisandhivasena an±vattanadhammo. Cetovimuttinti cittavi-
suddhi½, sabbakilesabandhanavimuttassa arahattaphalacittasseta½ adhiva-
cana½. Paññ±vimuttinti etth±pi sabbakilesabandhanavimutt± arahattaphalapa-
ññ±va paññ±vimutt²ti veditabb±. Diµµheva dhammeti imasmi½yeva attabh±ve.
Sayanti s±ma½. Abhiññ±ti abhij±nitv±. Sacchikatv±ti paccakkha½ katv±. Atha v±
abhiññ± sacchikatv±ti abhiññ±ya abhivisiµµhena ñ±ºena sacchikaritv±tipi attho. Upa-
sampajj±ti patv± paµilabhitv±. Ida½ sutv± licchavir±j± cintesi– “aya½ pana
dhammo na sakuºena viya uppatitv±, n±pi godh±ya viya urena gantv± sakk± paµi-
vijjhitu½ (1.0280), addh± pana ima½ paµivijjhantassa pubbabh±gappaµipad±ya
bhavitabba½, pucch±mi t±va nan”ti.

Ariya-aµµhaªgikamaggavaººan±

374-375. Tato bhagavanta½ pucchanto “atthi pana bhante”ti-±dim±ha. Aµµhaªgi-

koti pañcaªgika½ turiya½ viya aµµhaªgiko g±mo viya ca aµµhaªgamattoyeva hutv±
aµµhaªgiko, na aªgato añño maggo n±ma atthi. Tenev±ha– “seyyathida½, samm±-
diµµhi …pe… samm±sam±dh²”ti. Tattha samm±dassanalakkhaº± samm±diµµhi.
Samm± abhiniropanalakkhaºo samm±saªkappo. Samm± pariggahaºalakkhaº±
samm±v±c±. Samm± samuµµh±panalakkhaºo samm±kammanto. Samm± vod±pa-
nalakkhaºo samm±-±j²vo. Samm± paggahalakkhaºo samm±v±y±mo. Samm± upa-
µµh±nalakkhaº± samm±sati. Samm± sam±dh±nalakkhaºo samm±sam±dhi. Etesu
ekekassa t²ºi t²ºi kicc±ni honti. Seyyathida½, samm±diµµhi t±va aññehipi attano
paccan²kakilesehi saddhi½ micch±diµµhi½ pajahati, nirodha½ ±rammaºa½ karoti,
sampayuttadhamme ca passati tappaµicch±dakamohavidhamanavasena asammo-
hato. Samm±saªkapp±dayopi tatheva micch±saªkapp±d²ni pajahanti, nirodhañca
±rammaºa½ karonti, visesato panettha samm±saªkappo sahaj±tadhamme abhi-
niropeti. Samm±v±c± samm± pariggaºhati. Samm±kammanto samm± samuµµh±-
peti. Samm±-±j²vo samm± vod±peti. Samm±v±y±mo samm± paggaºhati. Samm±-
sati samm± upaµµh±peti. Samm±sam±dhi samm± padahati.
Api ces± samm±diµµhi n±ma pubbabh±ge n±n±kkhaº± n±n±rammaº± hoti,
maggakkhaºe ekakkhaº± ek±rammaº±. Kiccato pana “dukkhe ñ±ºan”ti-±d²ni
catt±ri n±m±ni labhati. Samm±saªkapp±dayopi pubbabh±ge n±n±kkhaº± n±n±ra-
mmaº± honti. Maggakkhaºe ekakkhaº± ek±rammaº±. Tesu samm±saªkappo
kiccato “nekkhammasaªkappo”ti-±d²ni t²ºi n±m±ni labhati. Samm± v±c±dayo tisso
viratiyopi honti, cetan±dayopi honti, maggakkhaºe pana viratiyeva. Samm±v±-
y±mo samm±sat²ti idampi dvaya½ kiccato sammappadh±nasatipaµµh±navasena
catt±ri n±m±ni labhati. Samm±sam±dhi pana pubbabh±gepi maggakkhaºepi
samm±sam±dhiyeva.
Iti (1.0281) imesu aµµhasu dhammesu bhagavat± nibb±n±dhigam±ya paµipa-
nnassa yogino bahuk±ratt± paµhama½ samm±diµµhi desit±. Ayañhi “paññ±pajjoto
paññ±satthan”ti (dha. sa. 20) ca vutt±. Tasm± et±ya pubbabh±ge vipassan±ñ±ºa-
saªkh±t±ya samm±diµµhiy± avijjandhak±ra½ vidhamitv± kilesacore gh±tento
khemena yog±vacaro nibb±na½ p±puº±ti. Tena vutta½– “nibb±n±dhigam±ya paµi-
pannassa yogino bahuk±ratt± paµhama½ samm±diµµhi desit±”ti.
Samm±saªkappo pana tass± bahuk±ro, tasm± tadanantara½ vutto. Yath± hi
heraññiko hatthena parivaµµetv± parivaµµetv± cakkhun± kah±paºa½ olokento–
“aya½ cheko, aya½ k³µo”ti j±n±ti. Eva½ yog±vacaropi pubbabh±ge vitakkena vita-
kketv± vipassan±paññ±ya olokayam±no– “ime dhamm± k±m±vacar±, ime
dhamm± r³p±vacar±dayo”ti paj±n±ti. Yath± v± pana purisena koµiya½ gahetv±
parivaµµetv± parivaµµetv± dinna½ mah±rukkha½ tacchako v±siy± tacchetv± kamme
upaneti, eva½ vitakkena vitakketv± vitakketv± dinne dhamme yog±vacaro
paññ±ya– “ime k±m±vacar±, ime r³p±vacar±”ti-±din± nayena paricchinditv±
kamme upaneti. Tena vutta½– “samm±saªkappo pana tass± bahuk±ro, tasm±
tadanantara½ vutto”ti. Sv±ya½ yath± samm±diµµhiy± eva½ samm±v±c±yapi upa-
k±rako. Yath±ha– “pubbe kho, vis±kha, vitakketv± vic±retv± pacch± v±ca½ bhinda-
t²”ti, (ma. ni. 1.463) tasm± tadanantara½ samm±v±c± vutt±.
Yasm± pana– “idañcidañca kariss±m±”ti paµhama½ v±c±ya sa½vidahitv± loke
kammante payojenti; tasm± v±c± k±yakammassa upak±rik±ti samm±v±c±ya ana-
ntara½ samm±kammanto vutto. Catubbidha½ pana vac²duccarita½, tividhañca
k±yaduccarita½ pah±ya ubhaya½ sucarita½ p³rentasseva yasm± ±j²vaµµhamaka½
s²la½ p³reti, na itarassa, tasm± tadubhay±nantara½ samm±-±j²vo vutto. Eva½
visuddh±j²vena pana “parisuddho me ±j²vo”ti ett±vat± ca paritosa½ katv± suttapa-
mattena viharitu½ na yutta½, atha kho “sabbiriy±pathesu ida½ v²riya½ sam±ra-
bhitabban”ti dassetu½ tadanantara½ samm±v±y±mo vutto. Tato “±raddhav²riye-
napi k±y±d²su cat³su vatth³su (1.0282) sati s³paµµhit± k±tabb±”ti dassanattha½
tadanantara½ samm±sati desit±. Yasm± paneva½ s³paµµhit± sati sam±dhissupa-
k±r±nupak±r±na½ dhamm±na½ gatiyo samannesitv± pahoti ekatt±rammaºe
citta½ sam±dh±tu½, tasm± samm±satiy± anantara½ samm±sam±dhi desitoti
veditabbo. Etesa½ dhamm±na½ sacchikiriy±y±ti etesa½ sot±pattiphal±d²na½
paccakkhakiriyatth±ya.

Dve pabbajitavatthuvaººan±

376-377. Ekamid±hanti ida½ kasm± ±raddha½? Aya½ kira r±j±– “r³pa½ att±”ti
eva½laddhiko, tenassa desan±ya citta½ n±dhimuccati. Atha bhagavat± tassa
laddhiy± ±vikaraºattha½ eka½ k±raºa½ ±haritu½ idam±raddha½. Tatr±ya½
saªkhepattho– “aha½ eka½ samaya½ ghosit±r±me vihar±mi, tatra vasanta½ ma½
te dve pabbajit± eva½ pucchi½su. Ath±ha½ tesa½ buddhupp±da½ dassetv± tanti-
dhamma½ n±ma kathento idamavoca½– “±vuso, saddh±sampanno n±ma kula-
putto evar³passa satthu s±sane pabbajito, eva½ tividha½ s²la½ p³retv± paµhama-
jjh±n±d²ni patv± µhito ‘ta½ j²van’ti-±d²ni vadeyya, yutta½ nu kho etamass±”ti? Tato
tehi “yuttan”ti vutte “aha½ kho paneta½, ±vuso, eva½ j±n±mi, eva½ pass±mi, atha
ca pan±ha½ na vad±m²”ti ta½ v±da½ paµikkhipitv± uttari kh²º±sava½ dassetv±
“imassa eva½ vattu½ na yuttan”ti avoca½. Te mama vacana½ sutv± attaman±
ahesunti. Eva½ vutte sopi attamano ahosi. Ten±ha– “idamavoca bhagav±. Atta-
mano oµµhaddho licchav² bhagavato bh±sita½ abhinand²”ti.

Iti sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya½

Mah±lisuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

7. J±liyasuttavaººan±

Dve pabbajitavatthuvaººan±

378. Eva½ (1.0283) me suta½ …pe… kosambiyanti j±liyasutta½. Tatr±ya½ apu-

bbapadavaººan±. Ghosit±r±meti ghositena seµµhin± kate ±r±me. Pubbe kira alla-
kapparaµµha½ n±ma ahosi. Tato kot³haliko n±ma daliddo ch±takabhayena sapu-
ttad±ro avantiraµµha½ gacchanto putta½ vahitu½ asakkonto cha¹¹etv± agam±si,
m±t± nivattitv± ta½ gahetv± gat±, te eka½ gop±lakag±ma½ pavisi½su. Gop±la-
kena ca tad± bahup±y±so paµiyatto hoti, te tato p±y±sa½ labhitv± bhuñji½su. Atha
so puriso balavap±y±sa½ bhutto j²r±petu½ asakkonto rattibh±ge k±la½ katv±
tattheva sunakhiy± kucchismi½ paµisandhi½ gahetv± kukkuro j±to, so gop±la-
kassa piyo ahosi. Gop±lako ca paccekabuddha½ upaµµhahati. Paccekabuddhopi
bhattakiccapariyos±ne kukkurassa ekeka½ piº¹a½ deti, so paccekabuddhe
sineha½ upp±detv± gop±lakena saddhi½ paººas±lampi gacchati. Gop±lake asa-
nnihite bhattavel±ya½ sayameva gantv± k±l±rocanattha½ paººas±ladv±re
bhussati, antar±maggepi caº¹amige disv± bhussitv± pal±peti. So paccekabuddhe
mudukena cittena k±la½katv± devaloke nibbatti. Tatrassa ghosakadevaputto
tveva n±ma½ ahosi. So devalokato cavitv± kosambiya½ ekassa kulassa ghare
nibbatti. Ta½ aputtako seµµhi tassa m±t±pit³na½ dhana½ datv± putta½ katv± agga-
hesi. Atha attano putte j±te sattakkhattu½ gh±t±petu½ upakkami. So puññavanta-
t±ya sattasupi µh±nesu maraºa½ appatv± avas±ne ek±ya seµµhidh²t±ya veyyatti-
yena laddhaj²vito aparabh±ge pitu-accayena seµµhiµµh±na½ patv± ghosakaseµµhi
n±ma j±to. Aññepi kosambiya½ kukkuµaseµµhi (1.0284), p±v±riyaseµµh²ti dve
seµµhino atthi, imin± saddhi½ tayo ahesu½.
Tena ca samayena himavantato pañcasatat±pas± sar²rasantappanattha½ anta-
rantar±kosambi½ ±gacchanti, tesa½ ete tayo seµµh² attano attano uyy±nesu paººa-
kuµiyo katv± upaµµh±na½ karonti. Athekadivasa½ te t±pas± himavantato ±ga-
cchant± mah±kant±re tasit± kilant± eka½ mahanta½ vaµarukkha½ patv± tattha
adhivatth±ya devat±ya santik± saªgaha½ pacc±sisant± nis²di½su. Devat± sabb±-
laªk±ravibh³sita½ hattha½ pas±retv± tesa½ p±n²yap±nak±d²ni datv± kilamatha½
paµivinodesi, ete devat±y±nubh±vena vimhit± pucchi½su– “ki½ nu kho, devate,
kamma½ katv± tay± aya½ sampatti laddh±”ti? Devat± ±ha– “loke buddho n±ma
bhagav± uppanno, so etarahi s±vatthiya½ viharati, an±thapiº¹iko gahapati ta½
upaµµhahati. So uposathadivasesu attano bhatak±na½ pakatibhattavetanameva
datv± uposatha½ k±r±pesi. Ath±ha½ ekadivasa½ majjhanhike p±tar±satth±ya
±gato kañci bhatakakamma½ akaronta½ disv±– ‘ajja manuss± kasm± kamma½
na karont²’ti pucchi½. Tassa me tamattha½ ±rocesu½. Ath±ha½ etadavoca½–
‘id±ni upa¹¹hadivaso gato, sakk± nu kho upa¹¹huposatha½ k±tun’ti. Tato
seµµhissa paµivedetv± “sakk± k±tun”ti ±ha. Sv±ha½ upa¹¹hadivasa½ upa¹¹hupo-
satha½ sam±diyitv± tadaheva k±la½ katv± ima½ sampatti½ paµilabhin”ti.
Atha te t±pas± “buddho kira uppanno”ti sañj±tap²tip±mojj± tatova s±vatthi½
gantuk±m± hutv±pi– “bahuk±r± no upaµµh±kaseµµhino tesampi imamattham±roce-
ss±m±”ti kosambi½ gantv± seµµh²hi katasakk±rabahum±n± “tadaheva maya½
gacch±m±”ti ±ha½su. “Ki½, bhante, turit±ttha, nanu tumhe pubbe catt±ro pañca
m±se vasitv± gacchath±”ti ca vutte ta½ pavatti½ ±rocesu½. “Tena hi, bhante,
saheva gacch±m±”ti ca vutte “gacch±ma maya½, tumhe saºika½ ±gacchath±”ti
s±vatthi½ gantv± bhagavato santike pabbajitv± arahatta½ p±puºi½su.
Tepi seµµhino pañcasatapañcasatasakaµapariv±r± (1.0285) s±vatthi½ gantv± d±n±-
d²ni datv± kosambi½ ±gamanatth±ya bhagavanta½ y±citv± pacc±gamma tayo
vih±re k±resu½. Tesu kukkuµaseµµhin± kato kukkuµ±r±mo n±ma, p±v±riyaseµµhin±
kato p±v±rikambavana½ n±ma, ghositaseµµhin± kato ghosit±r±mo n±ma ahosi.
Ta½ sandh±ya vutta½– “kosambiya½ viharati ghosit±r±me”ti.
Muº¹iyoti ida½ tassa n±ma½. J±liyoti idampi itarassa n±mameva. Yasm±
panassa upajjh±yo d±rumayena pattena piº¹±ya carati, tasm± d±rupattikantev±-
s²ti vuccati. Etadavocunti up±rambh±dhipp±yena v±da½ ±ropetuk±m± hutv± eta-
davocu½. Iti kira nesa½ ahosi, sace samaºo gotamo “ta½ j²va½ ta½ sar²ran”ti
vakkhati, athassa maya½ eta½ v±da½ ±ropess±ma– “bho gotama, tumh±ka½
laddhiy± idheva satto bhijjati, tena vo v±do ucchedav±do hot²”ti. Sace pana
“añña½ j²va½ añña½ sar²ran”ti vakkhati, athasseta½ v±da½ ±ropess±ma
“tumh±ka½ v±de r³pa½ bhijjati, na satto bhijjati. Tena vo v±de satto sassato ±pa-
jjat²”ti. Atha bhagav± “ime v±d±ropanatth±ya pañha½ pucchanti, mama s±sane
ime dve ante anupagamma majjhim± paµipad± atth²ti na j±nanti, handa nesa½
pañha½ avissajjetv± tass±yeva paµipad±ya ±vibh±vattha½ dhamma½ desem²”ti
cintetv± “tena h±vuso”ti-±dim±ha.
379-380. Tattha kalla½ nu kho tasseta½ vacan±y±Ti tasseta½ saddh±pabbaji-
tassa tividha½ s²la½ parip³retv± paµhamajjh±na½ pattassa yutta½ nu kho eta½
vattunti attho. Ta½ sutv± paribb±jak± puthujjano n±ma yasm± nibbicikiccho na
hoti, tasm± kad±ci eva½ vadeyy±ti maññam±n±– “kalla½ tasseta½ vacan±y±”ti
±ha½su. Atha ca pan±ha½ na vad±m²ti aha½ etameva½ j±n±mi, no ca eva½
vad±mi, atha kho kasiºaparikamma½ katv± bh±ventassa paññ±balena uppanna½
mahaggatacittametanti sañña½ µhapesi½. Na (1.0286) kalla½ tassetanti ida½ te
paribb±jak±– “yasm± kh²º±savo vigatasammoho tiººavicikiccho, tasm± na yutta½
tasseta½ vattun”ti maññam±n± vadanti. Sesamettha utt±natthamev±ti.

Iti sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya½

J±liyasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

8. Mah±s²han±dasuttavaººan±

Acelakassapavatthuvaººan±

381. Eva½ (1.0287) me suta½ …pe… uruññ±ya½ viharat²ti mah±s²han±da-

sutta½. Tatr±ya½ apubbapadavaººan±. Uruññ±yanti uruññ±ti tassa raµµhassapi
nagarassapi etadeva n±ma½, bhagav± uruññ±nagara½ upaniss±ya viharati.
Kaººakatthale migad±yeti tassa nagarassa avid³re kaººakatthala½ n±ma eko
ramaº²yo bh³mibh±go atthi. So mig±na½ abhayatth±ya dinnatt± “migad±yo”ti
vuccati, tasmi½ kaººakatthale migad±ye. Aceloti naggaparibb±jako. Kassapoti
tassa n±ma½. Tapassinti tapanissitaka½. L³kh±j²vinti acelakamutt±c±r±divasena
l³kho ±j²vo ass±ti l³kh±j²v², ta½ l³kh±j²vi½. Upakkosat²ti upaº¹eti. Upavadat²ti
h²¼eti vambheti. Dhammassa ca anudhamma½ by±karont²ti bhot± gotamena vutta-
k±raºassa anuk±raºa½ kathenti. Sahadhammiko v±d±nuv±doti parehi vuttak±ra-
ºena sak±raºo hutv± tumh±ka½ v±do v± anuv±do v± viññ³hi garahitabba½,
k±raºa½ koci appamattakopi ki½ na ±gacchati. Ida½ vutta½ hoti, “ki½ sabb±k±re-
napi tava v±de g±rayha½ k±raºa½ natth²”ti. Anabbhakkh±tuk±m±ti na abh³tena
vattuk±m±.
382. Ekacca½ tapassi½ l³kh±j²vinti-±d²su idhekacco acelakapabbajj±ditapani-
ssitatt± tapass² “l³khena j²vita½ kappess±m²”ti tiºagomay±dibhakkhan±d²hi n±na-
ppak±rehi att±na½ kilameti, appapuññat±ya ca sukhena j²vitavuttimeva na labhati,
so t²ºi duccarit±ni p³retv± niraye nibbattati.
Aparo t±disa½ tapanissitopi puññav± hoti, labhati l±bhasakk±ra½. So “na d±ni
may± sadiso atth²”ti att±na½ ucce µh±ne sambh±vetv± “bhiyyosomatt±ya l±bha½
upp±dess±m²”ti anesanavasena t²ºi duccarit±ni p³retv± niraye nibbattati. Ime dve
sandh±ya paµhamanayo vutto.
Aparo tapanissitako l³kh±j²v² appapuñño hoti, na labhati sukhena j²vitavutti½.
So “mayha½ pubbepi akatapuññat±ya sukhaj²vik± nuppajjati (1.0288), handad±ni
puññ±ni karom²”ti t²ºi sucarit±ni p³retv± sagge nibbattati.
Aparo l³kh±j²v² puññav± hoti, labhati sukhena j²vitavutti½. So– “mayha½
pubbepi katapuññat±ya sukhaj²vik± uppajjat²”ti cintetv± anesana½ pah±ya t²ºi
sucarit±ni p³retv± sagge nibbattati. Ime dve sandh±ya dutiyanayo vutto.
Eko pana tapass² appadukkhavih±r² hoti b±hirak±c±rayutto t±paso v± channapa-
ribb±jako v±, appapuññat±ya ca man±pe paccaye na labhati. So anesanavasena
t²ºi duccarit±ni p³retv± att±na½ sukhe µhapetv± niraye nibbattati.
Aparo puññav± hoti, so– “na d±ni may± sadiso atth²”ti m±na½ upp±detv± anesa-
navasena l±bhasakk±ra½ v± upp±dento micch±diµµhivasena– “sukho imiss± pari-
bb±jik±ya dahar±ya muduk±ya lomas±ya samphasso”ti-±d²ni cintetv± k±mesu
p±tabyata½ v± ±pajjanto t²ºi duccarit±ni p³retv± niraye nibbattati. Ime dve
sandh±ya tatiyanayo vutto.
Aparo pana appadukkhavih±r² appapuñño hoti, so– “aha½ pubbepi akatapuñña-
t±ya sukhena j²vika½ na labh±m²”ti t²ºi sucarit±ni p³retv± sagge nibbattati.
Aparo puññav± hoti, so– “pubbep±ha½ katapuññat±ya sukha½ labh±mi, id±ni
puññ±ni kariss±m²”ti t²ºi sucarit±ni p³retv± sagge nibbattati. Ime dve sandh±ya
catutthanayo vutto. Ida½ titthiyavasena ±gata½, s±sanepi pana labbhati.
Ekacco hi dhutaªgasam±d±navasena l³kh±j²v² hoti, appapuññat±ya v± saka-
lampi g±ma½ vicaritv± udarap³ra½ na labhati. So– “paccaye upp±dess±m²”ti vejja-
kamm±divasena v± anesana½ katv±, arahatta½ v± paµij±nitv±, t²ºi v± kuhanava-
tth³ni paµisevitv± niraye nibbattati.
Aparo (1.0289) ca t±disova puññav± hoti. So t±ya puññasampattiy± m±na½
janayitv± uppanna½ l±bha½ th±vara½ kattuk±mo anesanavasena t²ºi duccarit±ni
p³retv± niraye uppajjati.
Aparo sam±dinnadhutaªgo appapuññova hoti, na labhati sukhena j²vitavutti½.
So– “pubbep±ha½ akatapuññat±ya kiñci na labh±mi, sace id±ni anesana½
karissa½, ±yatimpi dullabhasukho bhaviss±m²”ti t²ºi sucarit±ni p³retv± arahatta½
pattu½ asakkonto sagge nibbattati.
Aparo puññav± hoti, so– “pubbep±ha½ katapuññat±ya etarahi sukhito, id±nipi
puñña½ kariss±m²”ti anesana½ pah±ya t²ºi sucarit±ni p³retv± arahatta½ pattu½
asakkonto sagge nibbattati.
383. ¾gatiñc±ti– “asukaµµh±nato n±ma ime ±gat±”ti eva½ ±gatiñca. Gatiñc±ti
id±ni gantabbaµµh±nañca. Cutiñc±ti tato cavanañca. Upapattiñc±ti tato cut±na½
puna upapattiñca. Ki½ sabba½ tapa½ garahiss±m²ti– “kena k±raºena garahi-
ss±mi, garahitabbameva hi maya½ garah±ma, pasa½sitabba½ pasa½s±ma, na
bhaº¹ika½ karonto mah±rajako viya dhotañca adhotañca ekato karom±”ti
dasseti. Id±ni tamattha½ pak±sento– “santi kassapa eke samaºabr±hmaº±”ti-±di-
m±ha.
384. Ya½ te ekaccanti pañcavidha½ s²la½, tañhi loke na koci “na s±dh³”ti
vadati. Puna ya½ te ekaccanti pañcavidha½ vera½, ta½ na koci “s±dh³”ti vadati.
Puna ya½ te ekaccanti pañcadv±re asa½vara½, te kira– “cakkhu n±ma na niru-
ndhitabba½, cakkhun± man±pa½ r³pa½ daµµhabban”ti vadanti, esa nayo sot±d²su.
Puna ya½ te ekaccanti pañcadv±re sa½vara½.
Eva½ paresa½ v±dena saha attano v±dassa sam±n±sam±nata½ dassetv±
id±ni attano v±dena saha paresa½ v±dassa sam±n±sam±nata½ dassento “ya½
mayan”ti-±dim±ha. Tatr±pi pañcas²l±divaseneva attho veditabbo.

Samanuyuñj±panakath±vaººan±

385. Samanuyuñjantanti (1.0290) samanuyuñjantu, ettha ca laddhi½ pucchanto

samanuyuñjati n±ma, k±raºa½ pucchanto samanug±hati n±ma, ubhaya½
pucchanto samanubh±sati n±ma. Satth±r± v± satth±ranti satth±r± v± saddhi½
satth±ra½ upasa½haritv±– “ki½ te satth± te dhamme sabbaso pah±ya vattati,
ud±hu samaºo gotamo”ti. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo.
Id±ni tamattha½ yojetv± dassento– “ye imesa½ bhavatan”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha aku-
sal± akusalasaªkh±t±ti akusal± ceva “akusal±”ti ca saªkh±t± ñ±t± koµµh±sa½ v±
katv± µhapit±ti attho. Esa nayo sabbapadesu. Api cettha s±vajj±ti sados±. Na alama-
riy±ti niddosaµµhena ariy± bhavitu½ n±la½ asamatth±.
386-392. Ya½ viññ³ samanuyuñjant±ti yena viññ³ amhe ca aññe ca pucchant±
eva½ vadeyyu½, ta½ µh±na½ vijjati, atthi ta½ k±raºanti attho. Ya½ v± pana bhonto
pare gaº±cariy±ti pare pana bhonto gaº±cariy± ya½ v± ta½ v± appamattaka½
pah±ya vattant²ti attho. Amheva tattha yebhuyyena pasa½seyyunti ida½ bhagav±
satth±r± satth±ra½ samanuyuñjanepi ±ha– saªghena sa½gha½ samanuyuñja-
nepi. Kasm±? Saªghapasa½s±yapi satthuyeva pasa½s±siddhito. Pas²dam±n±pi
hi buddhasampattiy± saªghe, saªghasampattiy± ca buddhe pas²danti, tath± hi
bhagavato sar²rasampatti½ disv±, dhammadesana½ v± sutv± bhavanti vatt±ro–
“l±bh± vata bho s±vak±na½ ye evar³passa satthu santik±vacar±”ti, eva½ buddha-
sampattiy± saªghe pas²danti. Bhikkh³na½ pan±c±ragocara½ abhikkamapaµikka-
m±d²ni ca disv± bhavanti vatt±ro– “santik±vacar±na½ vata bho s±vak±na½
ayañca upasamaguºo satthu k²va r³po bhavissat²”ti, eva½ saªghasampattiy±
buddhe pas²danti. Iti y± satthupasa½s±, s± saªghassa. Y± saªghassa pasa½s±,
s± satth³ti saªghapasa½s±yapi satthuyeva pasa½s±siddhito bhagav± dv²supi
nayesu– “amheva tattha yebhuyyena pasa½seyyun”ti ±ha. Samaºo gotamo ime
dhamme anavasesa½ pah±ya vattati, ya½ v± pana bhonto pare gaº±cariy±ti-±d²-
supi panettha ayamadhipp±yo– sampattasam±d±nasetugh±tavasena (1.0291) hi
tisso viratiyo. T±su sampattasam±d±na viratimattameva aññesa½ hoti, setugh±ta-
virati pana sabbena sabba½ natthi. Pañcasu pana tadaªgavikkhambhanasamu-
cchedapaµipassaddhinissaraºappah±nesu aµµhasam±pattivasena ceva vipassan±-
mattavasena ca tadaªgavikkhambhanappah±namattameva aññesa½ hoti. Itar±ni
t²ºi pah±n±ni sabbena sabba½ natthi. Tath± s²lasa½varo, khantisa½varo, ñ±ºa-
sa½varo, satisa½varo, v²riyasa½varoti pañca sa½var±, tesu pañcas²lamattameva
adhiv±sanakhantimattameva ca aññesa½ hoti, sesa½ sabbena sabba½ natthi.
Pañca kho panime uposathuddes±, tesu pañcas²lamattameva aññesa½ hoti.
P±timokkhasa½varas²la½ sabbena sabba½ natthi. Iti akusalappah±ne ca kusala-
sam±d±ne ca, t²su virat²su, pañcasu pah±nesu, pañcasu sa½varesu, pañcasu
uddesesu,– “ahameva ca mayhañca s±vakasaªgho loke paññ±yati, may± hi
sadiso satth± n±ma, mayha½ s±vakasaªghena sadiso saªgho n±ma natth²”ti
bhagav± s²han±da½ nadati.

Ariya-aµµhaªgikamaggavaººan±
 393. Eva½ s²han±da½ naditv± tassa s²han±dassa avipar²tabh±v±vabodha-
nattha½– “atthi, kassapa, maggo”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha maggoti lokuttaramaggo. Paµi-
pad±ti pubbabh±gapaµipad±. K±lav±d²ti-±d²ni brahmaj±le vaººit±ni. Id±ni ta½
duvidha½ maggañca paµipadañca ekato katv± dassento– “ayameva ariyo”ti-±di-
m±ha. Ida½ pana sutv± acelo cintesi– “samaºo gotamo mayha½yeva maggo ca
paµipad± ca atthi, aññesa½ natth²ti maññati, handass±ha½ amh±kampi magga½
kathem²”ti. Tato acelakapaµipada½ kathesi. Ten±ha– “eva½ vutte acelo kassapo
bhagavanta½ etadavoca …pe… udakorohan±nuyogamanuyutto viharat²”ti.

Tapopakkamakath±vaººan±

394. Tattha tapopakkam±ti tap±rambh±, tapakamm±n²ti attho. S±maññasaªkh±-

t±ti samaºakammasaªkh±t±. Brahmaññasaªkh±t±ti br±hmaºakammasaªkh±t±.
Acelakoti niccolo, naggoti attho. Mutt±c±roti visaµµh±c±ro, ucc±rakamm±d²su loki-
yakulaputt±c±rena virahito (1.0292) µhitakova ucc±ra½ karoti, pass±va½ karoti,
kh±dati, bhuñjati ca. Hatth±palekhanoti hatthe piº¹amhi µhite jivh±ya hattha½ apa-
likhati, ucc±ra½ v± katv± hatthasmiññeva daº¹akasaññ² hutv± hatthena apali-
khati. “Bhikkh±gahaºattha½ ehi, bhante”ti vutto na et²ti na ehibhaddantiko. “Tena
hi tiµµha, bhante”ti vuttopi na tiµµhat²ti natiµµhabhaddantiko. Tadubhayampi kira so–
“etassa vacana½ kata½ bhavissat²”ti na karoti. Abhihaµanti puretara½ gahetv±
±haµa½ bhikkha½, uddissakatanti “ima½ tumhe uddissa katan”ti eva½ ±rocita½
bhikkha½. Na nimantananti “asuka½ n±ma kula½ v± v²thi½ v± g±ma½ v± pavise-
yy±th±”ti eva½ nimantitabhikkhampi na s±diyati, na gaºhati. Na kumbhimukh±ti
kumbhito uddharitv± diyyam±na½ bhikkha½ na gaºhati. Na ka¼opimukh±ti ka¼o-
p²ti ukkhali v± pacchi v±, tatopi na gaºhati. Kasm±? Kumbhika¼opiyo ma½ niss±ya
kaµacchun± pah±ra½ labhant²ti. Na e¼akamantaranti umm±ra½ antara½ katv±
diyyam±na½ na gaºhati. Kasm±? “Aya½ ma½ niss±ya antarakaraºa½ labhat²”ti.
Daº¹amusalesupi eseva nayo.
Dvinnanti dv²su bhuñjam±nesu ekasmi½ uµµh±ya dente na gaºhati. Kasm±?
“Ekassa kaba¼antar±yo hot²”ti. Na gabbhiniy±ti-±d²su pana “gabbhiniy± kucchiya½
d±rako kilamati. P±yantiy± d±rakassa kh²rantar±yo hoti, purisantaragat±ya rati-a-
ntar±yo hot²”ti na gaºhati. Sa½kitt²s³ti sa½kittetv± katabhattesu, dubbhikkhasa-
maye kira acelakas±vak± acelak±na½ atth±ya tato tato taº¹ul±d²ni sam±dapetv±
bhatta½ pacanti. Ukkaµµho acelako tatopi na paµiggaºhati. Na yattha s±ti yattha
sunakho– “piº¹a½ labhiss±m²”ti upaµµhito hoti, tattha tassa adatv± ±haµa½ na
gaºhati. Kasm±? Etassa piº¹antar±yo hot²ti. Saº¹asaº¹ac±rin²ti sam³hasam³ha-
c±rin², sace hi acelaka½ disv±– “imassa bhikkha½ dass±m±”ti manuss± bhatta-
geha½ pavisanti, tesu ca pavisantesu ka¼opimukh±d²su nil²n± makkhik± uppatitv±
saº¹asaº¹± caranti, tato ±haµa½ bhikkha½ na gaºhati. Kasm±? Ma½ niss±ya
makkhik±na½ gocarantar±yo j±toti.
Thusodakanti (1.0293) sabbasassasambh±rehi kata½ sov²raka½. Ettha ca sur±-
p±nameva s±vajja½, aya½ pana sabbesupi s±vajjasaññ². Ek±g±rikoti yo ekasmi½-
yeva gehe bhikkha½ labhitv± nivattati. Ek±lopikoti yo ekeneva ±lopena y±peti.
Dv±g±rik±d²supi eseva nayo. Ekiss±pi dattiy±ti ek±ya dattiy±. Datti n±ma ek±
khuddakap±ti hoti, yattha aggabhikkha½ pakkhipitv± µhapenti. Ek±hikanti ekadiva-
santarika½. Addham±sikanti addham±santarika½. Pariy±yabhattabhojananti v±ra-
bhattabhojana½, ek±hav±rena dv²hav±rena satt±hav±rena a¹¹ham±sav±ren±ti
eva½ divasav±rena ±gatabhattabhojana½.
395. S±kabhakkhoti allas±kabhakkho. S±m±kabhakkhoti s±m±kataº¹ula-
bhakkho. N²v±r±d²su n²v±ro n±ma araññe saya½j±t± v²hij±ti. Daddulanti cammak±-
rehi camma½ likhitv± cha¹¹itakasaµa½. Haµa½ vuccati silesopi sev±lopi. Kaºanti
kuº¹aka½. ¾c±moti bhatta-ukkhalik±ya laggo jh±maka-odano, ta½ cha¹¹itaµµh±na-
tova gahetv± kh±dati, “odanakañjiyan”tipi vadanti. Piññ±k±dayo p±kaµ± eva. Pava-
ttaphalabhoj²ti patitaphalabhoj².
396. S±º±n²ti s±ºav±kaco¼±ni. Mas±º±n²ti missakaco¼±ni. Chavaduss±n²ti mata-
sar²rato cha¹¹itavatth±ni, erakatiº±d²ni v± ganthetv± kataniv±san±ni. Pa½suk³l±-
n²ti pathaviya½ cha¹¹itanantak±ni. Tir²µ±n²ti rukkhatacavatth±ni. Ajinanti ajinamiga-
camma½. Ajinakkhipanti tadeva majjhe ph±litaka½. Kusac²ranti kusatiº±ni
ganthetv± katac²ra½. V±kac²raphalakac²resupi eseva nayo. Kesakambalanti
manussakesehi katakambala½. Ya½ sandh±ya vutta½–
“Seyyath±pi bhikkhave, y±ni k±nici tant±vut±ni vatth±ni, kesakambalo tesa½
paµikiµµho akkh±yati. Kesakambalo, bhikkhave, s²te s²to, uºhe uºho appaggho ca
dubbaººo ca duggandho dukkhasamphasso”ti.
V±¼akambalanti (1.0294) assav±lehi katakambala½. Ul³kapakkhikanti ul³kapa-
kkh±ni ganthetv± kataniv±sana½. Ukkuµikappadh±namanuyuttoti ukkuµikav²riya½
anuyutto, gacchantopi ukkuµikova hutv± uppatitv± uppatitv± gacchati. Kaºµak±pa-
ssayikoti ayakaºµake v± pakatikaºµake v± bh³miya½ koµµetv± tattha camma½
attharitv± µh±nacaªkam±d²ni karoti. Seyyanti sayantopi tattheva seyya½ kappeti.
Phalakaseyyanti rukkhaphalake seyya½. Thaº¹ilaseyyanti thaº¹ile ucce bh³mi-
µh±ne seyya½. Ekapassayikoti ekapasseneva sayati. Rajojalladharoti sar²ra½
telena makkhitv± rajuµµh±naµµh±ne tiµµhati, athassa sar²re rajojalla½ laggati, ta½
dh±reti. Yath±santhatikoti laddha½ ±sana½ akopetv± yadeva labhati, tattheva
nis²danas²lo. Vekaµikoti vikaµakh±danas²lo. Vikaµanti g³tha½ vuccati. Ap±nakoti
paµikkhittas²tudakap±no. S±ya½ tatiyamass±ti s±yatatiyaka½. P±to, majjhanhike,
s±yanti divasassa tikkhattu½ p±pa½ pav±hess±m²ti udakorohan±nuyoga½ anu-
yutto viharat²ti.

Tapopakkamaniratthakat±vaººan±

397. Atha bhagav± s²lasampad±d²hi vin± tesa½ tapopakkam±na½ niratthakata½

dassento– “acelako cepi kassapa hot²”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha ±rak± v±ti d³reyeva. Ave-
ranti dosaveravirahita½. Aby±pajjanti domanassaby±pajjarahita½.
398. Dukkara½, bho gotam±ti ida½ kassapo “maya½ pubbe ettakamatta½
s±maññañca brahmaññañc±ti vicar±ma, tumhe pana añña½yeva s±maññañca
brahmaññañca vadath±”ti d²pento ±ha. Pakati kho es±ti pakatikath± es±. Im±ya ca,
kassapa, matt±y±ti “kassapa yadi imin± pam±ºena eva½ parittakena paµipattikka-
mena s±mañña½ v± brahmañña½ v± dukkara½ sudukkara½ n±ma abhavissa,
tato neta½ abhavissa kalla½ vacan±ya dukkara½ s±maññan”ti ayamettha padasa-
mbandhena saddhi½ attho. Etena nayena sabbattha padasambandho veditabbo.
399. Dujj±noti (1.0295) idampi so “maya½ pubbe ettakena samaºo v±
br±hmaºo v± hot²ti vicar±ma, tumhe pana aññath± vadath±”ti ida½ sandh±y±ha.
Athassa bhagav± ta½ pakativ±da½ paµikkhipitv± sabh±vatova dujj±nabh±va½ ±vi-
karonto punapi– “pakati kho”ti-±dim±ha. Tatr±pi vuttanayeneva padasambandha½
katv± attho veditabbo.

S²lasam±dhipaññ±sampad±vaººan±

400-401. Katam± pana s±, bho gotam±ti kasm± pucchati. Aya½ kira paº¹ito
bhagavato kathentasseva katha½ uggahesi, atha attano paµipattiy± niratthakata½
viditv± samaºo gotamo– “tassa ‘c±ya½ s²lasampad±, cittasampad±, paññ±sa-
mpad± abh±vit± hoti asacchikat±, atha kho so ±rak±va s±maññ±’ti-±dim±ha.
Handa d±ni na½ t± sampattiyo pucch±m²”ti s²lasampad±divij±nanattha½ pucchati.
Athassa bhagav± buddhupp±da½ dassetv± tantidhamma½ kathento t± sampa-
ttiyo dassetu½– “idha kassap±”ti-±dim±ha. Im±ya ca kassapa s²lasampad±y±ti
ida½ arahattaphalameva sandh±ya vutta½. Arahattaphalapariyos±nañhi bhaga-
vato s±sana½. Tasm± arahattaphalasampayutt±hi s²lacittapaññ±sampad±hi aññ±
uttaritar± v± paº²tatar± v± s²l±disampad± natth²ti ±ha.

S²han±dakath±vaººan±

402. Evañca pana vatv± id±ni anuttara½ mah±s²han±da½ nadanto– “santi

kassapa eke samaºabr±hmaº±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha ariyanti nirupakkilesa½ para-
mavisuddha½. Paramanti uttama½, pañcas²l±ni hi-±di½ katv± y±va p±timokkha-
sa½varas²l± s²lameva, lokuttaramaggaphalasampayutta½ pana paramas²la½
n±ma. N±ha½ tatth±ti tattha s²lepi paramas²lepi aha½ attano samasama½ mama
s²lasamena s²lena may± sama½ puggala½ na pass±m²ti attho. Ahameva tattha
bhiyyoti ahameva tasmi½ s²le uttamo. Katamasmi½? Yadida½ adhis²lanti ya½
eta½ uttama½ s²lanti attho. Iti ima½ paµhama½ s²han±da½ nadati.
Tapojigucchav±d±ti (1.0296) ye tapojiguccha½ vadanti. Tattha tapat²ti tapo, kile-
sasant±pakav²riyasseta½ n±ma½, tadeva te kilese jigucchat²ti jigucch±. Ariy± para-
m±ti ettha niddosatt± ariy±, aµµha-±rambhavatthuvasenapi uppann± vipassan±v²ri-
yasaªkh±t± tapojigucch± tapojigucch±va, maggaphalasampayutt± param± n±ma.
Adhijegucchanti idha jigucchabh±vo jeguccha½, uttama½ jeguccha½ adhije-
guccha½, tasm± yadida½ adhijeguccha½, tattha ahameva bhiyyoti evamettha
attho daµµhabbo. Paññ±dhik±repi kammassakat±paññ± ca vipassan±paññ± ca
paññ± n±ma, maggaphalasampayutt± param± paññ± n±ma. Adhipaññanti ettha
liªgavipall±so veditabbo, aya½ panetthattho– y±ya½ adhipaññ± n±ma ahameva
tattha bhiyyoti vimutt±dhik±re tadaªgavikkhambhanavimuttiyo vimutti n±ma, samu-
cchedapaµipassaddhinissaraºavimuttiyo pana param± vimutt²ti veditabb±. Idh±pi
ca yadida½ adhivimutt²ti y± aya½ adhivimutti, ahameva tattha bhiyyoti attho.
403. Suññ±g±reti suññe ghare, ekakova nis²ditv±ti adhipp±yo. Paris±su c±ti
aµµhasu paris±su. Vuttampi ceta½–
“Catt±rim±ni, s±riputta, tath±gatassa ves±rajj±ni. Yehi ves±rajjehi samann±-
gato tath±gato ±sabha½ µh±na½ paµij±n±ti, paris±su s²han±da½ nadat²”ti (ma.
ni. 1.150) sutta½ vitth±retabba½.
Pañhañca na½ pucchant²ti paº¹it± devamanuss± na½ pañha½ abhisaªkharitv±
pucchanti. By±karot²ti taªkhaºaññeva vissajjesi. Citta½ ±r±dhet²ti pañh±vissajja-
nena mah±janassa citta½ paritosetiyeva. No ca kho sotabba½ maññant²ti citta½
±r±dhetv± kathentassapissa vacana½ pare sotabba½ na maññant²ti, evañca vade-
yyunti attho. Sotabbañcassa maññant²ti dev±pi manuss±pi mahanteneva uss±-
hena sotabba½ maññanti. Pas²dant²ti supasann± kallacitt± muducitt± honti. Pasa-
nn±k±ra½ karont²ti na muddhappasann±va honti, paº²t±ni c²var±d²ni ve¼uvanavih±-
r±dayo ca mah±vih±re pariccajant± pasann±k±ra½ karonti. Tathatt±y±ti ya½ so
dhamma½ deseti tath± bh±v±ya, dhamm±nudhammapaµipattip³raºatth±ya paµipa-
jjant²ti attho. Tathatt±ya ca paµipajjant²ti tathabh±v±ya paµipajjanti, tassa hi (1.0297)
bhagavato dhamma½ sutv± keci saraºesu keci pañcasu s²lesu patiµµhahanti,
apare nikkhamitv± pabbajanti. Paµipann± ca ±r±dhent²ti tañca pana
paµipada½ paµipann± p³retu½ sakkonti, sabb±k±rena pana p³renti, paµipattip³ra-
ºena tassa bhoto gotamassa citta½ ±r±dhent²ti vattabb±.
Imasmi½ panok±se µhatv± s²han±d± samodh±netabb±. Ekacca½ tapassi½
niraye nibbatta½ pass±m²ti hi bhagavato eko s²han±do. Apara½ sagge nibbatta½
pass±m²ti eko. Akusaladhammappah±ne ahameva seµµhoti eko. Kusaladhamma-
sam±d±nepi ahameva seµµhoti eko. Akusaladhammappah±ne mayhameva s±vaka-
saªgho seµµhoti eko. Kusaladhammasam±d±nepi mayha½yeva s±vakasaªgho
seµµhoti eko. S²lena mayha½ sadiso natth²ti eko. V²riyena mayha½ sadiso natth²ti
eko. Paññ±ya …pe… vimuttiy± …pe… s²han±da½ nadanto parisamajjhe nis²ditv±
nad±m²ti eko. Vis±rado hutv± nad±m²ti eko. Pañha½ ma½ pucchant²ti eko.
Pañha½ puµµho vissajjem²ti eko. Vissajjanena parassa citta½ ±r±dhem²ti eko.
Sutv± sotabba½ maññant²ti eko. Sutv± me pas²dant²ti eko. Pasann±k±ra½ karo-
nt²ti eko. Ya½ paµipatti½ desemi, tathatt±ya paµipajjant²ti eko. Paµipann± ca ma½
±r±dhent²ti eko. Iti purim±na½ dasanna½ ekekassa– “paris±su ca nadat²”ti ±dayo
dasa dasa pariv±r±. Eva½ te dasa purim±na½ dasanna½ pariv±ravasena sata½
purim± ca das±ti das±dhika½ s²han±dasata½ hoti. Ito aññasmi½ pana sutte
ettak± s²han±d± dullabh±, tenida½ sutta½ mah±s²han±danti vuccati. Iti bhagav±
“s²han±da½ kho samaºo gotamo nadati, tañca kho suññ±g±re nadat²”ti eva½
v±d±nu v±da½ paµisedhetv± id±ni parisati naditapubba½ s²han±da½ dassento
“ekamid±han”ti-±dim±ha.

Titthiyapariv±sakath±vaººan±

404. Tattha tatra ma½ aññataro tapabrahmac±r²ti tatra r±jagahe gijjhak³µe

pabbate viharanta½ ma½ aññataro tapabrahmac±r² nigrodho n±ma paribb±jako (1.0
Adhijeguccheti v²riyena p±pajigucchan±dhik±re pañha½ pucchi. Ida½ ya½ ta½
bhagav± gijjhak³µe mah±vih±re nisinno udumbarik±ya deviy± uyy±ne nisinnassa
nigrodhassa ca paribb±jakassa sandh±nassa ca up±sakassa dibb±ya sotadh±-
tuy± kath±sall±pa½ sutv± ±k±sen±gantv± tesa½ santike paññatte ±sane nis²ditv±
nigrodhena adhijegucche puµµhapañha½ vissajjesi, ta½ sandh±ya vutta½. Para½
viya matt±y±ti param±ya matt±ya, atimahanteneva pam±ºen±ti attho. Ko hi,
bhanteti µhapetv± andhab±la½ diµµhigatika½ añño paº¹itaj±tiko “ko n±ma bhaga-
vato dhamma½ sutv± na attamano ass±”ti vadati. Labheyy±hanti ida½ so– “cira½
vata me aniyy±nikapakkhe yojetv± att± kilamito, ‘sukkhanad²t²re nh±yiss±m²’ti
samparivattentena viya thuse koµµentena viya na koci attho nipph±dito. Hand±ha½
att±na½ yoge yojess±m²”ti cintetv± ±ha. Atha bhagav± yo anena khandhake titthi-
yapariv±so paññatto, yo aññatitthiyapubbo s±maºerabh³miya½ µhito– “aha½
bhante, itthann±mo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmi½ dhammavinaye ±kaªkh±mi upasa-
mpada½, sv±ha½, bhante, sa½gha½ catt±ro m±se pariv±sa½ y±c±m²”ti-±din±
(mah±va. 86) nayena sam±diyitv± parivasati, ta½ sandh±ya– “yo kho, kassapa,
aññatitthiyapubbo”ti-±dim±ha.
405. Tattha pabbajjanti vacanasiliµµhat±vaseneva vutta½, aparivasitv±yeva hi
pabbajja½ labhati. Upasampadatthikena pana n±tik±lena g±mappavesan±d²ni
aµµha vatt±ni p³rentena parivasitabba½. ¾raddhacitt±ti aµµhavattap³raºena tuµµha-
citt±, ayamettha saªkhepattho. Vitth±rato panesa titthiyapariv±so samantap±s±di-
k±ya vinayaµµhakath±ya½ pabbajjakhandhakavaººan±ya vuttanayena veditabbo.
Api ca metth±ti api ca me ettha. Puggalavemattat± vidit±ti puggalan±natta½
vidita½. “Aya½ puggalo pariv±s±raho, aya½ na pariv±s±raho”ti ida½ mayha½
p±kaµanti dasseti. Tato kassapo cintesi– “aho acchariya½ buddhas±sana½, yattha
eva½ gha½sitv± koµµetv± yuttameva gaºhanti, ayutta½ cha¹¹ent²”ti, tato suµµhu-
tara½ pabbajj±ya sañj±tuss±ho– “sace bhante”ti-±dim±ha.
Atha (1.0299) kho bhagav± tassa tibbacchandata½ viditv±– “na kassapo pari-
v±sa½ arahat²”ti aññatara½ bhikkhu½ ±mantesi– “gaccha bhikkhu kassapa½
nh±petv± pabb±jetv± ±neh²”ti. So tath± katv± ta½ pabb±jetv± bhagavato santika½
±gam±si. Bhagav± ta½ gaºamajjhe nis²d±petv± upasamp±desi. Tena vutta½–
“alattha kho acelo kassapo bhagavato santike pabbajja½, alattha upasampa-
n”ti. Acir³pasampannoti upasampanno hutv± nacirameva. V³pakaµµhoti vatthuk±-
makilesak±mehi k±yena ceva cittena ca v³pakaµµho. Appamattoti kammaµµh±ne
sati½ avijahanto. ¾t±p²ti k±yikacetasikasaªkh±tena v²riy±t±pena ±t±p². Pahitattoti
k±ye ca j²vite ca anapekkhat±ya pesitacitto vissaµµha-attabh±vo. Yassatth±y±ti
yassa atth±ya. Kulaputt±ti ±c±rakulaputt±. Sammadev±ti hetun±va k±raºeneva.
Tadanuttaranti ta½ anuttara½. Brahmacariyapariyos±nanti maggabrahmacari-
yassa pariyos±nabh³ta½ arahattaphala½. Tassa hi atth±ya kulaputt± pabbajanti.
Diµµheva dhammeti imasmi½yeva attabh±ve. Saya½ abhiññ± sacchikatv±ti attan±-
yeva paññ±ya paccakkha½ katv±, aparappaccaya½ katv±ti attho. Upasampajja
vih±s²ti p±puºitv± samp±detv± vih±si, eva½ viharanto ca kh²º± j±ti …pe… abbha-
ññ±s²ti.
Evamassa paccavekkhaºabh³mi½ dassetv± arahattanik³µena desana½ niµµh±-
petu½ “aññataro kho pan±yasm± kassapo arahata½ ahos²”ti vutta½. Tattha aññata-
roti eko. Arahatanti arahant±na½, bhagavato s±vak±na½ arahant±na½ abbha-
ntaro ahos²ti ayamettha adhipp±yo. Ya½ ya½ pana antarantar± na vutta½, ta½
ta½ tattha tattha vuttatt± p±kaµamev±ti.

Iti sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya½

Mah±s²han±dasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

9. Poµµhap±dasuttavaººan±

Poµµhap±daparibb±jakavatthuvaººan±
 406. Eva½ (1.0300) me sutta½ …pe… s±vatthiyanti poµµhap±dasutta½.
Tatr±ya½ apubbapadavaººan±. S±vatthiya½ viharati jetavane an±thapiº¹ikassa
±r±meti s±vatthi½ upaniss±ya yo jetassa kum±rassa vane an±thapiº¹ikena gaha-
patin± ±r±mo k±rito, tattha viharati. Poµµhap±do paribb±jakoti n±mena poµµhap±do
n±ma channaparibb±jako. So kira gihik±le br±hmaºamah±s±lo k±mesu-±d²nava½
disv± catt±l²sakoµiparim±ºa½ bhogakkhandha½ pah±ya pabbajitv± titthiy±na½
gaº±cariyo j±to. Samaya½ pavadanti etth±ti samayappav±dako, tasmi½ kira
µh±ne caªk²t±rukkhapokkharas±tippabhutayo br±hmaº± nigaºµha-acelakaparibb±-
jak±dayo ca pabbajit± sannipatitv± attano attano samaya½ vadanti kathenti
d²penti, tasm± so ±r±mo samayappav±dakoti vuccati. Sveva ca tinduk±c²rasaªkh±-
t±ya timbar³rukkhapantiy± parikkhittatt± tinduk±c²ro. Yasm± panettha paµhama½
ek±va s±l± ahosi, pacch± mah±puñña½ paribb±jaka½ niss±ya bah³ s±l± kat±.
Tasm± tameva eka½ s±la½ up±d±ya laddhan±mavasena ekas±lakoti vuccati.
Mallik±ya pana pasenadirañño deviy± uyy±nabh³to so pupphaphalasampanno
±r±moti katv± mallik±ya ±r±moti saªkhya½ gato. Tasmi½ samayappav±dake
tinduk±c²re ekas±lake mallik±ya ±r±me.
Paµivasat²ti niv±saph±sut±ya vasati. Athekadivasa½ bhagav± pacc³sasamaye
sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ pattharitv± loka½ pariggaºhanto ñ±ºaj±lassa antogata½ pari-
bb±jaka½ disv±– “aya½ poµµhap±do mayha½ ñ±ºaj±le paññ±yati, kinnu kho bhavi-
ssat²”ti upaparikkhanto addasa– “aha½ ajja tattha gamiss±mi, atha ma½ poµµha-
p±do nirodhañca nirodhavuµµh±nañca pucchissati, tass±ha½ sabbabuddh±na½
ñ±ºena sa½sanditv± tadubhaya½ kathess±mi, atha so katip±haccayena citta½
hatthis±riputta½ gahetv± mama (1.0301) santika½ ±gamissati, tesamaha½
dhamma½ desess±mi, desan±vas±ne poµµhap±do ma½ saraºa½ gamissati, citto
hatthis±riputto mama santike pabbajitv± arahatta½ p±puºissat²”ti. Tato p±tova
sar²rapaµijaggana½ katv± surattadupaµµa½ niv±setv± vijjulat±sadisa½ k±yaba-
ndhana½ bandhitv± yugandharapabbata½ parikkhipitv± µhitamah±megha½ viya
meghavaººa½ pa½suk³la½ eka½savaragata½ katv± paccaggha½ selamaya-
patta½ v±ma-a½sak³µe laggetv± s±vatthi½ piº¹±ya pavisiss±m²ti s²ho viya hima-
vantap±d± vih±r± nikkhami. Imamattha½ sandh±ya– “atha kho bhagav±”ti-±di
vutta½.
407. Etadahos²ti nagaradv±rasam²pa½ gantv± attano rucivasena s³riya½ olo-
ketv± atippagabh±vameva disv± eta½ ahosi. Ya½n³n±hanti sa½sayaparid²pano
viya nip±to, buddh±nañca sa½sayo n±ma natthi– “ida½ kariss±ma, ida½ na kari-
ss±ma, imassa dhamma½ desess±ma, imassa na desess±m±”ti eva½ parivitakka-
pubbabh±go panesa sabbabuddh±na½ labbhati. Ten±ha– “ya½n³n±han”ti, yadi
pan±hanti attho.
408. Unn±diniy±Ti ucca½ nadam±n±ya, eva½ nadam±n±ya cass± uddha½
gamanavasena ucco, dis±su patthaµavasena mah± saddoti ucc±saddamah±sa-
dd±ya, tesañhi paribb±jak±na½ p±tova vuµµh±ya kattabba½ n±ma cetiyavatta½ v±
bodhivatta½ v± ±cariyupajjh±yavatta½ v± yoniso manasik±ro v± natthi. Tena te
p±tova vuµµh±ya b±l±tape nisinn±– “imassa hattho sobhano, imassa p±do”ti eva½
aññamaññassa hatthap±d±d²ni v± ±rabbha, itthipurisad±rakad±rik±d²na½ vaººe
v±, añña½ v± k±mass±dabhavass±d±divatthu½ ±rabbha katha½ samuµµh±petv±
anupubbena r±jakath±di-anekavidha½ tiracch±nakatha½ kathenti. Tena vutta½–
“unn±diniy± ucc±saddamah±sadd±ya anekavihita½ tiracch±nakatha½ kathentiy±”-
ti.
Tato poµµhap±do paribb±jako te paribb±jake oloketv±– “ime paribb±jak± ativiya
aññamañña½ ag±rav±, mayañca samaºassa gotamassa p±tubh±vato paµµh±ya
s³riyuggamane khajjopanak³pam± j±t±, l±bhasakk±ropi no parih²no. Sace
panima½ µh±na½ samaºo gotamo v± gotamassa s±vako v± gih² upaµµh±ko v±
tassa ±gaccheyya (1.0302), ativiya lajjan²ya½ bhavissati, parisadoso kho pana
parisajeµµhakasseva upari ±rohat²”ti itocito ca vilokento bhagavanta½ addasa.
Tena vutta½– “addas± kho poµµhap±do paribb±jako …pe… tuºh² ahesun”ti.
409. Tattha saºµhapes²ti sikkh±pesi, vajjamass± paµicch±desi. Yath± susaºµhit±
hoti, tath± na½ µhapesi. Yath± n±ma parisamajjha½ pavisanto puriso vajjapaµi-
cch±danattha½ niv±sana½ saºµhapeti, p±rupana½ saºµhapeti, rajokiººaµµh±na½
puñchati; evamass± vajjapaµicch±danattha½– “appasadd± bhonto”ti sikkh±pento
yath± susaºµhit± hoti, tath± na½ µhapes²ti attho. Appasaddak±moti appasadda½
icchati, eko nis²dati, eko tiµµhati, na gaºasaªgaºik±ya y±peti. Upasaªkamitabba½
maññeyy±ti idh±gantabba½ maññeyya. Kasm± panesa bhagavato upasaªka-
mana½ pacc±s²sat²ti? Attano vuddhi½ patthayam±no. Paribb±jak± kira buddhesu
v± buddhas±vakesu v± attano santika½ ±gatesu– “ajja amh±ka½ santika½
samaºo gotamo ±gato, s±riputto ±gato, na kho pana te yassa v± tassa v± santika½
gacchanti, passatha amh±ka½ uttamabh±van”ti attano upaµµh±k±na½ santike
att±na½ ukkhipanti, ucce µh±ne µhapenti, bhagavatopi upaµµh±ke gaºhitu½ v±ya-
manti. Te kira bhagavato upaµµh±ke disv± eva½ vadanti– “tumh±ka½ satth±
bhava½ gotamopi gotamas±vak±pi amh±ka½ santika½ ±gacchanti, maya½ añña-
mañña½ samagg±. Tumhe pana amhe akkh²hipi passitu½ na icchatha, s±m²ci-
kamma½ na karotha, ki½ vo amhehi aparaddhan”ti. Athekacce manuss±–
“buddh±pi etesa½ santika½ gacchanti ki½ amh±kan”ti tato paµµh±ya te disv±
nappamajjanti. Tuºh² ahesunti poµµhap±da½ pariv±retv± nissadd± nis²di½su.
410. Sv±gata½, bhanteti suµµhu ±gamana½, bhante, bhagavato; bhagavati hi no
±gate ±nando hoti, gate sokoti d²peti. Cirassa½ kho, bhanteti kasm± ±ha? Ki½
bhagav± pubbepi tattha gatapubboti, na gatapubbo. Manuss±na½ pana– “kuhi½
gacchant±, kuto ±gatattha, ki½ maggam³¼hattha, cirassa½ ±gatatth±”ti evam±-
dayo piyasamud±c±r± (1.0303) honti, tasm± evam±ha. Evañca pana vatv± na
m±nathaddho hutv± nis²di, uµµh±y±san± bhagavato paccuggamanamak±si. Bhaga-
vantañhi upagata½ disv± ±sanena
animantento v± apaciti½ akaronto v± dullabho. Kasm±? Ucc±kul²nat±ya. Ayampi
paribb±jako attano nisinn±sana½ papphoµetv± bhagavanta½ ±sanena nimantento–
“nis²datu, bhante, bhagav± idam±sana½ paññattan”ti ±ha. Antar±kath± vippaka-
t±ti nisinn±na½ vo ±dito paµµh±ya y±va mam±gamana½, etasmi½ antare k± n±ma
kath± vippakat±, mam±gamanapaccay± katam± kath± pariyanta½ na gat±,
vadatha, y±va na½ pariyanta½ netv± dem²ti sabbaññupav±raºa½ pav±resi. Atha
paribb±jako– “niratthakakath± es± niss±r± vaµµasannissit±, na tumh±ka½ purato
vattabbata½ arahat²”ti d²pento “tiµµhates±, bhante”ti-±dim±ha.

Abhisaññ±nirodhakath±vaººan±

411. Tiµµhates±, bhanteti sace bhagav± sotuk±mo bhavissati, pacch±pes± kath±

na dullabh± bhavissati, amh±ka½ panim±ya kath±ya attho natthi. Bhagavato pan±-
gamana½ labhitv± maya½ aññadeva suk±raºa½ pucch±m±ti d²peti. Tato ta½
pucchanto– “purim±ni, bhante”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha kot³halas±l±yanti kot³halas±l±
n±ma paccekas±l± natthi. Yattha pana n±n±titthiy± samaºabr±hmaº± n±n±vidha½
katha½ pavattenti, s± bah³na½– “aya½ ki½ vadati, aya½ ki½ vadat²”ti kot³halu-
ppattiµµh±nato kot³halas±l±ti vuccati. Abhisaññ±nirodheti ettha abh²ti upasagga-
matta½. Saññ±nirodheti cittanirodhe, khaºikanirodhe kath± uppann±ti attho. Ida½
pana tass± uppattik±raºa½. Yad± kira bhagav± j±taka½ v± katheti, sikkh±pada½
v± paññapeti tad± sakalajambud²pe bhagavato kittighoso pattharati, titthiy± ta½
sutv±– “bhava½ kira gotamo pubbacariya½ kathesi, maya½ ki½ na sakkoma
t±disa½ kiñci kathetun”ti bhagavato paµibh±gakiriya½ karont± eka½ bhavantarasa-
maya½ kathenti– “bhava½ gotamo sikkh±pada½ paññapesi, maya½ ki½ na
sakkoma paññapetun”ti attano s±vak±na½ kiñcideva sikkh±pada½ paññapenti.
Tad± pana (1.0304) bhagav± aµµhavidhaparisamajjhe nis²ditv± nirodhakatha½
kathesi. Titthiy± ta½ sutv±– “bhava½ kira gotamo nirodha½ n±ma kathesi,
mayampi ta½ kathess±m±”ti sannipatitv± kathayi½su. Tena vutta½– “abhisaññ±-
nirodhe kath± udap±d²”ti.
Tatrekacceti tesu ekacce. Purimo cettha yv±ya½ b±hire titth±yatane pabbajito
cittappavattiya½ dosa½ disv± acittakabh±vo santoti sam±patti½ bh±vetv± ito cuto
pañca kappasat±ni asaññ²bhave µhatv± puna idha uppajjati. Tassa saññupp±de
ca nirodhe ca hetu½ apassanto– ahet³ appaccay±ti ±ha.
Dutiyo na½ nisedhetv± migasiªgat±pasassa asaññakabh±va½ gahetv±– “upe-
tipi apetip²”ti ±ha. Migasiªgat±paso kira attantapo ghoratapo paramadhitindriyo
ahosi. Tassa s²latejena sakkavim±na½ uºha½ ahosi. Sakko devar±j± “sakka-
µµh±na½ nu kho t±paso patthet²”ti alambusa½ n±ma devakañña½– ‘t±pasassa
tapa½ bhinditv± eh²’ti pesesi. S± tattha gat±. T±paso paµhamadivase ta½ disv±va
pal±yitv± paººas±la½ p±visi. Dutiyadivase k±macchandan²varaºena bhaggo ta½
hatthe aggahesi, so tena dibbaphassena phuµµho visaññ² hutv± tiººa½ sa½vaccha-
r±na½ accayena sañña½ paµilabhi. Ta½ so diµµhigatiko– “tiººa½ sa½vacchar±na½
accayena nirodh± vuµµhito”ti maññam±no evam±ha.
 Tatiyo na½ nisedhetv± ±thabbaºapayoga½ sandh±ya “upaka¹¹hantipi apaka-
¹¹hantip²”ti ±ha. ¾thabbaºik± kira ±thabbaºa½ payojetv± satta½ s²sacchinna½
viya hatthacchinna½ viya mata½ viya ca katv± dassenti. Tassa puna p±katika-
bh±va½ disv± so diµµhigatiko– “nirodh± vuµµhito ayan”ti maññam±no evam±ha.
Catuttho na½ nisedhetv± yakkhad±s²na½ madanidda½ sandh±ya “santi hi bho
devat±”ti-±dim±ha. Yakkhad±siyo kira sabbaratti½ devat³pah±ra½ kurum±n±
naccitv± g±yitv± aruºodaye eka½ sur±p±ti½ pivitv± (1.0305) parivattitv± supitv±
div± vuµµhahanti. Ta½ disv± so diµµhigatiko– “suttak±le nirodha½ sam±pann±, pabu-
ddhak±le nirodh± vuµµhit±”ti maññam±no evam±ha.
Aya½ pana poµµhap±do paribb±jako paº¹itaj±tiko. Tenassa ta½ katha½ sutv±
vippaµis±ro uppajji. “Imesa½ kath± e¼am³gakath± viya catt±ro hi nirodhe ete
paññapenti, imin± ca nirodhena n±ma ekena bhavitabba½, na bahun±. Ten±pi
ekena aññeneva bhavitabba½, so pana aññena ñ±tu½ na sakk± aññatra sabba-
ññun±. Sace bhagav± idha abhavissa ‘aya½ nirodho aya½ na nirodho’ti d²pasa-
hassa½ viya ujj±letv± ajjameva p±kaµa½ akariss±”ti dasabalaññeva anussari.
Tasm± “tassa mayha½ bhante”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha aho n³n±ti anussaraºatthe nip±-
tadvaya½, tena tassa bhagavanta½ anussarantassa etadahosi “aho n³na
bhagav± aho n³na sugato”ti. Yo imesanti yo etesa½ nirodhadhamm±na½ suku-
salo nipuºo cheko, so bhagav± aho n³na katheyya, sugato aho n³na katheyy±ti
ayamettha adhipp±yo. Pakataññ³ti ciººavasit±ya pakati½ sabh±va½ j±n±t²ti paka-
taññ³. Katha½ nu khoti ida½ paribb±jako “maya½ bhagav± na j±n±ma, tumhe
j±n±tha, kathetha no”ti ±y±canto vadati. Atha bhagav± kathento “tatra poµµhap±d±”-
ti-±dim±ha.

Ahetukasaññupp±danirodhakath±vaººan±

412. Tattha tatr±ti tesu samaºabr±hmaºesu. ¾ditova tesa½ aparaddhanti tesa½

±dimhiyeva viraddha½, gharamajjheyeva pakkhalit±ti d²peti. Sahet³ sappaccay±ti
ettha hetupi paccayopi k±raºasseva n±ma½, sak±raº±ti attho. Ta½ pana k±raºa½
dassento “sikkh± ek±”ti ±ha. Tattha sikkh± ek± saññ± uppajjant²Ti sikkh±ya
ekacc± saññ± j±yant²ti attho.
413. K± ca sikkh±ti bhagav± avoc±ti katam± ca s± sikkh±ti bhagav± vitth±retuka-
myat±pucch±vasena avoca. Atha yasm± adhis²lasikkh± adhicittasikkh± adhipaññ±-
sikkh±ti tisso sikkh± honti. Tasm± t± dassento bhagav± saññ±ya sahetuka½ upp±-
danirodha½ d²petu½ buddhupp±dato pabhuti tantidhamma½ µhapento “idha
poµµhap±da, tath±gato loke”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha adhis²lasikkh± (1.0306) adhicittasi-
kkh±ti dve eva sikkh± sar³pena ±gat±, tatiy± pana “aya½ dukkhanirodhag±min²
paµipad±ti kho poµµhap±da may± eka½siko dhammo desito”ti ettha samm±diµµhisa-
mm±saªkappavasena pariy±pannatt± ±gat±ti veditabb±. K±masaññ±ti pañcak±-
maguºikar±gopi asamuppannak±mac±ropi. Tattha pañcak±maguºikar±go an±g±-
mimaggena samuggh±ta½ gacchati, asamuppannak±mac±ro pana imasmi½
µh±ne vaµµati. Tasm± tassa y± purim± k±masaññ±ti tassa paµhamajjh±nasama-
ªgino y± pubbe uppannapubb±ya k±masaññ±ya sadisatt± purim± k±masaññ±ti
vucceyya, s± nirujjhati, anuppann±va nuppajjat²ti attho.
Vivekajap²tisukhasukhumasaccasaññ²yeva tasmi½ samaye hot²ti tasmi½ paµha-
majjh±nasamaye vivekajap²tisukhasaªkh±t± sukhumasaññ± sacc± hoti, bh³t±
hot²ti attho. Atha v± k±macchand±di-o¼±rikaªgappah±navasena sukhum± ca s±
bh³tat±ya sacc± ca saññ±ti sukhumasaccasaññ±, vivekajehi p²tisukhehi sampa-
yutt± sukhumasaccasaññ±ti vivekajap²tisukhasukhumasaccasaññ± s± assa
atth²ti vivekajap²tisukhasukhumasaccasaññ²ti evamettha attho daµµhabbo. Esa
nayo sabbattha. Evampi sikkh±ti ettha yasm± paµhamajjh±na½ sam±pajjanto
adhiµµhahanto, vuµµhahanto ca sikkhati, tasm± ta½ eva½ sikkhitabbato sikkh±ti
vuccati. Tenapi sikkh±saªkh±tena paµhamajjh±nena eva½ ek± vivekajap²tisukha-
sukhumasaccasaññ± uppajjati. Eva½ ek± k±masaññ± nirujjhat²ti attho. Aya½
sikkh±ti bhagav± avoc±ti aya½ paµhamajjh±nasaªkh±t± ek± sikkh±ti, bhagav±
±ha. Etenup±yena sabbattha attho daµµhabbo.
Yasm± pana aµµhamasam±pattiy± aªgato sammasana½ buddh±na½yeva hoti,
s±vakesu s±riputtasadis±nampi natthi, kal±pato sammasana½yeva pana s±va-
k±na½ hoti, idañca “saññ± saññ±”ti, eva½ aªgato sammasana½ uddhaµa½.
Tasm± (1.0307) ±kiñcaññ±yatanaparama½yeva sañña½ dassetv± puna tadeva
saññagganti dassetu½ “yato kho poµµhap±da …pe… saññagga½ phusat²”ti ±ha.
414. Tattha yato kho poµµhap±da bhikkh³ti yo n±ma poµµhap±da bhikkhu. Idha
sakasaññ² hot²ti idha s±sane sakasaññ² hoti, ayameva v± p±µho, attano paµhama-
jjh±nasaññ±ya saññav± hot²ti attho. So tato amutra tato amutr±ti so bhikkhu tato
paµhamajjh±nato amutra dutiyajjh±ne, tatopi amutra tatiyajjh±neti eva½ t±ya t±ya
jh±nasaññ±ya sakasaññ² sakasaññ² hutv± anupubbena saññagga½ phusati. Sañña-
gganti ±kiñcaññ±yatana½ vuccati. Kasm±? Lokiy±na½ kiccak±rakasam±patt²na½
aggatt±. ¾kiñcaññ±yatanasam±pattiyañhi µhatv± nevasaññ±n±saññ±yatanampi
nirodhampi sam±pajjanti. Iti s± lokiy±na½ kiccak±rakasam±patt²na½ aggatt±
saññagganti vuccati, ta½ phusati p±puº±t²ti attho.
Id±ni abhisaññ±nirodha½ dassetu½ “tassa saññagge µhitass±”ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha ceteyya½, abhisaªkhareyyanti padadvaye ca jh±na½ sam±pajjanto ceteti
n±ma, punappuna½ kappet²ti attho. Uparisam±patti-atth±ya nikanti½ kurum±no
abhisaªkharoti n±ma. Im± ca me saññ± nirujjheyyunti im± ±kiñcaññ±yatanasaññ±
nirujjheyyu½. Aññ± ca o¼±rik±ti aññ± ca o¼±rik± bhavaªgasaññ± uppajjeyyu½. So
na ceva ceteti na abhisaªkharot²ti ettha k±ma½ cesa cetentova na ceteti, abhisa-
ªkharontova n±bhisaªkharoti. Imassa bhikkhuno ±kiñcaññ±yatanato vuµµh±ya
nevasaññ±n±saññ±yatana½ sam±pajjitv± “eka½ dve cittav±re µhass±m²”ti ±bhoga-
samann±h±ro natthi. Uparinirodhasam±pattatth±ya eva pana ±bhogasamann±-
h±ro atthi, sv±yamattho puttaghar±cikkhaºena d²petabbo.
Pitugharamajjhena kira gantv± pacch±bh±ge puttassa ghara½ hoti, tato paº²ta½
bhojana½ ±d±ya ±sanas±la½ ±gata½ dahara½ thero– “man±po piº¹ap±to kuto
±bhato”ti pucchi. So “asukassa gharato”ti laddhagharameva ±cikkhi. Yena
panassa pitugharamajjhena gatopi ±gatopi (1.0308) tattha ±bhogopi natthi. Tattha
±sanas±l± viya ±kiñcaññ±yatanasam±patti daµµhabb±, pitugeha½ viya nevasaññ±-
n±saññ±yatanasam±patti, puttageha½ viya nirodhasam±patti, ±sanas±l±ya µhatv±
pitughara½ amanasikaritv± puttaghar±cikkhaºa½ viya ±kiñcaññ±yatanato
vuµµh±ya nevasaññ±n±saññ±yatana½ sam±pajjitv± “eka½ dve cittav±re µhass±m²”-
ti pitughara½ amanasikaritv±va uparinirodhasam±pattatth±ya manasik±ro, eva-
mesa cetentova na ceteti, abhisaªkharontova n±bhisaªkharoti. T± ceva saññ±ti t±
jh±nasaññ± nirujjhanti. Aññ± c±ti aññ± ca o¼±rik± bhavaªgasaññ± nuppajjanti. So
nirodha½ phusat²ti so eva½ paµipanno bhikkhu saññ±vedayitanirodha½ phusati
vindati paµilabhati.
Anupubb±bhisaññ±nirodhasampaj±nasam±pattinti ettha abh²ti upasaggamatta½,
sampaj±napada½ nirodhapadena antarika½ katv± vutta½. Anupaµip±µiy± sampaj±-
nasaññ±nirodhasam±patt²ti aya½ panetthattho. Tatr±pi sampaj±nasaññ±nirodha-
sam±patt²ti sampaj±nantassa ante saññ± nirodhasam±patti sampaj±nantassa v±
paº¹itassa bhikkhuno saññ±nirodhasam±patt²ti aya½ visesattho.
Id±ni idha µhatv± nirodhasam±pattikath± kathetabb±. S± panes± sabb±k±rena
visuddhimagge paññ±bh±van±nisa½s±dhik±re kathit±, tasm± tattha kathitatova
gahetabb±.
Eva½ bhagav± poµµhap±dassa paribb±jakassa nirodhakatha½ kathetv±– atha
na½ t±dis±ya kath±ya aññattha abh±va½ paµij±n±petu½ “ta½ ki½ maññas²”ti-±di-
m±ha. Paribb±jakopi “bhagav± ajja tumh±ka½ katha½ µhapetv± na may± evar³p±
kath± sutapubb±”ti paµij±nanto, “no heta½ bhante”ti vatv± puna sakkacca½ bhaga-
vato kath±ya uggahitabh±va½ dassento “eva½ kho aha½ bhante”ti-±dim±ha.
Athassa bhagav± “su-uggahita½ tay±”ti anuj±nanto “eva½ poµµhap±d±”ti ±ha.
415. Atha paribb±jako “bhagavat± ‘±kiñcaññ±yatana½ saññaggan’ti vutta½. Eta-
deva nu kho saññagga½, ud±hu avasesasam±patt²supi saññagga½ atth²”ti
cintetv± tamattha½ pucchanto “ekaññeva nu kho”ti-±dim±ha. Bhagav±pissa vissa-
jjesi.
Tattha puth³p²ti bah³nipi. Yath± yath± kho, poµµhap±da, nirodha½ (1.0309) phusa-
t²ti pathav²kasiº±d²su yena yena kasiºena, paµhamajjh±n±d²na½ v± yena yena
jh±nena. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– sace hi pathav²kasiºena karaºabh³tena pathav²kasiºa-
sam±patti½ ekav±ra½ sam±pajjanto purimasaññ±nirodha½ phusati eka½
saññagga½, atha dve v±re, tayo v±re, v±rasata½, v±rasahassa½, v±rasatasa-
hassa½ v± sam±pajjanto purimasaññ±nirodha½ phusati, satasahassa½, sañña-
gg±ni. Esa nayo sesakasiºesu. Jh±nesupi sace paµhamajjh±nena karaºabh³tena
ekav±ra½ purimasaññ±nirodha½ phusati eka½ saññagga½. Atha dve v±re, tayo
v±re, v±rasata½, v±rasahassa½, v±rasatasahassa½ v± purimasaññ±nirodha½
phusati, satasahassa½ saññagg±ni. Esa nayo sesajjh±nasam±patt²supi. Iti eka-
v±ra½ sam±pajjanavasena v± sabbampi sañj±nanalakkhaºena saªgahetv± v±
eka½ saññagga½ hoti, apar±para½ sam±pajjanavasena bah³ni.
416. Saññ± nu kho, bhanteti bhante nirodhasam±pajjanakassa bhikkhuno
“saññ± nu kho paµhama½ uppajjat²”ti pucchati. Tassa bhagav± “saññ± kho, poµµha-
p±d±”ti by±k±si. Tattha saññ±Ti jh±nasaññ±. ѱºanti vipassan±ñ±ºa½. Aparo
nayo, saññ±ti vipassan± saññ±. ѱºanti maggañ±ºa½. Aparo nayo, saññ±ti
maggasaññ±. ѱºanti phalañ±ºa½. Tipiµakamah±sivatthero pan±ha–
Ki½ ime bhikkh³ bhaºanti, poµµhap±do heµµh± bhagavanta½ nirodha½ pucchi.
Id±ni nirodh± vuµµh±na½ pucchanto “bhagav± nirodh± vuµµhahantassa ki½
paµhama½ arahattaphalasaññ± uppajjati, ud±hu paccavekkhaºañ±ºan”ti vadati.
Athassa bhagav± yasm± phalasaññ± paµhama½ uppajjati, pacch± paccavekkha-
ºañ±ºa½. Tasm± “saññ± kho poµµhap±d±”ti ±ha. Tattha saññupp±d±ti arahatta-
phalasaññ±ya upp±d±, pacch± “ida½ arahattaphalan”ti eva½ paccavekkhaºañ±-
ºupp±do hoti. Idappaccay± kira meti phalasam±dhisaññ±paccay± kira mayha½
paccavekkhaºañ±ºa½ uppannanti.

Saññ±-attakath±vaººan±

417. Id±ni paribb±jako yath± n±ma g±mas³karo gandhodakena nh±petv±

gandhehi anulimpitv± m±l±d±ma½ pi¼andhitv± sirisayane ±ropitopi (1.0310)
sukha½ na vindati, vegena g³thaµµh±nameva gantv± sukha½ vindati. Evameva
bhagavat± saºhasukhumatilakkhaºabbh±hat±ya desan±ya nh±pitavilittamaº¹i-
topi nirodhakath±sirisayana½ ±ropitopi tattha sukha½ na vindanto g³thaµµh±nasa-
disa½ attano laddhi½ gahetv± tameva pucchanto “saññ± nu kho, bhante, puri-
sassa att±”ti-±dim±ha. Athass±numati½ gahetv± by±k±tuk±mo bhagav±– “ka½
pana tvan”ti-±dim±ha. Tato so “ar³p² att±”ti eva½ laddhiko sam±nopi “bhagav±
desan±ya sukusalo, so me ±ditova laddhi½ m± viddha½set³”ti cintetv± attano
laddhi½ pariharanto “o¼±rika½ kho”ti-±dim±ha. Athassa bhagav± tattha dosa½
dassento “o¼±riko ca hi te”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha eva½ santanti eva½ sante.
Bhummatthe hi eta½ upayogavacana½. Eva½ santa½ att±na½ pacc±gacchato
tav±ti aya½ v± ettha attho. Catunna½ khandh±na½ ekupp±dekanirodhatt±
kiñc±pi y± saññ± uppajjati, s±va nirujjhati. Apar±para½ up±d±ya pana “aññ± ca
saññ± uppajjanti, aññ± ca saññ± nirujjhant²”ti vutta½.
418-420. Id±ni añña½ laddhi½ dassento– “manomaya½ kho aha½, bhante-
ti-±di½ vatv± tatr±pi dose dinne yath± n±ma ummattako y±vassa saññ± nappati-
µµh±ti, t±va añña½ gahetv± añña½ vissajjeti, saññ±patiµµh±nak±le pana vattabba-
meva vadati, evameva añña½ gahetv± añña½ vissajjetv± id±ni attano laddhi½-
yeva vadanto “ar³p² kho”ti-±dim±ha. Tatr±pi yasm± so saññ±ya upp±danirodha½
icchati, att±na½ pana sassata½ maññati. Tasm± tathevassa dosa½ dassento
bhagav± “eva½ santamp²”ti-±dim±ha. Tato paribb±jako micch±dassanena abhi-
bh³tatt± bhagavat± vuccam±nampi ta½ n±natta½ aj±nanto “sakk± paneta½,
bhante, may±”ti-±dim±ha. Athassa bhagav± yasm± so saññ±ya upp±danirodha½
passantopi saññ±maya½ att±na½ niccameva maññati. Tasm± “dujj±na½ kho”ti-±-
dim±ha.
Tatth±ya½ saªkhepattho– tava aññ± diµµhi, aññ± khanti, aññ± ruci, aññath±yeva
te dassana½ pavatta½, aññadeva ca te khamati ceva ruccati ca, aññatra (1.0311)
ca te ±yogo, aññiss±yeva paµipattiy± yuttapayuttat±, aññattha ca te ±cariyaka½,
aññasmi½ titth±yatane ±cariyabh±vo. Tena tay± eva½ aññadiµµhikena aññakhanti-
kena aññarucikena aññatr±yogena aññatr±cariyakena dujj±na½ etanti. Atha pari-
bb±jako– “saññ± v± purisassa att± hotu, aññ± v± saññ±, ta½ sassat±di bh±va-
massa pucchissan”ti puna “ki½ pana bhante”ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha lokoti att±na½ sandh±ya vadati. Na heta½ poµµhap±da atthasañhitanti
poµµhap±da eta½ diµµhigata½ na idhalokaparaloka-atthanissita½, na attatthapara-
tthanissita½. Na dhammasa½hitanti na navalokuttaradhammanissita½. N±dibra-
hmacariyakanti sikkhattayasaªkh±tassa s±sanabrahmacariyakassa na ±dimatta½,
adhis²lasikkh±mattampi na hoti. Na nibbid±y±ti sa½s±ravaµµe nibbindanatth±ya na
sa½vattati. Na vir±g±y±Ti vaµµavir±gatth±ya na sa½vattati. Na nirodh±y±ti
vaµµassa nirodhakaraºatth±ya na sa½vattati. Na upasam±y±ti vaµµassa v³pasama-
natth±ya na sa½vattati. Na abhiññ±y±ti vaµµ±bhij±nan±ya paccakkhakiriy±ya na
sa½vattati. Na sambodh±y±ti vaµµasambujjhanatth±ya na sa½vattati. Na nibb±n±-
y±ti amatamah±nibb±nassa paccakkhakiriy±ya na sa½vattati.
Ida½ dukkhanti-±d²su taºha½ µhapetv± tebh³mak± pañcakkhandh± dukkhanti,
tasseva dukkhassa pabh±vanato sappaccay± taºh± dukkhasamudayoti.
Ubhinna½ appavatti dukkhanirodhoti, ariyo aµµhaªgiko maggo dukkhanirodhag±-
min² paµipad±ti may± by±katanti attho. Evañca pana vatv± bhagav± “imassa pari-
bb±jakassa maggap±tubh±vo v± phalasacchikiriy± v± natthi, mayhañca bhikkh±c±-
ravel±”ti cintetv± tuºh² ahosi. Paribb±jakopi ta½ ±k±ra½ ñatv± bhagavato gamana-
k±la½ ±rocento viya “evametan”ti-±dim±ha.
421. V±c±sannitodaken±ti vacanapatodena. Sañjhabbharimaka½s³ti sañjha-
bbharita½ nirantara½ phuµµha½ aka½su, upari vijjhi½s³ti vutta½ hoti. Bh³tanti
sabh±vato vijjam±na½. Taccha½, tathanti tasseva vevacana½. Dhammaµµhita-
tanti navalokuttaradhammesu (1.0312) µhitasabh±va½. Dhammaniy±matanti loku-
ttaradhammaniy±mata½. Buddh±nañhi catusaccavinimutt± kath± n±ma natthi.
Tasm± s± edis± hoti.
 Cittahatthis±riputtapoµµhap±davatthuvaººan±

422. Citto ca hatthis±riputtoti so kira s±vatthiya½ hatthi-±cariyassa putto bhaga-

vato santike pabbajitv± t²ºi piµak±ni uggahetv± sukhumesu atthantaresu kusalo
ahosi, pubbe katap±pakammavasena pana sattav±re vibbhamitv± gihi j±to. Kassa-
pasamm±sambuddhassa kira s±sane dve sah±yak± ahesu½, aññamañña½
samagg± ekatova sajjh±yanti. Tesu eko anabhirato gihibh±ve citta½ upp±detv± ita-
rassa ±rocesi. So gihibh±ve ±d²nava½ pabbajj±ya ±nisa½sa½ dassetv± ta½
ovadi. So ta½ sutv± abhiramitv± punekadivasa½ t±dise citte uppanne ta½ etada-
voca “mayha½ ±vuso evar³pa½ citta½ uppajjati– ‘im±ha½ pattac²vara½ tuyha½
dass±m²’ti”. So pattac²varalobhena tassa gihibh±ve ±nisa½sa½ dassetv± pabba-
jj±ya ±d²nava½ kathesi. Athassa ta½ sutv±va gihibh±vato citta½ virajjitv± pabbajj±-
yameva abhirami. Evamesa tad± s²lavantassa bhikkhuno gihibh±ve ±nisa½saka-
th±ya kathitatt± id±ni cha v±re vibbhamitv± sattame v±re pabbajito. Mah±mogga-
ll±nassa, mah±koµµhikattherassa ca abhidhammakatha½ kathent±na½ antara-
ntar± katha½ op±teti. Atha na½ mah±koµµhikatthero apas±deti. So mah±s±va-
kassa kathite patiµµh±tu½ asakkonto vibbhamitv± gihi j±to. Poµµhap±dassa
pan±ya½ gihisah±yako hoti. Tasm± vibbhamitv± dv²hat²haccayena poµµhap±dassa
santika½ gato. Atha na½ so disv± “samma ki½ tay± kata½, evar³passa n±ma
satthu s±san± apasakkantosi, ehi pabbajitu½ id±ni te vaµµat²”ti ta½ gahetv± bhaga-
vato santika½ agam±si. Tena vutta½ “citto ca hatthis±riputto poµµhap±do ca pari-
bb±jako”ti.
423. Andh±ti paññ±cakkhuno natthit±ya andh±, tasseva abh±vena acakkhuk±.
Tva½yeva nesa½ eko cakkhum±ti subh±sitadubbh±sitaj±nanabh±vamattena
paññ±cakkhun± cakkhum±. Eka½sik±ti ekakoµµh±s±. Paññatt±ti (1.0313) µhapit±.
Aneka½sik±ti na ekakoµµh±s± ekeneva koµµh±sena sassat±ti v± asassat±ti v± na
vutt±ti attho.

Eka½sikadhammavaººan±

424-425. Santi poµµhap±d±ti ida½ bhagav± kasm± ±rabhi? B±hirakehi paññ±pi-

taniµµh±ya aniyy±nikabh±vadassanattha½. Sabbe hi titthiy± yath± bhagav±
amata½ nibb±na½, eva½ attano attano samaye lokathupik±divasena niµµha½
paññapenti, s± ca na niyy±nik±. Yath± paññatt± hutv± na niyy±ti na gacchati, añña-
datthu paº¹itehi paµikkhitt± nivattati, ta½ dassetu½ bhagav± evam±ha. Tattha eka-
ntasukha½ loka½ j±na½ passanti puratthim±ya dis±ya ekantasukho loko pacchi-
m±d²na½ v± aññatar±y±ti eva½ j±nant± eva½ passant± viharatha. Diµµhapubb±ni
kho tasmi½ loke manuss±na½ sar²rasaºµh±n±d²n²ti. App±µih²rakatanti app±µih²ra-
kata½ paµiharaºavirahita½, aniyy±nikanti vutta½ hoti.
426-427. Janapadakaly±º²ti janapade aññ±hi itth²hi vaººasaºµh±navil±s±kapp±-
d²hi asadis±.
 Tayo-attapaµil±bhavaººan±

428. Eva½ bhagav± paresa½ niµµh±ya aniyy±nikatta½ dassetv± attano niµµh±ya

niyy±nikabh±va½ dassetu½ “tayo kho me poµµhap±d±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha attapaµil±-
bhoti attabh±vapaµil±bho, ettha ca bhagav± t²hi attabh±vapaµil±bhehi tayo bhave
dassesi. O¼±rikattabh±vapaµil±bhena av²cito paµµh±ya paranimmitavasavattipariyo-
s±na½ k±mabhava½ dassesi. Manomaya-attabh±vapaµil±bhena paµhamajjh±na-
bh³mito paµµh±ya akaniµµhabrahmalokapariyos±na½ r³pabhava½ dassesi. Ar³-
pa-attabh±vapaµil±bhena ±k±s±nañc±yatanabrahmalokato paµµh±ya nevasaññ±n±-
saññ±yatanabrahmalokapariyos±na½ ar³pabhava½ dassesi. Sa½kilesik±
dhamm± n±ma dv±dasa akusalacittupp±d±. Vod±niy± dhamm± n±ma samathavi-
passan±.
429. Paññ±p±rip³ri½ (1.0314) vepullattanti maggapaññ±phalapaññ±na½ p±ri-
p³riñceva vipulabh±vañca. P±mujjanti taruºap²ti. P²t²ti balavatuµµhi. Ki½ vutta½
hoti? Ya½ avocumha “saya½ abhiññ± sacchikatv± upasampajja vihirat²”ti, tattha
tassa eva½ viharato ta½ p±mojjañceva bhavissati, p²ti ca n±mak±yapassaddhi ca
sati ca s³paµµhit± uttamañ±ºañca sukho ca vih±ro. Sabbavih±resu ca ayameva
vih±ro “sukho”ti vattu½ yutto “upasanto paramamadhuro”ti. Tattha paµhamajjh±ne
p±mojj±dayo chapi dhamm± labbhanti, dutiyajjh±ne dubbalap²tisaªkh±ta½
p±mojja½ nivattati, ses± pañca labbhanti. Tatiye p²ti nivattati, ses± catt±ro
labbhanti. Tath± catutthe. Imesu cat³su jh±nesu sampas±danasutte suddhavipa-
ssan± p±dakajjh±nameva kathita½. P±s±dikasutte cat³hi maggehi saddhi½ vipa-
ssan± kathit±. Dasuttarasutte catutthajjh±nikaphalasam±patti kathit±. Imasmi½
poµµhap±dasutte p±mojja½ p²tivevacanameva katv± dutiyajjh±nikaphalasam±patti-
n±ma kathit±ti veditabb±.
432-437. Aya½ v± soTi ettha v± saddo vibh±vanattho hoti. Aya½ soti eva½
vibh±vetv± pak±setv± by±kareyy±ma. Yath±pare “ekantasukha½ att±na½ sañj±-
n±th±”ti puµµh± “no”ti vadanti, na eva½ vad±m±ti attho. Sapp±µih²rakatanti sapp±µi-
haraºa½, niyy±nikanti attho. Mogho hot²ti tuccho hoti, natthi so tasmi½ samayeti
adhipp±yo. Sacco hot²Ti bh³to hoti, sveva tasmi½ samaye sacco hot²ti attho. Ettha
pan±ya½ citto attano asabbaññut±ya
tayo attapaµil±bhe kathetv± attapaµil±bho n±ma paññattimatta½ etanti uddharitu½
n±sakkhi, attapaµil±bho tveva niyy±tesi. Athassa bhagav± r³p±dayo cettha
dhamm±, attapaµil±bhoti pana n±mamattameta½, tesu tesu r³p±d²su sati evar³p±
voh±r± hont²ti dassetuk±mo tasseva katha½ gahetv± n±mapaññattivasena niyy±-
tanattha½ “yasmi½ citta samaye”ti-±dim±ha.
438. Evañca pana vatv± paµipucchitv± vinayanattha½ puna “sace ta½, citta,
eva½ puccheyyun”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha yo me ahosi at²to attapaµil±bho (1.0315),
sveva me attapaµil±bho, tasmi½ samaye sacco ahosi, mogho an±gato mogho
paccuppannoti ettha t±va imamattha½ dasseti– yasm± ye te at²t± dhamm±, te eta-
rahi natthi, ahesunti pana saªkhya½ gat±, tasm± sopi me attapaµil±bho tasmi½-
yeva samaye sacco ahosi. An±gatapaccuppann±na½ pana dhamm±na½ tad±
abh±v± tasmi½ samaye “mogho an±gato, mogho paccuppanno”ti, eva½ atthato
n±mamattameva attapaµil±bha½ paµij±n±ti. An±gatapaccuppannesupi eseva nayo.
439-443. Atha bhagav± tassa by±karaºena saddhi½ attano by±karaºa½ sa½sa-
nditu½ “evameva kho citt±”ti-±d²ni vatv± puna opammato tamattha½ s±dhento
“seyyath±pi citta gav± kh²ran”ti-±dim±ha. Tatr±ya½ saªkhepattho, yath± gav±
kh²ra½, kh²r±d²hi ca dadhi-±d²ni bhavanti, tattha yasmi½ samaye kh²ra½ hoti, na
tasmi½ samaye dadh²ti v± navan²t±d²su v± aññataranti saªkhya½ nirutti½ n±ma½
voh±ra½ gacchati. Kasm±? Ye dhamme up±d±ya dadh²ti-±di voh±r± honti, tesa½
abh±v±. Atha kho kh²ra½ tveva tasmi½ samaye saªkhya½ gacchati. Kasm±? Ye
dhamme up±d±ya kh²ranti saªkhy± nirutti n±ma½ voh±ro hoti, tesa½ bh±v±ti. Esa
nayo sabbattha. Im± kho citt±ti o¼±riko attapaµil±bho iti ca manomayo attapaµil±bho
iti ca ar³po attapaµil±bho iti ca im± kho citta lokasamaññ± loke samaññ±matta-
k±ni samanuj±nanamattak±ni et±ni. Tath± lokaniruttimattak±ni vacanapathamatta-
k±ni voh±ramattak±ni n±mapaººattimattak±ni et±n²ti. Eva½ bhagav± heµµh± tayo
attapaµil±bhe kathetv± id±ni sabbameta½ voh±ramattakanti vadati. Kasm±?
Yasm± paramatthato satto n±ma natthi, suñño tuccho esa loko.
Buddh±na½ pana dve kath± sammutikath± ca paramatthakath± ca. Tattha
“satto poso devo brahm±”ti-±dik± “sammutikath±” n±ma. “Anicca½ dukkhama-
natt± khandh± dh±tuyo ±yatan±ni satipaµµh±n± sammappadh±n±”ti-±dik± parama-
tthakath± n±ma. Tattha yo sammutidesan±ya “satto”ti v± “poso”ti v± “devo”ti v±
“brahm±”ti v± vutte vij±nitu½ paµivijjhitu½ niyy±tu½ (1.0316) arahattajayagg±ha½
gahetu½ sakkoti, tassa bhagav± ±ditova “satto”ti v± “poso”ti v± “devo”ti v±
“brahm±”ti v± katheti, yo paramatthadesan±ya “aniccan”ti v± “dukkhan”ti v±ti-±-
d²su aññatara½ sutv± vij±nitu½ paµivijjhitu½ niyy±tu½ arahattajayagg±ha½
gahetu½ sakkoti, tassa “aniccan”ti v± “dukkhan”ti v±ti-±d²su aññatarameva
katheti. Tath± sammutikath±ya bujjhanakasattass±pi na paµhama½ paramattha-
katha½ katheti. Sammutikath±ya pana bodhetv± pacch± paramatthakatha½
katheti. Paramatthakath±ya bujjhanakasattass±pi na paµhama½ sammutikatha½
katheti. Paramatthakath±ya pana bodhetv± pacch± sammutikatha½ katheti. Paka-
tiy± pana paµhamameva paramatthakatha½ kathentassa desan± l³kh±k±r± hoti,
tasm± buddh± paµhama½ sammutikatha½ kathetv± pacch± paramatthakatha½
kathenti. Sammutikatha½ kathent±pi saccameva sabh±vameva amus±va
kathenti. Paramatthakatha½ kathent±pi saccameva sabh±vameva amus±va
kathenti.
Duve sacc±ni akkh±si, sambuddho vadata½ varo;
sammuti½ paramatthañca, tatiya½ n³palabbhati.
Saªketavacana½ sacca½, lokasammutik±raºa½;
paramatthavacana½ sacca½, dhamm±na½ bh³talakkhaºanti.
Y±hi tath±gato voharati apar±masanti y±hi lokasamaññ±hi lokanirutt²hi tath±-
gato taºh±m±nadiµµhipar±m±s±na½ abh±v± apar±masanto voharat²ti desana½
vinivaµµetv± arahattanik³µena niµµh±pesi. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±natthamev±ti.

Iti sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya½

Poµµhap±dasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

10. Subhasuttavaººan±

Subham±ºavakavatthuvaººan±

444. Eva½ (1.0317) me suta½ …pe… s±vatthiyanti subhasutta½. Tatr±ya½ anu-

tt±napadavaººan±. Aciraparinibbute bhagavat²ti acira½ parinibbute bhagavati,
parinibb±nato uddha½ m±samatte k±le. Nid±navaººan±ya½ vuttanayeneva
bhagavato pattac²vara½ ±d±ya ±gantv± kh²ravirecana½ pivitv± vih±re nisinnadi-
vasa½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Todeyyaputtoti todeyyabr±hmaºassa putto, so kira
s±vatthiy± avid³re tudig±mo n±ma atthi, tassa adhipatitt± todeyyoti saªkhya½
gato. Mahaddhano pana hoti pañcacatt±l²sakoµivibhavo, paramamacchar²–
“dadato bhog±na½ aparikkhayo n±ma natth²”ti cintetv± kassaci kiñci na deti,
puttampi ±ha–
“Añjan±na½ khaya½ disv±, vammik±nañca sañcaya½;
madh³nañca sam±h±ra½, paº¹ito gharam±vase”ti.
Eva½ ad±nameva sikkh±petv± k±yassa bhed± tasmi½yeva ghare sunakho
hutv± nibbatto. Subho ta½ sunakha½ ativiya piy±yati. Attano bhuñjanakabhatta½-
yeva bhojeti, ukkhipitv± varasayane say±peti. Atha bhagav± ekadivasa½
nikkhante m±ºave ta½ ghara½ piº¹±ya p±visi. Sunakho bhagavanta½ disv±
bhukk±ra½ karonto bhagavato sam²pa½ gato. Tato na½ bhagav± avoca “todeyya
tva½ pubbepi ma½ ‘bho, bho’ti paribhavitv± sunakho j±to, id±nipi bhukk±ra½
katv± av²ci½ gamissas²”ti. Sunakho ta½ katha½ sutv± vippaµis±r² hutv± uddhana-
ntare ch±rik±ya nipanno, manuss± na½ ukkhipitv± sayane say±petu½ n±sa-
kkhi½su.
 Subho ±gantv± “ken±ya½ sunakho sayan± oropito”ti ±ha. Manuss± “na kenac²”-
ti vatv± ta½ pavatti½ ±rocesu½. M±ºavo sutv± “mama pit± brahmaloke nibbatto,
samaºo pana gotamo me pitara½ sunakha½ karoti ya½ kiñci esa mukh±r³¼ha½
bh±sat²”ti kujjhitv± bhagavanta½ mus±v±dena (1.0318) codetuk±mo vih±ra½
gantv± ta½ pavatti½ pucchi. Bhagav± tassa tatheva vatv± avisa½v±danattha½
±ha– “atthi pana te, m±ºava, pitar± na akkh±ta½ dhanan”ti. Atthi, bho gotama,
satasahassagghanik± suvaººam±l±, satasahassagghanik± suvaººap±duk±, sata-
sahassagghanik± suvaººap±ti, satasahassañca kah±paºanti. Gaccha ta½
sunakha½ appodaka½ madhup±y±sa½ bhojetv± sayana½ ±ropetv± ²saka½
nidda½ okkantak±le puccha, sabba½ te ±cikkhissati, atha na½ j±neyy±si– “pit±
me eso”ti. So tath± ak±si. Sunakho sabba½ ±cikkhi, tad± na½– “pit± me”ti ñatv±
bhagavati pasannacitto gantv± bhagavanta½cuddasa pañhe pucchitv± vissajjana-
pariyos±ne bhagavanta½ saraºa½ gato, ta½ sandh±ya vutta½ “subho m±ºavo
todeyyaputto”ti. S±vatthiya½ paµivasat²ti attano bhogag±mato ±gantv± vasati.
445-446. Aññatara½ m±ºavaka½ ±mantes²ti satthari parinibbute “±nandatthero
kirassa pattac²vara½ gahetv± ±gato, mah±jano ta½ dassanatth±ya upasaªkamat²”-
ti sutv± “vih±ra½ kho pana gantv± mah±janamajjhe na sakk± sukhena paµisa-
nth±ra½ v± k±tu½, dhammakatha½ v± sotu½ geha½ ±gata½yeva na½ disv±
sukhena paµisanth±ra½ kariss±mi, ek± ca me kaªkh± atthi, tampi na½ pucchiss±-
m²”ti cintetv± aññatara½ m±ºavaka½ ±mantesi. App±b±dhanti-±d²su ±b±dhoti
visabh±gavedan± vuccati, y± ekadese uppajjitv± catt±ro iriy±pathe ayapaµµena
±bandhitv± viya gaºhati, tass± abh±va½ pucch±ti vadati. App±taªkoti kicchaj²vita-
karo rogo vuccati, tass±pi abh±va½ pucch±ti vadati. Gil±nasseva ca uµµh±na½
n±ma garuka½ hoti, k±ye bala½ na hoti, tasm± niggelaññabh±vañca balañca
pucch±ti vadati. Ph±suvih±ranti gamanaµh±nanisajjasayanesu cat³su iriy±pa-
thesu sukhavih±ra½ pucch±ti vadati. Athassa pucchitabb±k±ra½ dassento “subho”-
ti-±dim±ha.
447. K±lañca samayañca up±d±y±ti k±lañca samayañca paññ±ya gahetv± upa-
dh±retv±ti attho. Sace amh±ka½ sve gamanak±lo bhavissati, k±ye balamatt± ceva
pharissati, gamanapaccay± ca añño aph±suvih±ro (1.0319) na bhavissati, atheta½
k±lañca gamanak±raºasamav±yasaªkh±ta½ samayañca upadh±retv±– “api eva
n±ma sve ±gaccheyy±m±”ti vutta½ hoti.
448. Cetakena bhikkhun±ti cetiraµµhe j±tatt± cetakoti eva½ laddhan±mena.
Sammodan²ya½ katha½ s±raº²yanti bho, ±nanda, dasabalassa ko n±ma ±b±dho
ahosi, ki½ bhagav± paribhuñji. Api ca satthu parinibb±nena tumh±ka½ soko uda-
p±di, satth± n±ma na kevala½ tumh±ka½yeva parinibbuto, sadevakassa lokassa
mah±j±ni, ko d±ni añño maraº± muccissati, yatra so sadevakassa lokassa aggapu-
ggalo parinibbuto, id±ni ka½ añña½ disv± maccur±j± lajjissat²ti evam±din± nayena
maraºapaµisa½yutta½ sammodan²ya½ katha½ s±raº²ya½ v²tis±retv± therassa
hiyyo p²tabhesajj±nur³pa½ ±h±ra½ datv± bhattakicc±vas±ne ekamanta½ nis²di.
Upaµµh±ko santik±vacaroTi upaµµh±ko hutv± santik±vacaro, na randhagaves².
Na v²ma½san±dhipp±yo. Sam²pac±r²ti ida½ purimapadasseva vevacana½. Yesa½
so bhava½ gotamoti kasm± pucchati? Tassa kira eva½ ahosi “yesu dhammesu
bhava½ gotamo ima½ loka½ patiµµhapesi, te tassa accayena naµµh± nu kho,
dharanti nu kho, sace dharanti, ±nando j±nissati, handa na½ pucch±m²”ti, tasm±
pucchi.
449. Athassa thero t²ºi piµak±ni t²hi khandhehi saªgahetv± dassento “tiººa½
kho”ti-±dim±ha. M±ºavo saªkhittena kathita½ asallakkhento– “vitth±rato pucchi-
ss±m²”ti cintetv± “katamesa½ tiººan”ti-±dim±ha.

S²lakkhandhavaººan±

450-453. Tato therena “ariyassa s²lakkhandhass±”ti tesu dassitesu puna

“katamo pana so, bho ±nanda, ariyo s²lakkhandho”ti ekeka½ pucchi. Theropissa
buddhupp±da½ dassetv± tantidhamma½ desento anukkamena bhagavat± vutta-
nayeneva sabba½ vissajjesi. Tattha atthi (1.0320) cevettha uttarikaraº²yanti ettha
bhagavato s±sane na s²lameva s±ro, kevalañheta½ patiµµh±mattameva hoti. Ito
uttari pana aññampi kattabba½ atthi yev±ti dassesi. Ito bahiddh±ti buddhas±sa-
nato bahiddh±.

Sam±dhikkhandhavaººan±

454. Kathañca, m±ºava, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadv±ro hot²ti idam±yasm±

±nando “katamo pana so, bho ±nanda, ariyo sam±dhikkhandho”ti eva½ sam±dhi-
kkhandha½ puµµhopi ye te “s²lasampanno indriyesu guttadv±ro satisampajaññena
samann±gato santuµµho”ti eva½ s²l±nantara½ indriyasa½var±dayo s²lasam±-
dh²na½ antare ubhinnampi upak±rakadhamm± uddiµµh±, te niddisitv± sam±dhi-
kkhandha½ dassetuk±mo ±rabhi. Ettha ca r³pajjh±n±neva ±gat±ni, na ar³pajjh±-
n±ni, ±netv± pana d²petabb±ni. Catutthajjh±nena hi asaªgahit± ar³pasam±patti
n±ma natthiyeva.
471-480. Atthi cevettha uttarikaraº²yanti ettha bhagavato s±sane na cittekagga-
t±mattakeneva pariyos±nappatti n±ma atthi, itopi uttari pana añña½ kattabba½
atthi yev±ti dasseti. Natthi cevettha uttarikaraº²yanti ettha bhagavato s±sane ito
uttari k±tabba½ n±ma natthiyeva, arahattapariyos±nañhi bhagavato
s±sananti dasseti. Sesa½ sabbattha utt±natthamev±ti.

Iti sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya½

Subhasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

11. Kevaµµasuttavaººan±

Kevaµµagahapatiputtavatthuvaººan±

481. Eva½ (1.0321) me suta½ …pe… n±¼and±yanti kevaµµasutta½. Tatr±ya½

apubbapadavaººan±. P±v±rikambavaneti p±v±rikassa ambavane. Kevaµµoti ida½
tassa gahapatiputtassa n±ma½. So kira catt±l²sakoµidhano gahapatimah±s±lo ati-
viya saddho pasanno ahosi. So saddh±dhikatt±yeva “sace eko bhikkhu a¹¹ham±-
santarena v± m±santarena v± sa½vaccharena v± ±k±se uppatitv± vividh±ni p±µi-
h±riy±ni dasseyya, sabbo jano ativiya pas²deyya. Ya½n³n±ha½ bhagavanta½
y±citv± p±µih±riyakaraºatth±ya eka½ bhikkhu½ anuj±n±peyyan”ti cintetv± bhaga-
vanta½ upasaªkamitv± evam±ha.
Tattha iddh±ti samiddh± ph²t±ti n±n±bhaº¹a-ussannat±ya vuddhippatt±. ¾kiººa-
manuss±ti a½sak³µena a½sak³µa½ paharitv± viya vicarantehi manussehi ±kiºº±.
Sam±disat³ti ±º±petu µh±nantare µhapetu. Uttarimanussadhamm±ti uttarimanu-
ss±na½ dhammato, dasakusalasaªkh±tato v± manussadhammato uttari. Bhiyyoso-
matt±y±ti pakatiy±pi pajjalitapad²po telasneha½ labhitv± viya atirekappam±ºena
abhippas²dissati. Na kho ahanti bhagav± r±jagahaseµµhivatthusmi½ sikkh±pada½
paññapesi, tasm± “na kho ahan”ti-±dim±ha.
482. Na dha½sem²Ti na guºavin±sanena dha½semi, s²labheda½ p±petv± anu-
pubbena uccaµµh±nato ot±rento n²caµµh±ne na µhapemi, atha kho aha½ buddhas±-
sanassa vuddhi½ pacc±s²santo kathem²ti dasseti. Tatiyampi khoti y±vatatiya½
buddh±na½ katha½ paµib±hitv± kathetu½ visahanto n±ma natthi. Aya½ pana
bhagavat± saddhi½ viss±siko viss±sa½ va¹¹hetv± vallabho hutv± atthak±mo-
sm²ti tikkhattu½ kathesi.

Iddhip±µih±riyavaººan±

483-484. Atha bhagav± aya½ up±sako mayi paµib±hantepi punappuna½ y±cati-

yeva. “Handassa p±µih±riyakaraºe ±d²nava½ dassem²”ti cintetv± (1.0322) “t²ºi kho”-
ti-±dim±ha. Tattha am±ha½ bhikkhunti amu½ aha½ bhikkhu½. Gandh±r²ti gandh±-
rena n±ma isin± kat±, gandh±raraµµhe v± uppann± vijj±. Tattha kira bah³ isayo
vasi½su, tesu ekena kat± vijj±ti adhipp±yo. Aµµ²y±m²ti aµµo p²¼ito viya homi. Har±y±-
m²ti lajj±mi. Jigucch±m²ti g³tha½ disv± viya jiguccha½ upp±demi.

¾desan±p±µih±riyavaººan±

485. Parasatt±nanti aññesa½ satt±na½. Dutiya½ tasseva vevacana½. ¾disat²ti

katheti. Cetasikanti somanassadomanassa½ adhippeta½. Evampi te manoti eva½
tava mano somanassito v± domanassito v± k±mavitakk±disampayutto v±. Dutiya½
tasseva vevacana½. Itipi te cittanti iti tava citta½, idañcidañca attha½ cintaya-
m±na½ pavattat²ti attho. Maºik± n±ma vijj±ti cint±maº²ti eva½ laddhan±m± loke
ek± vijj± atthi. T±ya paresa½ citta½ j±n±t²ti d²peti.

Anus±san²p±µih±riyavaººan±

486. Eva½ vitakketh±Ti nekkhammavitakk±dayo eva½ pavattent± vitakketha. M±

eva½ vitakkayitth±ti eva½ k±mavitakk±dayo pavattent± m± vitakkayittha. Eva½
manasi karoth±ti eva½ aniccasaññameva, dukkhasaññ±d²su v± aññatara½
manasi karotha. M± evanti “niccan”ti-±din± nayena m± manasi karittha. Idanti
ida½ pañcak±maguºikar±ga½ pajahatha. Ida½ upasampajj±ti ida½ catumagga-
phalappabheda½ lokuttaradhammameva upasampajja p±puºitv± nipph±detv±
viharatha. Iti bhagav± iddhividha½ iddhip±µih±riyanti dasseti, parassa citta½ ñatv±
kathana½ ±desan±p±µih±riyanti. S±vak±nañca buddh±nañca satata½ dhammade-
san± anus±san²p±µih±riyanti.
Tattha iddhip±µih±riyena anus±san²p±µih±riya½ mah±moggall±nassa ±ciººa½,
±desan±p±µih±riyena anus±san²p±µih±riya½ dhammasen±patissa. Devadatte
sa½gha½ bhinditv± pañca bhikkhusat±ni gahetv± gay±s²se buddhal²¼±ya tesa½
dhamma½ desante hi bhagavat± pesitesu dv²su aggas±vakesu dhammasen±pati
tesa½ citt±c±ra½ ñatv± dhamma½ desesi (1.0323), therassa dhammadesana½
sutv± pañcasat± bhikkh³ sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½su. Atha nesa½ mah±mogga-
ll±no vikubbana½ dassetv± dassetv± dhamma½ desesi, ta½ sutv± sabbe arahatta-
phale patiµµhahi½su. Atha dvepi mah±n±g± pañca bhikkhusat±ni gahetv± veh±sa½
abbhuggantv± ve¼uvanamev±gami½su. Anus±san²p±µih±riya½ pana buddh±na½
satata½ dhammadesan±, tesu iddhip±µih±riya-±desan±p±µih±riy±ni sa-up±ra-
mbh±ni sados±ni, addh±na½ na tiµµhanti, addh±na½ atiµµhanato na niyyanti. Anus±-
san²p±µih±riya½ anup±rambha½ niddosa½, addh±na½ tiµµhati, addh±na½ tiµµha-
nato niyy±ti. Tasm± bhagav± iddhip±µih±riyañca ±desan±p±µih±riyañca garahati,
anus±san²p±µih±riya½yeva pasa½sati.

Bh³tanirodhesakavatthuvaººan±

487. Bh³tapubbanti ida½ kasm± bhagavat± ±raddha½. Iddhip±µih±riya-±desa-

n±p±µih±riy±na½ aniyy±nikabh±vadassanattha½, anus±san²p±µih±riyasseva niyy±-
nikabh±vadassanattha½. Api ca sabbabuddh±na½ mah±bh³tapariyesako
n±meko bhikkhu hotiyeva. Yo mah±bh³te pariyesanto y±va brahmalok± vicaritv±
vissajjet±ra½ alabhitv± ±gamma buddhameva pucchitv± nikkaªkho hoti. Tasm±
buddh±na½ mahantabh±vappak±sanattha½, idañca k±raºa½ paµicchanna½, atha
na½ vivaµa½ katv± desentopi bhagav± “bh³tapubban”ti-±dim±ha.
Tattha kattha nu khoti kismi½ µh±ne ki½ ±gamma ki½ pattassa te anavases±
appavattivasena nirujjhanti. Mah±bh³takath± panes± sabb±k±rena visuddhi-
magge vutt±, tasm± s± tatova gahetabb±.
488. Devay±niyo maggoti p±µiyekko devalokagamanamaggo n±ma natthi, iddhi-
vidhañ±ºasseva paneta½ adhivacana½. Tena hesa y±va brahmalok±pi k±yena
vasa½ vattento devaloka½ y±ti. Tasm± “ta½ devay±niyo maggo”ti vutta½. Yena
c±tumah±r±jik±ti sam²pe µhitampi bhagavanta½ apucchitv± dhammat±ya codito
devat± mah±nubh±v±ti maññam±no upasaªkami. Mayampi kho, bhikkhu, na j±n±-
m±ti buddhavisaye pañha½ (1.0324) pucchit± devat± na j±nanti, tenevam±ha½su.
Atha kho so bhikkhu “mama ima½ pañha½ na kathetu½ na labbh±, s²gha½ kathe-
th±”ti t± devat± ajjhottharati, punappuna½ pucchati, t± “ajjhottharati no aya½
bhikkhu, handa na½ hatthato mocess±m±”ti cintetv± “atthi kho bhikkhu catt±ro
mah±r±j±no”ti-±dim±ha½su. Tattha abhikkantatar±ti atikkamma kantatar±. Paº²ta-
tar±ti vaººayasa-issariy±d²hi uttamatar± etena nayena sabbav±resu attho vedi-
tabbo.
491-493. Aya½ pana viseso– sakko kira devar±j± cintesi “aya½ pañho buddha-
visayo, na sakk± aññena vissajjitu½, ayañca bhikkhu aggi½ pah±ya khajjopa-
naka½ dhamanto viya, bheri½ pah±ya udara½ v±dento viya ca, loke aggapu-
ggala½ samm±sambuddha½ pah±ya devat± pucchanto vicarati, pesemi na½
satthusantikan”ti. Tato punadeva so cintesi “sud³rampi gantv± satthu santikeva
nikkaªkho bhavissati. Atthi ceva puggalo n±mesa, thoka½ t±va ±hiº¹anto kila-
matu pacch± j±nissat²”ti. Tato ta½ “ahampi kho”ti-±dim±ha. Brahmay±niyopi deva-
y±niyasadisova. Devay±niyamaggoti v± brahmay±niyamaggoti v± dhammaset³ti
v± ekacittakkhaºika-appan±ti v± sanniµµh±nikacetan±ti v± mahaggatacittanti v±
abhiññ±ñ±ºanti v± sabbameta½ iddhividhañ±ºasseva n±ma½.
494. Pubbanimittanti ±gamanapubbabh±ge nimitta½ s³riyassa udayato aru-
ºugga½ viya. Tasm± id±neva brahm± ±gamissati, eva½ maya½ j±n±m±ti d²pa-
yi½su. P±turahos²ti p±kaµo ahosi. Atha kho so brahm± tena bhikkhun± puµµho
attano avisayabh±va½ ñatv± sac±ha½ “na j±n±m²”ti vakkh±mi, ime ma½ paribha-
vissanti, atha j±nanto viya ya½ kiñci kathess±mi, aya½ me bhikkhu veyy±kara-
ºena an±raddhacitto v±da½ ±ropessati. “Ahamasmi bhikkhu brahm±”ti-±d²ni pana
me bhaºantassa na koci vacana½ saddahissati. Ya½n³n±ha½ vikkhepa½ katv±
ima½ bhikkhu½ satthusantika½yeva peseyyanti cintetv± “ahamasmi bhikkhu
brahm±”ti-±dim±ha.
495-496. Ekamanta½ (1.0325) apanetv±ti kasm± evamak±si? Kuhakatt±.
Bahiddh± pariyeµµhinti telatthiko v±lika½ nipp²¼iyam±no viya y±va brahmalok±
bahiddh± pariyesana½ ±pajjati.
497. Sakuºanti k±ka½ v± kulala½ v±. Na kho eso, bhikkhu, pañho eva½
pucchitabboti ida½ bhagav± yasm± padesenesa pañho pucchitabbo, ayañca kho
bhikkhu anup±dinnakepi gahetv± nippadesato pucchati, tasm± paµisedheti.
¾ciººa½ kireta½ buddh±na½, pucch±m³¼hassa janassa pucch±ya dosa½
dassetv± puccha½ sikkh±petv± pucch±vissajjana½. Kasm±? Pucchitu½ aj±nitv±
paripucchanto duviññ±payo hoti. Pañha½ sikkh±pento pana “kattha ±po c±”ti-±di-
m±ha.
498. Tattha na g±dhat²ti na patiµµh±ti, ime catt±ro mah±bh³t± ki½ ±gamma appa-
tiµµh± bhavant²ti attho. Up±dinna½yeva sandh±ya pucchati. D²ghañca rassañc±ti
saºµh±navasena up±d±r³pa½ vutta½. Aºu½ th³lanti khuddaka½ v± mahanta½ v±,
imin±pi up±d±r³pe vaººamattameva kathita½. Subh±subhanti subhañca asu-
bhañca up±d±r³pameva kathita½. Ki½ pana up±d±r³pa½ subhanti asubhanti
atthi? Natthi. Iµµh±niµµh±rammaºa½ paneva kathita½. N±mañca r³pañc±ti
n±mañca d²gh±dibheda½ r³pañca. Uparujjhat²ti nirujjhati, ki½ ±gamma asesa-
meta½ nappavattat²ti.
Eva½ pucchitabba½ siy±ti puccha½ dassetv± id±ni vissajjana½ dassento tatra
veyy±karaºa½ bhavat²ti vatv±– “viññ±ºan”ti-±dim±ha.
499. Tattha viññ±tabbanti viññ±ºa½ nibb±nasseta½ n±ma½, tadeta½ nidassa-
n±bh±vato anidassana½. Upp±danto v± vayanto v± µhitassa aññathattanto v±
etassa natth²ti ananta½. Pabhanti paneta½ kira titthassa n±ma½, tañhi papanti
etth±ti papa½, pak±rassa pana bhak±ro kato. Sabbato pabhamass±ti sabbato-
pabha½. Nibb±nassa kira yath± mah±samuddassa yato yato otarituk±m± honti,
ta½ tadeva tittha½, atittha½ n±ma natthi. Evameva aµµhati½s±ya kammaµµh±nesu
yena yena mukhena nibb±na½ otarituk±m± honti, ta½ tadeva tittha½, nibb±nassa
atittha½ n±ma natthi. Tena vutta½ “sabbatopabhan”ti. Ettha ±po c±ti ettha (1.0326)
nibb±ne ida½ nibb±na½ ±gamma sabbameta½ ±poti-±din± nayena vutta½ up±di-
nnaka dhammaj±ta½ nirujjhati, appavatta½ hot²ti.
Id±nissa nirujjhan³p±ya½ dassento “viññ±ºassa nirodhena ettheta½ uparujjha-
t²”ti ±ha. Tattha viññ±ºanti carimakaviññ±ºampi abhisaªkh±raviññ±ºampi, carima-
kaviññ±ºass±pi hi nirodhena ettheta½ uparujjhati. Vijjh±tad²pasikh± viya apaººa-
ttikabh±va½ y±ti. Abhisaªkh±raviññ±ºass±pi anupp±danirodhena anupp±dava-
sena uparujjhati. Yath±ha “sot±pattimaggañ±ºena abhisaªkh±raviññ±ºassa niro-
dhena µhapetv± sattabhave anamatagge sa½s±re ye uppajjeyyu½ n±mañca
r³pañca etthete nirujjhant²”ti sabba½ c³¼aniddese vuttanayeneva veditabba½.
Sesa½ sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Iti sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya½

 Kevaµµasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

12. Lohiccasuttavaººan±

Lohiccabr±hmaºavatthuvaººan±

501. Eva½ (1.0327) me suta½ …pe… kosales³ti lohiccasutta½. Tatr±ya½ anu-

tt±napadavaººan±. S±lavatik±ti tassa g±massa n±ma½, so kira vatiy± viya sama-
ntato s±lapantiy± parikkhitto. Tasm± s±lavatik±ti vuccati. Lohiccoti tassa br±hma-
ºassa n±ma½.
502-503. P±pakanti par±nukamp± virahitatt± l±maka½, na pana ucchedasassa-
t±na½ aññatara½. Uppanna½ hot²ti j±ta½ hoti, na kevalañca citte j±tamattameva.
So kira tassa vasena parisamajjhepi eva½ bh±satiyeva. Kiñhi paro parass±ti paro
yo anus±s²yati, so tassa anus±sakassa ki½ karissati. Attan± paµiladdha½ kusala½
dhamma½ attan±va sakkatv± garu½ katv± vih±tabbanti vadati.
504-407. Rosika½ nh±pita½ ±mantes²ti rosik±ti eva½ itthiliªgavasena laddha-
n±ma½ nh±pita½ ±mantesi. So kira bhagavato ±gamana½ sutv± cintesi– “vih±ra½
gantv± diµµha½ n±ma½ bh±ro, geha½ pana ±º±petv± passiss±mi ceva yath±satti
ca ±gantukabhikkha½ dass±m²”ti, tasm± eva½ nh±pita½ ±mantesi.
508. Piµµhito piµµhitoti kath±ph±sukattha½ pacchato pacchato anubandho hoti.
Vivecet³ti vimocetu, ta½ diµµhigata½ vinodet³ti vadati. Aya½ kira up±sako lohi-
ccassa br±hmaºassa piyasah±yako. Tasm± tassa atthak±mat±ya evam±ha.
Appeva n±ma siy±ti ettha paµhamavacanena bhagav± gajjati, dutiyavacanena anu-
gajjati. Aya½ kirettha adhipp±yo– rosike etadatthameva may± catt±ri asaªkhye-
yy±ni. Kappasatasahassañca vividh±ni dukkar±ni karontena p±ramiyo p³rit±, eta-
datthameva sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ paµividdha½, na me lohiccassa diµµhigata½
bhinditu½ bh±roti, imamattha½ dassento paµhamavacanena bhagav± gajjati.
Kevala½ rosike (1.0328) lohiccassa mama santike ±gamana½ v± nisajj± v± all±pa-
sall±po v± hotu, sacepi lohiccasadis±na½ satasahassassa kaªkh± hoti, paµibalo
aha½ vinodetu½ lohiccassa pana ekassa diµµhivinodane mayha½ ko bh±roti ima-
mattha½ dassento dutiyavacanena bhagav± anugajjat²ti veditabbo.

Lohiccabr±hmaº±nuyogavaººan±

509. Samudayasañj±t²ti samudayassa sañj±ti bhogupp±do, tato uµµhita½ dhana-

dhaññanti attho. Ye ta½ upaj²vant²ti ye ñ±tiparijanad±sakammakar±dayo jan± ta½
niss±ya j²vanti. Antar±yakaroti l±bhantar±yakaro. Hit±nukamp²ti ettha hitanti
vu¹¹hi. Anukampat²ti anukamp², icchat²ti attho, vu¹¹hi½ icchati v± no v±ti vutta½
hoti. Niraya½ v± tiracch±nayoni½ v±ti sace s± micch±diµµhi sampajjati, niyat± hoti,
eka½sena niraye nibbattati, no ce, tiracch±nayoniya½ nibbattat²ti attho.
510-512. Id±ni yasm± yath± attano l±bhantar±yena satt± sa½vijjanti na tath±
paresa½, tasm± suµµhutara½ br±hmaºa½ pavecetuk±mo “ta½ ki½ maññas²”ti
dutiya½ upapattim±ha. Ye cimeti ye ca ime tath±gatassa dhammadesana½ sutv±
ariyabh³mi½ okkamitu½ asakkont± kulaputt± dibb± gabbh±ti upayogatthe pacca-
ttavacana½, dibbe gabbheti attho. Dibb±, gabbh±ti ca channa½ devalok±nameta½
adhivacana½. Parip±cent²ti devalokag±mini½ paµipada½ p³rayam±n± d±na½,
dadam±n±, s²la½ rakkham±n±, gandham±l±d²hi, p³ja½ kurum±n± bh±vana½
bh±vayam±n± p±centi vip±centi parip±centi pariº±ma½ gamenti. Dibb±na½
bhav±na½ abhinibbattiy±ti dibbabhav± n±ma dev±na½ vim±n±ni, tesa½ nibbatta-
natth±y±ti attho. Atha v± dibb± gabbh±ti d±n±dayo puññavises±. Dibb± bhav±ti
devaloke vip±kakkhandh±, tesa½ nibbattanatth±ya t±ni puññ±ni karont²ti attho.
Tesa½ antar±yakaroti tesa½ maggasampattiphalasampattidibbabhavavises±na½
antar±yakaro. Iti bhagav± ett±vat± aniyamiteneva opammavidhin± y±va bhavagg±
(1.0329) uggata½ br±hmaºassa m±na½ bhinditv± id±ni codan±rahe tayo satth±re
dassetu½ “tayo kho me, lohicc±”ti-±dim±ha.

Tayo codan±rahavaººan±

513. Tattha s± codan±ti tayo satth±re codentassa codan±. Na aññ± citta½ upa-
µµhapent²ti aññ±ya ±j±nanatth±ya citta½ na upaµµhapenti. Vokkamm±ti nirantara½
tassa s±sana½ akatv± tato ukkamitv± vattant²ti attho. Osakkantiy± v± ussakke-
yy±ti paµikkamantiy± upagaccheyya, anicchantiy± iccheyya, ek±ya sampayoga½
anicchantiy± eko iccheyy±ti vutta½ hoti. Parammukhi½ v± ±liªgeyy±ti daµµhumpi
aniccham±na½ parammukhi½ µhita½ pacchato gantv± ±liªgeyya. Eva½sampada-
midanti imass±pi satthuno “mama ime s±vak±”ti s±san± vokkamma vattam±nepi
te lobhena anus±sato ima½ lobhadhamma½ eva½sampadameva ²disameva
vad±mi. Iti so evar³po tava lobhadhammo yena tva½ osakkantiy± ussakkanto
viya parammukhi½ ±liªganto viya ahos²tipi ta½ codana½ arahati. Kiñhi paro
parassa karissat²ti yena dhammena pare anus±si, att±nameva t±va tattha samp±-
dehi, uju½ karohi. Kiñhi paro parassa karissat²ti codana½ arahati.
514. Nidd±yitabbanti sassar³pak±ni tiº±ni upp±µetv± parisuddha½ k±tabba½.
515. Tatiyacodan±ya kiñhi paro parass±ti anus±sana½ asampaµicchanak±lato
paµµh±ya paro anus±sitabbo, parassa anus±sakassa ki½ karissat²ti nanu tattha
appossukkata½ ±pajjitv± attan± paµividdhadhamma½ attan±va m±netv± p³jetv±
vih±tabbanti eva½ codana½ arahat²ti attho.

Na codan±rahasatthuvaººan±

516. Na (1.0330) codan±rahoti ayañhi yasm± paµhamameva att±na½ patir³pe

patiµµh±petv± s±vak±na½ dhamma½ deseti. S±vak± cassa assav± hutv± yath±nu-
siµµha½ paµipajjanti, t±ya ca paµipattiy± mahanta½ visesamadhigacchanti. Tasm±
na codan±rahoti.
517. Narakapap±ta½ papatantoti may± gahit±ya diµµhiy± aha½ narakapap±ta½
papatanto. Uddharitv± thale patiµµh±pitoti ta½ diµµhi½ bhinditv± dhammadesan±ha-
tthena ap±yapatanato uddharitv± saggamaggathale µhapitomh²ti vadati. Sesa-
mettha utt±namev±ti.

Iti sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya½

Lohiccasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

13. Tevijjasuttavaººan±

518. Eva½ (1.0331) me suta½ …pe… kosales³ti tevijjasutta½. Tatr±ya½ anutt±-

napadavaººan±. Manas±kaµanti tassa g±massa n±ma½. Uttarena manas±kaµa-
ss±ti manas±kaµato avid³re uttarapasse. Ambavaneti taruºa-ambarukkhasaº¹e,
ramaº²yo kira so bh³mibh±go, heµµh± rajatapaµµasadis± v±lik± vippakiºº±, upari
maºivit±na½ viya ghanas±kh±patta½ ambavana½. Tasmi½ buddh±na½ anuccha-
vike pavivekasukhe ambavane viharat²ti attho.
519. Abhiññ±t± abhiññ±t±ti kulac±ritt±disampattiy± tattha tattha paññ±t±. Caªk²-
ti-±d²ni tesa½ n±m±ni. Tattha caªk² Op±s±dav±siko. T±rukkho icch±naªgalav±-
siko. Pokkharas±t² ukkaµµhav±siko. J±ºusoº² s±vatthiv±siko. Todeyyo Tudig±ma-
v±siko. Aññe c±ti aññe ca bahujan±. Attano attano niv±saµµh±nehi ±gantv± manta-
sajjh±yakaraºattha½ tattha paµivasanti. Manas±kaµassa kira ramaº²yat±ya te
br±hmaº± tattha nad²t²re geh±ni k±retv± parikkhip±petv± aññesa½ bah³na½ pave-
sana½ niv±retv± antarantar± tattha gantv± vasanti.
520-521. V±seµµhabh±radv±j±nanti v±seµµhassa ca pokkharas±tino antev±si-
kassa, bh±radv±jassa ca t±rukkhantev±sikassa. Ete kira dve j±tisampann± tiººa½
ved±na½ p±rag³ ahesu½. Jaªghavih±ranti aticiranisajjapaccay± kilamathavinoda-
natth±ya jaªghac±ra½. Te kira divasa½ sajjh±ya½ katv± s±yanhe vuµµh±ya nh±n²-
yasambh±ragandham±lateladhotavatth±ni g±h±petv± attano parijanaparivut±
nh±yituk±m± nad²t²ra½ gantv± rajatapaµµavaººe v±lik±saº¹e apar±para½ caªka-
mi½su. Eka½ caªkamanta½ itaro anucaªkami, puna itara½ itaroti. Tena vutta½
“anucaªkamant±na½ anuvicarant±nan”ti. Magg±maggeti magge ca amagge ca.
Katama½ nu kho paµipada½ p³retv± katamena maggena sakk± sukha½ brahma-
loka½ gantunti eva½ magg±magga½ ±rabbha katha½ samuµµh±pesunti attho. Añja-
s±yanoti ujumaggasseta½ vevacana½, añjas± (1.0332) v± ujukameva etena
±yanti ±gacchant²ti añjas±yano niyy±niko niyy±t²ti niyy±yanto niyy±ti, gacchanto
gacchat²ti attho.
Takkarassa brahmasahabyat±y±ti yo ta½ magga½ karoti paµipajjati, tassa
brahmun± saddhi½ sahabh±v±ya, ekaµµh±ne p±tubh±v±ya gacchat²ti attho.
Yv±yanti yo aya½. Akkh±toti kathito d²pito. Br±hmaºena pokkharas±tin±ti attano
±cariya½ apadisati. Iti v±seµµho sakameva ±cariyav±da½ thometv± paggaºhitv±
vicarati. Bh±radv±jopi sakamev±ti. Tena vutta½ “neva kho asakkhi v±seµµho-
”ti-±di.
Tato v±seµµho “ubhinnampi amh±ka½ kath± aniyy±nik±va, imasmiñca loke
maggakusalo n±ma bhot± gotamena sadiso natthi, bhavañca gotamo avid³re
vasati, so no tula½ gahetv± nisinnav±ºijo viya kaªkha½ chindissat²”ti cintetv±
tamattha½ bh±radv±jassa ±rocetv± ubhopi gantv± attano katha½ bhagavato ±ro-
cesu½. Tena vutta½ “atha kho v±seµµho …pe… yv±ya½ akkh±to br±hmaºena t±ru-
kkhen±”ti.
522. Ettha bho gotam±Ti etasmi½ magg±magge. Viggaho viv±doti-±d²su pubbu-
ppattiko viggaho. Aparabh±ge viv±do. Duvidhopi eso n±n±-±cariy±na½ v±dato
n±n±v±do.
523. Atha kismi½ pana voti tvampi ayameva maggoti attano ±cariyav±dameva
paggayha tiµµhasi, bh±radv±jopi attano ±cariyav±dameva, ekass±pi ekasmi½
sa½sayo natthi. Eva½ sati kismi½ vo viggahoti pucchati.
524. Magg±magge, bho gotam±ti magge bho gotama amagge ca, ujumagge ca
anujumagge c±ti attho. Esa kira ekabr±hmaºass±pi magga½ “na maggo”ti na
vadati. Yath± pana attano ±cariyassa maggo ujumaggo, na (1.0333) eva½
aññesa½ anuj±n±ti, tasm± tamevattha½ d²pento “kiñc±pi bho gotam±”ti-±dim±ha.
Sabb±ni t±n²ti liªgavipall±sena vadati, sabbe teti vutta½ hoti. Bah³n²ti aµµha v±
dasa v±. N±n±magg±n²ti mahant±mahantajaªghamaggasakaµamagg±divasena
n±n±vidh±ni s±mant± g±manad²ta¼±kakhett±d²hi ±gantv± g±ma½ pavisanama-
gg±ni.
525-526. “Niyyant²Ti v±seµµha vades²”ti bhagav± tikkhattu½ vac²bheda½ katv±
paµiñña½ k±r±pesi. Kasm±? Titthiy± hi paµij±nitv± pacch± niggayham±n± avaj±-
nanti. So tath± k±tu½ na sakkhissat²ti.
527-529. Teva tevijj±ti te tevijj±. Vak±ro ±gamasandhimatta½. Andhaveº²ti
andhapaveº², ekena cakkhumat±
gahitayaµµhiy± koµi½ eko andho gaºhati, ta½ andha½ añño ta½ aññoti eva½
paºº±sasaµµhi andh± paµip±µiy± ghaµit± andhaveº²ti vuccati. Paramparasa½sa-
tt±ti aññamañña½ lagg±, yaµµhig±hakenapi cakkhumat± virahit±ti attho. Eko kira
dhutto andhagaºa½ disv± “asukasmi½ n±ma g±me khajjabhojja½ sulabhan”ti
uss±hetv± “tena hi tattha no s±mi nehi, ida½ n±ma te dem±”ti vutte, lañja½
gahetv± antar±magge magg± okkamma mahanta½ gaccha½ anuparigantv± puri-
massa hatthena pacchimassa kaccha½ gaºh±petv± “kiñci kamma½ atthi,
gacchatha t±va tumhe”ti vatv± pal±yi, te divasampi gantv± magga½ avindam±n±
“kuhi½ no cakkhum±, kuhi½ maggo”ti paridevitv± magga½ avindam±n± tattheva
mari½su. Te sandh±ya vutta½ “paramparasa½satt±”ti. Purimop²ti purimesu
dasasu br±hmaºesu ekopi. Majjhimop²ti majjhimesu ±cariyap±cariyesu ekopi.
Pacchimop²ti id±ni tevijjesu br±hmaºesu ekopi. Hassakaññev±ti hasitabbameva.
N±makaññev±ti l±maka½yeva. Tadeta½ atth±bh±vena rittaka½, rittakatt±yeva
tucchaka½. Id±ni brahmaloko t±va tiµµhatu, yo tevijjehi na diµµhapubbova. Yepi
candimas³riye tevijj± passanti, tesampi sahabyat±ya magga½ desetu½ nappaho-
nt²ti dassanattha½ “ta½ ki½ maññas²”ti-±dim±ha.
530. Tattha (1.0334) yato candimas³riy± uggacchant²ti yasmi½ k±le ugga-
cchanti. Yattha ca oggacchant²ti yasmi½ k±le atthamenti, uggamanak±le ca attha-
ªgamanak±le ca passant²ti attho. ¾y±cant²ti “udehi bhava½ canda, udehi bhava½
s³riy±”ti eva½ ±y±canti. Thomayant²ti “sommo cando, parimaº¹alo cando,
sappabho cando”ti-±d²ni vadant± pasa½santi. Pañjalik±ti paggahita-añjalik±. Nama-
ssam±n±ti “namo namo”ti vadam±n±.
531-532. Ya½ passant²ti ettha yanti nip±tamatta½. Ki½ pana na kir±ti ettha idha
pana ki½ vattabba½. Yattha kira tevijjehi br±hmaºehi na brahm± sakkhidiµµhoti
evamattho daµµhabbo.

Aciravat²nad²-upam±kath±

542. Samatittik±ti samabharit±. K±kapeyy±ti yattha katthaci t²re µhitena k±kena

sakk± p±tunti k±kapeyy±. P±ra½ tarituk±moti nadi½ atikkamitv± parat²ra½ gantu-
k±mo. Avheyy±ti pakkoseyya. Ehi p±r±p±ranti ambho p±ra ap±ra½ ehi, atha ma½
sahas±va gahetv± gamissasi, atthi me acc±yikakammanti attho.
544. Ye dhamm± br±hmaºak±rak±ti ettha pañcas²ladasakusalakammapatha-
bhed± dhamm± br±hmaºak±rak±ti veditabb±, tabbipar²t± abr±hmaºak±rak±. Inda-
mavh±y±m±ti inda½ avh±y±ma pakkos±ma. Eva½ br±hmaº±na½ avh±yanassa
niratthakata½ dassetv± punapi bhagav± aººavakucchiya½ s³riyo viya jalam±no
pañcasatabhikkhuparivuto aciravatiy± t²re nisinno aparampi nad²-upama½yeva
±haranto “seyyath±p²”ti-±dim±ha.
546. K±maguº±ti k±mayitabbaµµhena k±m±, bandhanaµµhena guº±. “Anuj±n±mi
bhikkhave, ahat±na½ vatth±na½ diguºa½ saªgh±µin”ti (mah±va. 348) ettha hi
paµalaµµho guºaµµho. “Accenti k±l± tarayanti rattiyo, vayoguº± anupubba½ jahant²”-
ti ettha r±saµµho guºaµµho. “Sataguº± dakkhiº± p±µikaªkhitabb±”ti (1.0335) (ma.
ni. 3.379) ettha ±nisa½saµµho guºaµµho. “Anta½ antaguºa½ (khu. p±. 3.1) kayir±
m±l±guºe bah³”ti (dha. pa. 53) ca ettha bandhanaµµho guºaµµho. Idh±pi eseva
adhippeto. Tena vutta½ “bandhanaµµhena guº±”ti. Cakkhuviññeyy±ti cakkhuviññ±-
ºena passitabb±. Etenup±yena sotaviññeyy±d²supi attho veditabbo. Iµµh±ti pari-
yiµµh± v± hontu, m± v±, iµµh±rammaºabh³t±ti attho. Kant±ti k±man²y±. Man±p±ti
manava¹¹hanak±. Piyar³p±ti piyaj±tik±. K±m³pasañhit±ti ±rammaºa½ katv±
uppajjam±nena k±mena upasañhit±. Rajan²y±Ti rañjan²y±, r±guppattik±raºabh³-
t±ti attho.
Gadhit±ti gedhena abhibh³t± hutv±. Mucchit±ti mucch±k±rappatt±ya adhimatta-
k±ya taºh±ya abhibh³t±. Ajjhopann±ti adhi-opann± og±¼h± “ida½ s±ran”ti parini-
µµh±nappatt± hutv±. An±d²navadass±vinoti ±d²nava½ apassant±. Anissaraºapa-
ññ±ti idamettha nissaraºanti, eva½ parij±nanapaññ±virahit±, paccavekkhaºapari-
bhogavirahit±ti attho.
548. ¾varaº±ti-±d²su ±varant²ti ±varaº±. Niv±rent²ti n²varaº±. Onandhant²ti on±-
han±. Pariyonandhant²ti pariyon±han±. K±macchand±d²na½ vitth±rakath± visu-
ddhimaggato gahetabb±.
549-550. ¾vut± nivut± onaddh± pariyonaddh±ti pad±ni ±varaº±d²na½ vasena
vutt±ni. Sapariggahoti itthipariggahena sapariggahoti pucchati. Apariggaho bho
gotam±ti-±d²supi k±macchandassa abh±vato itthipariggahena apariggaho. By±p±-
dassa abh±vato kenaci saddhi½ veracittena avero. Thinamiddhassa abh±vato
cittagelaññasaªkh±tena by±pajjena aby±pajjo. Uddhaccakukkucc±bh±vato uddha-
ccakukkucc±d²hi sa½kilesehi asa½kiliµµhacitto suparisuddham±naso. Vicikicch±ya
abh±vato citta½ vase vatteti. Yath± ca br±hmaº± cittagatik± hont²ti, cittassa
vasena vattanti, na t±disoti vasavatt².
552. Idha (1.0336) kho pan±ti idha brahmalokamagge. ¾s²ditv±ti amaggameva
“maggo”ti upagantv±. Sa½s²dant²ti “samatalan”ti saññ±ya paªka½ otiºº± viya
anuppavisanti. Sa½s²ditv± vis±ra½ p±puºant²ti eva½ paªke viya sa½s²ditv±
vis±ra½ aªgamaªgasa½bhañjana½ p±puºanti. Sukkhatara½ maññe tarant²ti
mar²cik±ya vañcetv± “k±kapeyy± nad²”ti saññ±ya “tariss±m±”ti hatthehi ca
p±dehi ca v±yamam±n± sukkhataraºa½ maññe taranti. Tasm± yath± hatthap±d±-
d²na½ sa½bhañjana½ paribhañjana½, eva½ ap±yesu sa½bhañjana½ paribha-
ñjana½ p±puºanti. Idheva ca sukha½ v± s±ta½ v± na labhanti. Tasm± ida½ tevi-
jj±na½ br±hmaº±nanti tasm± ida½ brahmasahabyat±ya maggad²paka½ tevijjaka½
p±vacana½ tevijj±na½ br±hmaº±na½. Tevijj±-iriºanti tevijj±-arañña½ iriºanti hi
ag±maka½ mah±-arañña½ vuccati. Tevijj±vivananti pupphaphalehi aparibhogaru-
kkhehi sañchanna½ nirudaka½ arañña½. Yattha maggato ukkamitv± parivatti-
tumpi na sakk± honti, ta½ sandh±y±ha “tevijj±vivanantipi vuccat²”ti. Tevijj±byasa-
nanti tevijj±na½ pañcavidhabyasanasadisameta½. Yath± hi ñ±tirogabhoga diµµhi
s²labyasanappattassa sukha½ n±ma natthi, eva½ tevijj±na½ tevijjaka½ p±va-
cana½ ±gamma sukha½ n±ma natth²ti dasseti.
554. J±tasa½va¹¹hoti j±to ca va¹¹hito ca, yo hi kevala½ tattha j±tova hoti,
aññattha va¹¹hito, tassa samant± g±mamagg± na sabbaso paccakkh± honti,
tasm± j±tasa½va¹¹hoti ±ha. J±tasa½va¹¹hopi yo ciranikkhanto, tassa na
sabbaso paccakkh± honti. Tasm± “t±vadeva avasaµan”ti ±ha, taªkhaºameva
nikkhantanti attho. Dandh±yitattanti aya½ nu kho maggo, aya½ na nukhoti kaªkh±-
vasena cir±yitatta½. Vitth±yitattanti yath± sukhuma½ atthaj±ta½ sahas± pucchi-
tassa kassaci sar²ra½ thaddhabh±va½ gaºh±ti, eva½ thaddhabh±vaggahaºa½. Na
tvev±ti imin± sabbaññutaññ±ºassa appaµihatabh±va½ dasseti. Tassa hi purisassa
m±r±vaµµan±divasena siy± ñ±ºassa (1.0337) paµigh±to. Tena so dandh±yeyya v±
vitth±yeyya v±. Sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ pana appaµihata½, na sakk± tassa kenaci
antar±yo k±tunti d²peti.
555. Ullumpatu bhava½ gotamoti uddharatu bhava½ gotamo. Br±hmaºi½
pajanti br±hmaºad±raka½, bhava½ gotamo mama br±hmaºaputta½ ap±yama-
ggato uddharitv± brahmalokamagge patiµµhapet³ti attho. Athassa bhagav±
buddhupp±da½ dassetv± saddhi½ pubbabh±gapaµipad±ya mett±vih±r±dibrahma-
lokag±mimagga½ desetuk±mo “tena hi v±seµµh±”ti-±dim±ha. Tattha “idha tath±ga-
to”ti-±di s±maññaphale vitth±rita½. Mett±sahagaten±ti-±d²su ya½ vattabba½, ta½
sabba½ visuddhimagge brahmavih±rakammaµµh±nakath±ya½ vutta½. Seyyath±pi
v±seµµha balav± saªkhadhamoti-±di pana idha apubba½. Tattha balav±ti balasa-
mpanno. Saªkhadhamoti saªkhadhamako. Appakasiren±ti akicchena adukkhena.
Dubbalo hi saªkhadhamo saªkha½ dhamantopi na sakkoti catasso dis± sarena
viññ±petu½, n±ssa saªkhasaddo sabbato pharati. Balavato pana vipph±riko hoti,
tasm± “balav±”ti-±dim±ha. Mett±ya cetovimuttiy±ti ettha mett±ti vutte upac±ropi
appan±pi vaµµati, “cettovimutt²”ti vutte pana appan±va vaµµati. Ya½ pam±ºakata½
kammanti pam±ºakata½ kamma½ n±ma k±m±vacara½ vuccati. Appam±ºakata½
kamma½ n±ma r³p±r³p±vacara½. Tañhi pam±ºa½ atikkamitv± odissaka-anodi-
ssakadis±pharaºavasena va¹¹hetv± katatt± appam±ºakatanti vuccati. Na ta½
tatr±vasissati na ta½ tatr±vatiµµhat²ti ta½ k±m±vacarakamma½ tasmi½ r³p±vacar±-
r³p±vacarakamme na oh²yati, na tiµµhati. Ki½ vutta½ hoti– ta½ k±m±vacara-
kamma½ tassa r³p±r³p±vacarakammassa antar± laggitu½ v± µh±tu½ v± r³p±r³p±-
vacarakamma½ pharitv± pariy±diyitv± attano ok±sa½ gahetv± patiµµh±tu½ na
sakkoti. Atha kho r³p±vacar±r³p±vacarakammameva k±m±vacara½ mahogho
viya paritta½ udaka½ pharitv± pariy±diyitv± attano ok±sa½ gahetv± tiµµhati. Tassa
vip±ka½ paµib±hitv± sayameva brahmasahabyata½ upanet²ti. Eva½vih±r²ti eva½
mett±divih±r².
559. Ete (1.0338) maya½ bhavanta½ gotamanti ida½ tesa½ dutiya½ saraºaga-
mana½. Paµhamameva hete majjhimapaºº±sake v±seµµhasutta½ sutv± saraºa½
gat±, ima½ pana tevijjasutta½ sutv± dutiyampi saraºa½ gat±. Katip±haccayena
pabbajitv± aggaññasutte upasampadañceva arahattañca alatthu½. Sesa½
sabbattha utt±namev±ti.

Iti sumaªgalavil±siniy± d²ghanik±yaµµhakath±ya½

 Tevijjasuttavaººan± niµµhit±.

Niµµhit± ca terasasuttapaµimaº¹itassa s²lakkhandhavaggassa

Atthavaººan±ti.

S²lakkhandhavaggaµµhakath± niµµhit±.